diff options
| author | Roger Leigh <rleigh@debian.org> | 2013-09-29 16:45:51 +0100 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Leigh <rleigh@debian.org> | 2013-09-29 16:45:51 +0100 |
| commit | e1baf55e6d7b16bc47f7fee78019cabe113e7ef7 (patch) | |
| tree | 25ef6b9a73d4e315901b9c9b3ad3647673f98c9b | |
| parent | f71acb7a31d7932cf3d5f8aaa1682787c18b2127 (diff) | |
| parent | 6c10fdfd1b43f5a4e2ac12b04ca082517092fbcd (diff) | |
| download | schroot-e1baf55e6d7b16bc47f7fee78019cabe113e7ef7.tar.gz | |
Merge branch 'cmake'
51 files changed, 9671 insertions, 2767 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 00000000..05088657 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +.gitattributes export-ignore +.gitignore export-ignore diff --git a/CMakeLists.txt b/CMakeLists.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5d4a6ae0 --- /dev/null +++ b/CMakeLists.txt @@ -0,0 +1,332 @@ +# Copyright © 2004-2013 Roger Leigh <rleigh@debian.org> +# +# schroot is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the +# Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your +# option) any later version. +# +# schroot is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +# ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License +# for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 2.8) + +project(schroot) +# Obtain version information from VERSION and/or git. +set(GIT_VERSION_FILE "cmake/GitVersion.cmake" + CACHE FILEPATH "Location of version metadata") +set(GIT_VERSION_FILE_COMPAT "VERSION" + CACHE FILEPATH "Location of compatibility version metadata") +set(GIT_VERSION_FILE_USE_COMPAT ON + CACHE BOOL "Use compatibility version file") +include("${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/cmake/GitRelease.cmake") + +set(VERSION ${GIT_RELEASE_VERSION}) +set(RELEASE_DATE ${GIT_RELEASE_DATE_UNIX}) +set(RELEASE_DATE_S ${GIT_RELEASE_DATE}) + +string(REGEX MATCH "^([0-9]+-[0-9]+-[0-9]+).*" date_valid "${RELEASE_DATE_S}") +if (date_valid) + string(REGEX REPLACE "^([0-9]+-[0-9]+-[0-9]+).*" "\\1" + RELEASE_DATE_SHORT ${RELEASE_DATE_S}) +else (date_valid) + set(RELEASE_DATE_SHORT ${RELEASE_DATE_S}) +endif (date_valid) + +message(STATUS "Configuring ${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME} ${GIT_RELEASE_VERSION} (${RELEASE_DATE_SHORT})") + +# TODO: Check NEWS version + +include(GNUInstallDirs) +include(CheckIncludeFileCXX) +include(CheckCXXCompilerFlag) +include(CheckCXXSourceCompiles) + +CHECK_CXX_COMPILER_FLAG(-std=c++11 CXX_FLAG_CXX11) +if (CXX_FLAG_CXX11) + set(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS} -std=c++11") +else(CXX_FLAG_CXX11) + CHECK_CXX_COMPILER_FLAG(-std=c++03 CXX_FLAG_CXX03) + if (CXX_FLAG_CXX03) + set(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS} -std=c++03") + else(CXX_FLAG_CXX03) + CHECK_CXX_COMPILER_FLAG(-std=c++98 CXX_FLAG_CXX98) + if (CXX_FLAG_CXX98) + set(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS} -std=c++98") + else(CXX_FLAG_CXX98) + endif(CXX_FLAG_CXX98) + endif(CXX_FLAG_CXX03) +endif(CXX_FLAG_CXX11) + +set(test_flags + -invalid-flag -pedantic -Wall -Wcast-align -Wwrite-strings + -Wswitch-default -Wcast-qual -Wunused-variable -Wredundant-decls + -Wctor-dtor-privacy -Wnon-virtual-dtor -Wreorder -Wold-style-cast + -Woverloaded-virtual -fstrict-aliasing) + +foreach(flag ${test_flags}) + set(test_cxx_flag "CXX_FLAG${flag}") + CHECK_CXX_COMPILER_FLAG(${flag} "${test_cxx_flag}") + if (${test_cxx_flag}) + set(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS} ${flag}") + endif (${test_cxx_flag}) +endforeach(flag ${test_flags}) + +find_package(Threads REQUIRED) +find_package(GTest) + +include(FindBoost) +find_package(Boost REQUIRED + COMPONENTS filesystem system iostreams program_options regex) + +# HEADER CHECKS +include(CheckIncludeFileCXX) +# memory +check_include_file_cxx ("memory" HAVE_CXX_MEMORY) +# tuple +check_include_file_cxx ("tuple" HAVE_CXX_TUPLE) + +# LIBRARY CHECKS +include (CheckLibraryExists) +include (CheckFunctionExists) + +include("cmake/boost-checks.cmake") +include("cmake/regex-checks.cmake") + +# Configure dchroot and dchroot-dsa +option(dchroot "Enable dchroot compatibility" OFF) +option(dchroot-dsa "Enable dchroot-dsa compatibility" OFF) +set(BUILD_DCHROOT 0) +set(BUILD_DCHROOT_DSA 0) +set(BUILD_LIBDCHROOT 0) +if(dchroot) + set(BUILD_LIBDCHROOT 1) + set(BUILD_DCHROOT 1) +endif(dchroot) +if(dchroot-dsa) + set(BUILD_LIBDCHROOT 1) + set(BUILD_DCHROOT_DSA 1) +endif(dchroot-dsa) + +# Configure debugging +option(debug "Enable debugging messages" OFF) +set(SBUILD_DEBUG 0) +if(debug) + set(SBUILD_DEBUG 1) +endif(debug) + +# Configure debugging +set(BUILD_TESTS OFF) +if(GTEST_FOUND) + set(BUILD_TESTS ON) +endif(GTEST_FOUND) +option(test "Enable unit tests" ${BUILD_TESTS}) +set(BUILD_TESTS ${test}) + +# Environment filter default +set(default_environment_filter "^(BASH_ENV|CDPATH|ENV|HOSTALIASES|IFS|KRB5_CONFIG|KRBCONFDIR|KRBTKFILE|KRB_CONF|LD_.*|LOCALDOMAIN|NLSPATH|PATH_LOCALE|RES_OPTIONS|TERMINFO|TERMINFO_DIRS|TERMPATH)\$" + CACHE STRING "Default environment filter") +set(SBUILD_DEFAULT_ENVIRONMENT_FILTER ${default_environment_filter}) + +# bash completion directory +set(bash_completion_dir "${CMAKE_INSTALL_SYSCONFDIR}/bash_completion.d" + CACHE PATH "bash shell completion directory") +#==> bashcompletiondir (use cache val directly) + +# schroot directories +set(SCHROOT_LOCALE_DIR "${CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_LOCALEDIR}" + CACHE PATH "Locale directory") +set(SCHROOT_MOUNT_DIR "${CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_LOCALSTATEDIR}/lib/${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}/mount" + CACHE PATH "Directory under which mount chroots") +set(SCHROOT_SESSION_DIR "${CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_LOCALSTATEDIR}/lib/${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}/session" + CACHE PATH "Directory for storing session metadata") +set(SCHROOT_FILE_UNPACK_DIR "${CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_LOCALSTATEDIR}/lib/${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}/unpack" + CACHE PATH "Directory for unpacking chroot file archives under") +set(SCHROOT_OVERLAY_DIR "${CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_LOCALSTATEDIR}/lib/${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}/union/overlay" + CACHE PATH "Directory for union filesystem writable overlays") +set(SCHROOT_UNDERLAY_DIR "${CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_LOCALSTATEDIR}/lib/${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}/union/underlay" + CACHE PATH "Directory for union filesystem read-only underlays") +set(SCHROOT_MODULE_DIR "${CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_LIBDIR}/${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}/${GIT_RELEASE_VERSION}/modules" + CACHE PATH "Directory for loadable modules") +set(SCHROOT_DATA_DIR "${CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_DATADIR}/${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}" + CACHE PATH "Directory for schroot data files") +set(SCHROOT_LIBEXEC_DIR "${CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_LIBEXECDIR}/${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}" + CACHE PATH "Directory for schroot helper programs") +set(SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR "${CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_SYSCONFDIR}/${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}" + CACHE PATH "Directory for configuration files") +set(SCHROOT_CONF_CHROOT_D "${SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR}/chroot.d" + CACHE PATH "Directory for chroot configuration fragments") +set(SCHROOT_CONF_SETUP_D "${SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR}/setup.d" + CACHE PATH "Directory for chroot setup scripts") +set(SCHROOT_SETUP_DATA_DIR "${CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_DATADIR}/${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}/setup" + CACHE PATH "Directory for common setup script data") +mark_as_advanced(SCHROOT_LOCALE_DIR SCHROOT_MOUNT_DIR + SCHROOT_SESSION_DIR SCHROOT_FILE_UNPACK_DIR + SCHROOT_OVERLAY_DIR SCHROOT_UNDERLAY_DIR + SCHROOT_MODULE_DIR SCHROOT_DATA_DIR + SCHROOT_LIBEXEC_DIR SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR + SCHROOT_CONF_CHROOT_D SCHROOT_CONF_SETUP_D + SCHROOT_SETUP_DATA_DIR) + +set(TESTDATADIR "${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/test/testdata") + +# schroot files +set(SCHROOT_CONF "${SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR}/schroot.conf") + +# Platform +string(TOLOWER ${CMAKE_SYSTEM_NAME} SBUILD_PLATFORM) + +# Localisation with gettext +include(FindGettext) +find_package(Gettext) +set(NLS_DEFAULT OFF) +if(GETTEXT_FOUND) + set(NLS_DEFAULT ON) +endif(GETTEXT_FOUND) +option(nls "Enable national language support (requires gettext)" ${NLS_DEFAULT}) +set(BUILD_NLS ${nls}) +set(SBUILD_FEATURE_NLS ${pam}) + +# PAM authentication feature +check_include_file_cxx (security/pam_appl.h PAM_HEADER) +check_library_exists(pam pam_authenticate "" PAM_FUNC) +set(PAM_DEFAULT OFF) +if(PAM_HEADER AND PAM_FUNC) + set(PAM_DEFAULT ON) +endif(PAM_HEADER AND PAM_FUNC) +option(pam "Enable support for PAM authentication (requires libpam)" ${PAM_DEFAULT}) +set(BUILD_PAM ${pam}) +set(SBUILD_FEATURE_PAM ${pam}) +if(BUILD_PAM) + set(PAM_LIBRARY pam) +endif(BUILD_PAM) + +# Set early, so it can be overridden by lvm-snapshot and block-device +set(BLOCKDEV_DEFAULT ON) + +# LVM snapshot mount feature +find_program(LVCREATE_EXECUTABLE lvcreate PATHS /sbin /usr/sbin /usr/local/sbin) +find_program(LVREMOVE_EXECUTABLE lvremove PATHS /sbin /usr/sbin /usr/local/sbin) +set(LVMSNAP_DEFAULT OFF) +if (LVCREATE_EXECUTABLE AND LVREMOVE_EXECUTABLE) + set (LVMSNAP_DEFAULT ON) +endif (LVCREATE_EXECUTABLE AND LVREMOVE_EXECUTABLE) +option(lvm-snapshot "Enable support for LVM snapshots (requires LVM)" ${LVMSNAP_DEFAULT}) +set(BUILD_LVMSNAP ${lvm-snapshot}) +set(SBUILD_FEATURE_LVMSNAP ${lvm-snapshot}) +if (lvm-snapshot) + set(BLOCKDEV_DEFAULT ON) +endif(lvm-snapshot) + +# Btrfs snapshot mount feature +find_program(BTRFS_EXECUTABLE btrfs PATHS /sbin /usr/sbin /usr/local/sbin) +set(BTRFSSNAP_DEFAULT OFF) +if (BTRFS_EXECUTABLE) + set (BTRFSSNAP_DEFAULT ON) +endif (BTRFS_EXECUTABLE) +option(btrfs-snapshot "Enable support for btrfs snapshots (requires Btrfs)" ${BTRFSSNAP_DEFAULT}) +set(BUILD_BTRFSSNAP ${btrfs-snapshot}) +set(SBUILD_FEATURE_BTRFSSNAP ${btrfs-snapshot}) +if (btrfs-snapshot) + set(BLOCKDEV_DEFAULT ON) +endif(btrfs-snapshot) + +# Block device mount feature +option(block-device "Enable support for block devices" ${BLOCKDEV_DEFAULT}) +set(BUILD_BLOCKDEV ${block-device}) +set(SBUILD_FEATURE_BLOCKDEV ${block-device}) +# Check for blockdev/lvmsnap option compatibility +if(lvm-snapshot AND NOT block-device) + message(FATAL_ERROR "block-device must be enabled when lvm-snapshot is enabled") +endif(lvm-snapshot AND NOT block-device) +if(btrfs-snapshot AND NOT block-device) + message(FATAL_ERROR "block-device must be enabled when btrfs-snapshot is enabled") +endif(btrfs-snapshot AND NOT block-device) + +# Loopback mount feature +find_program(LOSETUP_EXECUTABLE losetup PATHS /sbin /usr/sbin /usr/local/sbin) +set(LOOPBACK_DEFAULT OFF) +if (LOSETUP_EXECUTABLE) + set (LOOPBACK_DEFAULT ON) +endif (LOSETUP_EXECUTABLE) +option(loopback "Enable support for loopback mounts" ${LOOPBACK_DEFAULT}) +set(BUILD_LOOPBACK ${loopback}) +set(SBUILD_FEATURE_LOOPBACK ${loopback}) + +# Filesystem union mount feature +set(UNION_DEFAULT ON) +option(union "Enable support for union mounts" ${UNION_DEFAULT}) +set(BUILD_UNION ${union}) +set(SBUILD_FEATURE_UNION ${union}) + +# Doxygen documentation +include(FindDoxygen) +find_package(Doxygen) +set(DOXYGEN_DEFAULT OFF) +if (DOXYGEN_EXECUTABLE) + set (DOXYGEN_DEFAULT ON) +endif (DOXYGEN_EXECUTABLE) +option(doxygen "Enable doxygen documentation" ${DOXYGEN_DEFAULT}) +set(BUILD_DOXYGEN ${doxygen}) + +# Namespace unshare feature +# sched.h ==> UNSHARE_HEADER +check_include_file_cxx (sched.h UNSHARE_HEADER) +check_function_exists(unshare UNSHARE_FUNC) +set(UNSHARE_DEFAULT OFF) +if (UNSHARE_HEADER AND UNSHARE_FUNC) + set (UNSHARE_DEFAULT ON) +endif (UNSHARE_HEADER AND UNSHARE_FUNC) +option(unshare "Enable unshare support (Linux only)" ${UNSHARE_DEFAULT}) +set(BUILD_UNSHARE ${unshare}) +set(SBUILD_FEATURE_UNSHARE ${unshare}) + +# Kernel personality feature +# sys/personality.h ==> PERSONALITY_HEADER +check_include_file_cxx (sys/personality.h PERSONALITY_HEADER) +check_function_exists(personality PERSONALITY_FUNC) +set(PERSONALITY_DEFAULT OFF) +if (PERSONALITY_HEADER AND PERSONALITY_FUNC) + set (PERSONALITY_DEFAULT ON) +endif (PERSONALITY_HEADER AND PERSONALITY_FUNC) +option(personality "Enable personality support (Linux only)" ${PERSONALITY_DEFAULT}) +set(BUILD_PERSONALITY ${personality}) +set(SBUILD_FEATURE_PERSONALITY ${personality}) + +# GENERATED FILES: +configure_file(${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/config.h.cmake ${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/config.h) + +include_directories(${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/lib + ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/lib + ${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR} + ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}) + +enable_testing() + +add_subdirectory(lib/sbuild) +add_subdirectory(lib/bin-common) +add_subdirectory(lib/schroot-common) +add_subdirectory(lib/dchroot-common) +add_subdirectory(lib/test) +add_subdirectory(bin/schroot) +add_subdirectory(bin/dchroot) +add_subdirectory(bin/dchroot-dsa) +add_subdirectory(libexec/listmounts) +add_subdirectory(libexec/mount) +add_subdirectory(test) +add_subdirectory(doc) +add_subdirectory(etc) +add_subdirectory(po) +add_subdirectory(man) + +add_custom_target(check-news + COMMAND if grep -q "Welcome to ${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME} ${GIT_RELEASE_VERSION}" "${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/NEWS" \; then echo "NEWS current version ${GIT_RELEASE_VERSION}" \; else echo "NEWS current version does not match release version ${GIT_RELEASE_VERSION}" \; exit 1 \; fi + COMMAND if grep -q "Major changes in ${GIT_RELEASE_VERSION}:" "${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/NEWS" \; then echo "NEWS contains changes for version ${GIT_RELEASE_VERSION}" \; else echo "NEWS version does not contain changes for version ${GIT_RELEASE_VERSION}" \; exit 1 \; fi) + +if(GIT_RELEASE_ENABLE) + add_dependencies(git-release check-news) +endif(GIT_RELEASE_ENABLE) @@ -13,6 +13,26 @@ configuration. 1) The unit tests now use Google Test (gtest) instead of the older and less powerful CppUnit. See the README for how to build with gtest. + 2) The build infrastructure has been converted to use cmake in place + of the existing autotools (autoconf/automake/libtool) + infrastructure. The autotools build infrastructure will remain in + place and fully functional for the time being, but removal in a + future release is expected. The cmake infrastructure implements + all the existing autotools functionality, plus some additional + capabilities (such as full support for translated manual pages). + It will be easier to maintain and update than the autotools code, + as well as being significantly more powerful. + + 3) BitBucket source repositories. In addition to the Debian Alioth + repositories, I have created repositories at + https://bitbucket.org/rleigh-debian/schroot + https://bitbucket.org/rleigh-debian/schroot-dist + These mirror the Alioth repositories, but also permit using the + BitBucket pull request workflow to work on schroot and submit + patches as a more convienient alternative to the Debian BTS for + external contributors. This is currently just a trial to see + if it's useful for others. + * Major changes in 1.7.0: 1) Support for disassociating networking in the chroot from the host @@ -26,6 +26,7 @@ libboost-dev } libboost-program-options-dev } The Boost C++ libraries libboost-regex-dev } groff (or troff) soelim +cmake (required unless using the autotools configure script) If building from GIT, you will also need: gettext (0.16 or greater) @@ -40,11 +41,25 @@ configure with GTEST_ROOT=/path/to/libgtest (it will be added as a linker -L option). On Debian systems, which don't provide a precompiled libgtest, build a version for the build with, for example: + + mkdir build + cd build mkdir gtest - cd gtest; \ + (cd gtest; \ CXX="g++ -std=c++11" cmake /usr/src/gtest ; \ - make VERBOSE=1 - ./configure CXX="g++ -std=c++11" GTEST_ROOT="$(pwd)/gtest" + make VERBOSE=1 \ + ) + +And then to build with cmake: + + CXX="g++ -std=c++11" GTEST_ROOT="$(pwd)/gtest" cmake /path/to/schroot + make + +Or with autotools configure: + + /path/to/schroot/configure CXX="g++ -std=c++11" GTEST_ROOT="$(pwd)/gtest" + make + Translation ----------- @@ -53,20 +68,62 @@ If you would like to see the schroot messages output in your own language, please consider translating the pot file (po/schroot.pot). If you would like to see the schroot man pages in your own language, please consider translating the pot file -(man/po4a/po/schroot-man.pot). +(man/po/schroot-man.pot). Building and installation ------------------------- -Please see the INSTALL file for generic installation instructions. -Note that the testsuite ("make check") should be run under fakeroot or -real root in order to work correctly. There are the following -additional options: +cmake +^^^^^ + +Run "cmake -LH" to see basic configurable options. The following basic +options are supported: + + btrfs-snapshot=(ON|OFF) Enable support for btrfs snapshots (requires Btrfs) + dchroot=(ON|OFF) Enable dchroot compatibility + dchroot-dsa=(ON|OFF) Enable dchroot-dsa compatibility + debug=(ON|OFF) Enable debugging messages + default_environment_filter=REGEX + Default environment filter + doxygen=(ON|OFF) Enable doxygen documentation + loopback=(ON|OFF) Enable support for loopback mounts + lvm-snapshot=(ON|OFF) Enable support for LVM snapshots (requires LVM) + nls=(ON|OFF) Enable national language support (requires gettext) + pam=(ON|PFF) Enable support for PAM authentication (requires libpam) + personality=(ON|OFF) Enable personality support (Linux only) + test=(ON|OFF) Enable unit tests + union=(ON|OFF) Enable support for union mounts + unshare=(ON|OFF) Enable unshare support (Linux only) + +cmake will autodetect and enable all available features by default, +with the exception of dchroot and dchroot-dsa which require manually +specifying, so these options are mostly useful for disabling features +which are not required. + +Run "cmake -LA" to see all settable options. CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX is +the equivalent of the configure --prefix option. Additionally, +CMAKE_INSTALL_SYSCONFDIR, CMAKE_INSTALL_LOCALSTATEDIR, +CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR etc. provide the equivalent sysconfdir, +localstatedir and libdir, etc. options. - --enable-dchroot: Build dchroot for backward compatibility - --enable-dchroot-dsa: Build DSA dchroot for backward compatibility - --enable-debug: Enable debugging features +Run "make doc" to make the doxygen documentation. +Run "make test" to run the testsuite. + +Note that the testsuite ("make test") should be run under fakeroot or +real root in order to work correctly. + + +autotools configure +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Please see the INSTALL file for generic autotools configure +installation instructions. There are the following additional +options: + + --enable-dchroot Build dchroot for backward compatibility + --enable-dchroot-dsa Build DSA dchroot for backward compatibility + --enable-debug Enable debugging features (not recommended--use --debug at runtime instead) --enable-environment-filter Enable default environment filtering (regex) @@ -83,7 +140,10 @@ if supported by your system, so the above options should not usually be required. Run "make doc" to make the doxygen documentation. +Run "make check" to run the testsuite. +Note that the testsuite ("make check") should be run under fakeroot or +real root in order to work correctly. Configuration ------------- diff --git a/bin/dchroot-dsa/CMakeLists.txt b/bin/dchroot-dsa/CMakeLists.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000..04fd1e43 --- /dev/null +++ b/bin/dchroot-dsa/CMakeLists.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# Copyright © 2004-2013 Roger Leigh <rleigh@debian.org> +# +# schroot is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# schroot is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see +# <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. +# +##################################################################### + +set(dchroot_dsa_sources + session.h + session.cc + options.h + options.cc + main.h + main.cc + dchroot-dsa.cc) + +include_directories(${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/bin ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/bin) + +if(BUILD_DCHROOT_DSA) + add_executable(dchroot-dsa ${dchroot_dsa_sources}) + target_link_libraries(dchroot-dsa sbuild bin-common schroot-common dchroot-common) + + install(TARGETS dchroot-dsa RUNTIME + DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_BINDIR} + PERMISSIONS OWNER_READ OWNER_WRITE OWNER_EXECUTE + GROUP_READ GROUP_EXECUTE + WORLD_READ WORLD_EXECUTE + SETUID) +endif(BUILD_DCHROOT_DSA) diff --git a/bin/dchroot/CMakeLists.txt b/bin/dchroot/CMakeLists.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ca9dcef2 --- /dev/null +++ b/bin/dchroot/CMakeLists.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# Copyright © 2004-2013 Roger Leigh <rleigh@debian.org> +# +# schroot is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# schroot is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see +# <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. +# +##################################################################### + +set(dchroot_sources + session.h + session.cc + options.h + options.cc + main.h + main.cc + dchroot.cc) + +include_directories(${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/bin ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/bin) + +if(BUILD_DCHROOT) + add_executable(dchroot ${dchroot_sources}) + target_link_libraries(dchroot sbuild bin-common schroot-common dchroot-common) + + install(TARGETS dchroot RUNTIME + DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_BINDIR} + PERMISSIONS OWNER_READ OWNER_WRITE OWNER_EXECUTE + GROUP_READ GROUP_EXECUTE + WORLD_READ WORLD_EXECUTE + SETUID) +endif(BUILD_DCHROOT) diff --git a/bin/schroot/CMakeLists.txt b/bin/schroot/CMakeLists.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000..39adc65f --- /dev/null +++ b/bin/schroot/CMakeLists.txt @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +# Copyright © 2004-2013 Roger Leigh <rleigh@debian.org> +# +# schroot is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# schroot is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see +# <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. +# +##################################################################### + +set(schroot_sources + main.h + main.cc + schroot.cc + options.h + options.cc) + +include_directories(${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/bin ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/bin) +add_executable(schroot ${schroot_sources}) +target_link_libraries(schroot sbuild bin-common schroot-common) + +install(TARGETS schroot RUNTIME + DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_BINDIR} + PERMISSIONS OWNER_READ OWNER_WRITE OWNER_EXECUTE + GROUP_READ GROUP_EXECUTE + WORLD_READ WORLD_EXECUTE + SETUID) + +set(installdirs + ${SCHROOT_CONF_CHROOT_D} + ${SCHROOT_MOUNT_DIR} + ${SCHROOT_SESSION_DIR} + ${SCHROOT_FILE_UNPACK_DIR} + ${SCHROOT_OVERLAY_DIR} + ${SCHROOT_UNDERLAY_DIR}) + +foreach(dir ${installdirs}) + install(CODE " +message(STATUS \"Installing: \$ENV{DESTDIR}${dir}\") +make_directory(\"\$ENV{DESTDIR}${dir}\") +") +endforeach(dir ${installdirs}) diff --git a/cmake/GitRelease.cmake b/cmake/GitRelease.cmake new file mode 100644 index 00000000..577660b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/cmake/GitRelease.cmake @@ -0,0 +1,1009 @@ +# Copyright © 2009-2013 Roger Leigh <rleigh@debian.org> +# +# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see +# <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. +# +##################################################################### + +# Versioning, releasing and distribution management with git and cmake +# ==================================================================== +# +# This facility is a cmake reimplementation of an earlier +# autoconf/automake version from +# http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=buildd-tools/schroot.git;a=blob;f=scripts/git-dist.mk;hb=refs/heads/schroot-1.6 +# but is further generalised and is rather more configurable, and +# integrates quite seamlessly with cmake. +# +# Most projects currently handle versioning by hardcoding the version +# number in the source repository in some form, for example in the +# cmake scripts, or in the sources or some other file. This script +# handles release versioning using the metadata in git tags, and for +# distributed release archives, it embeds a generated file so that git +# isn't required to retrieve the release metadata. +# +# This script also handles release and distribution of a project +# entirely within git, which is described in more detail below. +# +# A number of variables customise the behaviour of the script for a +# particular project; set them before including this file. While the +# defaults will work for most projects, it will typically require +# adapting to the existing conventions used by a particular project. +# +# The intended use of this facility is to replace a manual step in the +# release process with an automated one, such that releasing may be +# done entirely automatically, and the version numbering may be +# controlled at a higher level, for example via a continuous +# integration system such as Jenkins, or by a release manager, etc. +# The versioning is handled external to the source tree, but is done +# entirely within the git repository. +# +# Terms +# ----- +# +# Release +# Tagging the working git branch with a "release tag". This tag is +# signed by default, and the naming scheme allows identification of +# the current or previous release when running cmake. +# +# Distribution +# Creation of a distributable form of the tagged release. This +# involves committing of the tagged release source tree to a +# "distribution branch" and creation of a "distribution tag". This +# tag is signed by default. The distributed source tree is the +# release source tree with the addition of release metadata +# including the version number, and may also include other generated +# data, e.g. documentation. This tagged distribution may be +# subsequently exported as a tarfile or zipfile with "git archive", +# or used directly from git by downstream consumers. +# +# +# Version metadata +# ---------------- +# +# Set GIT_VERSION_FILE, which is the location of a cmake script +# relative to PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR. The default is "version.cmake". +# For backward compatibility with the preexisting autoconf/automake +# implementation, GIT_VERSION_FILE_COMPAT may also be set, defaulting +# to "VERSION"; this also needs GIT_VERSION_FILE_USE_COMPAT setting to +# ON (default is OFF). +# +# When developing from git, no version file will be used; version +# information will be obtained directly from git. When using a +# distributed release, version information will be obtained from the +# version file. +# +# +# Release configuration +# --------------------- +# +# This script will not allow tagging of a release if the working git +# branch contains uncommitted changes. This is in order to prevent +# creation of broken releases—the working tree may appear to build +# and work correctly, but the uncommitted changes won't be tagged. +# Additionally, it will not allow tagging of a release if untracked +# files are present in the tree (for the same reasons--the untracked +# files may require adding and committing). Set +# GIT_RELEASE_CHECK_UNTRACKED to OFF to allow releasing if untracked +# files are present. +# +# Releasing isn't enabled by default in order to prevent unintentional +# or accidental modification of the git repository. That is to say, +# making a release must be explicitly requested as a safety check; set +# GIT_RELEASE_ENABLE to ON in order to make a release. +# +# Release tagging is customised using the following options: +# +# GIT_RELEASE_TAG_OPTIONS +# A list of options to pass to "git tag"; defaults to "-s" to sign +# the tag. +# +# GIT_RELEASE_TAG_NAME +# The name of the release tag. Defaults to +# "release/${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}-${GIT_RELEASE_VERSION}", but may be +# changed to just "v${GIT_RELEASE_VERSION}" or any name desired. +# The only restriction is that it must contain the release version +# somewhere in the string, and must be a valid git tag name. +# +# GIT_RELEASE_TAG_MATCH +# A pattern to patch all release versions when using "git describe +# --match". Defaults to "release/${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}-*", +# i.e. containing the constant part of GIT_RELEASE_TAG_NAME without +# the version number. Must be changed appropriately if +# GIT_RELEASE_TAG_NAME is customised. +# +# GIT_RELEASE_TAG_REGEX +# A regular expression to match the release version in the tag name. +# The release version number must be the first match ("\1"). +# Defaults to "^release/${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}-([0-9].*)\$". Must be +# changed appropriately if GIT_RELEASE_TAG_NAME is customised. +# +# GIT_RELEASE_TAG_MESSAGE +# The release tag message. Any text is permitted here, though it is +# advisable (but not required) to include GIT_RELEASE_VERSION as +# part of the message. +# +# +# Releasing +# --------- +# +# Run "cmake" as normal, but add the options: +# +# -DGIT_RELEASE_ENABLE=ON -DGIT_RELEASE_VERSION=${new_version} +# +# This will provide a new "git-release" target. If using make, run: +# +# make git-release +# +# If tag signing is enabled, you'll be prompted for your key +# passphrase. +# +# Run "git log --decorate" or "git describe" and you'll see the +# release tag. This tag marks the current commit as the release of +# version ${new_version}. +# +# +# Distribution configuration +# -------------------------- +# +# Making a distribution of a release requires releasing first (as +# documented above) +# +# Distributing isn't enabled by default in order to prevent +# unintentional or accidental modification of the git repository. +# That is to say, making a distribution must be explicitly requested +# as a safety check; set GIT_DIST_ENABLE to ON in order to make a +# distribution. +# +# Distribution tagging is customised using the following options: +# +# GIT_DIST_TAG_OPTIONS +# A list of options to pass to "git tag"; defaults to "-s" to sign +# the tag. +# +# GIT_DIST_TAG_NAME +# The name of the distribution tag. Defaults to +# "distribution/${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}-${GIT_RELEASE_VERSION}", but +# may be changed to just "v${GIT_RELEASE_VERSION}" or any name +# desired. The only restriction is that it must contain the +# distribution version somewhere in the string, and must be a valid +# git tag name. +# +# GIT_DIST_TAG_MESSAGE +# The distribution tag message. Any text is permitted here, though +# it is advisable (but not required) to include GIT_DIST_VERSION as +# part of the message. +# +# Distribution committing and branching is customised using the +# following options: +# +# GIT_DIST_BRANCH +# The name of the branch to commit onto. The branch will be created +# if it does not already exist. The default is +# "distribution/${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}-${GIT_RELEASE_VERSION_MAJOR}.${GIT_RELEASE_VERSION_MINOR}" +# which is to say that it includes the major and minor version +# numbers, so that you get a new distribution branch each time the +# major or minor number is changed, with the patch release versions +# being committed in sequence on each branch. This enables +# downstream tracking of a given release series, and maintenance of +# multiple release series in parallel. It is advised to customise +# this to meet the project's versioning and release strategy such +# that major stable release series are kept on different branches. +# +# GIT_DIST_COMMIT_MESSAGE +# The distribution commit message. Any text is permitted here, +# though it is advisable (but not required) to include +# GIT_DIST_VERSION as part of the message. +# +# GIT_DIST_NAME +# Naming scheme for the release. This is the name of the release +# directory, and will be used to prefix the path for release +# archives. Defaults to +# "${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}-${GIT_RELEASE_VERSION}". +# +# GIT_DIST_TMPDIR +# Temporary directory used for staging the release distribution tree +# prior to committing into git. Defaults to +# "${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/GitRelease" but may be +# adjusted if this clashes with existing usage of this path. +# +# GIT_DIST_ROOT +# Root of the staged release distribution. Defaults to +# "${GIT_DIST_TMPDIR}/${GIT_DIST_NAME}". +# +# +# +# Distributing +# ------------ +# +# Run "cmake" as normal, but add the option: +# +# -DGIT_DIST_ENABLE=ON +# +# This will provide a new "git-dist" target. If using make, run: +# +# make git-dist +# +# If tag signing is enabled, you'll be prompted for your key +# passphrase. +# +# Look at the distribution branch with "git log --decorate --graph" or +# "gitk". You'll see that the distribution has the tagged release as +# its parent and (if present) the prior distribution. That is to say, +# the relationships between the releases and distributions are +# explicitly defined. While this might not be of immediately obvious +# benefit, it means that downstream consumers can make changes and +# push them back to you; merging the changes back upstream is much +# easier since the origin of the changes is fully described by the +# dependency graph. + +cmake_policy(SET CMP0007 NEW) + +# Settings file used to pass configuration settings +set(GIT_RELEASE_SETTINGS "${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/GitRelease.cmake") + +# When running in script mode, read the saved settings first +if (CMAKE_SCRIPT_MODE_FILE) + include("${GIT_RELEASE_SETTINGS}") +endif (CMAKE_SCRIPT_MODE_FILE) + +if (NOT CMAKE_SCRIPT_MODE_FILE) +# Version file settings +set(GIT_VERSION_FILE "GitVersion.cmake" + CACHE FILEPATH "Relative path to cmake version file in distributed source tree") +set(GIT_VERSION_FILE_COMPAT "VERSION" + CACHE FILEPATH "Relative path to compatibility version file in distributed source tree") +set(GIT_VERSION_FILE_USE_COMPAT OFF + CACHE BOOL "Create compatibility version file in distributed source tree") +mark_as_advanced(FORCE GIT_VERSION_FILE GIT_VERSION_FILE_COMPAT GIT_VERSION_FILE_USE_COMPAT) + +# Release sanity checking +set(GIT_RELEASE_CHECK_UNCOMMITTED ON + CACHE BOOL "Check for uncommitted files in working tree") +set(GIT_RELEASE_CHECK_UNTRACKED ON + CACHE BOOL "Check for untracked files in working tree") +set(GIT_RELEASE_ENABLE OFF + CACHE BOOL "Enable to permit git-release; not enabled by default for safety") +mark_as_advanced(FORCE GIT_RELEASE_CHECK_UNCOMMITTED GIT_RELEASE_CHECK_UNTRACKED GIT_RELEASE_ENABLE) + +# Release matching +set(GIT_RELEASE_TAG_MATCH "release/${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}-*" + CACHE STRING "Pattern match for all release tags for use with \"git describe --match\"") +set(GIT_RELEASE_TAG_REGEX "^release/${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}-([0-9].*)\$" +CACHE STRING "Regular expression to extract the version number from the tag name") +mark_as_advanced(FORCE GIT_RELEASE_TAG_MATCH GIT_RELEASE_TAG_REGEX) + +# Distribution sanity checking +set(GIT_DIST_ENABLE OFF + CACHE BOOL "Enable to permit git-dist; not enabled by default for safety") +mark_as_advanced(FORCE GIT_DIST_ENABLE) +endif (NOT CMAKE_SCRIPT_MODE_FILE) + +# Split a version number into separate components +# version the version number to split +# major variable name to store the major version in +# minor variable name to store the minor version in +# patch variable name to store the patch version in +# extra variable name to store a version suffix in +function(git_release_version_split version major minor patch extra) + string(REGEX MATCH "([0-9]+)\\.([0-9]+)\\.([0-9]+)(.*)?" version_valid ${version}) + if(version_valid) + string(REGEX REPLACE "([0-9]+)\\.([0-9]+)\\.([0-9]+)(.*)?" "\\1;\\2;\\3;\\4" VERSION_MATCHES ${version}) + list(GET VERSION_MATCHES 0 version_major) + set(${major} ${version_major} PARENT_SCOPE) + list(GET VERSION_MATCHES 1 version_minor) + set(${minor} ${version_minor} PARENT_SCOPE) + list(GET VERSION_MATCHES 2 version_patch) + set(${patch} ${version_patch} PARENT_SCOPE) + list(GET VERSION_MATCHES 3 version_extra) + set(${extra} ${version_extra} PARENT_SCOPE) + else(version_valid) + message(AUTHOR_WARNING "Bad version ${version}; falling back to 0 (have you made an initial release?)") + set(${major} "0" PARENT_SCOPE) + set(${minor} "" PARENT_SCOPE) + set(${patch} "" PARENT_SCOPE) + set(${extra} "" PARENT_SCOPE) + endif(version_valid) +endfunction(git_release_version_split) + +function(git_release_version_from_file_compat git_version_file) + if(NOT EXISTS ${git_version_file}) + message(FATAL_ERROR "git version file ${git_version_file} does not exist") + endif(NOT EXISTS ${git_version_file}) + FILE(READ "${git_version_file}" VERSION_CONTENT) + STRING(REGEX REPLACE ";" "\\\\;" VERSION_CONTENT "${VERSION_CONTENT}") + STRING(REGEX REPLACE "\n" ";" VERSION_CONTENT "${VERSION_CONTENT}") + + foreach(line ${VERSION_CONTENT}) + string(REGEX MATCH "^([A-Z][a-zA-Z-]*): (.*)" line_valid ${line}) + if(line_valid) + string(REGEX REPLACE "^([A-Z][a-zA-Z-]*): (.*)" "\\1;\\2" line_matches ${line}) + list(GET line_matches 0 key) + list(GET line_matches 1 value) + + if (${key} STREQUAL "Package") + if (NOT ${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME} STREQUAL ${value}) + message(FATAL_ERROR "Project name ${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME} does not match name in ${git_version_file} (${value})") + endif (NOT ${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME} STREQUAL ${value}) + set(GIT_RELEASE_PACKAGE ${value} PARENT_SCOPE) + endif(${key} STREQUAL "Package") + if (${key} STREQUAL "Version") + set(GIT_RELEASE_VERSION ${value} PARENT_SCOPE) + endif(${key} STREQUAL "Version") + if (${key} STREQUAL "Release-Date") + set(GIT_RELEASE_DATE ${value} PARENT_SCOPE) + endif(${key} STREQUAL "Release-Date") + if (${key} STREQUAL "Release-Date-Unix") + set(GIT_RELEASE_DATE_UNIX ${value} PARENT_SCOPE) + endif(${key} STREQUAL "Release-Date-Unix") + if (${key} STREQUAL "Released-By") + set(GIT_RELEASE_BY ${value} PARENT_SCOPE) + endif(${key} STREQUAL "Released-By") + if (${key} STREQUAL "Git-Tag") + set(GIT_RELEASE_TAG ${value} PARENT_SCOPE) + endif(${key} STREQUAL "Git-Tag") + endif(line_valid) + endforeach(line) +endfunction(git_release_version_from_file_compat) + +function(git_release_version_from_file git_version_file) + include("${git_version_file}") + + set(GIT_RELEASE_PACKAGE ${GIT_RELEASE_PACKAGE} PARENT_SCOPE) + set(GIT_RELEASE_VERSION ${GIT_RELEASE_VERSION} PARENT_SCOPE) + set(GIT_RELEASE_DATE ${GIT_RELEASE_DATE} PARENT_SCOPE) + set(GIT_RELEASE_DATE_UNIX ${GIT_RELEASE_DATE_UNIX} PARENT_SCOPE) + set(GIT_RELEASE_BY ${GIT_RELEASE_BY} PARENT_SCOPE) + set(GIT_RELEASE_TAG ${GIT_RELEASE_TAG} PARENT_SCOPE) +endfunction(git_release_version_from_file) + +function(git_release_version_from_git_tag git_tag tag_exists) + execute_process(COMMAND git show ${git_tag} + OUTPUT_VARIABLE tag_content RESULT_VARIABLE show_fail ERROR_QUIET + WORKING_DIRECTORY ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}) + if (tag_exists AND show_fail) + message(FATAL_ERROR "Could not obtain release tag ${git_tag} from git") + endif (tag_exists AND show_fail) + STRING(REGEX REPLACE ";" "\\\\;" tag_content "${tag_content}") + STRING(REGEX REPLACE "\n" ";" tag_content "${tag_content}") + + foreach(line ${tag_content}) + string(REGEX MATCH "^Tagger: (.*)" tagger_valid ${line}) + if (tagger_valid) + string(REGEX REPLACE "^Tagger: (.*)" "\\1" tagger ${line}) + endif (tagger_valid) + endforeach(line) + + # If tagger is undefined, set to "Unreleased". + if(NOT tagger) + set(tagger "Unreleased") + endif(NOT tagger) + set(GIT_RELEASE_BY ${tagger} PARENT_SCOPE) + + set(GIT_RELEASE_TAG ${git_tag} PARENT_SCOPE) + execute_process(COMMAND git rev-parse "${git_tag}^{}" + OUTPUT_VARIABLE commit RESULT_VARIABLE revparse_fail ERROR_QUIET + WORKING_DIRECTORY ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}) + if (revparse_fail) + message(FATAL_ERROR "Could not obtain release commit information from git") + endif (revparse_fail) + string(REPLACE "\n" "" commit "${commit}") + execute_process(COMMAND git log -1 "${commit}" --pretty=%ai + OUTPUT_VARIABLE commit_date RESULT_VARIABLE revparse_fail ERROR_QUIET + WORKING_DIRECTORY ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}) + if (revparse_fail) + message(FATAL_ERROR "Could not obtain release commit date from git") + endif (revparse_fail) + string(REPLACE "\n" "" commit_date "${commit_date}") + execute_process(COMMAND git log -1 "${commit}" --pretty=%at + OUTPUT_VARIABLE commit_date_unix RESULT_VARIABLE revparse_fail ERROR_QUIET + WORKING_DIRECTORY ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}) + if (revparse_fail) + message(FATAL_ERROR "Could not obtain release commit timestamp from git") + endif (revparse_fail) + string(REPLACE "\n" "" commit_date_unix "${commit_date_unix}") + + set(GIT_RELEASE_DATE ${commit_date} PARENT_SCOPE) + set(GIT_RELEASE_DATE_UNIX ${commit_date_unix} PARENT_SCOPE) + set(GIT_RELEASE_PACKAGE ${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME} PARENT_SCOPE) + + string(REGEX REPLACE "${GIT_RELEASE_TAG_REGEX}" "\\1" git_release_version ${git_tag}) + set(GIT_RELEASE_VERSION ${git_release_version} PARENT_SCOPE) +endfunction(git_release_version_from_git_tag) + +function(git_release_version_from_git tag_match) + set(tag_exists TRUE) + + execute_process(COMMAND git describe --match "${tag_match}" --exact-match + OUTPUT_VARIABLE git_tag RESULT_VARIABLE git_fail ERROR_QUIET + WORKING_DIRECTORY ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}) + string(REPLACE "\n" "" git_tag "${git_tag}") + if(git_fail) + set(tag_exists FALSE) + # This commit is not a tagged release; + execute_process(COMMAND git describe --match "${tag_match}" + OUTPUT_VARIABLE git_tag RESULT_VARIABLE git_fail2 ERROR_QUIET + WORKING_DIRECTORY ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}) + string(REPLACE "\n" "" git_tag "${git_tag}") + if(git_fail2) + message(FATAL_ERROR "Could not obtain release information from git") + endif(git_fail2) + endif(git_fail) + + git_release_version_from_git_tag(${git_tag} ${tag_exists}) + + set(GIT_RELEASE_PACKAGE ${GIT_RELEASE_PACKAGE} PARENT_SCOPE) + set(GIT_RELEASE_VERSION ${GIT_RELEASE_VERSION} PARENT_SCOPE) + set(GIT_RELEASE_DATE ${GIT_RELEASE_DATE} PARENT_SCOPE) + set(GIT_RELEASE_DATE_UNIX ${GIT_RELEASE_DATE_UNIX} PARENT_SCOPE) + set(GIT_RELEASE_BY ${GIT_RELEASE_BY} PARENT_SCOPE) + set(GIT_RELEASE_TAG ${GIT_RELEASE_TAG} PARENT_SCOPE) +endfunction(git_release_version_from_git) + +function(git_release_version_to_file_compat git_version_file) + set(keys + "Package: ${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}" + "Version: ${GIT_RELEASE_VERSION}") + if (GIT_RELEASE_DATE) + set(keys ${keys} "Release-Date: ${GIT_RELEASE_DATE}") + endif (GIT_RELEASE_DATE) + if (GIT_RELEASE_DATE_UNIX) + set(keys ${keys} "Release-Date-Unix: ${GIT_RELEASE_DATE_UNIX}") + endif (GIT_RELEASE_DATE_UNIX) + if (GIT_RELEASE_BY) + set(keys ${keys} "Released-By: ${GIT_RELEASE_BY}") + endif (GIT_RELEASE_BY) + if (GIT_RELEASE_TAG) + set(keys ${keys} "Git-Tag: ${GIT_RELEASE_TAG}") + endif (GIT_RELEASE_TAG) + STRING(REGEX REPLACE ";" "\\n" keys "${keys}") + + get_filename_component(dirname ${git_version_file} PATH) + file(MAKE_DIRECTORY "${dirname}") + file(WRITE "${git_version_file}" "${keys}\n") +endfunction(git_release_version_to_file_compat) + +function(git_release_version_to_file git_version_file) + set(lines + "set(GIT_RELEASE_PACKAGE \"${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}\")") + set(lines ${lines} + "set(GIT_RELEASE_VERSION \"${GIT_RELEASE_VERSION}\")") + if (GIT_RELEASE_DATE) + set(lines ${lines} + "set(GIT_RELEASE_DATE \"${GIT_RELEASE_DATE}\")") + endif (GIT_RELEASE_DATE) + if (GIT_RELEASE_DATE_UNIX) + set(lines ${lines} + "set(GIT_RELEASE_DATE_UNIX \"${GIT_RELEASE_DATE_UNIX}\")") + endif (GIT_RELEASE_DATE_UNIX) + if (GIT_RELEASE_BY) + set(lines ${lines} + "set(GIT_RELEASE_BY \"${GIT_RELEASE_BY}\")") + endif (GIT_RELEASE_BY) + if (GIT_RELEASE_TAG) + set(lines ${lines} + "set(GIT_RELEASE_TAG \"${GIT_RELEASE_TAG}\")") + endif (GIT_RELEASE_TAG) + STRING(REGEX REPLACE ";" "\\n" lines "${lines}") + + get_filename_component(dirname ${git_version_file} PATH) + file(MAKE_DIRECTORY "${dirname}") + file(WRITE "${git_version_file}" "${lines}\n") +endfunction(git_release_version_to_file) + +function(git_release_version tag_match) + if(GIT_RELEASE_ENABLE OR GIT_DIST_ENABLE) + if (NOT GIT_RELEASE_VERSION) + message(FATAL_ERROR "GIT_RELEASE_VERSION not set; required if GIT_RELEASE_ENABLE or GIT_DIST_ENABLE is enabled") + endif (NOT GIT_RELEASE_VERSION) + else(GIT_RELEASE_ENABLE OR GIT_DIST_ENABLE) + if(EXISTS "${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/${GIT_VERSION_FILE}") + message(STATUS "Reading release metadata from ${GIT_VERSION_FILE}") + git_release_version_from_file("${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/${GIT_VERSION_FILE}") + else(EXISTS "${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/${GIT_VERSION_FILE}") + if(GIT_VERSION_FILE_USE_COMPAT AND EXISTS "${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/${GIT_VERSION_FILE_COMPAT}") + message(STATUS "Reading release metadata from ${GIT_VERSION_FILE_COMPAT}") + git_release_version_from_file_compat("${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/${GIT_VERSION_FILE_COMPAT}") + else(GIT_VERSION_FILE_USE_COMPAT AND EXISTS "${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/${GIT_VERSION_FILE_COMPAT}") + message(STATUS "Reading release metadata from git") + git_release_version_from_git("${tag_match}") + endif(GIT_VERSION_FILE_USE_COMPAT AND EXISTS "${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/${GIT_VERSION_FILE_COMPAT}") + endif(EXISTS "${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/${GIT_VERSION_FILE}") + endif(GIT_RELEASE_ENABLE OR GIT_DIST_ENABLE) + + git_release_version_split(${GIT_RELEASE_VERSION} major minor patch extra) + + if(NOT GIT_RELEASE_DATE) + set(GIT_RELEASE_DATE "unreleased") + endif(NOT GIT_RELEASE_DATE) + if(NOT GIT_RELEASE_DATE_UNIX) + set(GIT_RELEASE_DATE_UNIX 0) + endif(NOT GIT_RELEASE_DATE_UNIX) + + set(GIT_RELEASE_PACKAGE ${GIT_RELEASE_PACKAGE} PARENT_SCOPE) + set(GIT_RELEASE_VERSION ${GIT_RELEASE_VERSION} PARENT_SCOPE) + set(GIT_RELEASE_VERSION_MAJOR ${major} PARENT_SCOPE) + set(GIT_RELEASE_VERSION_MINOR ${minor} PARENT_SCOPE) + set(GIT_RELEASE_VERSION_PATCH ${patch} PARENT_SCOPE) + set(GIT_RELEASE_VERSION_EXTRA ${extra} PARENT_SCOPE) + set(GIT_RELEASE_DATE ${GIT_RELEASE_DATE} PARENT_SCOPE) + set(GIT_RELEASE_DATE_UNIX ${GIT_RELEASE_DATE_UNIX} PARENT_SCOPE) + set(GIT_RELEASE_BY ${GIT_RELEASE_BY} PARENT_SCOPE) + set(GIT_RELEASE_TAG ${GIT_RELEASE_TAG} PARENT_SCOPE) +endfunction(git_release_version) + +if (NOT CMAKE_SCRIPT_MODE_FILE) +# Get initial version information + git_release_version("${GIT_RELEASE_TAG_MATCH}") + +set(GIT_RELEASE_VERSION "${GIT_RELEASE_VERSION}" + CACHE STRING "Release version number") +mark_as_advanced(FORCE GIT_RELEASE_VERSION) + +# Release tagging +set(GIT_RELEASE_TAG_OPTIONS "-s" + CACHE STRING "GPG release tagging options; signing enabled by default") +set(GIT_RELEASE_TAG_NAME "release/${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}-${GIT_RELEASE_VERSION}" + CACHE STRING "Naming scheme for release tags; must include version number") +set(GIT_RELEASE_TAG_MESSAGE "Release of ${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}-${GIT_RELEASE_VERSION}" + CACHE STRING "Message for release tags") +mark_as_advanced(FORCE GIT_RELEASE_TAG_OPTIONS GIT_RELEASE_TAG_NAME GIT_RELEASE_TAG_MESSAGE) + +# Distribution tagging +set(GIT_DIST_TAG_OPTIONS "-s" + CACHE STRING "GPG distribution tagging options; signing enabled by default") +set(GIT_DIST_TAG_NAME distribution/${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}-${GIT_RELEASE_VERSION} + CACHE STRING "Naming scheme for distribution tags; must include version number") +set(GIT_DIST_TAG_MESSAGE "Distribution of ${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}-${GIT_RELEASE_VERSION}" + CACHE STRING "Message for distribution tags") +mark_as_advanced(FORCE GIT_DIST_TAG_OPTIONS GIT_DIST_TAG_NAME GIT_DIST_TAG_MESSAGE) + +# Distribution branch commit +set(GIT_DIST_BRANCH distribution/${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}-${GIT_RELEASE_VERSION_MAJOR}.${GIT_RELEASE_VERSION_MINOR} + CACHE STRING "Branch to place distributed release on") +# Message for distribution commit +set(GIT_DIST_COMMIT_MESSAGE "Distribution of ${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME} version ${GIT_RELEASE_VERSION}" + CACHE STRING "Message for distribution commit") +# Release directory to distribute +set(GIT_DIST_NAME ${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}-${GIT_RELEASE_VERSION} + CACHE STRING "Name of the release distribution; must include version number") +set(GIT_DIST_TMPDIR ${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/GitRelease + CACHE STRING "Temporary staging directory for release") +set(GIT_DIST_ROOT ${GIT_DIST_TMPDIR}/${GIT_DIST_NAME} + CACHE STRING "Release directory to distribute; must include version number") +mark_as_advanced(FORCE GIT_DIST_BRANCH GIT_DIST_COMMIT_MESSAGE GIT_DIST_NAME GIT_DIST_TMPDIR GIT_DIST_ROOT) +endif (NOT CMAKE_SCRIPT_MODE_FILE) + + +function(git_check_repo) + if(NOT EXISTS ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/.git) + message(FATAL_ERROR "Source directory ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR} is not a git repository") + endif(NOT EXISTS ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/.git) +endfunction(git_check_repo) + +# Check that the working tree and index are clean prior to making any +# changes. If dirty, then the changes may be unreproducible and not +# match what was expected. For example, the distributed files may not +# match those actually committed or may not even be under version +# control. +# +# Project customisation: +# Checking of untracked files may be disabled by setting +# GIT_RELEASE_CHECK_UNTRACKED to OFF. +function(git_check_clean) + git_check_repo() + + execute_process(COMMAND git diff-index --quiet HEAD + RESULT_VARIABLE diff_index_status + WORKING_DIRECTORY ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}) + if(diff_index_status GREATER 1) + message(FATAL_ERROR "Error checking git index git diff-index: error status ${diff_index_status}") + endif(diff_index_status GREATER 1) + if(diff_index_status EQUAL 1) + if (GIT_RELEASE_CHECK_UNCOMMITTED) + message(FATAL_ERROR "Uncommitted changes in source directory") + else (GIT_RELEASE_CHECK_UNCOMMITTED) + message(WARNING "Uncommitted changes in source directory") + endif (GIT_RELEASE_CHECK_UNCOMMITTED) + endif(diff_index_status EQUAL 1) + + if(diff_index_status EQUAL 0 OR diff_index_status EQUAL 1) + execute_process(COMMAND git ls-files --others --exclude-standard --error-unmatch . + OUTPUT_FILE /dev/null + ERROR_FILE /dev/null + RESULT_VARIABLE ls_files_status + WORKING_DIRECTORY ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}) + # Exit status 1 is OK. + if(ls_files_status GREATER 1) + message(FATAL_ERROR "Error checking working directory with git ls-files: error status ${ls_files_status}") + endif(ls_files_status GREATER 1) + if(ls_files_status EQUAL 0) + if (GIT_RELEASE_CHECK_UNTRACKED) + message(FATAL_ERROR "Untracked files present in working directory") + else (GIT_RELEASE_CHECK_UNTRACKED) + message(WARNING "Untracked files present in working directory") + endif (GIT_RELEASE_CHECK_UNTRACKED) + endif(ls_files_status EQUAL 0) + endif(diff_index_status EQUAL 0 OR diff_index_status EQUAL 1) +endfunction(git_check_clean) + +# Make a release. +# +# The current working tree is tagged as a new release. If the release +# tag already exists then the operation will do nothing if the tag +# matches the current working tree, or else it will abort with an +# error. If the repository has been accidentally tagged previously, +# then remove the tag with "git tag -d TAG" before releasing. +# +# NOTE: Set GIT_RELEASE_ENABLE=true when running make. This is a +# safety check to avoid accidental damage to the git repository. +# +# NOTE: Running release-git independently of dist-git is NOT +# RECOMMENDED. The distdir rule can update files in the working tree +# (for example, gettext translations in po/), so running "make +# distdir" prior to tagging the release will ensure the tagged release +# will not differ from the distributed release. +# +# Project customisation: +# The tag will be signed by default; set GIT_RELEASE_TAG_OPTIONS to +# alter. The tag will be named using GIT_RELEASE_TAG_NAME with the +# GIT_RELEASE_TAG_MESSAGE specifying an appropriate message for the +# tag. +function(git_release fail_if_tag_exists) + # Check if release tag exists + execute_process(COMMAND git show-ref --tags -q ${GIT_RELEASE_TAG_NAME} + RESULT_VARIABLE show_ref_status + WORKING_DIRECTORY ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}) + if (show_ref_status EQUAL 0) + # Release tag already exists + if(fail_if_tag_exists) + message(FATAL_ERROR "git release tag ${GIT_RELEASE_TAG_NAME} already exists; not releasing") + else(fail_if_tag_exists) + message(STATUS "git release tag ${GIT_RELEASE_TAG_NAME} found") + endif(fail_if_tag_exists) + else(show_ref_status EQUAL 0) + # Release tag does not exist + if (NOT GIT_RELEASE_ENABLE) + message(FATAL_ERROR "GIT_RELEASE_ENABLE not set; not releasing") + endif (NOT GIT_RELEASE_ENABLE) + + # Check repository is clean to tag + git_check_clean() + + # Create release tag + message("Releasing ${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}-${GIT_RELEASE_VERSION}") + message("Creating git release tag ${GIT_RELEASE_TAG_NAME}") + execute_process(COMMAND git tag -m "${GIT_RELEASE_TAG_MESSAGE}" + ${GIT_RELEASE_TAG_OPTIONS} "${GIT_RELEASE_TAG_NAME}" + HEAD + RESULT_VARIABLE tag_status + WORKING_DIRECTORY ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}) + if(tag_status GREATER 0) + message(FATAL_ERROR "Failed to create release tag ${GIT_RELEASE_TAG_NAME}: error status ${tag_status}") + endif(tag_status GREATER 0) + + message(STATUS "${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME} ${GIT_RELEASE_VERSION} release tagged as ${GIT_RELEASE_TAG_NAME}") + endif (show_ref_status EQUAL 0) + +endfunction(git_release) + +# Make a distribution of a release. +# +# A distribution is created and committed onto the specified branch. +# The commit is then tagged. The distribution commit will have the +# release commit and the previous distribution (if any) as its +# parents. Thus distribution releases appear to git as merges (with +# the exception of the initial release). +# +# NOTE: Set GIT_DIST_ENABLE=true when running make, plus +# GIT_RELEASE_ENABLE=true if the working tree has not already been +# tagged with a release tag. This is a safety check to avoid +# accidental damage to the git repository. +# +# Project customisation: +# GIT_DIST_COMMIT_MESSAGE specifies the commit message for the commit, +# and GIT_DIST_BRANCH specifies the branch to add the commit to. +# The tag will be signed by default; set GIT_DIST_TAG_OPTIONS to +# alter. The tag will be named using GIT_DIST_TAG_NAME with the +# GIT_DIST_TAG_MESSAGE specifying an appropriate message for the +# tag. +function(git_rev_parse ref var) + execute_process(COMMAND git rev-parse ${ref} + OUTPUT_VARIABLE rev_parse_output + RESULT_VARIABLE rev_parse_status + WORKING_DIRECTORY ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}) + if(rev_parse_status GREATER 0) + message(FATAL_ERROR "git rev-parse failed to parse ref ${ref}") + endif(rev_parse_status GREATER 0) + string(REPLACE "\n" "" rev_parse_output "${rev_parse_output}") + set(${var} ${rev_parse_output} PARENT_SCOPE) +endfunction(git_rev_parse) + +function(git_archive_tree) + # TODO: Add full export. + file(REMOVE_RECURSE "${GIT_DIST_TMPDIR}") + file(MAKE_DIRECTORY "${GIT_DIST_TMPDIR}") + execute_process(COMMAND git archive --prefix "${GIT_DIST_NAME}/" + -o "${GIT_DIST_TMPDIR}/tmp.tar" "${GIT_RELEASE_TAG_NAME}" + WORKING_DIRECTORY ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}) + execute_process(COMMAND tar -xf tmp.tar + WORKING_DIRECTORY "${GIT_DIST_TMPDIR}") + file(REMOVE "${GIT_DIST_TMPDIR}/tmp.tar") +endfunction(git_archive_tree) + +function(git_dist) + git_release(OFF) + + git_rev_parse("${GIT_RELEASE_TAG_NAME}^{}" release_commit) + git_rev_parse(HEAD head_commit) + + if(NOT ${release_commit} STREQUAL ${head_commit}) + message(FATAL_ERROR "Working directory is not at release tag ${GIT_RELEASE_TAG_NAME}^{} (commit ${release_commit}); not distributing") + endif(NOT ${release_commit} STREQUAL ${head_commit}) + + git_check_clean() + + git_archive_tree() + + git_release_version_from_git_tag("${GIT_RELEASE_TAG_NAME}" TRUE) + + git_release_version_to_file("${GIT_DIST_ROOT}/${GIT_VERSION_FILE}") + if(GIT_VERSION_FILE_USE_COMPAT) + git_release_version_to_file_compat("${GIT_DIST_ROOT}/${GIT_VERSION_FILE_COMPAT}") + endif(GIT_VERSION_FILE_USE_COMPAT) + + git_dist_generic() +endfunction(git_dist) + +# Make a distribution of an arbitrary release. +# +# The same as git_dist, but this allows addition of any distribution +# rather than just the release in the current working tree. This rule +# is intended for allowing retrospective addition of a project's +# entire release history (driven by a shell script), for example. +# See below for an example of how to do this. +# +# GIT_DIST_ROOT must be set to specify the release to distribute and +# GIT_RELEASE_VERSION must match the release version. GIT_DIST_BRANCH may also +# require setting if not using the default. GIT_RELEASE_TAG_NAME must +# be set to the tag name of the existing release. +function(git_dist_generic) + git_check_repo() + + execute_process(COMMAND git show-ref --tags -q ${GIT_DIST_TAG_NAME} + RESULT_VARIABLE show_ref_status + WORKING_DIRECTORY ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}) + if (show_ref_status EQUAL 0) + message(FATAL_ERROR "git dist tag ${GIT_DIST_TAG_NAME} already exists; not distributing") + endif (show_ref_status EQUAL 0) + + if (NOT GIT_DIST_ENABLE) + message(FATAL_ERROR "GIT_DIST_ENABLE not set; not distributing") + endif (NOT GIT_DIST_ENABLE) + + message("Distributing ${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}-${GIT_RELEASE_VERSION} on git branch ${GIT_DIST_BRANCH}") + set(dist_index "${GIT_DIST_TMPDIR}/index") + if(EXISTS ${dist_index}) + file(REMOVE ${dist_index}) + endif(EXISTS ${dist_index}) + + set(ENV{GIT_INDEX_FILE} ${dist_index}) + set(ENV{GIT_WORK_TREE} ${GIT_DIST_ROOT}) + execute_process(COMMAND git add -A + RESULT_VARIABLE git_add_status + WORKING_DIRECTORY ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}) + unset(ENV{GIT_WORK_TREE}) + if(git_add_status GREATER 0) + message(FATAL_ERROR "Failed to add archive tree to git index") + endif(git_add_status GREATER 0) + + execute_process(COMMAND git write-tree + OUTPUT_VARIABLE tree + RESULT_VARIABLE git_write_tree_status + WORKING_DIRECTORY ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}) + string(REPLACE "\n" "" tree "${tree}") + if(git_tree_write_status GREATER 0) + message(FATAL_ERROR "Failed to write git index to tree") + endif(git_tree_write_status GREATER 0) + + unset(ENV{GIT_INDEX_FILE}) + + file(REMOVE ${dist_index}) + + string(LENGTH ${tree} tree_length) + if (tree_length EQUAL 0) + message(FATAL_ERROR "Failed to get tree hash") + endif (tree_length EQUAL 0) + + git_rev_parse("${GIT_RELEASE_TAG_NAME}^{}" release_commit) + + set(commit_options -p ${release_commit}) + + execute_process(COMMAND git show-ref --heads -s refs/heads/${GIT_DIST_BRANCH} + OUTPUT_VARIABLE dist_parent + RESULT_VARIABLE show_ref_status + WORKING_DIRECTORY ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}) + string(REPLACE "\n" "" dist_parent "${dist_parent}") + if (show_ref_status GREATER 0) + set(newroot "(root-commit) ") + else (show_ref_status GREATER 0) + set(commit_opts ${commit_opts} -p ${dist_parent}) + endif (show_ref_status GREATER 0) + + file(WRITE "${GIT_DIST_TMPDIR}/commit-message" "${GIT_DIST_COMMIT_MESSAGE}") + execute_process(COMMAND git commit-tree -F "${GIT_DIST_TMPDIR}/commit-message" "${tree}" ${commit_options} + OUTPUT_VARIABLE commit + RESULT_VARIABLE commit_status + WORKING_DIRECTORY ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}) + file(REMOVE "${GIT_DIST_TMPDIR}/commit-message") + string(REPLACE "\n" "" commit "${commit}") + if (commit_status GREATER 0) + message(FATAL_ERROR "Failed to commit tree") + endif (commit_status GREATER 0) + + string(LENGTH ${commit} commit_length) + if(${commit_length} EQUAL 0) + message(FATAL_ERROR "Failed to get commit hash") + endif(${commit_length} EQUAL 0) + + execute_process(COMMAND git update-ref "refs/heads/${GIT_DIST_BRANCH}" ${commit} ${dist_parent} + RESULT_VARIABLE update_ref_status + WORKING_DIRECTORY ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}) + if (update_ref_status GREATER 0) + message(FATAL_ERROR "Failed to update reference for commit") + endif (update_ref_status GREATER 0) + + message("[${GIT_DIST_BRANCH} ${newroot}${commit}] ${GIT_DIST_COMMIT_MESSAGE}") + + message("Creating git distribution tag ${GIT_DIST_TAG_NAME}") + execute_process(COMMAND git tag -m "${GIT_DIST_TAG_MESSAGE}" ${GIT_DIST_TAG_OPTIONS} "${GIT_DIST_TAG_NAME}" ${commit} + RESULT_VARIABLE tag_status + WORKING_DIRECTORY ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}) + if(tag_status GREATER 0) + message(FATAL_ERROR "Failed to create distribution tag ${GIT_DIST_TAG_NAME}: error status ${tag_status}") + endif(tag_status GREATER 0) + + message(STATUS "${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME} ${GIT_RELEASE_VERSION} distribution tagged as ${GIT_DIST_TAG_NAME}") +endfunction(git_dist_generic) + +# Add targets if not in script mode +if (NOT CMAKE_SCRIPT_MODE_FILE) + + set(script_options + -D CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME=${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME} + -D PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR=${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR} + -D PROJECT_BINARY_DIR=${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}) + + if (GIT_RELEASE_ENABLE OR GIT_DIST_ENABLE) + # Preserve current configuration in a form which may be sourced by + # a standalone script file. + file(WRITE "${GIT_RELEASE_SETTINGS}" +"set(GIT_VERSION_FILE \"${GIT_VERSION_FILE}\") +set(GIT_VERSION_FILE_COMPAT \"${GIT_VERSION_FILE_COMPAT}\") +set(GIT_VERSION_FILE_USE_COMPAT \"${GIT_VERSION_FILE_USE_COMPAT}\") +set(GIT_RELEASE_VERSION \"${GIT_RELEASE_VERSION}\") +set(GIT_RELEASE_CHECK_UNCOMMITTED ${GIT_RELEASE_CHECK_UNCOMMITTED}) +set(GIT_RELEASE_CHECK_UNTRACKED ${GIT_RELEASE_CHECK_UNTRACKED}) +set(GIT_RELEASE_ENABLE ${GIT_RELEASE_ENABLE}) +set(GIT_RELEASE_TAG_OPTIONS \"${GIT_RELEASE_TAG_OPTIONS}\") +set(GIT_RELEASE_TAG_NAME \"${GIT_RELEASE_TAG_NAME}\") +set(GIT_RELEASE_TAG_MATCH \"${GIT_RELEASE_TAG_MATCH}\") +set(GIT_RELEASE_TAG_REGEX \"${GIT_RELEASE_TAG_REGEX}\") +set(GIT_RELEASE_TAG_MESSAGE \"${GIT_RELEASE_TAG_MESSAGE}\") +set(GIT_DIST_ENABLE ${GIT_DIST_ENABLE}) +set(GIT_DIST_TAG_OPTIONS \"${GIT_DIST_TAG_OPTIONS}\") +set(GIT_DIST_TAG_NAME \"${GIT_DIST_TAG_NAME}\") +set(GIT_DIST_TAG_MESSAGE \"${GIT_DIST_TAG_MESSAGE}\") +set(GIT_DIST_BRANCH \"${GIT_DIST_BRANCH}\") +set(GIT_DIST_COMMIT_MESSAGE \"${GIT_DIST_COMMIT_MESSAGE}\") +set(GIT_DIST_NAME \"${GIT_DIST_NAME}\") +set(GIT_DIST_TMPDIR \"${GIT_DIST_TMPDIR}\") +set(GIT_DIST_ROOT \"${GIT_DIST_ROOT}\") +") + + # The following targets re-execute this script file with the above + # configuration. + + add_custom_target(git-check-repo + COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} ${script_options} + -D git_release_command=git-check-repo + -P ${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_FILE}) + endif (GIT_RELEASE_ENABLE OR GIT_DIST_ENABLE) + + if (GIT_RELEASE_ENABLE) + add_custom_target(git-check-clean + COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} ${script_options} + -D PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR=${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR} + -D git_release_command=git-check-clean + -P ${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_FILE}) + + add_custom_target(git-release + COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} ${script_options} + -D PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR=${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR} + -D git_release_command=git-release + -P ${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_FILE}) + endif (GIT_RELEASE_ENABLE) + + if (GIT_DIST_ENABLE) + add_custom_target(git-dist + COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} ${script_options} + -D PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR=${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR} + -D git_release_command=git-dist + -P ${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_FILE}) + endif (GIT_DIST_ENABLE) +endif (NOT CMAKE_SCRIPT_MODE_FILE) + +# In script mode, run specified command +if (CMAKE_SCRIPT_MODE_FILE) + if(git_release_command) + if(git_release_command STREQUAL git-check-repo) + git_check_repo() + endif(git_release_command STREQUAL git-check-repo) + + if(git_release_command STREQUAL git-check-clean) + git_check_clean() + endif(git_release_command STREQUAL git-check-clean) + + if(git_release_command STREQUAL git-release) + git_release(ON) + endif(git_release_command STREQUAL git-release) + + if(git_release_command STREQUAL git-dist) + git_dist() + endif(git_release_command STREQUAL git-dist) + endif(git_release_command) +endif (CMAKE_SCRIPT_MODE_FILE) + +# Example: How to retrospectively insert the complete distribution +# history for a project. Note: GIT_RELEASE_TAG_NAME must match the +# pattern used to tag all previous releases since this requires tags +# for all releases. +# +# #!/bin/sh +# +# set -e +# +# # Clean up any existing distribution branches and tags which could +# # interfere with addition of a complete clean distribution history. +# git tag -l | grep distribution | while read tag; do +# git tag -d $tag +# done; +# git branch -l | grep distribution | while read branch; do +# git branch -D $branch +# done; +# +# # Read an ordered list of versions from release-versions and get +# # distribution for each version from the given path and distribute +# # in git +# while read version; do +# make git_dist_generic GIT_DIST_ROOT="/path/to/unpacked/releases/$package-$version" GIT_RELEASE_VERSION="$version" GIT_DIST_ENABLE=true +# done < release-versions + +# Example: How to check that the added distributions are correctly +# representing the content of the old distributed releases following +# import as in the above example. +# +# #!/bin/sh +# +# set -e +# +# # For each version in the list of releases, check out and unpack +# # that version, and then compare it with the original. +# while read version; do +# git checkout distribution/package-$version +# rm -rf /tmp/package-$version +# mkdir /tmp/package-$version +# git archive HEAD | tar -x -C /tmp/$package-$version +# diff -urN /tmp/$package-$version "/path/to/unpacked/releases/$package-$version" | lsdiff +# rm -rf /tmp/package-$version +# done < release-versions diff --git a/cmake/boost-checks.cmake b/cmake/boost-checks.cmake new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ccb33e23 --- /dev/null +++ b/cmake/boost-checks.cmake @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +include(CheckIncludeFileCXX) +include(CheckCXXSourceCompiles) + +check_include_file_cxx (boost/format.hpp HAVE_BOOST_FORMAT_HPP) +# boost/iostreams/device/file_descriptor.hpp +check_include_file_cxx (boost/iostreams/device/file_descriptor.hpp HAVE_BOOST_IOSTREAMS_DEVICE_FILE_DESCRIPTOR_HPP) +# boost/program_options.hpp +check_include_file_cxx (boost/program_options.hpp HAVE_BOOST_PROGRAM_OPTIONS_HPP) +# boost/type_traits.hpp +check_include_file_cxx (boost/type_traits.hpp HAVE_BOOST_TYPE_TRAITS_HPP) + +# Boost library checks could be dropped? +# boost::program_options::variables_map in -lboost_program_options +# + BOOST_PROGRAM_OPTIONS_DESCRIPTION_OLD (drop?) +SET(CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES_SAVE ${CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES}) +SET(CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES ${CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES} ${Boost_PROGRAM_OPTIONS_LIBRARY_RELEASE}) + +check_cxx_source_compiles( +"#include <boost/program_options.hpp> + +int main() { + boost::program_options::variables_map dummy(); +}" +BOOST_PROGRAM_OPTIONS_LINK) +# boost::program_options::validation_error in -lboost_program_options +# + BOOST_PROGRAM_OPTIONS_VALIDATION_ERROR_OLD (drop?) + +check_cxx_source_compiles( +"#include <boost/program_options.hpp> + +int main() { + boost::program_options::validation_error + err(boost::program_options::validation_error::invalid_option, \"error\"); +}" +BOOST_PROGRAM_OPTIONS_DESCRIPTION_CURRENT_LINK) + +SET(CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES ${CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES_SAVE}) + +set(BOOST_PROGRAM_OPTIONS_DESCRIPTION_OLD 0) +if (BOOST_PROGRAM_OPTIONS AND NOT BOOST_PROGRAM_OPTIONS_DESCRIPTION_CURRENT) + set(BOOST_PROGRAM_OPTIONS_DESCRIPTION_OLD 1) +endif(BOOST_PROGRAM_OPTIONS AND NOT BOOST_PROGRAM_OPTIONS_DESCRIPTION_CURRENT) + +SET(CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES_SAVE ${CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES}) +SET(CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES ${CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES} ${Boost_IOSTREAMS_LIBRARY_RELEASE}) +# <regex> tests; boost/regex.hpp fallback ==> HAVE_REGEX +# boost::iostreams in -lboost_iostreams +check_cxx_source_compiles( +"#include <boost/iostreams/device/file_descriptor.hpp> +#include <boost/iostreams/stream.hpp> + +int main() { + boost::iostreams::stream<boost::iostreams::file_descriptor> fdstream; +}" +BOOST_IOSTREAMS_LINK) +# boost::iostreams::file_descriptor_source in -lboost_iostreams +# + BOOST_IOSTREAMS_CLOSE_HANDLE_OLD + +check_cxx_source_compiles( +"#include <boost/iostreams/device/file_descriptor.hpp> +#include <boost/iostreams/stream.hpp> +#include <unistd.h> + +int main() { +boost::iostreams::file_descriptor_sink dummy(STDOUT_FILENO, boost::iostreams::close_handle); +}" +BOOST_IOSTREAMS_CLOSE_HANDLE_CURRENT_LINK) + +SET(CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES ${CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES_SAVE}) + +set(BOOST_IOSTREAMS_CLOSE_HANDLE_OLD 0) +if (BOOST_IOSTREAMS AND NOT BOOST_IOSTREAMS_CLOSE_HANDLE_CURRENT) + set(BOOST_IOSTREAMS_CLOSE_HANDLE_OLD 1) +endif(BOOST_IOSTREAMS AND NOT BOOST_IOSTREAMS_CLOSE_HANDLE_CURRENT) + + +SET(CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES_SAVE ${CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES}) +SET(CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES ${CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES} ${Boost_FILESYSTEM_LIBRARY_RELEASE} ${Boost_SYSTEM_LIBRARY_RELEASE}) +# boost::filesystem in -lboost_filesystem +check_cxx_source_compiles( +"#include <boost/filesystem.hpp> + +int main() { + boost::filesystem::is_directory(\"/\"); +}" +BOOST_FILESYSTEM_LINK) +SET(CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES ${CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES_SAVE}) diff --git a/cmake/regex-checks.cmake b/cmake/regex-checks.cmake new file mode 100644 index 00000000..366240b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/cmake/regex-checks.cmake @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +include(CheckCXXSourceRuns) +#regex +check_cxx_source_runs( +"#include <regex> + +int main() { + std::regex foo(\"^foo[bar]\$\"); + std::regex bar(\"^foo[bar]\$\", std::regex::extended); + std::regex check(\"^[^:/,.][^:/,]*\$\", std::regex::extended); +}" +STD_REGEX) + +# regex broken +check_cxx_source_runs( +"#include <regex> + +int main() { + std::regex foo(\"^foo[bar]\$\"); + std::regex bar(\"^foo[bar]\$\", std::regex::extended); +}" +STD_REGEX_BROKEN) + +# tr1 regex +check_cxx_source_runs( +"#include <tr1/regex> + +int main() { + std::tr1::regex foo(\"^foo[bar]\$\"); + std::tr1::regex bar(\"^foo[bar]\$\", std::tr1::regex::extended); + std::tr1::regex check(\"^[^:/,.][^:/,]*\$\", std::tr1::regex::extended); +}" +TR1_REGEX) + +# tr1 regex broken +check_cxx_source_runs( +"#include <tr1/regex> + +int main() { + std::tr1::regex foo(\"^foo[bar]\$\"); + std::tr1::regex bar(\"^foo[bar]\$\", std::tr1::regex::extended); +}" +TR1_REGEX_BROKEN) + +# boost regex +SET(CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES_SAVE ${CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES}) +SET(CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES ${CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES} ${Boost_REGEX_LIBRARY_RELEASE}) +check_cxx_source_runs( +"#include <boost/regex.hpp> + +int main() { + boost::regex(\"^foo[bar]\$\"); + boost::regex bar(\"^foo[bar]\$\", boost::regex::extended); +}" +BOOST_REGEX) +SET(CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES ${CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES_SAVE}) + +if(NOT STD_REGEX OR NOT STD_REGEX_BROKEN) + if(NOT TR1_REGEX OR NOT TR1_REGEX_BROKEN) + set(REGEX_LIBRARY ${Boost_REGEX_LIBRARY_RELEASE}) + endif(NOT TR1_REGEX OR NOT TR1_REGEX_BROKEN) +endif(NOT STD_REGEX OR NOT STD_REGEX_BROKEN) diff --git a/config.h.cmake b/config.h.cmake new file mode 100644 index 00000000..16442be9 --- /dev/null +++ b/config.h.cmake @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +/* config.h.in. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */ + +/* Set if boost::iostreams::file_descriptor close_handle is not available */ +#cmakedefine BOOST_IOSTREAMS_CLOSE_HANDLE_OLD 1 + +/* Set if boost::program_options::options_description::options() is not + available */ +#cmakedefine BOOST_PROGRAM_OPTIONS_DESCRIPTION_OLD 1 + +/* Set if boost::program_options::validation error uses old construction + semantics */ +#cmakedefine BOOST_PROGRAM_OPTIONS_VALIDATION_ERROR_OLD 1 + +/* Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native + language is requested. */ +#cmakedefine ENABLE_NLS 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <boost/format.hpp> header file. */ +#cmakedefine HAVE_BOOST_FORMAT_HPP 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <boost/iostreams/device/file_descriptor.hpp> + header file. */ +#cmakedefine HAVE_BOOST_IOSTREAMS_DEVICE_FILE_DESCRIPTOR_HPP 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <boost/program_options.hpp> header file. */ +#cmakedefine HAVE_BOOST_PROGRAM_OPTIONS_HPP 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <boost/type_traits.hpp> header file. */ +#cmakedefine HAVE_BOOST_TYPE_TRAITS_HPP 1 + +/* Define if the GNU dcgettext() function is already present or preinstalled. + */ +#cmakedefine HAVE_DCGETTEXT 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <dlfcn.h> header file. */ +#cmakedefine HAVE_DLFCN_H 1 + +/* Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled. */ +#cmakedefine HAVE_GETTEXT 1 + +/* Define if you have the iconv() function. */ +#cmakedefine HAVE_ICONV 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */ +#cmakedefine HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory> header file. */ +#cmakedefine HAVE_MEMORY 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */ +#cmakedefine HAVE_MEMORY_H 1 + +/* Define if you have POSIX threads libraries and header files. */ +#cmakedefine HAVE_PTHREAD 1 + +/* Set if the <regex> header file includes std::regex */ +#cmakedefine HAVE_REGEX_REGEX 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <sched.h> header file. */ +#cmakedefine HAVE_SCHED_H 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <security/pam_appl.h> header file. */ +#cmakedefine HAVE_SECURITY_PAM_APPL_H 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */ +#cmakedefine HAVE_STDINT_H 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */ +#cmakedefine HAVE_STDLIB_H 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */ +#cmakedefine HAVE_STRINGS_H 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */ +#cmakedefine HAVE_STRING_H 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/personality.h> header file. */ +#cmakedefine HAVE_SYS_PERSONALITY_H 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */ +#cmakedefine HAVE_SYS_STAT_H 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */ +#cmakedefine HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <tuple> header file. */ +#cmakedefine HAVE_TUPLE 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */ +#cmakedefine HAVE_UNISTD_H 1 + +/* Name of package */ +#cmakedefine PACKAGE ${PACKAGE} + +/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */ +#cmakedefine PACKAGE_BUGREPORT 1 + +/* Define to the full name of this package. */ +#cmakedefine PACKAGE_NAME 1 + +/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */ +#cmakedefine PACKAGE_STRING 1 + +/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */ +#cmakedefine PACKAGE_TARNAME 1 + +/* Define to the home page for this package. */ +#cmakedefine PACKAGE_URL1 + +/* Define to the version of this package. */ +#cmakedefine PACKAGE_VERSION ${VERSION} + +/* Package release date (integer). */ +#define RELEASE_DATE ${RELEASE_DATE} + +/* Package release date (string). */ +#cmakedefine RELEASE_DATE_S "${RELEASE_DATE_S}" + +/* Enable debugging */ +#cmakedefine SBUILD_DEBUG 1 + +/* Default regular expression used to filter user environment */ +#cmakedefine SBUILD_DEFAULT_ENVIRONMENT_FILTER "${SBUILD_DEFAULT_ENVIRONMENT_FILTER}" + +/* Set if the block-device chroot type is present */ +#cmakedefine SBUILD_FEATURE_BLOCKDEV 1 + +/* Set if the btrfs-snapshot chroot type is present */ +#cmakedefine SBUILD_FEATURE_BTRFSSNAP 1 + +/* Set if the loopback chroot type is present */ +#cmakedefine SBUILD_FEATURE_LOOPBACK 1 + +/* Set if the lvm-snapshot chroot type is present */ +#cmakedefine SBUILD_FEATURE_LVMSNAP 1 + +/* Set if PAM support is available */ +#cmakedefine SBUILD_FEATURE_PAM 1 + +/* Set if personality support is present */ +#cmakedefine SBUILD_FEATURE_PERSONALITY 1 + +/* Set if the union filesystem type is present */ +#cmakedefine SBUILD_FEATURE_UNION 1 + +/* Set if unshare support is present */ +#cmakedefine SBUILD_FEATURE_UNSHARE 1 + +/* Host GNU architecture triplet */ +#cmakedefine SBUILD_HOST "${SBUILD_HOST}" + +/* Host CPU */ +#cmakedefine SBUILD_HOST_CPU "${SBUILD_HOST_CPU}" + +/* Host OS */ +#cmakedefine SBUILD_HOST_OS "${SBUILD_HOST_OS}" + +/* Host vendor */ +#cmakedefine SBUILD_HOST_VENDOR "${SBUILD_HOST_VENDOR}" + +/* Platform type, used to modify run-time platform-specific behaviour */ +#cmakedefine SBUILD_PLATFORM "${SBUILD_PLATFORM}" + +/* Test data directory */ +#cmakedefine TESTDATADIR "${TESTDATADIR}" + +/* Version number of package */ +#cmakedefine VERSION "${VERSION}" diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac index 0d40a2d5..83ffeeda 100644 --- a/configure.ac +++ b/configure.ac @@ -364,6 +364,19 @@ AC_CHECK_FUNC([unshare], [UNSHARE_FUNC="no"]) # Determine which features to enable. +AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build NLS support]) +BUILD_NLS="yes" +if test "$USE_NLS" = "no"; then + BUILD_NLS="no" +fi +AC_MSG_RESULT([$BUILD_NLS]) + +AM_CONDITIONAL([BUILD_NLS], [test "$BUILD_NLS" = "yes"]) +AH_TEMPLATE(SBUILD_FEATURE_NLS, [Set if NLS support is present]) +if test "$BUILD_NLS" = "yes"; then + AC_DEFINE(SBUILD_FEATURE_NLS, 1) +fi + AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build unshare support]) BUILD_UNSHARE="yes" if test "$UNSHARE_HEADER" = "no"; then diff --git a/debian/control b/debian/control index 82ee1970..83d6a097 100644 --- a/debian/control +++ b/debian/control @@ -40,13 +40,13 @@ Description: common files for schroot This package provides translations for localisation of schroot programs. -Package: libsbuild-1.7.0 +Package: libsbuild-1.7.1 Architecture: any Section: libs Pre-Depends: multiarch-support Depends: ${shlibs:Depends}, ${misc:Depends}, -Suggests: libsbuild-1.7.0-dbg +Suggests: libsbuild-1.7.1-dbg Description: shared library for the Debian source builder libsbuild provides facilities to manage and access chroots, as part of schroot. @@ -65,11 +65,11 @@ Package: libsbuild-dev Architecture: any Section: libdevel Depends: - ${shlibs:Depends}, ${misc:Depends}, - libsbuild-1.7.0 (= ${binary:Version}), + ${misc:Depends}, + libsbuild-1.7.1 (= ${binary:Version}), pkg-config (>= 0.14.0) Suggests: - libsbuild-1.7.0-dbg, + libsbuild-1.7.1-dbg, libsbuild-doc Description: development files for the Debian source builder libsbuild provides facilities to manage and access chroots, as part of @@ -86,13 +86,13 @@ Description: development files for the Debian source builder This package contains the header files needed to develop applications which make use of sbuild. -Package: libsbuild-1.7.0-dbg +Package: libsbuild-1.7.1-dbg Architecture: any Section: debug Priority: extra Depends: ${misc:Depends}, - libsbuild-1.7.0 (= ${binary:Version}), + libsbuild-1.7.1 (= ${binary:Version}), Conflicts: schroot-dbg Description: Debugging symbols for the Debian source builder diff --git a/debian/libsbuild-1.7.0.install.in b/debian/libsbuild-1.7.0.install.in deleted file mode 100644 index 7faa9113..00000000 --- a/debian/libsbuild-1.7.0.install.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -debian/install/@LIBDIR@/libsbuild-*.so @LIBDIR@ diff --git a/debian/libsbuild-1.7.1.install.in b/debian/libsbuild-1.7.1.install.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000..11230bde --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/libsbuild-1.7.1.install.in @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +debian/install/@LIBDIR@/libsbuild.so.* @LIBDIR@ diff --git a/debian/rules b/debian/rules index d88422d2..c8d110fd 100755 --- a/debian/rules +++ b/debian/rules @@ -8,11 +8,11 @@ LIBDIR = usr/lib/$(DEB_HOST_MULTIARCH) LIBEXECDIR = $(LIBDIR)/schroot ifneq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),linux) - LVMSNAP_OPTIONS = --disable-lvm-snapshot - BTRFSSNAP_OPTIONS = --disable-btrfs-snapshot + LVMSNAP_OPTIONS = -Dlvm-snapshot=OFF + BTRFSSNAP_OPTIONS = -Dbtrfs-snapshot=OFF else - LVMSNAP_OPTIONS = --enable-lvm-snapshot - BTRFSSNAP_OPTIONS = --enable-btrfs-snapshot + LVMSNAP_OPTIONS = -Dlvm-snapshot=ON + BTRFSSNAP_OPTIONS = -Dbtrfs-snapshot=ON endif CFLAGS = -Wall -g @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ else CFLAGS += -O2 endif -DH_OPTIONS = --with autotools_dev --builddirectory=debian/build --parallel +DH_OPTIONS = --buildsystem=cmake --builddirectory=debian/build --parallel ifneq (,$(filter parallel=%,$(DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS))) NUMJOBS = $(patsubst parallel=%,%,$(filter parallel=%,$(DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS))) @@ -39,24 +39,31 @@ DH_INSTALL_FILES = $(basename $(wildcard debian/*.install.in)) %.install: %.install.in sed -e 's;@LIBDIR@;$(LIBDIR);g' -e 's;@LIBEXECDIR@;$(LIBEXECDIR);g' <$< >$@ -override_dh_auto_configure: debian/build/config.status +override_dh_auto_configure: debian/build/CMakeCache.txt debian/build/gtest/libgtest.a: mkdir -p $(dir $@) cd $(dir $@) ; \ CXX="g++ -std=c++11" cmake /usr/src/gtest ; \ - make VERBOSE=1 - -debian/build/config.status: configure debian/build/gtest/libgtest.a - dh_auto_configure -- \ - --enable-dchroot --enable-dchroot-dsa \ - --with-bash-completion-dir=/etc/bash_completion.d \ - $(LVMSNAP_OPTIONS) $(BTRFSSNAP_OPTIONS) \ - BTRFS=/sbin/btrfs \ - LVCREATE=/sbin/lvcreate \ - LVREMOVE=/sbin/lvremove \ - CXX='g++ -std=gnu++11' \ - GTEST_ROOT="$(CURDIR)/debian/build/gtest" + $(MAKE) VERBOSE=1 + +debian/build/CMakeCache.txt: CMakeLists.txt debian/build/gtest/libgtest.a + mkdir -p $(dir $@) + cd $(dir $@) ; \ + CXX="g++ -std=c++11" \ + GTEST_ROOT="$(CURDIR)/debian/build/gtest" \ + cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \ + -DCMAKE_INSTALL_SYSCONFDIR=/etc \ + -DCMAKE_INSTALL_LOCALSTATEDIR=/var \ + -DCMAKE_INSTALL_LIBEXECDIR=lib \ + -DSCHROOT_LIBEXEC_DIR=/$(LIBDIR)/schroot \ + -Ddebug=OFF -Ddchroot=ON -Ddchroot-dsa=ON \ + -Dbash_completion_dir=/etc/bash_completion.d \ + $(LVMSNAP_OPTIONS) $(BTRFSSNAP_OPTIONS) \ + -DBTRFS_EXECUTABLE=/sbin/btrfs \ + -DLVCREATE_EXECUTABLE=/sbin/lvcreate \ + -DLVREMOVE_EXECUTABLE=/sbin/lvremove \ + $(CURDIR) dh_testdir override_dh_auto_clean: @@ -67,10 +74,10 @@ override_dh_auto_clean: override_dh_auto_build: ifneq (,$(shell dh_listpackages -a 2>/dev/null)) - $(MAKE) -C debian/build all V=1 PO4A= + $(MAKE) -C debian/build all VERBOSE=1 endif ifneq (,$(shell dh_listpackages -i 2>/dev/null)) - $(MAKE) -C debian/build doc V=1 PO4A= + $(MAKE) -C debian/build doc VERBOSE=1 endif override_dh_auto_test: @@ -94,7 +101,7 @@ install-arch: build-arch $(DH_INSTALL_FILES) rm -rf $(CURDIR)/debian/dchroot-dsa/usr/share/doc/dchroot-dsa ln -sf schroot $(CURDIR)/debian/dchroot-dsa/usr/share/doc/dchroot-dsa # Requires fakeroot, so tests need running here. - dh_auto_test + $(MAKE) -C debian/build test ARGS=-V install-indep: build-indep $(DH_INSTALL_FILES) dh $@ $(DH_OPTIONS) @@ -120,6 +127,6 @@ override_dh_installinit: dh_installinit --no-start --update-rcd-params='defaults' override_dh_strip: - dh_strip --dbg-package=libsbuild-1.7.0-dbg + dh_strip --dbg-package=libsbuild-1.7.1-dbg .PHONY: override_dh_auto_configure override_dh_auto_clean override_dh_auto_build override_dh_auto_test override_dh_auto_install override_dh_installchangelogs override_dh_installinit override_dh_strip install-arch install-indep diff --git a/doc/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/CMakeLists.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3ee4c2e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/CMakeLists.txt @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +# Copyright © 2004-2013 Roger Leigh <rleigh@debian.org> +# +# schroot is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# schroot is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see +# <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. +# +##################################################################### + +if(BUILD_DOXYGEN) + configure_file(${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/sbuild.dox.cmake + ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/sbuild.dox @ONLY) + configure_file(${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/schroot.dox.cmake + ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/schroot.dox @ONLY) + + add_custom_command(OUTPUT ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/sbuild.log + COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E remove_directory sbuild + COMMAND ${DOXYGEN_EXECUTABLE} ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/sbuild.dox + COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E echo "══════════ UNDOCUMENTED CODE ══════════" + COMMAND cat ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/sbuild.log + COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E echo "═════════ END UNDOCUMENTED CODE ═══════" + DEPENDS ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/sbuild.dox) + + add_custom_command(OUTPUT ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/schroot.log + COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E remove_directory schroot + COMMAND ${DOXYGEN_EXECUTABLE} ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/schroot.dox + COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E echo "══════════ UNDOCUMENTED CODE ══════════" + COMMAND cat ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/schroot.log + COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E echo "═════════ END UNDOCUMENTED CODE ═══════" + DEPENDS ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/schroot.dox) + + add_custom_target(doc DEPENDS ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/sbuild.log ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/schroot.log) +endif(BUILD_DOXYGEN) diff --git a/doc/sbuild.dox.cmake b/doc/sbuild.dox.cmake new file mode 100644 index 00000000..06d41d0d --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/sbuild.dox.cmake @@ -0,0 +1,1809 @@ +# Doxyfile 1.8.1.2 + +# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system +# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project. +# +# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored. +# The format is: +# TAG = value [value, ...] +# For lists items can also be appended using: +# TAG += value [value, ...] +# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" "). + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Project related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file +# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all +# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the +# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See +# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings. + +DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or sequence of words) that should +# identify the project. Note that if you do not use Doxywizard you need +# to put quotes around the project name if it contains spaces. + +PROJECT_NAME = sbuild + +# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. +# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or +# if some version control system is used. + +PROJECT_NUMBER = @GIT_RELEASE_VERSION@ + +# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description +# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer +# a quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short. + +PROJECT_BRIEF = + +# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is +# included in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not +# exceed 55 pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. +# Doxygen will copy the logo to the output directory. + +PROJECT_LOGO = + +# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) +# base path where the generated documentation will be put. +# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location +# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used. + +OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = sbuild + +# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create +# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output +# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories. +# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of +# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would +# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system. + +CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO + +# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all +# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this +# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. +# The default language is English, other supported languages are: +# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional, +# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Esperanto, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, +# Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English +# messages), Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, +# Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, +# Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Ukrainian, and Vietnamese. + +OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English + +# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in +# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc). +# Set to NO to disable this. + +BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES + +# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend +# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description. +# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the +# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. + +REPEAT_BRIEF = YES + +# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator +# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string +# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be +# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is +# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. +# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically +# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget" +# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains" +# "represents" "a" "an" "the" + +ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = + +# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then +# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief +# description. + +ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO + +# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all +# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those +# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment +# operators of the base classes will not be shown. + +INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO + +# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full +# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set +# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used. + +FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES + +# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag +# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is +# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of +# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. +# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the +# path to strip. + +STRIP_FROM_PATH = @abs_top_srcdir@ + +# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of +# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells +# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class. +# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class +# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that +# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag. + +STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = + +# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter +# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful if your file system +# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. + +SHORT_NAMES = NO + +# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen +# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style +# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc +# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments +# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.) + +JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = YES + +# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will +# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style +# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments +# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring +# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) + +QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen +# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// +# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour. +# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed +# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead. + +MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO + +# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented +# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it +# re-implements. + +INHERIT_DOCS = YES + +# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce +# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will +# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it. + +SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO + +# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. +# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. + +TAB_SIZE = 8 + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts +# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value". +# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to +# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which +# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:". +# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines. + +ALIASES = + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only). +# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding +# "class=itcl::class" will allow you to use the command class in the +# itcl::class meaning. + +TCL_SUBST = + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C +# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. +# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list +# of all members will be omitted, etc. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java +# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for +# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified +# scopes will look different, etc. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran +# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for +# Fortran. + +OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL +# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for +# VHDL. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO + +# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it +# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given extension. +# Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it using this +# tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and language +# is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, CSharp, C, +# C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran, VHDL, C, C++. For instance to make +# doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), and .f files as C +# (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. Note that for custom extensions +# you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise the files are not read by doxygen. + +EXTENSION_MAPPING = + +# If MARKDOWN_SUPPORT is enabled (the default) then doxygen pre-processes all +# comments according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable +# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details. +# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you +# can mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. +# Disable only in case of backward compatibilities issues. + +MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = YES + +# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want +# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should +# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and +# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s. +# func(std::string) {}). This also makes the inheritance and collaboration +# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. + +BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = YES + +# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to +# enable parsing support. + +CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO + +# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only. +# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public +# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. + +SIP_SUPPORT = NO + +# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter +# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default) +# will make doxygen replace the get and set methods by a property in the +# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or +# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the +# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO. + +IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES + +# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC +# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first +# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default +# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. + +DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO + +# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of +# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a +# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to +# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using +# the \nosubgrouping command. + +SUBGROUPING = YES + +# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and +# unions are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using +# @ingroup) instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or +# section (for LaTeX and RTF). + +INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO + +# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and +# unions with only public data fields will be shown inline in the documentation +# of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, namespace, or group +# documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set to NO (the default), +# structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and Man +# pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF). + +INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO + +# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum +# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So +# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct +# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, +# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically +# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound +# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. + +TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO + +# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to +# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk. +# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk. +# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is +# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause +# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time +# causing a significant performance penalty. +# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the +# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on +# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will roughly double the +# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula: +# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0, +# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols. + +SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0 + +# Similar to the SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE the size of the symbol lookup cache can be +# set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This cache is used to resolve symbols given +# their name and scope. Since this can be an expensive process and often the +# same symbol appear multiple times in the code, doxygen keeps a cache of +# pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small doxygen will become slower. +# If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The cache size is given by this +# formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0, +# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols. + +LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0 + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Build related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in +# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. +# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless +# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES + +EXTRACT_ALL = NO + +# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class +# will be included in the documentation. + +EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal scope will be included in the documentation. + +EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO + +# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file +# will be included in the documentation. + +EXTRACT_STATIC = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) +# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation. +# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES + +# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local +# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in +# the interface are included in the documentation. +# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO + +# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be +# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called +# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base +# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default +# anonymous namespaces are hidden. + +EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all +# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces. +# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the +# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated. +# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. + +HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all +# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. +# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various +# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. + +HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO + +# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all +# friend (class|struct|union) declarations. +# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the +# documentation. + +HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO + +# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any +# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. +# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the +# function's detailed documentation block. + +HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO + +# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation +# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set +# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded. +# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. + +INTERNAL_DOCS = NO + +# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate +# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also +# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ +# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows +# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. + +CASE_SENSE_NAMES = YES + +# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen +# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the +# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden. + +HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO + +# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen +# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation +# of that file. + +SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES + +# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then Doxygen +# will list include files with double quotes in the documentation +# rather than with sharp brackets. + +FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO + +# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline] +# is inserted in the documentation for inline members. + +INLINE_INFO = YES + +# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen +# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members +# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in +# declaration order. + +SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES + +# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically +# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in +# declaration order. + +SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO + +# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen +# will sort the (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that +# constructors and destructors are listed first. If set to NO (the default) +# the constructors will appear in the respective orders defined by +# SORT_MEMBER_DOCS and SORT_BRIEF_DOCS. +# This tag will be ignored for brief docs if SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO +# and ignored for detailed docs if SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO. + +SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO + +# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default) +# the group names will appear in their defined order. + +SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO + +# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be +# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to +# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name, +# not including the namespace part. +# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. +# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the +# alphabetical list. + +SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = YES + +# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to +# do proper type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a +# match between the prototype and the implementation of a member function even +# if there is only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose +# by doing a simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen +# will still accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases. + +STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO + +# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or +# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo +# commands in the documentation. + +GENERATE_TODOLIST = YES + +# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or +# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test +# commands in the documentation. + +GENERATE_TESTLIST = YES + +# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or +# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug +# commands in the documentation. + +GENERATE_BUGLIST = YES + +# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or +# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting +# \deprecated commands in the documentation. + +GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES + +# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional +# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif. + +ENABLED_SECTIONS = + +# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines +# the initial value of a variable or macro consists of for it to appear in +# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified +# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. +# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and macros in the +# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer +# command in the documentation regardless of this setting. + +MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 + +# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated +# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the +# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. + +SHOW_USED_FILES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. +# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the +# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. + +SHOW_FILES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the +# Namespaces page. +# This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index +# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. + +SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES + +# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that +# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from +# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via +# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of +# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file +# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output +# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples. + +FILE_VERSION_FILTER = + +# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed +# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated +# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file +# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. +# You can optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted +# DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name of the layout file. + +LAYOUT_FILE = + +# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files +# containing the references data. This must be a list of .bib files. The +# .bib extension is automatically appended if omitted. Using this command +# requires the bibtex tool to be installed. See also +# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. For LaTeX the style +# of the bibliography can be controlled using LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this +# feature you need bibtex and perl available in the search path. + +CITE_BIB_FILES = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to warning and progress messages +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated +# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. + +QUIET = NO + +# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are +# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank +# NO is used. + +WARNINGS = YES + +# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings +# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will +# automatically be disabled. + +WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES + +# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for +# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some +# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that +# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly. + +WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES + +# The WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for +# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters +# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about +# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of +# documentation. + +WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES + +# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that +# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text +# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the +# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain +# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could +# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER) + +WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" + +# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning +# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written +# to stderr. + +WARN_LOGFILE = sbuild.log + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the input files +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain +# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or +# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories +# with spaces. + +INPUT = @PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR@/lib/sbuild \ + @PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR@/lib/sbuild/auth \ + @PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR@/lib/sbuild/chroot \ + @PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR@/lib/sbuild/chroot/facet + +# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files +# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is +# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built +# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for +# the list of possible encodings. + +INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp +# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left +# blank the following patterns are tested: +# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.d *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh +# *.hxx *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.dox *.py +# *.f90 *.f *.for *.vhd *.vhdl + +FILE_PATTERNS = *.cc \ + *.tcc \ + *.h + +# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories +# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO. +# If left blank NO is used. + +RECURSIVE = NO + +# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be +# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a +# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. +# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is +# run. + +EXCLUDE = + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or +# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded +# from the input. + +EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude +# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched +# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories +# for example use the pattern */test/* + +EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names +# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the +# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the +# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, +# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test + +EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = + +# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or +# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see +# the \include command). + +EXAMPLE_PATH = + +# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp +# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left +# blank all files are included. + +EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = + +# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be +# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude +# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. +# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. + +EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO + +# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or +# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see +# the \image command). + +IMAGE_PATH = + +# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should +# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program +# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter> +# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an +# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes +# to standard output. +# If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be +# ignored. + +INPUT_FILTER = + +# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern +# basis. +# Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the +# filter if there is a match. +# The filters are a list of the form: +# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further +# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty or if +# non of the patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied. + +FILTER_PATTERNS = + +# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using +# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source +# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). + +FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO + +# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file +# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) +# and it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern +# using *.ext= (so without naming a filter). This option only has effect when +# FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is enabled. + +FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to source browsing +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will +# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. +# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also +# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. + +SOURCE_BROWSER = NO + +# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body +# of functions and classes directly in the documentation. + +INLINE_SOURCES = NO + +# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct +# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code +# fragments. Normal C, C++ and Fortran comments will always remain visible. + +STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES + +# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES +# then for each documented function all documented +# functions referencing it will be listed. + +REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = YES + +# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES +# then for each documented function all documented entities +# called/used by that function will be listed. + +REFERENCES_RELATION = YES + +# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default) +# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from +# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will +# link to the source code. +# Otherwise they will link to the documentation. + +REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = YES + +# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code +# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen +# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source +# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You +# will need version 4.8.6 or higher. + +USE_HTAGS = NO + +# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen +# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for +# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this. + +VERBATIM_HEADERS = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index +# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project +# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces. + +ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = NO + +# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then +# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns +# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20]) + +COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 + +# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all +# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. +# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that +# should be ignored while generating the index headers. + +IGNORE_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the HTML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate HTML output. + +GENERATE_HTML = YES + +# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path. + +HTML_OUTPUT = html + +# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for +# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank +# doxygen will generate files with .html extension. + +HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html + +# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for +# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard header. Note that when using a custom header you are responsible +# for the proper inclusion of any scripts and style sheets that doxygen +# needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used. +# It is advised to generate a default header using "doxygen -w html +# header.html footer.html stylesheet.css YourConfigFile" and then modify +# that header. Note that the header is subject to change so you typically +# have to redo this when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen or when +# changing the value of configuration settings such as GENERATE_TREEVIEW! + +HTML_HEADER = + +# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for +# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard footer. + +HTML_FOOTER = + +# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading +# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to +# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen +# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy +# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own +# style sheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased! + +HTML_STYLESHEET = + +# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or +# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note +# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the +# $relpath$ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these +# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that +# the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available. + +HTML_EXTRA_FILES = + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. +# Doxygen will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images +# according to this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, +# see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. +# For instance the value 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, +# 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 purple, and 360 is red again. +# The allowed range is 0 to 359. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220 + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of +# the colors in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use +# grayscales only. A value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100 + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to +# the luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below +# 100 gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make +# the output darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, +# so 80 represents a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, +# and 100 does not change the gamma. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80 + +# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML +# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting +# this to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs. + +HTML_TIMESTAMP = YES + +# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML +# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the +# page has loaded. + +HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES + +# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of +# entries shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user +# can expand and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand +# the tree to such a level that at most the specified number of entries are +# visible (unless a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). +# So setting the number of entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by +# default. 0 is a special value representing an infinite number of entries +# and will result in a full expanded tree by default. + +HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100 + +# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files +# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 +# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard). +# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the +# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that +# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in +# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find +# it at startup. +# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html +# for more information. + +GENERATE_DOCSET = NO + +# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the +# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple +# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite) +# can be grouped. + +DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" + +# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that +# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a +# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen +# will append .docset to the name. + +DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project + +# When GENERATE_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify +# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style +# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation. + +DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher + +# The GENERATE_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher. + +DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files +# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the +# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm) +# of the generated HTML documentation. + +GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can +# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You +# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be +# written to the html output directory. + +CHM_FILE = + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can +# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of +# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run +# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. + +HHC_LOCATION = + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag +# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that +# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). + +GENERATE_CHI = NO + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING +# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file +# content. + +CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag +# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a +# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. + +BINARY_TOC = NO + +# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members +# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. + +TOC_EXPAND = NO + +# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and +# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated +# that can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a +# Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation. + +GENERATE_QHP = NO + +# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can +# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file. +# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder. + +QCH_FILE = + +# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating +# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see +# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace + +QHP_NAMESPACE = + +# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating +# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see +# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders + +QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc + +# If QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME is set, it specifies the name of a custom filter to +# add. For more information please see +# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = + +# The QHP_CUST_FILT_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the +# custom filter to add. For more information please see +# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters"> +# Qt Help Project / Custom Filters</a>. + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = + +# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this +# project's +# filter section matches. +# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes"> +# Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes</a>. + +QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = + +# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can +# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator. +# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated +# .qhp file. + +QHG_LOCATION = + +# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files +# will be generated, which together with the HTML files, form an Eclipse help +# plugin. To install this plugin and make it available under the help contents +# menu in Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML +# files needs to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of +# the directory within the plugins directory should be the same as +# the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before +# the help appears. + +GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO + +# A unique identifier for the eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin +# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have +# this name. + +ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project + +# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) +# at top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and +# the value YES disables it. Since the tabs have the same information as the +# navigation tree you can set this option to NO if you already set +# GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES. + +DISABLE_INDEX = NO + +# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index +# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. +# If the tag value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated +# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that +# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports +# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (i.e. any modern browser). +# Windows users are probably better off using the HTML help feature. +# Since the tree basically has the same information as the tab index you +# could consider to set DISABLE_INDEX to NO when enabling this option. + +GENERATE_TREEVIEW = NO + +# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values +# (range [0,1..20]) that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML +# documentation. Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum +# values from appearing in the overview section. + +ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 4 + +# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be +# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree +# is shown. + +TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 + +# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open +# links to external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window. + +EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO + +# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included +# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that +# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need +# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory +# to force them to be regenerated. + +FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 + +# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images +# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are +# not supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers. +# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files +# in the HTML output before the changes have effect. + +FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES + +# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax +# (see http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the +# rendering instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not +# have LaTeX installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML +# output. When enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and +# configure the path to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. + +USE_MATHJAX = NO + +# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the +# HTML output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination +# directory should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax +# directory is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then +# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to +# the MathJax Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without +# installing MathJax. +# However, it is strongly recommended to install a local +# copy of MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment. + +MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest + +# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or MathJax extension +# names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. + +MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = + +# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box +# for the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript +# and DHTML and should work on any modern browser. Note that when using +# HTML help (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets +# (GENERATE_DOCSET) there is already a search function so this one should +# typically be disabled. For large projects the javascript based search engine +# can be slow, then enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. + +SEARCHENGINE = NO + +# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be +# implemented using a PHP enabled web server instead of at the web client +# using Javascript. Doxygen will generate the search PHP script and index +# file to put on the web server. The advantage of the server +# based approach is that it scales better to large projects and allows +# full text search. The disadvantages are that it is more difficult to setup +# and does not have live searching capabilities. + +SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the LaTeX output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate Latex output. + +GENERATE_LATEX = NO + +# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path. + +LATEX_OUTPUT = latex + +# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be +# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name. +# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for +# generating bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the +# Makefile that is written to the output directory. + +LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex + +# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to +# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the +# default command name. + +MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex + +# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact +# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to +# save some trees in general. + +COMPACT_LATEX = NO + +# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used +# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, letter, legal and +# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used. + +PAPER_TYPE = a4wide + +# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX +# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output. + +EXTRA_PACKAGES = + +# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for +# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until +# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing! + +LATEX_HEADER = + +# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for +# the generated latex document. The footer should contain everything after +# the last chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard footer. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing! + +LATEX_FOOTER = + +# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated +# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will +# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references +# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer. + +PDF_HYPERLINKS = NO + +# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of +# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a +# higher quality PDF documentation. + +USE_PDFLATEX = YES + +# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode. +# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep +# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. +# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML. + +LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO + +# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not +# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) +# in the output. + +LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO + +# If LATEX_SOURCE_CODE is set to YES then doxygen will include +# source code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. +# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings +# such as SOURCE_BROWSER. + +LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO + +# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the +# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. The default style is "plain". See +# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. + +LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the RTF output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output +# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with +# other RTF readers or editors. + +GENERATE_RTF = NO + +# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path. + +RTF_OUTPUT = rtf + +# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact +# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to +# save some trees in general. + +COMPACT_RTF = NO + +# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated +# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will +# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. +# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other +# programs which support those fields. +# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links. + +RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO + +# Load style sheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's +# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide +# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value. + +RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = + +# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document. +# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file. + +RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the man page output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate man pages + +GENERATE_MAN = NO + +# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path. + +MAN_OUTPUT = man + +# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to +# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3) + +MAN_EXTENSION = .3 + +# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output, +# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity +# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files +# only source the real man page, but without them the man command +# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO. + +MAN_LINKS = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the XML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will +# generate an XML file that captures the structure of +# the code including all documentation. + +GENERATE_XML = NO + +# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path. + +XML_OUTPUT = xml + +# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema, +# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the +# syntax of the XML files. + +XML_SCHEMA = + +# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD, +# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the +# syntax of the XML files. + +XML_DTD = + +# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will +# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting +# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that +# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output. + +XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will +# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file +# that captures the structure of the code including all +# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental +# and incomplete at the moment. + +GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the Perl module output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will +# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of +# the code including all documentation. Note that this +# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the +# moment. + +GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate +# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able +# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output. + +PERLMOD_LATEX = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be +# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. +# This is useful +# if you want to understand what is going on. +# On the other hand, if this +# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller +# and Perl will parse it just the same. + +PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES + +# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file +# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. +# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same +# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables. + +PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the preprocessor +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include +# files. + +ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro +# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional +# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled +# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. + +MACRO_EXPANSION = NO + +# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES +# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the +# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. + +EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = NO + +# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files +# pointed to by INCLUDE_PATH will be searched when a #include is found. + +SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES + +# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by +# the preprocessor. + +INCLUDE_PATH = + +# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard +# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the +# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will +# be used. + +INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = + +# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that +# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of +# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name +# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are +# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being +# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator +# instead of the = operator. + +PREDEFINED = SBUILD_FEATURE_PAM \ + SBUILD_FEATURE_PERSONALITY \ + SBUILD_FEATURE_BLOCKDEV \ + SBUILD_FEATURE_BTRFSSNAP \ + SBUILD_FEATURE_LVMSNAP \ + SBUILD_FEATURE_LOOPBACK \ + SBUILD_FEATURE_UNION \ + HAVE_BOOST_FORMAT_HPP \ + HAVE_BOOST_PROGRAM_OPTIONS_HPP \ + HAVE_BOOST_SHARED_PTR_HPP \ + HAVE_BOOST_TUPLE_TUPLE_HPP \ + HAVE_TR1_MEMORY \ + HAVE_TR1_TUPLE + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then +# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. +# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. +# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition that +# overrules the definition found in the source code. + +EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = + +# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then +# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all references to function-like macros +# that are alone on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a +# semicolon, because these will confuse the parser if not removed. + +SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration::additions related to external references +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. For each +# tag file the location of the external documentation should be added. The +# format of a tag file without this location is as follows: +# +# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... +# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: +# +# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... +# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths +# or URLs. Note that each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does +# NOT include the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which +# doxygen is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. + +TAGFILES = + +# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create +# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads. + +GENERATE_TAGFILE = sbuild/sbuild.tag + +# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed +# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes +# will be listed. + +ALLEXTERNALS = NO + +# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed +# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will +# be listed. + +EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES + +# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script +# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl'). + +PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the dot tool +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base +# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that +# this option also works with HAVE_DOT disabled, but it is recommended to +# install and use dot, since it yields more powerful graphs. + +CLASS_DIAGRAMS = YES + +# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc +# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see +# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the +# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where +# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the +# default search path. + +MSCGEN_PATH = + +# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide +# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented +# or is not a class. + +HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES + +# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is +# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization +# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section +# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default) + +HAVE_DOT = YES + +# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is +# allowed to run in parallel. When set to 0 (the default) doxygen will +# base this on the number of processors available in the system. You can set it +# explicitly to a value larger than 0 to get control over the balance +# between CPU load and processing speed. + +DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0 + +# By default doxygen will use the Helvetica font for all dot files that +# doxygen generates. When you want a differently looking font you can specify +# the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make sure dot is able to find +# the font, which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting +# the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the +# directory containing the font. + +DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans + +# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs. +# The default size is 10pt. + +DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 + +# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the Helvetica font. +# If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can use DOT_FONTPATH to +# set the path where dot can find it. + +DOT_FONTPATH = + +# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen +# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and +# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the +# CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. + +CLASS_GRAPH = YES + +# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen +# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and +# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and +# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes. + +COLLABORATION_GRAPH = YES + +# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen +# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies + +GROUP_GRAPHS = YES + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and +# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling +# Language. + +UML_LOOK = NO + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside +# the class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the +# graph may become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS +# threshold limits the number of items for each type to make the size more +# managable. Set this to 0 for no limit. Note that the threshold may be +# exceeded by 50% before the limit is enforced. + +UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10 + +# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the +# relations between templates and their instances. + +TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = YES + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT +# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented +# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with +# other documented files. + +INCLUDE_GRAPH = YES + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and +# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each +# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or +# indirectly include this file. + +INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = YES + +# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then +# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function +# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase +# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs +# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command. + +CALL_GRAPH = NO + +# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then +# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function +# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase +# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller +# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command. + +CALLER_GRAPH = YES + +# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen +# will generate a graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. + +GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = YES + +# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES +# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories +# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include +# relations between the files in the directories. + +DIRECTORY_GRAPH = YES + +# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images +# generated by dot. Possible values are svg, png, jpg, or gif. +# If left blank png will be used. If you choose svg you need to set +# HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make the SVG files +# visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this requirement). + +DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png + +# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to +# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning. +# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. +# Tested and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. For IE 9+ you +# need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make the SVG files +# visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support. + +INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO + +# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be +# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. + +DOT_PATH = + +# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the +# \dotfile command). + +DOTFILE_DIRS = + +# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the +# \mscfile command). + +MSCFILE_DIRS = + +# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of +# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph +# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is +# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the +# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note +# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. + +DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 50 + +# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the +# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable +# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes +# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this +# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large +# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. + +MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 0 + +# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent +# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not +# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used, +# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of +# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read). + +DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES + +# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output +# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This +# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) +# support this, this feature is disabled by default. + +DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = YES + +# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and +# arrows in the dot generated graphs. + +GENERATE_LEGEND = YES + +# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate +# the various graphs. + +DOT_CLEANUP = YES diff --git a/doc/schroot.dox.cmake b/doc/schroot.dox.cmake new file mode 100644 index 00000000..93b84dcb --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/schroot.dox.cmake @@ -0,0 +1,1800 @@ +# Doxyfile 1.8.1.2 + +# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system +# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project. +# +# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored. +# The format is: +# TAG = value [value, ...] +# For lists items can also be appended using: +# TAG += value [value, ...] +# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" "). + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Project related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file +# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all +# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the +# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See +# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings. + +DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or sequence of words) that should +# identify the project. Note that if you do not use Doxywizard you need +# to put quotes around the project name if it contains spaces. + +PROJECT_NAME = schroot + +# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. +# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or +# if some version control system is used. + +PROJECT_NUMBER = @GIT_RELEASE_VERSION@ + +# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description +# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer +# a quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short. + +PROJECT_BRIEF = + +# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is +# included in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not +# exceed 55 pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. +# Doxygen will copy the logo to the output directory. + +PROJECT_LOGO = + +# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) +# base path where the generated documentation will be put. +# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location +# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used. + +OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = schroot + +# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create +# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output +# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories. +# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of +# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would +# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system. + +CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO + +# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all +# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this +# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. +# The default language is English, other supported languages are: +# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional, +# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Esperanto, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, +# Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English +# messages), Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, +# Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, +# Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Ukrainian, and Vietnamese. + +OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English + +# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in +# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc). +# Set to NO to disable this. + +BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES + +# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend +# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description. +# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the +# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. + +REPEAT_BRIEF = YES + +# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator +# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string +# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be +# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is +# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. +# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically +# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget" +# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains" +# "represents" "a" "an" "the" + +ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = + +# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then +# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief +# description. + +ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO + +# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all +# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those +# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment +# operators of the base classes will not be shown. + +INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO + +# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full +# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set +# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used. + +FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES + +# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag +# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is +# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of +# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. +# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the +# path to strip. + +STRIP_FROM_PATH = @PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR@ + +# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of +# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells +# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class. +# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class +# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that +# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag. + +STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = + +# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter +# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful if your file system +# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. + +SHORT_NAMES = NO + +# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen +# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style +# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc +# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments +# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.) + +JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = YES + +# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will +# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style +# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments +# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring +# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) + +QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen +# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// +# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour. +# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed +# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead. + +MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO + +# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented +# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it +# re-implements. + +INHERIT_DOCS = YES + +# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce +# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will +# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it. + +SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO + +# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. +# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. + +TAB_SIZE = 8 + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts +# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value". +# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to +# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which +# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:". +# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines. + +ALIASES = + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only). +# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding +# "class=itcl::class" will allow you to use the command class in the +# itcl::class meaning. + +TCL_SUBST = + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C +# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. +# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list +# of all members will be omitted, etc. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java +# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for +# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified +# scopes will look different, etc. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran +# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for +# Fortran. + +OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL +# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for +# VHDL. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO + +# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it +# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given extension. +# Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it using this +# tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and language +# is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, CSharp, C, +# C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran, VHDL, C, C++. For instance to make +# doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), and .f files as C +# (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. Note that for custom extensions +# you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise the files are not read by doxygen. + +EXTENSION_MAPPING = + +# If MARKDOWN_SUPPORT is enabled (the default) then doxygen pre-processes all +# comments according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable +# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details. +# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you +# can mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. +# Disable only in case of backward compatibilities issues. + +MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = YES + +# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want +# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should +# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and +# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s. +# func(std::string) {}). This also makes the inheritance and collaboration +# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. + +BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = YES + +# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to +# enable parsing support. + +CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO + +# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only. +# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public +# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. + +SIP_SUPPORT = NO + +# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter +# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default) +# will make doxygen replace the get and set methods by a property in the +# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or +# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the +# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO. + +IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES + +# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC +# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first +# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default +# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. + +DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO + +# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of +# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a +# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to +# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using +# the \nosubgrouping command. + +SUBGROUPING = YES + +# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and +# unions are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using +# @ingroup) instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or +# section (for LaTeX and RTF). + +INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO + +# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and +# unions with only public data fields will be shown inline in the documentation +# of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, namespace, or group +# documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set to NO (the default), +# structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and Man +# pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF). + +INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO + +# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum +# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So +# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct +# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, +# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically +# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound +# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. + +TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO + +# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to +# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk. +# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk. +# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is +# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause +# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time +# causing a significant performance penalty. +# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the +# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on +# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will roughly double the +# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula: +# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0, +# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols. + +SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0 + +# Similar to the SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE the size of the symbol lookup cache can be +# set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This cache is used to resolve symbols given +# their name and scope. Since this can be an expensive process and often the +# same symbol appear multiple times in the code, doxygen keeps a cache of +# pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small doxygen will become slower. +# If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The cache size is given by this +# formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0, +# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols. + +LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0 + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Build related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in +# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. +# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless +# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES + +EXTRACT_ALL = NO + +# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class +# will be included in the documentation. + +EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal scope will be included in the documentation. + +EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO + +# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file +# will be included in the documentation. + +EXTRACT_STATIC = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) +# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation. +# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES + +# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local +# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in +# the interface are included in the documentation. +# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO + +# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be +# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called +# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base +# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default +# anonymous namespaces are hidden. + +EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all +# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces. +# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the +# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated. +# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. + +HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all +# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. +# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various +# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. + +HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO + +# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all +# friend (class|struct|union) declarations. +# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the +# documentation. + +HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO + +# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any +# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. +# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the +# function's detailed documentation block. + +HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO + +# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation +# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set +# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded. +# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. + +INTERNAL_DOCS = NO + +# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate +# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also +# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ +# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows +# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. + +CASE_SENSE_NAMES = YES + +# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen +# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the +# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden. + +HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO + +# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen +# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation +# of that file. + +SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES + +# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then Doxygen +# will list include files with double quotes in the documentation +# rather than with sharp brackets. + +FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO + +# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline] +# is inserted in the documentation for inline members. + +INLINE_INFO = YES + +# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen +# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members +# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in +# declaration order. + +SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES + +# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically +# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in +# declaration order. + +SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO + +# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen +# will sort the (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that +# constructors and destructors are listed first. If set to NO (the default) +# the constructors will appear in the respective orders defined by +# SORT_MEMBER_DOCS and SORT_BRIEF_DOCS. +# This tag will be ignored for brief docs if SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO +# and ignored for detailed docs if SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO. + +SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO + +# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default) +# the group names will appear in their defined order. + +SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO + +# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be +# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to +# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name, +# not including the namespace part. +# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. +# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the +# alphabetical list. + +SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = YES + +# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to +# do proper type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a +# match between the prototype and the implementation of a member function even +# if there is only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose +# by doing a simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen +# will still accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases. + +STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO + +# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or +# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo +# commands in the documentation. + +GENERATE_TODOLIST = YES + +# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or +# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test +# commands in the documentation. + +GENERATE_TESTLIST = YES + +# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or +# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug +# commands in the documentation. + +GENERATE_BUGLIST = YES + +# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or +# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting +# \deprecated commands in the documentation. + +GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES + +# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional +# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif. + +ENABLED_SECTIONS = + +# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines +# the initial value of a variable or macro consists of for it to appear in +# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified +# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. +# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and macros in the +# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer +# command in the documentation regardless of this setting. + +MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 + +# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated +# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the +# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. + +SHOW_USED_FILES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. +# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the +# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. + +SHOW_FILES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the +# Namespaces page. +# This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index +# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. + +SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES + +# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that +# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from +# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via +# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of +# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file +# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output +# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples. + +FILE_VERSION_FILTER = + +# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed +# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated +# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file +# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. +# You can optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted +# DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name of the layout file. + +LAYOUT_FILE = + +# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files +# containing the references data. This must be a list of .bib files. The +# .bib extension is automatically appended if omitted. Using this command +# requires the bibtex tool to be installed. See also +# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. For LaTeX the style +# of the bibliography can be controlled using LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this +# feature you need bibtex and perl available in the search path. + +CITE_BIB_FILES = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to warning and progress messages +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated +# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. + +QUIET = NO + +# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are +# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank +# NO is used. + +WARNINGS = YES + +# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings +# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will +# automatically be disabled. + +WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES + +# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for +# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some +# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that +# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly. + +WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES + +# The WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for +# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters +# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about +# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of +# documentation. + +WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES + +# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that +# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text +# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the +# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain +# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could +# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER) + +WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" + +# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning +# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written +# to stderr. + +WARN_LOGFILE = schroot.log + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the input files +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain +# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or +# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories +# with spaces. + +INPUT = @PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR@/bin/dchroot \ + @PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR@/bin/dchroot-dsa \ + @PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR@/bin/schroot \ + @PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR@/lib/bin-common \ + @PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR@/lib/dchroot-common \ + @PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR@/lib/schroot-common \ + @PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR@/libexec/listmounts \ + @PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR@/libexec/mount \ + +# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files +# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is +# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built +# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for +# the list of possible encodings. + +INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp +# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left +# blank the following patterns are tested: +# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.d *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh +# *.hxx *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.dox *.py +# *.f90 *.f *.for *.vhd *.vhdl + +FILE_PATTERNS = *.cc \ + *.h + +# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories +# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO. +# If left blank NO is used. + +RECURSIVE = NO + +# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be +# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a +# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. +# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is +# run. + +EXCLUDE = + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or +# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded +# from the input. + +EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude +# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched +# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories +# for example use the pattern */test/* + +EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names +# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the +# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the +# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, +# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test + +EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = + +# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or +# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see +# the \include command). + +EXAMPLE_PATH = + +# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp +# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left +# blank all files are included. + +EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = + +# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be +# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude +# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. +# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. + +EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO + +# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or +# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see +# the \image command). + +IMAGE_PATH = + +# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should +# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program +# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter> +# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an +# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes +# to standard output. +# If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be +# ignored. + +INPUT_FILTER = + +# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern +# basis. +# Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the +# filter if there is a match. +# The filters are a list of the form: +# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further +# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty or if +# non of the patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied. + +FILTER_PATTERNS = + +# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using +# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source +# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). + +FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO + +# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file +# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) +# and it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern +# using *.ext= (so without naming a filter). This option only has effect when +# FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is enabled. + +FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to source browsing +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will +# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. +# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also +# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. + +SOURCE_BROWSER = NO + +# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body +# of functions and classes directly in the documentation. + +INLINE_SOURCES = NO + +# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct +# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code +# fragments. Normal C, C++ and Fortran comments will always remain visible. + +STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES + +# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES +# then for each documented function all documented +# functions referencing it will be listed. + +REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = YES + +# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES +# then for each documented function all documented entities +# called/used by that function will be listed. + +REFERENCES_RELATION = YES + +# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default) +# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from +# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will +# link to the source code. +# Otherwise they will link to the documentation. + +REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = YES + +# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code +# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen +# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source +# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You +# will need version 4.8.6 or higher. + +USE_HTAGS = NO + +# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen +# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for +# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this. + +VERBATIM_HEADERS = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index +# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project +# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces. + +ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = NO + +# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then +# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns +# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20]) + +COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 + +# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all +# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. +# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that +# should be ignored while generating the index headers. + +IGNORE_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the HTML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate HTML output. + +GENERATE_HTML = YES + +# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path. + +HTML_OUTPUT = html + +# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for +# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank +# doxygen will generate files with .html extension. + +HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html + +# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for +# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard header. Note that when using a custom header you are responsible +# for the proper inclusion of any scripts and style sheets that doxygen +# needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used. +# It is advised to generate a default header using "doxygen -w html +# header.html footer.html stylesheet.css YourConfigFile" and then modify +# that header. Note that the header is subject to change so you typically +# have to redo this when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen or when +# changing the value of configuration settings such as GENERATE_TREEVIEW! + +HTML_HEADER = + +# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for +# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard footer. + +HTML_FOOTER = + +# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading +# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to +# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen +# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy +# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own +# style sheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased! + +HTML_STYLESHEET = + +# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or +# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note +# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the +# $relpath$ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these +# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that +# the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available. + +HTML_EXTRA_FILES = + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. +# Doxygen will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images +# according to this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, +# see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. +# For instance the value 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, +# 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 purple, and 360 is red again. +# The allowed range is 0 to 359. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220 + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of +# the colors in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use +# grayscales only. A value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100 + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to +# the luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below +# 100 gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make +# the output darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, +# so 80 represents a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, +# and 100 does not change the gamma. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80 + +# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML +# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting +# this to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs. + +HTML_TIMESTAMP = YES + +# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML +# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the +# page has loaded. + +HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES + +# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of +# entries shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user +# can expand and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand +# the tree to such a level that at most the specified number of entries are +# visible (unless a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). +# So setting the number of entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by +# default. 0 is a special value representing an infinite number of entries +# and will result in a full expanded tree by default. + +HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100 + +# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files +# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 +# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard). +# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the +# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that +# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in +# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find +# it at startup. +# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html +# for more information. + +GENERATE_DOCSET = NO + +# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the +# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple +# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite) +# can be grouped. + +DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" + +# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that +# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a +# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen +# will append .docset to the name. + +DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project + +# When GENERATE_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify +# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style +# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation. + +DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher + +# The GENERATE_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher. + +DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files +# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the +# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm) +# of the generated HTML documentation. + +GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can +# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You +# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be +# written to the html output directory. + +CHM_FILE = + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can +# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of +# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run +# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. + +HHC_LOCATION = + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag +# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that +# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). + +GENERATE_CHI = NO + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING +# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file +# content. + +CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag +# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a +# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. + +BINARY_TOC = NO + +# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members +# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. + +TOC_EXPAND = NO + +# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and +# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated +# that can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a +# Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation. + +GENERATE_QHP = NO + +# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can +# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file. +# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder. + +QCH_FILE = + +# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating +# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see +# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace + +QHP_NAMESPACE = + +# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating +# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see +# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders + +QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc + +# If QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME is set, it specifies the name of a custom filter to +# add. For more information please see +# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = + +# The QHP_CUST_FILT_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the +# custom filter to add. For more information please see +# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters"> +# Qt Help Project / Custom Filters</a>. + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = + +# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this +# project's +# filter section matches. +# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes"> +# Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes</a>. + +QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = + +# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can +# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator. +# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated +# .qhp file. + +QHG_LOCATION = + +# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files +# will be generated, which together with the HTML files, form an Eclipse help +# plugin. To install this plugin and make it available under the help contents +# menu in Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML +# files needs to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of +# the directory within the plugins directory should be the same as +# the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before +# the help appears. + +GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO + +# A unique identifier for the eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin +# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have +# this name. + +ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project + +# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) +# at top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and +# the value YES disables it. Since the tabs have the same information as the +# navigation tree you can set this option to NO if you already set +# GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES. + +DISABLE_INDEX = NO + +# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index +# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. +# If the tag value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated +# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that +# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports +# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (i.e. any modern browser). +# Windows users are probably better off using the HTML help feature. +# Since the tree basically has the same information as the tab index you +# could consider to set DISABLE_INDEX to NO when enabling this option. + +GENERATE_TREEVIEW = NO + +# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values +# (range [0,1..20]) that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML +# documentation. Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum +# values from appearing in the overview section. + +ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 4 + +# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be +# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree +# is shown. + +TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 + +# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open +# links to external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window. + +EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO + +# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included +# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that +# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need +# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory +# to force them to be regenerated. + +FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 + +# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images +# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are +# not supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers. +# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files +# in the HTML output before the changes have effect. + +FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES + +# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax +# (see http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the +# rendering instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not +# have LaTeX installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML +# output. When enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and +# configure the path to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. + +USE_MATHJAX = NO + +# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the +# HTML output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination +# directory should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax +# directory is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then +# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to +# the MathJax Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without +# installing MathJax. +# However, it is strongly recommended to install a local +# copy of MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment. + +MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest + +# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or MathJax extension +# names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. + +MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = + +# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box +# for the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript +# and DHTML and should work on any modern browser. Note that when using +# HTML help (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets +# (GENERATE_DOCSET) there is already a search function so this one should +# typically be disabled. For large projects the javascript based search engine +# can be slow, then enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. + +SEARCHENGINE = NO + +# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be +# implemented using a PHP enabled web server instead of at the web client +# using Javascript. Doxygen will generate the search PHP script and index +# file to put on the web server. The advantage of the server +# based approach is that it scales better to large projects and allows +# full text search. The disadvantages are that it is more difficult to setup +# and does not have live searching capabilities. + +SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the LaTeX output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate Latex output. + +GENERATE_LATEX = NO + +# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path. + +LATEX_OUTPUT = latex + +# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be +# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name. +# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for +# generating bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the +# Makefile that is written to the output directory. + +LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex + +# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to +# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the +# default command name. + +MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex + +# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact +# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to +# save some trees in general. + +COMPACT_LATEX = NO + +# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used +# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, letter, legal and +# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used. + +PAPER_TYPE = a4wide + +# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX +# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output. + +EXTRA_PACKAGES = + +# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for +# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until +# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing! + +LATEX_HEADER = + +# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for +# the generated latex document. The footer should contain everything after +# the last chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard footer. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing! + +LATEX_FOOTER = + +# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated +# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will +# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references +# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer. + +PDF_HYPERLINKS = NO + +# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of +# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a +# higher quality PDF documentation. + +USE_PDFLATEX = YES + +# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode. +# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep +# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. +# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML. + +LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO + +# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not +# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) +# in the output. + +LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO + +# If LATEX_SOURCE_CODE is set to YES then doxygen will include +# source code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. +# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings +# such as SOURCE_BROWSER. + +LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO + +# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the +# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. The default style is "plain". See +# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. + +LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the RTF output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output +# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with +# other RTF readers or editors. + +GENERATE_RTF = NO + +# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path. + +RTF_OUTPUT = rtf + +# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact +# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to +# save some trees in general. + +COMPACT_RTF = NO + +# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated +# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will +# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. +# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other +# programs which support those fields. +# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links. + +RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO + +# Load style sheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's +# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide +# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value. + +RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = + +# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document. +# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file. + +RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the man page output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate man pages + +GENERATE_MAN = NO + +# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path. + +MAN_OUTPUT = man + +# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to +# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3) + +MAN_EXTENSION = .3 + +# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output, +# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity +# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files +# only source the real man page, but without them the man command +# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO. + +MAN_LINKS = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the XML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will +# generate an XML file that captures the structure of +# the code including all documentation. + +GENERATE_XML = NO + +# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path. + +XML_OUTPUT = xml + +# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema, +# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the +# syntax of the XML files. + +XML_SCHEMA = + +# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD, +# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the +# syntax of the XML files. + +XML_DTD = + +# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will +# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting +# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that +# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output. + +XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will +# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file +# that captures the structure of the code including all +# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental +# and incomplete at the moment. + +GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the Perl module output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will +# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of +# the code including all documentation. Note that this +# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the +# moment. + +GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate +# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able +# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output. + +PERLMOD_LATEX = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be +# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. +# This is useful +# if you want to understand what is going on. +# On the other hand, if this +# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller +# and Perl will parse it just the same. + +PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES + +# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file +# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. +# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same +# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables. + +PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the preprocessor +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include +# files. + +ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro +# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional +# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled +# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. + +MACRO_EXPANSION = NO + +# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES +# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the +# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. + +EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = NO + +# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files +# pointed to by INCLUDE_PATH will be searched when a #include is found. + +SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES + +# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by +# the preprocessor. + +INCLUDE_PATH = + +# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard +# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the +# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will +# be used. + +INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = + +# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that +# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of +# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name +# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are +# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being +# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator +# instead of the = operator. + +PREDEFINED = + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then +# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. +# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. +# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition that +# overrules the definition found in the source code. + +EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = + +# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then +# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all references to function-like macros +# that are alone on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a +# semicolon, because these will confuse the parser if not removed. + +SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration::additions related to external references +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. For each +# tag file the location of the external documentation should be added. The +# format of a tag file without this location is as follows: +# +# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... +# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: +# +# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... +# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths +# or URLs. Note that each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does +# NOT include the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which +# doxygen is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. + +TAGFILES = "sbuild/sbuild.tag = @CMAKE_CURRENT_BUILD_DIR@/sbuild/html" + +# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create +# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads. + +GENERATE_TAGFILE = schroot/schroot.tag + +# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed +# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes +# will be listed. + +ALLEXTERNALS = YES + +# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed +# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will +# be listed. + +EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES + +# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script +# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl'). + +PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the dot tool +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base +# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that +# this option also works with HAVE_DOT disabled, but it is recommended to +# install and use dot, since it yields more powerful graphs. + +CLASS_DIAGRAMS = YES + +# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc +# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see +# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the +# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where +# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the +# default search path. + +MSCGEN_PATH = + +# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide +# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented +# or is not a class. + +HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES + +# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is +# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization +# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section +# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default) + +HAVE_DOT = YES + +# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is +# allowed to run in parallel. When set to 0 (the default) doxygen will +# base this on the number of processors available in the system. You can set it +# explicitly to a value larger than 0 to get control over the balance +# between CPU load and processing speed. + +DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0 + +# By default doxygen will use the Helvetica font for all dot files that +# doxygen generates. When you want a differently looking font you can specify +# the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make sure dot is able to find +# the font, which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting +# the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the +# directory containing the font. + +DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans + +# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs. +# The default size is 10pt. + +DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 + +# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the Helvetica font. +# If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can use DOT_FONTPATH to +# set the path where dot can find it. + +DOT_FONTPATH = + +# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen +# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and +# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the +# CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. + +CLASS_GRAPH = YES + +# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen +# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and +# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and +# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes. + +COLLABORATION_GRAPH = YES + +# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen +# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies + +GROUP_GRAPHS = YES + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and +# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling +# Language. + +UML_LOOK = NO + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside +# the class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the +# graph may become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS +# threshold limits the number of items for each type to make the size more +# managable. Set this to 0 for no limit. Note that the threshold may be +# exceeded by 50% before the limit is enforced. + +UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10 + +# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the +# relations between templates and their instances. + +TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = YES + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT +# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented +# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with +# other documented files. + +INCLUDE_GRAPH = YES + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and +# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each +# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or +# indirectly include this file. + +INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = YES + +# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then +# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function +# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase +# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs +# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command. + +CALL_GRAPH = NO + +# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then +# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function +# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase +# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller +# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command. + +CALLER_GRAPH = YES + +# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen +# will generate a graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. + +GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = YES + +# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES +# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories +# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include +# relations between the files in the directories. + +DIRECTORY_GRAPH = YES + +# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images +# generated by dot. Possible values are svg, png, jpg, or gif. +# If left blank png will be used. If you choose svg you need to set +# HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make the SVG files +# visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this requirement). + +DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png + +# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to +# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning. +# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. +# Tested and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. For IE 9+ you +# need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make the SVG files +# visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support. + +INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO + +# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be +# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. + +DOT_PATH = + +# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the +# \dotfile command). + +DOTFILE_DIRS = + +# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the +# \mscfile command). + +MSCFILE_DIRS = + +# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of +# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph +# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is +# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the +# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note +# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. + +DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 50 + +# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the +# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable +# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes +# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this +# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large +# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. + +MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 0 + +# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent +# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not +# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used, +# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of +# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read). + +DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES + +# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output +# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This +# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) +# support this, this feature is disabled by default. + +DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = YES + +# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and +# arrows in the dot generated graphs. + +GENERATE_LEGEND = YES + +# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate +# the various graphs. + +DOT_CLEANUP = YES diff --git a/etc/CMakeLists.txt b/etc/CMakeLists.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7500271c --- /dev/null +++ b/etc/CMakeLists.txt @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +# Copyright © 2004-2013 Roger Leigh <rleigh@debian.org> +# +# schroot is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# schroot is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see +# <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. +# +##################################################################### + +set(schroot_sysconf_data + schroot.conf) + +install(FILES ${schroot_sysconf_data} + DESTINATION ${SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR}) + +set(files + copyfiles + fstab + nssdatabases) + +set(profiles + buildd + default + desktop + minimal + sbuild) + +set(arches + ${SBUILD_PLATFORM}) + +foreach(profile ${profiles}) + foreach(file ${files}) + file(MAKE_DIRECTORY "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/profiles/${profile}") + set(output_file "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/profiles/${profile}/${file}") + foreach(arch ${arches}) + if(EXISTS ${output_file}) + file(REMOVE ${output_file}) + endif(EXISTS ${output_file}) + foreach(source_file + ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/profile-templates/all/all/${file} + ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/profile-templates/all/${arch}/${file} + ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/profile-templates/${profile}/all/${file} + ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/profile-templates/${profile}/${arch}/${file}) + if(EXISTS ${source_file}) + file(READ ${source_file} content) + if(EXISTS ${source_file}) + file(APPEND ${output_file} ${content}) + else(EXISTS ${source_file}) + file(WRITE ${output_file} ${content}) + endif(EXISTS ${source_file}) + endif(EXISTS ${source_file}) + endforeach(source_file) + if(EXISTS ${output_file}) + message(STATUS "Generated schroot profile ${profile}/${file}") + install(FILES ${output_file} + DESTINATION ${SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR}/${profile}) + endif(EXISTS ${output_file}) + endforeach(arch) + endforeach(file) +endforeach(profile) + +add_subdirectory(pam) +add_subdirectory(bash_completion) +add_subdirectory(setup.d) diff --git a/etc/bash_completion/CMakeLists.txt b/etc/bash_completion/CMakeLists.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c12ecc54 --- /dev/null +++ b/etc/bash_completion/CMakeLists.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +# Copyright © 2004-2013 Roger Leigh <rleigh@debian.org> +# +# schroot is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# schroot is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see +# <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. +# +##################################################################### + +set(bash_completion_data schroot) + +install(FILES ${bash_completion_data} + DESTINATION ${bash_completion_dir}) diff --git a/etc/pam/CMakeLists.txt b/etc/pam/CMakeLists.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000..43a26c7e --- /dev/null +++ b/etc/pam/CMakeLists.txt @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +# Copyright © 2004-2013 Roger Leigh <rleigh@debian.org> +# +# schroot is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# schroot is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see +# <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. +# +##################################################################### + +set(pam_data schroot) +set(pam_dir "/etc/pam.d") + +install(FILES ${pam_data} + DESTINATION ${pam_dir}) diff --git a/etc/setup.d/CMakeLists.txt b/etc/setup.d/CMakeLists.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3f19f32f --- /dev/null +++ b/etc/setup.d/CMakeLists.txt @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# Copyright © 2004-2013 Roger Leigh <rleigh@debian.org> +# +# schroot is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# schroot is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see +# <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. +# +##################################################################### + +set(setup_data + common-config + common-data + common-functions) + +set(setup_scripts + 00check + 05file + 05btrfs + 05lvm + 05union + 10mount + 15binfmt + 15killprocs + 20copyfiles + 20nssdatabases + 50chrootname + 70services) + +install(FILES ${setup_data} + DESTINATION ${SCHROOT_SETUP_DATA_DIR}) + +install(PROGRAMS ${setup_scripts} + DESTINATION ${SCHROOT_CONF_SETUP_D}) + +install(CODE " +message(STATUS \"Symlinking: \$ENV{DESTDIR}${SCHROOT_CONF_SETUP_D}/99check\") +execute_process(COMMAND ln -sf 00check \$ENV{DESTDIR}${SCHROOT_CONF_SETUP_D}/99check) +") diff --git a/lib/bin-common/CMakeLists.txt b/lib/bin-common/CMakeLists.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000..307cb81a --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/bin-common/CMakeLists.txt @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +# Copyright © 2004-2013 Roger Leigh <rleigh@debian.org> +# +# schroot is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# schroot is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see +# <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. +# +##################################################################### + +set(bin_common_sources + main.h + main.cc + option-action.h + option-action.cc + options.h + options.cc + run.h) + +add_library(bin-common STATIC ${bin_common_sources}) +target_link_libraries(bin-common ${Boost_PROGRAM_OPTIONS_LIBRARY_RELEASE}) diff --git a/lib/bin-common/run.h b/lib/bin-common/run.h index f8e4413f..2bb97621 100644 --- a/lib/bin-common/run.h +++ b/lib/bin-common/run.h @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ namespace bin_common std::cout.imbue(std::locale()); std::cerr.imbue(std::locale()); - bindtextdomain (SBUILD_MESSAGE_CATALOGUE, LOCALEDIR); + bindtextdomain (SBUILD_MESSAGE_CATALOGUE, SCHROOT_LOCALE_DIR); textdomain (SBUILD_MESSAGE_CATALOGUE); typename options_type::ptr opts(new options_type); diff --git a/lib/dchroot-common/CMakeLists.txt b/lib/dchroot-common/CMakeLists.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3cac2a43 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/dchroot-common/CMakeLists.txt @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +# Copyright © 2004-2013 Roger Leigh <rleigh@debian.org> +# +# schroot is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# schroot is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see +# <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. +# +##################################################################### + +set(dchroot_common_sources + main.h + main.cc + session.h + session.cc) + +if (BUILD_LIBDCHROOT) + add_library(dchroot-common STATIC ${dchroot_common_sources}) +endif (BUILD_LIBDCHROOT) diff --git a/lib/sbuild/CMakeLists.txt b/lib/sbuild/CMakeLists.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bb2dcc22 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/sbuild/CMakeLists.txt @@ -0,0 +1,252 @@ +# Copyright © 2004-2013 Roger Leigh <rleigh@debian.org> +# +# schroot is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# schroot is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see +# <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. +# +##################################################################### + +configure_file(${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/config.h.cmake ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/config.h) +configure_file(${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/sbuild.pc.cmake ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/sbuild.pc @ONLY) + +set(public_generated_h_sources + config.h) + +if(BUILD_PAM) + set(public_auth_pam_h_sources + auth/pam-conv.h + auth/pam-conv-tty.h + auth/pam.h + auth/pam-message.h) + set(public_auth_pam_cc_sources + auth/pam-conv.cc + auth/pam-conv-tty.cc + auth/pam.cc + auth/pam-message.cc) +endif(BUILD_PAM) + +if(BUILD_PERSONALITY) + set(public_personality_facet_h_sources + chroot/facet/personality.h) + set(public_personality_facet_cc_sources + chroot/facet/personality.cc) + set(public_personality_h_sources + personality.h) + set(public_personality_cc_sources + personality.cc) +endif(BUILD_PERSONALITY) + +if(BUILD_BLOCKDEV) + set(public_blockdev_base_h_sources + chroot/facet/block-device-base.h) + set(public_blockdev_base_cc_sources + chroot/facet/block-device-base.cc) + set(public_blockdev_h_sources + chroot/facet/block-device.h) + set(public_blockdev_cc_sources + chroot/facet/block-device.cc) +endif(BUILD_BLOCKDEV) + +if(BUILD_LVMSNAP) + set(public_blockdev_base_h_sources + chroot/facet/block-device-base.h) + set(public_blockdev_base_cc_sources + chroot/facet/block-device-base.cc) + set(public_lvmsnap_h_sources + chroot/facet/lvm-snapshot.h) + set(public_lvmsnap_cc_sources + chroot/facet/lvm-snapshot.cc) +endif(BUILD_LVMSNAP) + +if(BUILD_BTRFSSNAP) + set(public_btrfssnap_h_sources + chroot/facet/btrfs-snapshot.h) + set(public_btrfssnap_cc_sources + chroot/facet/btrfs-snapshot.cc) +endif(BUILD_BTRFSSNAP) + +if(BUILD_LOOPBACK) + set(public_loopback_h_sources + chroot/facet/loopback.h) + set(public_loopback_cc_sources + chroot/facet/loopback.cc) +endif(BUILD_LOOPBACK) + +if(BUILD_UNION) + set(public_union_h_sources + chroot/facet/fsunion.h) + set(public_union_cc_sources + chroot/facet/fsunion.cc) +endif(BUILD_UNION) + +if(BUILD_UNSHARE) + set(public_unshare_h_sources + chroot/facet/unshare.h) + set(public_unshare_cc_sources + chroot/facet/unshare.cc) +endif(BUILD_UNSHARE) + +set(public_h_sources + ctty.h + custom-error.h + environment.h + error.h + error.tcc + fdstream.h + feature.h + format-detail.h + i18n.h + keyfile.h + keyfile-reader.h + keyfile-writer.h + lock.h + log.h + mntstream.h + nostream.h + parse-error.h + parse-value.h + regex.h + run-parts.h + session.h + types.h + util.h + ${public_personality_h_sources}) + +set(public_cc_sources + ctty.cc + environment.cc + feature.cc + format-detail.cc + keyfile.cc + keyfile-reader.cc + keyfile-writer.cc + lock.cc + log.cc + mntstream.cc + nostream.cc + parse-value.cc + run-parts.cc + session.cc + types.cc + util.cc + ${public_personality_cc_sources}) + +set(public_auth_h_sources + auth/auth.h + auth/deny.h + ${public_auth_pam_h_sources}) + +set(public_auth_cc_sources + auth/auth.cc + auth/deny.cc + ${public_auth_pam_cc_sources}) + +set(public_chroot_h_sources + chroot/chroot.h + chroot/config.h) + +set(public_chroot_cc_sources + chroot/chroot.cc + chroot/config.cc) + +set(public_chroot_facet_h_sources + chroot/facet/custom.h + chroot/facet/directory.h + chroot/facet/directory-base.h + chroot/facet/facet.h + chroot/facet/factory.h + chroot/facet/file.h + chroot/facet/mountable.h + chroot/facet/plain.h + chroot/facet/session.h + chroot/facet/session-clonable.h + chroot/facet/session-setup.h + chroot/facet/source.h + chroot/facet/source-clonable.h + chroot/facet/source-setup.h + chroot/facet/storage.h + chroot/facet/userdata.h + ${public_blockdev_base_h_sources} + ${public_blockdev_h_sources} + ${public_lvmsnap_h_sources} + ${public_btrfssnap_h_sources} + ${public_loopback_h_sources} + ${public_personality_facet_h_sources} + ${public_union_h_sources} + ${public_unshare_h_sources}) + +set(public_chroot_facet_cc_sources + chroot/facet/custom.cc + chroot/facet/directory.cc + chroot/facet/directory-base.cc + chroot/facet/facet.cc + chroot/facet/factory.cc + chroot/facet/file.cc + chroot/facet/mountable.cc + chroot/facet/plain.cc + chroot/facet/session.cc + chroot/facet/session-clonable.cc + chroot/facet/session-setup.cc + chroot/facet/source.cc + chroot/facet/source-clonable.cc + chroot/facet/source-setup.cc + chroot/facet/storage.cc + chroot/facet/userdata.cc + ${public_blockdev_base_cc_sources} + ${public_blockdev_cc_sources} + ${public_lvmsnap_cc_sources} + ${public_btrfssnap_cc_sources} + ${public_loopback_cc_sources} + ${public_personality_facet_cc_sources} + ${public_union_cc_sources} + ${public_unshare_cc_sources}) + +add_library(sbuild SHARED + ${public_h_sources} + ${public_cc_sources} + ${public_auth_h_sources} + ${public_auth_cc_sources} + ${public_chroot_h_sources} + ${public_chroot_cc_sources} + ${public_chroot_facet_h_sources} + ${public_chroot_facet_cc_sources}) +target_link_libraries(sbuild + ${CMAKE_THREAD_LIBS_INIT} + ${PAM_LIBRARY} + ${REGEX_LIBRARY} + ${Boost_IOSTREAMS_LIBRARY_RELEASE} + ${Boost_FILESYSTEM_LIBRARY_RELEASE} + ${Boost_SYSTEM_LIBRARY_RELEASE}) +set_target_properties(sbuild PROPERTIES VERSION ${GIT_RELEASE_VERSION}) + +set(pkgincludedir "${CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_INCLUDEDIR}/sbuild") +set(pkgincludeauthdir "${CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_INCLUDEDIR}/sbuild/auth") +set(pkgincludechrootdir "${CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_INCLUDEDIR}/sbuild/chroot") +set(pkgincludechrootfacetdir "${CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_INCLUDEDIR}/sbuild/chroot/facet") +set(pkgconfigdatadir "${CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_LIBDIR}/pkgconfig") + +install(FILES ${public_h_sources} + DESTINATION ${pkgincludedir}) +install(FILES ${public_auth_h_sources} + DESTINATION ${pkgincludeauthdir}) +install(FILES ${public_chroot_h_sources} + DESTINATION ${pkgincludechrootdir}) +install(FILES ${public_chroot_facet_h_sources} + DESTINATION ${pkgincludechrootfacetdir}) + +install(TARGETS sbuild LIBRARY + DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_LIBDIR}) + +set(pkgconfig_files "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/sbuild.pc") +install(FILES ${pkgconfig_files} + DESTINATION ${pkgconfigdatadir}) diff --git a/lib/sbuild/config.h.cmake b/lib/sbuild/config.h.cmake new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9590cb1f --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/sbuild/config.h.cmake @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +/* Copyright © 2005-2013 Roger Leigh <rleigh@debian.org> + * + * + * schroot is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * schroot is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see + * <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + * + *********************************************************************/ + +#ifndef SBUILD_CONFIG_H +#define SBUILD_CONFIG_H + +/* This header contains configuration macros which determine the + correct library to use. This depends upon the libraries found at + configure time. */ + +/* Set if NLS support is available */ +#cmakedefine SBUILD_FEATURE_NLS 1 + +/* Set if PAM support is available */ +#cmakedefine SBUILD_FEATURE_PAM 1 + +/* Set if personality support is present */ +#cmakedefine SBUILD_FEATURE_PERSONALITY 1 + +/* Set if the block-device chroot type is present */ +#cmakedefine SBUILD_FEATURE_BLOCKDEV 1 + +/* Set if the btrfs-snapshot chroot type is present */ +#cmakedefine SBUILD_FEATURE_BTRFSSNAP 1 + +/* Set if the lvm-snapshot chroot type is present */ +#cmakedefine SBUILD_FEATURE_LVMSNAP 1 + +/* Set if the loopback chroot type is present */ +#cmakedefine SBUILD_FEATURE_LOOPBACK 1 + +/* Set if the union filesystem type is present */ +#cmakedefine SBUILD_FEATURE_UNION 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <boost/format.hpp> header file. */ +#cmakedefine HAVE_BOOST_FORMAT_HPP 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <boost/program_options.hpp> header file. */ +#cmakedefine HAVE_BOOST_PROGRAM_OPTIONS_HPP 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory> header file. */ +#cmakedefine HAVE_MEMORY 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <tuple> header file. */ +#cmakedefine HAVE_TUPLE 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <regex> header file and std::regex. */ +#cmakedefine HAVE_REGEX_REGEX 1 + +/* Default regular expression used to filter user environment */ +#cmakedefine SBUILD_DEFAULT_ENVIRONMENT_FILTER "${SBUILD_DEFAULT_ENVIRONMENT_FILTER}" + +/* Filesystem locations */ +#cmakedefine SCHROOT_LIBEXEC_DIR "${SCHROOT_LIBEXEC_DIR}" +#cmakedefine SCHROOT_MOUNT_DIR "${SCHROOT_MOUNT_DIR}" +#cmakedefine SCHROOT_SESSION_DIR "${SCHROOT_SESSION_DIR}" +#cmakedefine SCHROOT_FILE_UNPACK_DIR "${SCHROOT_FILE_UNPACK_DIR}" +#cmakedefine SCHROOT_OVERLAY_DIR "${SCHROOT_OVERLAY_DIR}" +#cmakedefine SCHROOT_UNDERLAY_DIR "${SCHROOT_UNDERLAY_DIR}" +#cmakedefine SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR "${SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR}" +#cmakedefine SCHROOT_CONF "${SCHROOT_CONF}" +#cmakedefine SCHROOT_CONF_CHROOT_D "${SCHROOT_CONF_CHROOT_D}" +#cmakedefine SCHROOT_CONF_SETUP_D "${SCHROOT_CONF_SETUP_D}" +#cmakedefine SCHROOT_SETUP_DATA_DIR "${SCHROOT_SETUP_DATA_DIR}" +#cmakedefine SCHROOT_LOCALE_DIR "${SCHROOT_LOCALE_DIR}" +// TODO: Remove when autotools are removed and sources updated. +#define PACKAGE_LOCALE_DIR SCHROOT_LOCALE_DIR +#cmakedefine SCHROOT_DATA_DIR "${SCHROOT_DATA_DIR}" +#cmakedefine SCHROOT_MODULE_DIR "${SCHROOT_MODULE_DIR}" + +/* Translation catalogue name */ +#define SBUILD_MESSAGE_CATALOGUE "schroot" + +#endif /* SBUILD_H */ + +/* + * Local Variables: + * mode:C++ + * End: + */ diff --git a/lib/sbuild/config.h.in b/lib/sbuild/config.h.in index 21a1efe6..d4fdbe70 100644 --- a/lib/sbuild/config.h.in +++ b/lib/sbuild/config.h.in @@ -24,6 +24,9 @@ correct library to use. This depends upon the libraries found at configure time. */ +/* Set if NLS support is available */ +#undef SBUILD_FEATURE_NLS + /* Set if PAM support is available */ #undef SBUILD_FEATURE_PAM @@ -54,12 +57,6 @@ /* Define to 1 if you have the <memory> header file. */ #undef HAVE_MEMORY -/* Define to 1 if you have the <tr1/memory> header file. */ -#undef HAVE_TR1_MEMORY - -/* Define to 1 if you have the <tr1/tuple> header file. */ -#undef HAVE_TR1_TUPLE - /* Define to 1 if you have the <tuple> header file. */ #undef HAVE_TUPLE diff --git a/lib/sbuild/i18n.h b/lib/sbuild/i18n.h index a9fa9894..c773542a 100644 --- a/lib/sbuild/i18n.h +++ b/lib/sbuild/i18n.h @@ -28,7 +28,9 @@ #include <string> -#include <libintl.h> +#ifdef SBUILD_FEATURE_NLS +# include <libintl.h> +#endif // SBUILD_FEATURE_NLS // Undefine macros which would interfere with our functions. #ifdef gettext @@ -55,7 +57,11 @@ namespace sbuild inline const char * gettext (const char *message) { +#ifdef SBUILD_FEATURE_NLS return dgettext (SBUILD_MESSAGE_CATALOGUE, message); +#else + return message; +#endif // SBUILD_FEATURE_NLS } /** diff --git a/lib/sbuild/sbuild.pc.cmake b/lib/sbuild/sbuild.pc.cmake new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5d8da6f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/sbuild/sbuild.pc.cmake @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +prefix=@CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX@ +exec_prefix=@CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX@ +libdir=@CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_LIBDIR@ +includedir=@CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_INCLUDEDIR@ + +Name: Sbuild +Description: Debian Source Builder +Version: ${GIT_RELEASE_VERSION} +Libs: -L${libdir} -lsbuild +Cflags: -I${includedir} diff --git a/lib/sbuild/session.cc b/lib/sbuild/session.cc index 93c1b1ee..b4875b00 100644 --- a/lib/sbuild/session.cc +++ b/lib/sbuild/session.cc @@ -1171,11 +1171,21 @@ namespace sbuild env.add("DATA_DIR", SCHROOT_DATA_DIR); env.add("SETUP_DATA_DIR", SCHROOT_SETUP_DATA_DIR); env.add("PID", getpid()); +#ifdef SBUILD_HOST env.add("HOST", SBUILD_HOST); +#endif // SBUILD_HOST +#ifdef SBUILD_HOST_OS env.add("HOST_OS", SBUILD_HOST_OS); +#endif // SBUILD_HOST_OS +#ifdef SBUILD_HOST_VENDOR env.add("HOST_VENDOR", SBUILD_HOST_VENDOR); +#endif // SBUILD_HOST_VENDOR +#ifdef SBUILD_HOST_CPU env.add("HOST_CPU", SBUILD_HOST_CPU); +#endif // SBUILD_HOST_CPU +#ifdef SBUILD_PLATFORM env.add("PLATFORM", SBUILD_PLATFORM); +#endif // SBUILD_PLATFORM env.add("PATH", "/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/bin"); diff --git a/lib/schroot-common/CMakeLists.txt b/lib/schroot-common/CMakeLists.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9419de3a --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/schroot-common/CMakeLists.txt @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +# Copyright © 2004-2013 Roger Leigh <rleigh@debian.org> +# +# schroot is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# schroot is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see +# <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. +# +##################################################################### + +set(schroot_common_sources + options.h + options.cc + main.h + main.cc) + +add_library(schroot-common STATIC ${schroot_common_sources}) +target_link_libraries(schroot-common bin-common) diff --git a/lib/test/CMakeLists.txt b/lib/test/CMakeLists.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b8a5c17a --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/test/CMakeLists.txt @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +# Copyright © 2004-2013 Roger Leigh <rleigh@debian.org> +# +# schroot is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# schroot is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see +# <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. +# +##################################################################### + +set(test_sources + testmain.cc) + +if (BUILD_TESTS) + add_library(testmain STATIC ${test_sources}) + target_link_libraries(testmain sbuild ${GTEST_LIBRARIES} ${CMAKE_THREAD_LIBS_INIT}) +endif (BUILD_TESTS) diff --git a/libexec/listmounts/CMakeLists.txt b/libexec/listmounts/CMakeLists.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000..53d2e497 --- /dev/null +++ b/libexec/listmounts/CMakeLists.txt @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +# Copyright © 2004-2013 Roger Leigh <rleigh@debian.org> +# +# schroot is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# schroot is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see +# <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. +# +##################################################################### + +set(listmounts_sources + main.h + main.cc + options.h + options.cc + listmounts.cc) + +add_executable(listmounts ${listmounts_sources}) +target_link_libraries(listmounts sbuild bin-common) + +install(TARGETS listmounts RUNTIME + DESTINATION ${SCHROOT_LIBEXEC_DIR}) diff --git a/libexec/mount/CMakeLists.txt b/libexec/mount/CMakeLists.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a670ea47 --- /dev/null +++ b/libexec/mount/CMakeLists.txt @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +# Copyright © 2004-2013 Roger Leigh <rleigh@debian.org> +# +# schroot is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# schroot is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see +# <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. +# +##################################################################### + +set(mount_sources + main.h + main.cc + options.h + options.cc + mount.cc) + +add_executable(mount ${mount_sources}) +target_link_libraries(mount sbuild bin-common + ${Boost_FILESYSTEM_LIBRARY_RELEASE} + ${Boost_SYSTEM_LIBRARY_RELEASE}) + +install(TARGETS mount RUNTIME + DESTINATION ${SCHROOT_LIBEXEC_DIR}) diff --git a/man/CMakeLists.txt b/man/CMakeLists.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cf6d3635 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/CMakeLists.txt @@ -0,0 +1,217 @@ +# Copyright © 2004-2013 Roger Leigh <rleigh@debian.org> +# +# schroot is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# schroot is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see +# <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. +# +##################################################################### + +find_program(PO4A_EXECUTABLE po4a) +find_program(GROFFER_EXECUTABLE groffer) +find_program(SOELIM_EXECUTABLE soelim) + +# generate config.man +configure_file(${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/config.man.cmake + ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/config.man) + +set(common_dependencies + ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/config.man + authors.man + copyright.man) + +set(manpage_sources + dchroot.1.man + dchroot-dsa.1.man + schroot.1.man + schroot-setup.5.man + schroot.conf.5.man + schroot-script-config.5.man + schroot-faq.7.man) + +# Translated manual pages + +file(READ po/LINGUAS languages) +STRING(REGEX REPLACE "\n" ";" languages "${languages}") +foreach(lang ${languages}) + if (EXISTS "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/po/${lang}.po") + set(po_sources ${po_sources} "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/po/${lang}.po") + endif (EXISTS "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/po/${lang}.po") +endforeach(lang) + +set(po4a_command + ${PO4A_EXECUTABLE} --package-name ${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME} + --package-version ${GIT_RELEASE_VERSION} + --copyright-holder "Roger Leigh <rleigh@debian.org>" + "--srcdir=${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}" + "--destdir=${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}" + "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/po4a.cfg") + +if(PO4A_EXECUTABLE) + # We need to run po4a initially to see what it generates, prior to + # generating the rule to autogenerate from source. + execute_process(COMMAND ${po4a_command}) + + file(GLOB translated_dirs RELATIVE + ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/translated + ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/translated/*) + foreach(lang ${translated_dirs}) + if(IS_DIRECTORY "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/translated/${lang}") + set(languages {languages} ${lang}) + file(GLOB translated_files + ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/translated/${lang}/*.man) + set(translated_manpage_sources + ${translated_manpage_sources} + ${translated_files}) + endif(IS_DIRECTORY "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/translated/${lang}") + endforeach(lang) + + add_custom_command(OUTPUT ${translated_manpage_sources} + COMMAND ${po4a_command} + DEPENDS ${common_dependencies} ${manpage_sources} + ${po_sources} + "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/po4a.cfg" + VERBATIM) +else(PO4A_EXECUTABLE) + warn("po4a not available; not translating manual pages") +endif(PO4A_EXECUTABLE) + +set(manpage_sources + ${manpage_sources} + ${translated_manpage_sources}) + +add_custom_target(manpage-sources ALL DEPENDS ${manpage_sources}) +if(GIT_RELEASE_ENABLE) + add_dependencies(git-release manpage-sources) +endif(GIT_RELEASE_ENABLE) + +foreach(manpage_source ${manpage_sources}) + unset(lang) + unset(pagename) + unset(setion) + string(REGEX MATCH ".*/translated/([^/]+)/(.+)\\.([0-9])\\.man\$" is_translation ${manpage_source}) + if(is_translation) + string(REGEX REPLACE ".*/translated/([^/]+)/(.+)\\.([0-9])\\.man\$" "\\1;\\2;\\3" translation_matches ${manpage_source}) + list(GET translation_matches 0 lang) + list(GET translation_matches 1 pagename) + list(GET translation_matches 2 section) + set(manpage_source_file ${manpage_source}) + else(is_translation) + string(REGEX MATCH "^(.+)\\.([0-9])\\.man\$" is_manpage ${manpage_source}) + if (is_manpage) + string(REGEX REPLACE "^(.+)\\.([0-9])\\.man\$" "\\1;\\2" manpage_matches ${manpage_source}) + unset(lang) + list(GET manpage_matches 0 pagename) + list(GET manpage_matches 1 section) + set(manpage_source_file "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/${manpage_source}") + endif (is_manpage) + endif(is_translation) + + if(pagename AND NOT BUILD_DCHROOT) + string(REGEX MATCH "^dchroot\$" dchroot_match ${pagename}) + if (dchroot_match) + unset(pagename) + endif (dchroot_match) + endif(pagename AND NOT BUILD_DCHROOT) + if(pagename AND NOT BUILD_DCHROOT_DSA) + string(REGEX MATCH "^dchroot-dsa\$" dchroot_dsa_match ${pagename}) + if (dchroot_dsa_match) + unset(pagename) + endif (dchroot_dsa_match) + endif(pagename AND NOT BUILD_DCHROOT_DSA) + + if(pagename) + # Filter out manpages which should not be built or installed. We + # have to do this here due to the translated manpage sources being + # created whether we want all of them or not. + + set(manpage_includes + -I${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR} + -I${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}) + if (lang) + set(manpage "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/translated/${lang}/${pagename}.${section}") + set(manpage_path "${lang}/man${section}") + set(manpage_includes + -I${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/translated/${lang} + ${manpage_includes}) + else (lang) + set(lang "en") + set(manpage "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/${pagename}.${section}") + set(manpage_path "man${section}") + endif (lang) + + add_custom_command(OUTPUT ${manpage} + COMMAND ${SOELIM_EXECUTABLE} + ${manpage_includes} + < "${manpage_source_file}" + > "${manpage}" + DEPENDS "${manpage_source_file}" + ${common_dependencies} + VERBATIM) + install(FILES "${manpage}" + DESTINATION "${CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_MANDIR}/${manpage_path}") + + set(manpages ${manpages} ${manpage}) + set(schroot-${lang} ${schroot-${lang}} ${manpage}) + list(FIND combined "schroot-${lang}" combined_exists) + if (combined_exists EQUAL -1) + set(combined ${combined} "schroot-${lang}") + endif(combined_exists EQUAL -1) + endif(pagename) +endforeach(manpage_source) + +add_custom_target(manpages ALL DEPENDS ${manpages}) + +if(GROFFER_EXECUTABLE) + foreach(manpage ${manpages}) + set(manpages_ps ${manpages_ps} "${manpage}.ps") + add_custom_command(OUTPUT "${manpage}.ps" + COMMAND ${GROFFER_EXECUTABLE} -K utf8 --ps -man --to-stdout "${manpage}" > "${manpage}.ps" + DEPENDS "${manpage}" ${common_dependencies} + VERBATIM) + + set(manpages_pdf ${manpages_pdf} "${manpage}.pdf") + add_custom_command(OUTPUT "${manpage}.pdf" + COMMAND ${GROFFER_EXECUTABLE} -K utf8 --pdf -man --to-stdout "${manpage}" > "${manpage}.pdf" + DEPENDS "${manpage}" ${common_dependencies} + VERBATIM) + endforeach(manpage) + + add_custom_target(manpages-ps DEPENDS ${manpages_ps}) + add_custom_target(manpages-pdf DEPENDS ${manpages_pdf}) + + file(MAKE_DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/combined) + foreach(combined_lang ${combined}) + list(SORT ${combined_lang}) + + add_custom_command(OUTPUT "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/combined/${combined_lang}.ps" + COMMAND ${GROFFER_EXECUTABLE} -K UTF8 -T ps -man --to-stdout ${${combined_lang}} > "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/combined/${combined_lang}.ps" + DEPENDS ${${combined_lang}} + VERBATIM) + set(combined_ps ${combined_ps} "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/combined/${combined_lang}.ps") + + add_custom_command(OUTPUT "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/combined/${combined_lang}.pdf" + COMMAND ${GROFFER_EXECUTABLE} -K UTF8 -T pdf -man --to-stdout ${${combined_lang}} > "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/combined/${combined_lang}.pdf" + DEPENDS ${${combined_lang}} + VERBATIM) + set(combined_pdf ${combined_pdf} "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/combined/${combined_lang}.pdf") + + endforeach(combined_lang) + + add_custom_target(manpages-combined-ps DEPENDS ${combined_ps}) + add_custom_target(manpages-combined-pdf DEPENDS ${combined_pdf}) + + add_custom_target(man-po-notify + COMMAND ${po4a_command} + COMMAND podebconf-report-po --call --withtranslators --noforce --podir=${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/po) + +endif(GROFFER_EXECUTABLE) diff --git a/man/Makefile.am b/man/Makefile.am index 81a0d258..c09327f2 100644 --- a/man/Makefile.am +++ b/man/Makefile.am @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ man/config.man: Makefile echo -e "$(CONFIG)" | sed -e 's/^[ ]//' > $@ man-update-po: - if [ -n "$(PO4A)" ]; then $(PO4A) --package-name $(PACKAGE) --package-version $(VERSION) --copyright-holder "Roger Leigh <rleigh@debian.org>" "--srcdir=$(srcdir)" "--destdir=$(builddir)" "$(srcdir)/man/po4a.cfg"; fi + if [ -n "$(PO4A)" ]; then cd man && $(PO4A) --package-name $(PACKAGE) --package-version $(VERSION) --copyright-holder "Roger Leigh <rleigh@debian.org>" "--srcdir=$(abs_top_srcdir)/man" "--destdir=$(abs_top_builddir)/man" "$(abs_top_srcdir)/man/po4a.cfg"; fi dist-hook:: man-update-po diff --git a/man/config.man.cmake b/man/config.man.cmake new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0005054a --- /dev/null +++ b/man/config.man.cmake @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +.ds RELEASE_DATE ${RELEASE_DATE_SHORT} +.ds VERSION ${GIT_RELEASE_VERSION} +.ds SCHROOT_LIBEXEC_DIR ${SCHROOT_LIBEXEC_DIR} +.ds SCHROOT_MOUNT_DIR ${SCHROOT_MOUNT_DIR} +.ds SCHROOT_SESSION_DIR ${SCHROOT_SESSION_DIR} +.ds SCHROOT_FILE_UNPACK_DIR ${SCHROOT_FILE_UNPACK_DIR} +.ds SCHROOT_OVERLAY_DIR ${SCHROOT_OVERLAY_DIR} +.ds SCHROOT_UNDERLAY_DIR ${SCHROOT_UNDERLAY_DIR} +.ds SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR ${SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR} +.ds SCHROOT_CONF ${SCHROOT_CONF} +.ds SCHROOT_CONF_CHROOT_D ${SCHROOT_CONF_CHROOT_D} +.ds SCHROOT_CONF_SETUP_D ${SCHROOT_CONF_SETUP_D} +.ds SCHROOT_DATA_DIR ${SCHROOT_DATA_DIR} +.ds SCHROOT_SETUP_DATA_DIR ${SCHROOT_SETUP_DATA_DIR} +.ds SCHROOT_LOCALE_DIR ${SCHROOT_LOCALE_DIR} +.ds PACKAGE_LOCALE_DIR ${SCHROOT_LOCALE_DIR} +.ds PROGRAM schroot diff --git a/man/po/de.po b/man/po/de.po index 72346c4b..e50d7a41 100644 --- a/man/po/de.po +++ b/man/po/de.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: schroot 1.6.3-1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: schroot@packages.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-06-24 22:59+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-24 22:30+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-12-06 23:15+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Chris Leick <c.leick@vollbio.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +# ist nur einer #. type: SH #: authors.man:1 #, no-wrap -# ist nur einer msgid "AUTHORS" msgstr "AUTOR" @@ -36,13 +36,18 @@ msgstr "COPYRIGHT" #. type: Plain text #: copyright.man:3 -msgid "Copyright \\(co 2005-2012 Roger Leigh \\f[CR]E<lt>rleigh@debian.orgE<gt>\\fR" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Copyright \\(co 2005-2012 Roger Leigh \\f[CR]E<lt>rleigh@debian.orgE<gt>" +#| "\\fR" +msgid "" +"Copyright \\(co 2005-2013 Roger Leigh \\f[CR]E<lt>rleigh@debian.orgE<gt>\\fR" msgstr "" "Copyright \\(co 2005-2012 Roger Leigh \\f[CR]E<lt>rleigh@debian.orgE<gt>\\fR" +# http://www.gnu.de/documents/gpl.de.html #. type: Plain text #: copyright.man:7 -# http://www.gnu.de/documents/gpl.de.html msgid "" "B<\\*[PROGRAM]> is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it " "under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free " @@ -61,25 +66,33 @@ msgid "SCHROOT" msgstr "SCHROOT" #. type: TH -#: schroot.1.man:20 schroot-setup.5.man:18 schroot.conf.5.man:18 schroot-script-config.5.man:18 schroot-faq.7.man:18 dchroot.1.man:20 dchroot-dsa.1.man:20 +#: schroot.1.man:20 schroot-setup.5.man:18 schroot.conf.5.man:18 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:18 schroot-faq.7.man:18 dchroot.1.man:20 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:20 #, no-wrap msgid "\\*[RELEASE_DATE]" msgstr "\\*[RELEASE_DATE]" #. type: TH -#: schroot.1.man:20 schroot-setup.5.man:18 schroot.conf.5.man:18 schroot-script-config.5.man:18 schroot-faq.7.man:18 dchroot.1.man:20 dchroot-dsa.1.man:20 +#: schroot.1.man:20 schroot-setup.5.man:18 schroot.conf.5.man:18 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:18 schroot-faq.7.man:18 dchroot.1.man:20 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:20 #, no-wrap msgid "Version \\*[VERSION]" msgstr "Version \\*[VERSION]" #. type: TH -#: schroot.1.man:20 schroot-setup.5.man:18 schroot.conf.5.man:18 schroot-script-config.5.man:18 schroot-faq.7.man:18 dchroot.1.man:20 dchroot-dsa.1.man:20 +#: schroot.1.man:20 schroot-setup.5.man:18 schroot.conf.5.man:18 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:18 schroot-faq.7.man:18 dchroot.1.man:20 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:20 #, no-wrap msgid "Debian sbuild" msgstr "Debian-Sbuild" #. type: SH -#: schroot.1.man:21 schroot-setup.5.man:19 schroot.conf.5.man:19 schroot-script-config.5.man:19 schroot-faq.7.man:19 dchroot.1.man:21 dchroot-dsa.1.man:21 +#: schroot.1.man:21 schroot-setup.5.man:19 schroot.conf.5.man:19 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:19 schroot-faq.7.man:19 dchroot.1.man:21 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:21 #, no-wrap msgid "NAME" msgstr "BEZEICHNUNG" @@ -98,41 +111,38 @@ msgstr "ÜBERSICHT" #. type: Plain text #: schroot.1.man:44 msgid "" -"B<schroot> [B<-h>\\[or]B<--help> \\[or] B<-V>\\[or]B<--version> \\[or] " -"B<-l>\\[or]B<--list> \\[or] B<-i>\\[or]B<--info> \\[or] B<--config> \\[or] " -"B<--location> \\[or] B<--automatic-session> \\[or] " -"B<-b>\\[or]B<--begin-session> \\[or] B<--recover-session> \\[or] " -"B<-r>\\[or]B<--run-session> \\[or] B<-e>\\[or]B<--end-session>] " -"[B<-f>\\[or]B<--force>] [B<-n " -">I<session-name>\\[or]B<--session-name=>I<session-name>] [B<-d " -">I<directory>\\[or]B<--directory=>I<directory>] [B<-u " -">I<user>\\[or]B<--user=>I<user>] [B<-p>\\[or]B<--preserve-environment>] " -"[B<-s >I<shell>\\[or]B<--shell=>I<shell>] [B<-q>\\[or]B<--quiet> \\[or] " -"B<-v>\\[or]B<--verbose>] [B<-c >I<chroot>\\[or]B<--chroot=>I<chroot> \\[or] " -"[B<--all> \\[or] B<--all-chroots> \\[or] B<--all-source-chroots> \\[or] " -"B<--all-sessions>] [B<--exclude-aliases>]] " -"[B<-o>\\[or]B<--option=>I<key=value>] [B<-->] [B<COMMAND> [ B<ARG1> [ " -"B<ARG2> [ B<ARGn>]]]]" -msgstr "" -"B<schroot> [B<-h>\\[or]B<--help> \\[or] B<-V>\\[or]B<--version> \\[or] " -"B<-l>\\[or]B<--list> \\[or] B<-i>\\[or]B<--info> \\[or] B<--config> \\[or] " -"B<--location> \\[or] B<--automatic-session> \\[or] " -"B<-b>\\[or]B<--begin-session> \\[or] B<--recover-session> \\[or] " -"B<-r>\\[or]B<--run-session> \\[or] B<-e>\\[or]B<--end-session>] " -"[B<-f>\\[or]B<--force>] [B<-n " -">I<Sitzungsname>\\[or]B<--session-name=>I<Sitzungsname>] [B<-d " -">I<Verzeichnis>\\[or]B<--directory=>I<Verzeichnis>] [B<-u " -">I<Benutzer>\\[or]B<--user=>I<Benutzer>] " -"[B<-p>\\[or]B<--preserve-environment>] [B<-s " -">I<Shell>\\[or]B<--shell=>I<Shell>] [B<-q>\\[or]B<--quiet> \\[or] " -"B<-v>\\[or]B<--verbose>] [B<-c >I<Chroot>\\[or]B<--chroot=>I<Chroot> \\[or] " -"[B<--all> \\[or] B<--all-chroots> \\[or] B<--all-source-chroots> \\[or] " -"B<--all-sessions>] [B<--exclude-aliases>]] " -"[B<-o>\\[or]B<--option=>I<Schlüssel=Wert>] [B<-->] [B<BEFEHL> [ B<ARG1> [ " -"B<ARG2> [ B<ARGn>]]]]" +"B<schroot> [B<-h>\\[or]B<--help> \\[or] B<-V>\\[or]B<--version> \\[or] B<-l>" +"\\[or]B<--list> \\[or] B<-i>\\[or]B<--info> \\[or] B<--config> \\[or] B<--" +"location> \\[or] B<--automatic-session> \\[or] B<-b>\\[or]B<--begin-session> " +"\\[or] B<--recover-session> \\[or] B<-r>\\[or]B<--run-session> \\[or] B<-e>" +"\\[or]B<--end-session>] [B<-f>\\[or]B<--force>] [B<-n >I<session-name>" +"\\[or]B<--session-name=>I<session-name>] [B<-d >I<directory>\\[or]B<--" +"directory=>I<directory>] [B<-u >I<user>\\[or]B<--user=>I<user>] [B<-p>" +"\\[or]B<--preserve-environment>] [B<-s >I<shell>\\[or]B<--shell=>I<shell>] " +"[B<-q>\\[or]B<--quiet> \\[or] B<-v>\\[or]B<--verbose>] [B<-c >I<chroot>" +"\\[or]B<--chroot=>I<chroot> \\[or] [B<--all> \\[or] B<--all-chroots> \\[or] " +"B<--all-source-chroots> \\[or] B<--all-sessions>] [B<--exclude-aliases>]] " +"[B<-o>\\[or]B<--option=>I<key=value>] [B<-->] [B<COMMAND> [ B<ARG1> " +"[ B<ARG2> [ B<ARGn>]]]]" +msgstr "" +"B<schroot> [B<-h>\\[or]B<--help> \\[or] B<-V>\\[or]B<--version> \\[or] B<-l>" +"\\[or]B<--list> \\[or] B<-i>\\[or]B<--info> \\[or] B<--config> \\[or] B<--" +"location> \\[or] B<--automatic-session> \\[or] B<-b>\\[or]B<--begin-session> " +"\\[or] B<--recover-session> \\[or] B<-r>\\[or]B<--run-session> \\[or] B<-e>" +"\\[or]B<--end-session>] [B<-f>\\[or]B<--force>] [B<-n >I<Sitzungsname>" +"\\[or]B<--session-name=>I<Sitzungsname>] [B<-d >I<Verzeichnis>\\[or]B<--" +"directory=>I<Verzeichnis>] [B<-u >I<Benutzer>\\[or]B<--user=>I<Benutzer>] " +"[B<-p>\\[or]B<--preserve-environment>] [B<-s >I<Shell>\\[or]B<--" +"shell=>I<Shell>] [B<-q>\\[or]B<--quiet> \\[or] B<-v>\\[or]B<--verbose>] [B<-" +"c >I<Chroot>\\[or]B<--chroot=>I<Chroot> \\[or] [B<--all> \\[or] B<--all-" +"chroots> \\[or] B<--all-source-chroots> \\[or] B<--all-sessions>] [B<--" +"exclude-aliases>]] [B<-o>\\[or]B<--option=>I<Schlüssel=Wert>] [B<-->] " +"[B<BEFEHL> [ B<ARG1> [ B<ARG2> [ B<ARGn>]]]]" #. type: SH -#: schroot.1.man:44 schroot-setup.5.man:21 schroot.conf.5.man:21 schroot-script-config.5.man:21 schroot-faq.7.man:21 dchroot.1.man:34 dchroot-dsa.1.man:33 +#: schroot.1.man:44 schroot-setup.5.man:21 schroot.conf.5.man:21 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:21 schroot-faq.7.man:21 dchroot.1.man:34 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:33 #, no-wrap msgid "DESCRIPTION" msgstr "BESCHREIBUNG" @@ -146,8 +156,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "B<schroot> ermöglicht dem Benutzer einen Befehl oder eine Login-Shell in " "einer Chroot-Umgebung auszuführen. Falls kein Befehl angegeben wurde, wird " -"eine Login-Shell im aktuellen Arbeitsverzeichnis des Benutzers innerhalb " -"der Chroot gestartet." +"eine Login-Shell im aktuellen Arbeitsverzeichnis des Benutzers innerhalb der " +"Chroot gestartet." #. type: Plain text #: schroot.1.man:51 @@ -187,8 +197,8 @@ msgid "" "be used as a fallback. This is equivalent to \\[lq]--chroot=default\\[rq]." msgstr "" "Falls keine Chroot angegeben wurde, wird als Ausweichmöglichkeit der Name " -"oder Alias \\[oq]default\\[cq] benutzt. Dies ist gleichbedeutend mit " -"\\[lq]--chroot=default\\[rq]." +"oder Alias \\[oq]default\\[cq] benutzt. Dies ist gleichbedeutend mit \\[lq]--" +"chroot=default\\[rq]." #. type: SH #: schroot.1.man:61 @@ -209,19 +219,28 @@ msgid "" "systems, depending upon its intended use. Some examples of existing uses " "for schroot include:" msgstr "" -"Es ist öfters nötig, Programme in einer virtualisierten Umgebung auszuführen, " -"als direkt auf dem Wirtsystem. Anders als andere Virtualisierungssysteme wie " -"B<kvm> oder B<Xen> virtualisiert Schroot nicht das ganze System; es " -"virtualisiert nur das Dateisystem und einige Teile des Dateisystems können " -"immer noch mit dem Wirt gemeinsam benutzt werden. Es ist daher schnell, " -"leichtgewichtig und flexibel. Es virtualisiert jedoch keine anderen Aspekte " -"des Systems wie gemeinsam genutzten Speicher, Netzwerk, Geräte etc. und " -"könnte daher, abhängig von der geplanten Verwendung, weniger sicher sein als " -"andere Systeme. Einige Beispiele existierender Verwendungen von Schroot " -"beinhalten:" +"Es ist öfters nötig, Programme in einer virtualisierten Umgebung " +"auszuführen, als direkt auf dem Wirtsystem. Anders als andere " +"Virtualisierungssysteme wie B<kvm> oder B<Xen> virtualisiert Schroot nicht " +"das ganze System; es virtualisiert nur das Dateisystem und einige Teile des " +"Dateisystems können immer noch mit dem Wirt gemeinsam benutzt werden. Es ist " +"daher schnell, leichtgewichtig und flexibel. Es virtualisiert jedoch keine " +"anderen Aspekte des Systems wie gemeinsam genutzten Speicher, Netzwerk, " +"Geräte etc. und könnte daher, abhängig von der geplanten Verwendung, weniger " +"sicher sein als andere Systeme. Einige Beispiele existierender Verwendungen " +"von Schroot beinhalten:" #. type: IP -#: schroot.1.man:71 schroot.1.man:75 schroot.1.man:78 schroot.1.man:81 schroot.1.man:83 schroot.1.man:88 schroot-faq.7.man:122 schroot-faq.7.man:127 schroot-faq.7.man:133 schroot-faq.7.man:135 schroot-faq.7.man:137 schroot-faq.7.man:154 schroot-faq.7.man:159 schroot-faq.7.man:161 schroot-faq.7.man:163 schroot-faq.7.man:165 dchroot.1.man:120 dchroot.1.man:122 dchroot.1.man:127 dchroot.1.man:134 dchroot.1.man:143 dchroot.1.man:145 dchroot-dsa.1.man:109 dchroot-dsa.1.man:116 dchroot-dsa.1.man:118 dchroot-dsa.1.man:126 dchroot-dsa.1.man:128 +#: schroot.1.man:71 schroot.1.man:75 schroot.1.man:78 schroot.1.man:81 +#: schroot.1.man:83 schroot.1.man:88 schroot.conf.5.man:477 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:480 schroot.conf.5.man:483 schroot.conf.5.man:486 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:122 schroot-faq.7.man:127 schroot-faq.7.man:133 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:135 schroot-faq.7.man:137 schroot-faq.7.man:154 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:159 schroot-faq.7.man:161 schroot-faq.7.man:163 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:165 dchroot.1.man:120 dchroot.1.man:122 dchroot.1.man:127 +#: dchroot.1.man:134 dchroot.1.man:143 dchroot.1.man:145 dchroot-dsa.1.man:109 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:116 dchroot-dsa.1.man:118 dchroot-dsa.1.man:126 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:128 #, no-wrap msgid "\\[bu]" msgstr "\\[bu]" @@ -233,8 +252,8 @@ msgid "" "files on the host system; this may also be used to limit the damage a " "compromised service can inflict upon the host" msgstr "" -"Ausführung eines nicht vertrauenswürdigen Programms in einer Sandbox, so dass " -"es keine Dateien auf dem Wirtsystem beeinträchtigt. Dies kann außerdem " +"Ausführung eines nicht vertrauenswürdigen Programms in einer Sandbox, so " +"dass es keine Dateien auf dem Wirtsystem beeinträchtigt. Dies kann außerdem " "benutzt werden, um den Schaden zu begrenzen, den ein kompromittierter Dienst " "dem Wirt zufügen kann." @@ -254,19 +273,19 @@ msgid "" "systems altogether, e.g. different GNU/Linux distributions" msgstr "" "Verwendung unterschiedlicher Versionen eines Betriebssystems oder sogar " -"unterschiedlicher Betriebssysteme zusammen, z.B. verschiedener " -"GNU/Linux-Distributionen" +"unterschiedlicher Betriebssysteme zusammen, z.B. verschiedener GNU/Linux-" +"Distributionen" #. type: Plain text #: schroot.1.man:83 msgid "Running 32-bit programs using a 32-bit chroot on a 64-bit host system" msgstr "" -"Ausführen von 32-Bit-Programmen mittels einer 32-Bit-Chroot auf einem " -"64-Bit-Wirtsystem" +"Ausführen von 32-Bit-Programmen mittels einer 32-Bit-Chroot auf einem 64-Bit-" +"Wirtsystem" +# http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Verbund_(Datentyp)#Union #. type: Plain text #: schroot.1.man:88 -# http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Verbund_(Datentyp)#Union msgid "" "Automatic building of Debian packages using B<sbuild>(1), which builds each " "package in a pristine chroot snapshot when using LVM snapshots or unions" @@ -290,8 +309,8 @@ msgstr "" "benötigten Konfigurationen zu unterstützen schwierig ist: Verschiedene " "Chroots können all die verschiedenen benötigten Konfigurationen unterstützen " "und Benutzern des Clusters kann Zugriff auf die von ihnen benötigten Chroots " -"gegeben werden (was Root-Zugriff für vertrauenswürdige Benutzer zum Verwalten " -"ihrer eigenen Images beinhalten kann)." +"gegeben werden (was Root-Zugriff für vertrauenswürdige Benutzer zum " +"Verwalten ihrer eigenen Images beinhalten kann)." #. type: Plain text #: schroot.1.man:118 @@ -337,8 +356,8 @@ msgstr "" "Einrichten des Netzwerkzugangs und von Systemdatenbanken und sogar das " "Starten von Diensten. Diese können wiederum vollständig durch den Admin " "angepasst werden. Die Einrichtungsskripte werden für alle Typen von Chroots " -"ausgeführt mit Ausnahme des Typs \\[oq]plain\\[cq], des einfachsten " -"Chroot-Typs, der gar keine automatisierten Einrichtungsfunktionen bietet. Die " +"ausgeführt mit Ausnahme des Typs \\[oq]plain\\[cq], des einfachsten Chroot-" +"Typs, der gar keine automatisierten Einrichtungsfunktionen bietet. Die " "Einrichtung von Chroots wird ausführlicher in B<schroot.conf>(5) behandelt." #. type: SH @@ -503,16 +522,16 @@ msgid "" "been specified, the command will be run in all chroots, source chroots and " "active sessions. If I<--info> has been used, display information about all " "chroots. This option does not make sense to use with a login shell (run " -"when no command has been specified). This option is equivalent to " -"\\[lq]--all-chroots --all-source-chroots --all-sessions\\[rq]." +"when no command has been specified). This option is equivalent to \\[lq]--" +"all-chroots --all-source-chroots --all-sessions\\[rq]." msgstr "" -"wählt alle Chroots, Source-Chroots und aktiven Sitzungen aus. Wenn ein Befehl " -"angegeben wurde, wird der Befehl in allen Chroots, Source-Chroots und aktiven " -"Sitzungen ausgeführt. Falls I<--info> benutzt wurde, werden Informationen " -"über alle Chroots angezeigt. Diese Option ist bei Verwendung einer " -"Login-Shell nicht sinnvoll (wird ausgeführt, falls kein Befehl angegeben " -"wurde). Diese Option entspricht \\[lq]--all-chroots --all-source-chroots " -"--all-sessions\\[rq]." +"wählt alle Chroots, Source-Chroots und aktiven Sitzungen aus. Wenn ein " +"Befehl angegeben wurde, wird der Befehl in allen Chroots, Source-Chroots und " +"aktiven Sitzungen ausgeführt. Falls I<--info> benutzt wurde, werden " +"Informationen über alle Chroots angezeigt. Diese Option ist bei Verwendung " +"einer Login-Shell nicht sinnvoll (wird ausgeführt, falls kein Befehl " +"angegeben wurde). Diese Option entspricht \\[lq]--all-chroots --all-source-" +"chroots --all-sessions\\[rq]." #. type: TP #: schroot.1.man:165 @@ -541,8 +560,8 @@ msgid "" "Select all active sessions. Identical to I<--all>, except that chroots and " "source chroots are not considered." msgstr "" -"wählt alle aktiven Sitzungen aus; identisch mit I<--all>, außer, dass Chroots " -"und Source-Chroots nicht berücksichtigt werden." +"wählt alle aktiven Sitzungen aus; identisch mit I<--all>, außer, dass " +"Chroots und Source-Chroots nicht berücksichtigt werden." #. type: TP #: schroot.1.man:173 @@ -611,10 +630,9 @@ msgstr "" "Das Standardverhalten ist wie folgt (alle Verzeichnispfade liegen innerhalb " "der Chroot): Eine Login-Shell wird im aktuellen Arbeitsverzeichnis " "ausgeführt. Falls dies nicht verfügbar ist, wird es der Reihe nach $HOME " -"probieren (wenn I<--preserve-environment> benutzt wird), dann das " -"Home-Verzeichnis des Benutzers und dann I</> innerhalb der Chroot. Falls " -"keines der Verzeichnisse verfügbar ist, wird Schroot mit einem Fehlerstatus " -"beendet." +"probieren (wenn I<--preserve-environment> benutzt wird), dann das Home-" +"Verzeichnis des Benutzers und dann I</> innerhalb der Chroot. Falls keines " +"der Verzeichnisse verfügbar ist, wird Schroot mit einem Fehlerstatus beendet." #. type: TP #: schroot.1.man:194 @@ -627,8 +645,8 @@ msgstr "B<-u>, B<--user=>I<Benutzer>" msgid "" "Run as a different user. The default is to run as the current user. If " "required, the user may be required to authenticate themselves with a " -"password. For further information, see the section " -"\\[lq]I<Authentication>\\[rq], below." +"password. For further information, see the section \\[lq]I<Authentication>" +"\\[rq], below." msgstr "" "wird als anderer Benutzer ausgeführt. Standardmäßig wird es als aktueller " "Benutzer ausgeführt. Falls benötigt, kann vom Benutzer verlangt werden, dass " @@ -647,8 +665,8 @@ msgid "" "Preserve the user's environment inside the chroot environment. The default " "is to use a clean environment; this option copies the entire user " "environment and sets it in the session. The environment variables allowed " -"are subject to certain restrictions; see the section " -"\\[lq]I<Environment>\\[rq], below." +"are subject to certain restrictions; see the section \\[lq]I<Environment>" +"\\[rq], below." msgstr "" "bewahrt die Umgebung des Benutzers innerhalb der Chroot-Umgebung auf. " "Standardmäßig wird eine saubere Umgebung benutzt. Diese Option kopiert die " @@ -702,9 +720,9 @@ msgstr "" "setzt eine Option. Der Wert ausgewählter Schlüssel in I<schroot.conf> kann " "mittels dieser Option geändert werden. Der Schlüssel muss im " "Konfigurationsschlüssel \\f[CI]user-modifiable-keys\\fR in I<schroot.conf> " -"vorhanden sein oder zusätzlich der Schlüssel \\f[CI]user-modifiable-keys\\fR, " -"falls es als Root-Benutzer ausgeführt wird (oder darauf umgeschaltet wird). " -"Der hier gesetzte Schlüssel und Wert wird in der Umgebung der " +"vorhanden sein oder zusätzlich der Schlüssel \\f[CI]user-modifiable-keys" +"\\fR, falls es als Root-Benutzer ausgeführt wird (oder darauf umgeschaltet " +"wird). Der hier gesetzte Schlüssel und Wert wird in der Umgebung der " "Einrichtungsskripte gesetzt und könnte daher benutzt werden, um die Chroot " "auf Sitzungsbasis anzupassen." @@ -726,8 +744,8 @@ msgid "" "Begin, run and end a session automatically. This is the default action, so " "does not require specifying in normal operation." msgstr "" -"startet eine Sitzung, führt sie aus und beendet sie automatisch. Dies ist die " -"Standardaktion und muss daher nicht bei normalen Transaktionen angegeben " +"startet eine Sitzung, führt sie aus und beendet sie automatisch. Dies ist " +"die Standardaktion und muss daher nicht bei normalen Transaktionen angegeben " "werden." #. type: TP @@ -741,8 +759,8 @@ msgstr "B<-b>, B<--begin-session>" msgid "" "Begin a session. A unique session identifier (session ID) is returned on " "standard output. The session ID is required to use the other session " -"options. Note that the session identifier may be specified with the " -"I<--session-name> option." +"options. Note that the session identifier may be specified with the I<--" +"session-name> option." msgstr "" "startet eine Sitzung. Ein eindeutiger Sitzungsbezeichner (Sitzungskennung) " "wird auf der Standardausgabe zurückgegeben. Die Sitzungskennung wird zum " @@ -821,11 +839,11 @@ msgid "" "to the chroot naming restrictions documented in B<schroot.conf>(5)." msgstr "" "benennt eine Sitzung. Der angegebene I<Sitzungsname> ersetzt den " -"Standardsitzungsnamen, der eine automatisch erzeugte Sitzungskennung enthält. " -"Der Sitzungsname darf keinen Namensraumbezeichner enthalten, da Sitzungen " -"immer im Namensraum \\[oq]session:\\[cq] erstellt werden. Der Sitzungsname " -"ist außerdem Gegenstand der in B<schroot.conf>(5) dokumentierten " -"Chroot-Namensbeschränkungen." +"Standardsitzungsnamen, der eine automatisch erzeugte Sitzungskennung " +"enthält. Der Sitzungsname darf keinen Namensraumbezeichner enthalten, da " +"Sitzungen immer im Namensraum \\[oq]session:\\[cq] erstellt werden. Der " +"Sitzungsname ist außerdem Gegenstand der in B<schroot.conf>(5) " +"dokumentierten Chroot-Namensbeschränkungen." #. type: TP #: schroot.1.man:257 @@ -891,8 +909,8 @@ msgstr "" "Mitglied der erlaubten Root-Gruppen) für die angegebene(n) Chroot(s) ist, " "wird die Erlaubnis sofort verweigert. Falls sich der Benutzer ändert und der " "Benutzer, der den Befehl ausführt, Zugriff hat, ist es nötig, dass sich der " -"Benutzer selbst mittels der Anmeldedaten des Benutzers authentifizieren muss, " -"zu dem gewechselt wird." +"Benutzer selbst mittels der Anmeldedaten des Benutzers authentifizieren " +"muss, zu dem gewechselt wird." #. type: Plain text #: schroot.1.man:280 @@ -923,14 +941,14 @@ msgid "" "not explicitly granted access." msgstr "" "Beachten Sie, dass dem Benutzer Root, falls PAM benutzt wird, standardmäßig " -"keine Sonderrechte im Programm gewährt werden. Die Standard-PAM-Konfiguration " -"erlaubt Root jedoch die Anmeldung ohne Passwort (I<pam_rootok.so>). Dies kann " -"aber deaktiviert sein, um Root daran zu hindern auf alle Chroots zuzugreifen, " -"es sei denn, dies ist eigens erlaubt. In einer derartigen Situation muss Root " -"zu den erlaubten Benutzern oder Gruppen hinzugefügt werden, wie andere " -"Benutzer und Gruppen. Falls PAM nicht verfügbar ist, wird es dem Benutzer " -"Root erlaubt sein, auf alle Chroots zuzugreifen, sogar, wenn nicht explizit " -"Zugriff gewährt wurde." +"keine Sonderrechte im Programm gewährt werden. Die Standard-PAM-" +"Konfiguration erlaubt Root jedoch die Anmeldung ohne Passwort (I<pam_rootok." +"so>). Dies kann aber deaktiviert sein, um Root daran zu hindern auf alle " +"Chroots zuzugreifen, es sei denn, dies ist eigens erlaubt. In einer " +"derartigen Situation muss Root zu den erlaubten Benutzern oder Gruppen " +"hinzugefügt werden, wie andere Benutzer und Gruppen. Falls PAM nicht " +"verfügbar ist, wird es dem Benutzer Root erlaubt sein, auf alle Chroots " +"zuzugreifen, sogar, wenn nicht explizit Zugriff gewährt wurde." #. type: SH #: schroot.1.man:289 @@ -950,20 +968,20 @@ msgid "" "There are three different types of chroot: regular chroots, source chroots " "and session chroots. These different types of chroot are separated into " "different I<namespaces>. A namespace is a prefix to a chroot name. " -"Currently there are three namespaces: \\[oq]chroot:\\[cq], " -"\\[oq]source:\\[cq] and \\[oq]session:\\[cq]. Use I<--list --all> to list " -"all available chroots in all namespaces. Because \\[oq]:\\[cq] is used as " -"the separator between namespace and chroot names, it is not permitted to use " -"this character in chroot names." +"Currently there are three namespaces: \\[oq]chroot:\\[cq], \\[oq]source:" +"\\[cq] and \\[oq]session:\\[cq]. Use I<--list --all> to list all available " +"chroots in all namespaces. Because \\[oq]:\\[cq] is used as the separator " +"between namespace and chroot names, it is not permitted to use this " +"character in chroot names." msgstr "" "Es gibt drei unterschiedliche Chroot-Typen: normale Chroots, Source-Chroots " "und Sitzungs-Chroots. Diese unterschiedlichen Typen von Chroots werden in " "unterschiedliche I<Namensräume> aufgeteilt. Ein Namensraum ist ein Präfix " "eines Chroot-Namens. Derzeit gibt es drei Namensräume: \\[oq]chroot:\\[cq], " "\\[oq]source:\\[cq] und \\[oq]session:\\[cq]. Benutzen Sie I<--list --all>, " -"um alle verfügbaren Chroots in allen Namensräumen aufzuführen. Da " -"\\[oq]:\\[cq] als Trenner zwischen Namensräumen und Chroot-Namen benutzt " -"wird, ist es nicht erlaubt, dieses Zeichen in Chroot-Namen zu verwenden." +"um alle verfügbaren Chroots in allen Namensräumen aufzuführen. Da \\[oq]:" +"\\[cq] als Trenner zwischen Namensräumen und Chroot-Namen benutzt wird, ist " +"es nicht erlaubt, dieses Zeichen in Chroot-Namen zu verwenden." #. type: Plain text #: schroot.1.man:305 @@ -1007,17 +1025,16 @@ msgstr "" "Diese stellen außerdem eine I<Source-Chroot> bereit, um einen einfachen " "Zugriff auf das Dateisystem zu ermöglichen, das als Quelle für " "Schnappschüsse verwendet wird. Dies sind ebenso normale Chroots, bei denen " -"nur die Schnappschüsse deaktiviert sind. Für eine Chroot mit Namen " -"\\[lq]sid-snapshot\\[rq] (d.h. mit einem vollqualifizierten Namen " -"\\[lq]chroot:sid-snapshot\\[rq]) wird es auch eine entsprechende " -"Source-Chroot mit Namen \\[lq]source:sid-snapshot\\[rq] geben. Frühere " -"Versionen von Schroot stellten Source-Chroots mit einer Endung " -"\\[oq]-source\\[cq] zur Verfügung. Diese werden aus Kompatibilitätsgründen " -"ebenfalls bereitgestellt. In diesem Beispiel wäre dies " -"\\[lq]chroot:sid-snapshot-source\\[rq]. Diese Kompatibilitätsnamen werden in " -"zukünftigen Versionen fallengelassen, daher sollten Programme und Skripte zur " -"Benutzung namensraumqualifizierter Namen wechseln, statt die alte Endung zu " -"verwenden." +"nur die Schnappschüsse deaktiviert sind. Für eine Chroot mit Namen \\[lq]sid-" +"snapshot\\[rq] (d.h. mit einem vollqualifizierten Namen \\[lq]chroot:sid-" +"snapshot\\[rq]) wird es auch eine entsprechende Source-Chroot mit Namen " +"\\[lq]source:sid-snapshot\\[rq] geben. Frühere Versionen von Schroot " +"stellten Source-Chroots mit einer Endung \\[oq]-source\\[cq] zur Verfügung. " +"Diese werden aus Kompatibilitätsgründen ebenfalls bereitgestellt. In diesem " +"Beispiel wäre dies \\[lq]chroot:sid-snapshot-source\\[rq]. Diese " +"Kompatibilitätsnamen werden in zukünftigen Versionen fallengelassen, daher " +"sollten Programme und Skripte zur Benutzung namensraumqualifizierter Namen " +"wechseln, statt die alte Endung zu verwenden." #. type: SS #: schroot.1.man:318 @@ -1035,11 +1052,11 @@ msgid "" "in previous versions of schroot which did not have namespaces." msgstr "" "Alle Sitzungen, die mit I<--begin-session> erzeugt wurden, werden innerhalb " -"des Namensraums \\[oq]session:\\[cq] platziert. Ein Sitzungsname mit " -"I<--session-name> kann irgendeinen Namen haben, sogar den selben Namen wie " -"die Chroot, aus der er erstellt wurde, vorausgesetzt, dass er innerhalb " -"dieses Namensraums eindeutig ist. Dies war in früheren Versionen von Schroot, " -"die keine Namensräume hatten, nicht erlaubt." +"des Namensraums \\[oq]session:\\[cq] platziert. Ein Sitzungsname mit I<--" +"session-name> kann irgendeinen Namen haben, sogar den selben Namen wie die " +"Chroot, aus der er erstellt wurde, vorausgesetzt, dass er innerhalb dieses " +"Namensraums eindeutig ist. Dies war in früheren Versionen von Schroot, die " +"keine Namensräume hatten, nicht erlaubt." #. type: SS #: schroot.1.man:324 @@ -1059,16 +1076,16 @@ msgid "" "chroot. To make chroot selection unambiguous, it is always possible to use " "the full name including the namespace, even when not strictly required." msgstr "" -"Alle Aktionen mit Ausnahme einiger Sitzungsaktionen benutzen " -"\\[oq]chroot:\\[cq] als Standardnamensraum. I<--run-session>, " -"I<--recover-session> und I<--end-session> verwenden stattdessen " -"\\[oq]session:\\[cq] als Standardnamensraum, da diese Aktionen mit " -"Sitzungs-Chroots arbeiten. Das Ergebnis ist, dass der Namensraum " -"normalerweise nie benötigt wird, es sei denn, Sie möchten mit einer Chroot in " -"einem anderen als dem vorgegebenen Namensraum arbeiten, wie etwa wenn eine " -"Source-Chroot benutzt wird. Um die Chroot-Auswahl unmissverständlich zu " -"machen, ist es immer möglich, den vollständigen Namen einschließlich des " -"Namensraums zu verwenden, sogar wenn dies nicht strikt erforderlich ist." +"Alle Aktionen mit Ausnahme einiger Sitzungsaktionen benutzen \\[oq]chroot:" +"\\[cq] als Standardnamensraum. I<--run-session>, I<--recover-session> und " +"I<--end-session> verwenden stattdessen \\[oq]session:\\[cq] als " +"Standardnamensraum, da diese Aktionen mit Sitzungs-Chroots arbeiten. Das " +"Ergebnis ist, dass der Namensraum normalerweise nie benötigt wird, es sei " +"denn, Sie möchten mit einer Chroot in einem anderen als dem vorgegebenen " +"Namensraum arbeiten, wie etwa wenn eine Source-Chroot benutzt wird. Um die " +"Chroot-Auswahl unmissverständlich zu machen, ist es immer möglich, den " +"vollständigen Namen einschließlich des Namensraums zu verwenden, sogar wenn " +"dies nicht strikt erforderlich ist." #. type: SH #: schroot.1.man:333 @@ -1116,8 +1133,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Schroot wird ein geeignetes Verzeichnis auswählen, das innerhalb der Chroot " "benutzt werden soll, abhängig davon, ob eine interaktive Login-Shell benutzt " -"werden soll, welcher Befehl ausgeführt oder ob zusätzlich die Option " -"I<--directory> verwendet wird. Im Fall, dass Befehle direkt ausgeführt werden " +"werden soll, welcher Befehl ausgeführt oder ob zusätzlich die Option I<--" +"directory> verwendet wird. Im Fall, dass Befehle direkt ausgeführt werden " "oder explizit ein Verzeichnis angegeben wird, wird aus Sicherheits- und " "Konsistenzgründen nur ein Verzeichnis benutzt, während für eine Login-Shell " "mehrere Möglichkeiten ausprobiert werden können. Die folgenden " @@ -1125,27 +1142,33 @@ msgstr "" "aktuelle Arbeitsverzeichnis, DIR ist das mit I<--directory> angegebene " "Verzeichnis." +# war Anmelde-Shell, aus Konsitenzgründen mit Programmübersetzung geändert #. type: SS #: schroot.1.man:352 #, no-wrap -# war Anmelde-Shell, aus Konsitenzgründen mit Programmübersetzung geändert msgid "Login shell" msgstr "Login-Shell" #. type: tbl table -#: schroot.1.man:356 schroot.1.man:379 schroot.1.man:395 dchroot.1.man:168 dchroot.1.man:186 dchroot.1.man:203 dchroot-dsa.1.man:149 dchroot-dsa.1.man:166 +#: schroot.1.man:356 schroot.1.man:379 schroot.1.man:395 dchroot.1.man:168 +#: dchroot.1.man:186 dchroot.1.man:203 dchroot-dsa.1.man:149 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:166 #, no-wrap msgid "Transition\n" msgstr "Übergang\n" #. type: tbl table -#: schroot.1.man:357 schroot.1.man:380 schroot.1.man:396 dchroot.1.man:169 dchroot.1.man:187 dchroot.1.man:204 dchroot-dsa.1.man:150 dchroot-dsa.1.man:167 +#: schroot.1.man:357 schroot.1.man:380 schroot.1.man:396 dchroot.1.man:169 +#: dchroot.1.man:187 dchroot.1.man:204 dchroot-dsa.1.man:150 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:167 #, no-wrap msgid "(Host \\[-E<gt>] Chroot)\tComment\n" msgstr "(Rechner \\[-E<gt>] Chroot)\tKommentar\n" #. type: tbl table -#: schroot.1.man:358 schroot.1.man:381 schroot.1.man:397 dchroot.1.man:170 dchroot.1.man:188 dchroot.1.man:205 dchroot-dsa.1.man:151 dchroot-dsa.1.man:168 +#: schroot.1.man:358 schroot.1.man:381 schroot.1.man:397 dchroot.1.man:170 +#: dchroot.1.man:188 dchroot.1.man:205 dchroot-dsa.1.man:151 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:168 #, no-wrap msgid "_\n" msgstr "_\n" @@ -1163,7 +1186,11 @@ msgid "Normal behaviour (if I<--directory> is not used)\n" msgstr "normales Verhalten (falls I<--directory> nicht benutzt wird)\n" #. type: tbl table -#: schroot.1.man:361 schroot.1.man:364 schroot.1.man:367 schroot.1.man:370 schroot.1.man:373 schroot.1.man:384 schroot.1.man:387 dchroot.1.man:174 dchroot.1.man:177 dchroot.1.man:180 dchroot.1.man:191 dchroot.1.man:194 dchroot.1.man:197 dchroot-dsa.1.man:154 dchroot-dsa.1.man:157 dchroot-dsa.1.man:160 +#: schroot.1.man:361 schroot.1.man:364 schroot.1.man:367 schroot.1.man:370 +#: schroot.1.man:373 schroot.1.man:384 schroot.1.man:387 dchroot.1.man:174 +#: dchroot.1.man:177 dchroot.1.man:180 dchroot.1.man:191 dchroot.1.man:194 +#: dchroot.1.man:197 dchroot-dsa.1.man:154 dchroot-dsa.1.man:157 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:160 #, no-wrap msgid "T}\n" msgstr "T}\n" @@ -1189,12 +1216,8 @@ msgstr "CWD \\[-E<gt>] Passwort Passwortverzeichnis\tT{\n" #. type: tbl table #: schroot.1.man:366 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"If CWD is nonexistent (or --preserve-environment is used and no $HOME " -"exists)\n" -msgstr "" -"falls CWD nicht existiert (oder --preserve-environment benutzt wird und $HOME " -"nicht existiert)\n" +msgid "If CWD is nonexistent (or --preserve-environment is used and no $HOME exists)\n" +msgstr "falls CWD nicht existiert (oder --preserve-environment benutzt wird und $HOME nicht existiert)\n" #. type: tbl table #: schroot.1.man:368 dchroot.1.man:175 dchroot.1.man:192 dchroot-dsa.1.man:155 @@ -1209,7 +1232,8 @@ msgid "None of the above exist\n" msgstr "keins davon existiert\n" #. type: tbl table -#: schroot.1.man:371 schroot.1.man:385 dchroot.1.man:178 dchroot.1.man:195 dchroot-dsa.1.man:158 +#: schroot.1.man:371 schroot.1.man:385 dchroot.1.man:178 dchroot.1.man:195 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:158 #, no-wrap msgid "B<FAIL>\tT{\n" msgstr "B<FAIL>\tT{\n" @@ -1236,7 +1260,8 @@ msgstr "falls CWD nicht existiert\n" #: schroot.1.man:391 schroot.1.man:403 dchroot.1.man:211 dchroot-dsa.1.man:174 msgid "No fallbacks should exist under any circumstances." msgstr "" -"Unter irgendwelchen Umständen kann es vorkommen, dass keine Reserve existiert." +"Unter irgendwelchen Umständen kann es vorkommen, dass keine Reserve " +"existiert." #. type: SS #: schroot.1.man:391 dchroot.1.man:199 dchroot-dsa.1.man:162 @@ -1307,10 +1332,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Get information about a chroot" msgstr "Informationen über die Chroot abfragen" +# ist im Programm ebenfalls übersetzt #. type: Plain text #: schroot.1.man:440 #, no-wrap -# ist im Programm ebenfalls übersetzt msgid "" "% \\f[CB]schroot -i -c sid\\fR\\[CR]\n" " \\[em]\\[em]\\[em] Chroot \\[em]\\[em]\\[em]\n" @@ -1415,11 +1440,11 @@ msgid "" "redirected as required; the data will be the same as if the command was run " "directly on the host system." msgstr "" -"benutzt I<-->, um zu ermöglichen, dass Optionen, die im Befehl mit " -"\\[oq]-\\[cq] oder \\[oq]--\\[cq] beginnen, in der Chroot ausgeführt werden. " -"Dies verhindert, dass sie als Optionen für Schroot selbst interpretiert " -"werden. Beachten Sie, dass die obere Zeile auf die Standardfehlerausgabe " -"und die übrigen Zeilen auf die Standardausgabe ausgegeben werden. Dies ist " +"benutzt I<-->, um zu ermöglichen, dass Optionen, die im Befehl mit \\[oq]-" +"\\[cq] oder \\[oq]--\\[cq] beginnen, in der Chroot ausgeführt werden. Dies " +"verhindert, dass sie als Optionen für Schroot selbst interpretiert werden. " +"Beachten Sie, dass die obere Zeile auf die Standardfehlerausgabe und die " +"übrigen Zeilen auf die Standardausgabe ausgegeben werden. Dies ist " "beabsichtigt, so dass Programmausgaben von in der Chroot ausgeführten " "Befehlen weiter- und umgeleitet werden können, wenn nötig. Die Daten werden " "die selben sein, wie bei der Ausführung des Befehls direkt auf dem " @@ -1431,15 +1456,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Switching users" msgstr "Benutzer wechseln" +# aus der Programmübersetzung entnommen #. type: Plain text #: schroot.1.man:475 #, no-wrap -# aus der Programmübersetzung entnommen msgid "" "% \\f[CB]schroot -c sid -u root\\fR\\[CR]\n" "Password:\n" -"[sid chroot] (rleigh\\[-E<gt>]root) Running login shell: " -"\\[lq]/bin/bash\\[rq]\n" +"[sid chroot] (rleigh\\[-E<gt>]root) Running login shell: \\[lq]/bin/bash\\[rq]\n" "# \n" msgstr "" "% \\f[CB]schroot -c sid -u root\\fR\\[CR]\n" @@ -1451,13 +1475,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: schroot.1.man:481 msgid "" -"If the user \\[oq]rleigh\\[cq] was in \\f[CI]root-users\\fR in " -"I<\\*[SCHROOT_CONF]>, or one of the groups he belonged to was in " -"\\f[CI]root-groups\\fR, they would be granted root access without " -"authentication, but the PAM authorisation step is still applied." +"If the user \\[oq]rleigh\\[cq] was in \\f[CI]root-users\\fR in I<" +"\\*[SCHROOT_CONF]>, or one of the groups he belonged to was in \\f[CI]root-" +"groups\\fR, they would be granted root access without authentication, but " +"the PAM authorisation step is still applied." msgstr "" -"Falls der Benutzer \\[oq]rleigh\\[cq] in \\f[CI]root-users\\fR in " -"I<\\*[SCHROOT_CONF]> war oder zu einer der Gruppen in \\f[CI]root-groups\\fR " +"Falls der Benutzer \\[oq]rleigh\\[cq] in \\f[CI]root-users\\fR in I<" +"\\*[SCHROOT_CONF]> war oder zu einer der Gruppen in \\f[CI]root-groups\\fR " "gehörte, würde ihm Root-Zugriff gewährt, aber der PAM-Autorisierungsschritt " "wird immer noch angewandt." @@ -1605,8 +1629,7 @@ msgstr "" #: schroot.1.man:577 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"% \\f[CB]schroot -i -c " -"sid-snap-46195b04-0893-49bf-beb8-0d4ccc899f0f\\fR\\[CR]\n" +"% \\f[CB]schroot -i -c sid-snap-46195b04-0893-49bf-beb8-0d4ccc899f0f\\fR\\[CR]\n" " \\[em]\\[em]\\[em] Session \\[em]\\[em]\\[em]\n" " Name sid-snap-46195b04-0893-49bf-beb8-0d\\e\n" "4ccc899f0f\n" @@ -1642,8 +1665,7 @@ msgid "" "49bf-beb8-0d4ccc899f0f\n" " LVM Snapshot Options --size 2G -c 128\n" msgstr "" -"% \\f[CB]schroot -i -c " -"sid-snap-46195b04-0893-49bf-beb8-0d4ccc899f0f\\fR\\[CR]\n" +"% \\f[CB]schroot -i -c sid-snap-46195b04-0893-49bf-beb8-0d4ccc899f0f\\fR\\[CR]\n" " \\[em]\\[em]\\[em] Session \\[em]\\[em]\\[em]\n" " Name sid-snap-46195b04-0893-49bf-beb8-0d\\e\n" "4ccc899f0f\n" @@ -1682,14 +1704,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: schroot.1.man:580 msgid "Now the session has been created, commands may be run in it:" -msgstr "Nun wurde die Sitzung erstellt, Befehle können darin ausgeführt werden:" +msgstr "" +"Nun wurde die Sitzung erstellt, Befehle können darin ausgeführt werden:" #. type: Plain text #: schroot.1.man:591 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"% \\f[CB]schroot -r -c sid-snap-46195b04-0893-49bf-beb8-0d4ccc899f0f -- " -"\\e\n" +"% \\f[CB]schroot -r -c sid-snap-46195b04-0893-49bf-beb8-0d4ccc899f0f -- \\e\n" " uname -sr\\fR\\[CR]\n" "I: [sid-snap-46195b04-0893-49bf-beb8-0d4ccc899f0f chroot] Running \\e\n" "command: \\[lq]uname -sr\\[rq]\n" @@ -1699,8 +1721,7 @@ msgid "" "command: \\[lq]uname -sr\\[rq]\n" "Linux 2.6.18-3-powerpc\n" msgstr "" -"% \\f[CB]schroot -r -c sid-snap-46195b04-0893-49bf-beb8-0d4ccc899f0f -- " -"\\e\n" +"% \\f[CB]schroot -r -c sid-snap-46195b04-0893-49bf-beb8-0d4ccc899f0f -- \\e\n" " uname -sr\\fR\\[CR]\n" "I: [sid-snap-46195b04-0893-49bf-beb8-0d4ccc899f0f chroot] Befehl \\e\n" "\\[lq]uname -sr\\[rq] gestartet\n" @@ -1723,12 +1744,10 @@ msgstr "" #: schroot.1.man:599 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"\\f[CR]% \\f[CB]schroot -e -c " -"sid-snap-46195b04-0893-49bf-beb8-0d4ccc899f0f\\f[CB]\\[CR]\n" +"\\f[CR]% \\f[CB]schroot -e -c sid-snap-46195b04-0893-49bf-beb8-0d4ccc899f0f\\f[CB]\\[CR]\n" "\\f[CR]% \\f[CB]schroot -e -c $SESSION\\f[CB]\\[CR]\\fR\n" msgstr "" -"\\f[CR]% \\f[CB]schroot -e -c " -"sid-snap-46195b04-0893-49bf-beb8-0d4ccc899f0f\\f[CB]\\[CR]\n" +"\\f[CR]% \\f[CB]schroot -e -c sid-snap-46195b04-0893-49bf-beb8-0d4ccc899f0f\\f[CB]\\[CR]\n" "\\f[CR]% \\f[CB]schroot -e -c $SESSION\\f[CB]\\[CR]\\fR\n" #. type: Plain text @@ -1763,17 +1782,17 @@ msgid "" "If something is not working, and it's not clear from the error messages what " "is wrong, try using the B<--debug=>I<level> option to turn on debugging " "messages. This gives a great deal more information. Valid debug levels are " -"\\[oq]none\\[cq], and \\[oq]notice\\[cq], \\[oq]info\\[cq], " -"\\[oq]warning\\[cq] and \\[oq]critical\\[cq] in order of increasing " -"severity. The lower the severity level, the more output." +"\\[oq]none\\[cq], and \\[oq]notice\\[cq], \\[oq]info\\[cq], \\[oq]warning" +"\\[cq] and \\[oq]critical\\[cq] in order of increasing severity. The lower " +"the severity level, the more output." msgstr "" "Falls etwas nicht funktioniert und aus den Fehlermeldungen nicht hervorgeht, " "was falsch ist, versuchen Sie die Option B<--debug=>I<Stufe> zu benutzen, um " "Debug-Meldungen einzuschalten. Dies gibt eine große Menge weiterer " -"Informationen. Gültige Debug-Stufen sind \\[oq]none\\[cq] und " -"\\[oq]notice\\[cq], \\[oq]info\\[cq], \\[oq]warning\\[cq] und " -"\\[oq]critical\\[cq] nach zunehmender Schwere geordnet. Je niedriger der " -"Schweregrad desto mehr wird ausgegeben." +"Informationen. Gültige Debug-Stufen sind \\[oq]none\\[cq] und \\[oq]notice" +"\\[cq], \\[oq]info\\[cq], \\[oq]warning\\[cq] und \\[oq]critical\\[cq] nach " +"zunehmender Schwere geordnet. Je niedriger der Schweregrad desto mehr wird " +"ausgegeben." #. type: Plain text #: schroot.1.man:618 dchroot.1.man:256 dchroot-dsa.1.man:209 @@ -1812,11 +1831,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Auf den Architekturen B<mips> und B<mipsel> haben Linux-Kernel bis " "einschließlich Version 2.6.17 kaputte B<personality>(2)-Unterstützung, die " -"dazu führt, dass das Setzen der Persönlichkeit fehlschlägt. Dies wird als ein " -"\\[lq]Transaktion nicht erlaubt\\[rq]-Fehler (EPERM) gesehen. Um dieses " -"Problem zu umgehen setzen Sie \\f[CI]personality\\fR auf " -"\\[oq]undefined\\[cq] oder führen Sie ein Upgrade auf einen aktuelleren " -"Kernel durch." +"dazu führt, dass das Setzen der Persönlichkeit fehlschlägt. Dies wird als " +"ein \\[lq]Transaktion nicht erlaubt\\[rq]-Fehler (EPERM) gesehen. Um dieses " +"Problem zu umgehen setzen Sie \\f[CI]personality\\fR auf \\[oq]undefined" +"\\[cq] oder führen Sie ein Upgrade auf einen aktuelleren Kernel durch." #. type: SH #: schroot.1.man:630 schroot-setup.5.man:51 schroot-script-config.5.man:34 @@ -1841,8 +1859,8 @@ msgstr "" "sind definiert: HOME, LOGNAME, PATH, SHELL, TERM (aufbewahrt, falls bereits " "definiert) und USER. Die Umgebungsvariablen SCHROOT_COMMAND, SCHROOT_USER, " "SCHROOT_GROUP, SCHROOT_UID und SCHROOT_GID, die innerhalb der Chroot gesetzt " -"sind, geben den ausgeführten Befehl, den Benutzernamen, den Gruppennamen, die " -"Benutzer- beziehungsweise die Gruppenkennung an. Zusätzlich geben die " +"sind, geben den ausgeführten Befehl, den Benutzernamen, den Gruppennamen, " +"die Benutzer- beziehungsweise die Gruppenkennung an. Zusätzlich geben die " "Umgebungsvariablen SCHROOT_SESSION_ID, SCHROOT_CHROOT_NAME und " "SCHROOT_ALIAS_NAME die Sitzungskennung, den Original-Chroot-Namen vor dem " "Erstellen der Sitzung beziehungsweise den Alias, mit dem die ursprünglich " @@ -1862,12 +1880,13 @@ msgstr "" "Sicherheitsgründen entfernt: BASH_ENV, CDPATH, ENV, HOSTALIASES, IFS, " "KRB5_CONFIG, KRBCONFDIR, KRBTKFILE, KRB_CONF, LD_.*, LOCALDOMAIN, NLSPATH, " "PATH_LOCALE, RES_OPTIONS, TERMINFO, TERMINFO_DIRS und TERMPATH. Falls " -"gewünscht, wird der Konfigurationsschlüssel \\f[CI]environment-filter\\fR das " -"Ändern der Auschlussliste ermöglichen. Weitere Einzelheiten finden Sie unter " -"B<schroot.conf>(5)." +"gewünscht, wird der Konfigurationsschlüssel \\f[CI]environment-filter\\fR " +"das Ändern der Auschlussliste ermöglichen. Weitere Einzelheiten finden Sie " +"unter B<schroot.conf>(5)." #. type: SH -#: schroot.1.man:649 schroot-setup.5.man:199 schroot.conf.5.man:636 dchroot.1.man:268 dchroot-dsa.1.man:221 +#: schroot.1.man:649 schroot-setup.5.man:199 schroot.conf.5.man:683 +#: dchroot.1.man:268 dchroot-dsa.1.man:221 #, no-wrap msgid "FILES" msgstr "DATEIEN" @@ -1879,13 +1898,14 @@ msgid "Configuration files" msgstr "Konfigurationsdateien" #. type: TP -#: schroot.1.man:651 schroot.conf.5.man:638 dchroot.1.man:269 dchroot-dsa.1.man:222 +#: schroot.1.man:651 schroot.conf.5.man:685 dchroot.1.man:269 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:222 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_CONF]\\fR" msgstr "\\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_CONF]\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.1.man:655 schroot.conf.5.man:642 +#: schroot.1.man:655 schroot.conf.5.man:689 msgid "" "The system-wide chroot definition file. This file must be owned by the root " "user, and not be writable by other." @@ -1894,7 +1914,7 @@ msgstr "" "gehören und darf nicht durch andere beschreibbar sein." #. type: TP -#: schroot.1.man:655 schroot.conf.5.man:642 +#: schroot.1.man:655 schroot.conf.5.man:689 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_CONF_CHROOT_D]\\fR" msgstr "\\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_CONF_CHROOT_D]\\fR" @@ -1909,11 +1929,11 @@ msgid "" "with the I<--lsbsysinit> option." msgstr "" "Zusätzliche Chroot-Definitionen können in Dateien unterhalb dieses " -"Verzeichnisses abgelegt werden. Sie werden auf exakt die gleiche Weise wie " -"I<\\*[SCHROOT_CONF]> behandelt. Jede Datei kann eine oder mehrere " -"Chroot-Definitionen enthalten. Beachten Sie, dass die Dateien in diesem " -"Verzeichnis die gleichen Namensregeln wie B<run-parts>(8) befolgen, wenn mit " -"der Option I<--lsbsysinit> gestartet wird." +"Verzeichnisses abgelegt werden. Sie werden auf exakt die gleiche Weise wie I<" +"\\*[SCHROOT_CONF]> behandelt. Jede Datei kann eine oder mehrere Chroot-" +"Definitionen enthalten. Beachten Sie, dass die Dateien in diesem Verzeichnis " +"die gleichen Namensregeln wie B<run-parts>(8) befolgen, wenn mit der Option " +"I<--lsbsysinit> gestartet wird." #. type: TP #: schroot.1.man:663 @@ -1923,7 +1943,8 @@ msgstr "\\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_CONF_SETUP_D]\\fR" #. type: Plain text #: schroot.1.man:667 -msgid "The system-wide chroot setup script directories. See B<schroot-setup>(5)." +msgid "" +"The system-wide chroot setup script directories. See B<schroot-setup>(5)." msgstr "" "die systemweiten Verzeichnisse für Chroot-Einrichtungsskripte. Siehe " "B<schroot-setup>(5)." @@ -2035,20 +2056,22 @@ msgid "Directory used for unpacking file chroots." msgstr "Verzeichnis, das zum Entpacken von Datei-Chroots benutzt wird" #. type: SH -#: schroot.1.man:694 schroot-setup.5.man:267 schroot.conf.5.man:676 schroot-script-config.5.man:70 schroot-faq.7.man:256 dchroot.1.man:279 dchroot-dsa.1.man:234 +#: schroot.1.man:694 schroot-setup.5.man:267 schroot.conf.5.man:723 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:73 schroot-faq.7.man:256 dchroot.1.man:279 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:234 #, no-wrap msgid "SEE ALSO" msgstr "SIEHE AUCH" +# FIXME wrong order #. type: Plain text #: schroot.1.man:701 -# FIXME wrong order msgid "" -"B<dchroot>(1), B<sbuild>(1), B<chroot>(2), B<run-parts>(8), " -"B<schroot-setup>(5), B<schroot-faq>(7), B<schroot.conf>(5)." +"B<dchroot>(1), B<sbuild>(1), B<chroot>(2), B<run-parts>(8), B<schroot-" +"setup>(5), B<schroot-faq>(7), B<schroot.conf>(5)." msgstr "" -"B<dchroot>(1), B<sbuild>(1), B<chroot>(2), B<schroot.conf>(5), " -"B<schroot-setup>(5), B<schroot-faq>(7), B<run-parts>(8)" +"B<dchroot>(1), B<sbuild>(1), B<chroot>(2), B<schroot.conf>(5), B<schroot-" +"setup>(5), B<schroot-faq>(7), B<run-parts>(8)" #. type: TH #: schroot-setup.5.man:18 @@ -2083,9 +2106,9 @@ msgid "" "The scripts are run in name order, like those run by B<init>(8), by using " "the same style of execution as B<run-parts>(8)." msgstr "" -"Die Skripte werden in namentlicher Reihenfolge gestartet, wie diejenigen, die " -"von B<init>(8) ausgeführt werden, indem der selbe Ausführungsstil wie bei " -"B<run-parts>(8) benutzt wird." +"Die Skripte werden in namentlicher Reihenfolge gestartet, wie diejenigen, " +"die von B<init>(8) ausgeführt werden, indem der selbe Ausführungsstil wie " +"bei B<run-parts>(8) benutzt wird." #. type: Plain text #: schroot-setup.5.man:34 @@ -2166,8 +2189,8 @@ msgstr "AUTH_USER" #: schroot-setup.5.man:56 msgid "The username of the user the command in the chroot will run as." msgstr "" -"der Benutzername des Anwenders, unter dem der Befehl in der Chroot ausgeführt " -"wird" +"der Benutzername des Anwenders, unter dem der Befehl in der Chroot " +"ausgeführt wird" #. type: TP #: schroot-setup.5.man:56 schroot-setup.5.man:111 @@ -2181,8 +2204,8 @@ msgid "" "The chroot name. Note that this is the name of the orignal chroot before " "session creation; you probably want SESSION_ID." msgstr "" -"der Chroot-Name. Beachten Sie, dass dies der Name der Original-Chroot vor dem " -"Erstellen der Sitzung ist. Möglicherwiese möchten Sie SESSION_ID." +"der Chroot-Name. Beachten Sie, dass dies der Name der Original-Chroot vor " +"dem Erstellen der Sitzung ist. Möglicherwiese möchten Sie SESSION_ID." #. type: TP #: schroot-setup.5.man:60 @@ -2219,7 +2242,8 @@ msgstr "" "die Systemarchitektur des Rechners, auf dem Schroot läuft. Dies kann benutzt " "werden, um ein architekturspezifisches Verhalten in den Einrichtungsskripten " "einzuleiten, wo dies benötigt wird. HOST ist die Rechnerdreiergruppe , wobei " -"HOST_OS, HOST_VENDOR und HOST_CPU die Komponenten der Dreiergruppe darstellen." +"HOST_OS, HOST_VENDOR und HOST_CPU die Komponenten der Dreiergruppe " +"darstellen." #. type: TP #: schroot-setup.5.man:72 @@ -2274,8 +2298,8 @@ msgid "" "behaviour for a given architecture, and may be identical between different " "architectures." msgstr "" -"die Betriebssystemplattform, auf der Schroot läuft. Dies kann benutzt werden, " -"um ein plattformspezifisches Verhalten in den Einrichtungsskripten " +"die Betriebssystemplattform, auf der Schroot läuft. Dies kann benutzt " +"werden, um ein plattformspezifisches Verhalten in den Einrichtungsskripten " "einzuleiten, wo nötig. Beachten Sie, dass die HOST-Variablen wahrscheinlich " "erforderlich sind. Im Kontext von Schroot ist die Plattform die unterstützte " "Konfiguration und das Verhalten für eine angegebene Architektur. Sie kann " @@ -2320,8 +2344,8 @@ msgstr "CHROOT_SESSION_CREATE" #. type: Plain text #: schroot-setup.5.man:101 msgid "" -"Set to \\[oq]true\\[cq] if a session will be created, otherwise " -"\\[oq]false\\[cq]." +"Set to \\[oq]true\\[cq] if a session will be created, otherwise \\[oq]false" +"\\[cq]." msgstr "" "auf \\[oq]true\\[cq] gesetzt, falls eine Sitzung erstellt wird, andernfalls " "auf \\[oq]false\\[cq]" @@ -2335,8 +2359,8 @@ msgstr "CHROOT_SESSION_CLONE" #. type: Plain text #: schroot-setup.5.man:104 msgid "" -"Set to \\[oq]true\\[cq] if a session will be cloned, otherwise " -"\\[oq]false\\[cq]." +"Set to \\[oq]true\\[cq] if a session will be cloned, otherwise \\[oq]false" +"\\[cq]." msgstr "" "auf \\[oq]true\\[cq] gesetzt, falls eine Sitzung geklont wird, andernfalls " "auf \\[oq]false\\[cq]" @@ -2350,8 +2374,8 @@ msgstr "CHROOT_SESSION_PURGE" #. type: Plain text #: schroot-setup.5.man:107 msgid "" -"Set to \\[oq]true\\[cq] if a session will be purged, otherwise " -"\\[oq]false\\[cq]." +"Set to \\[oq]true\\[cq] if a session will be purged, otherwise \\[oq]false" +"\\[cq]." msgstr "" "auf \\[oq]true\\[cq] gesetzt, falls eine Sitzung vollständig gelöscht wird, " "andernfalls auf \\[oq]false\\[cq]" @@ -2369,8 +2393,8 @@ msgid "" "particular types of chroot (e.g. only block devices or LVM snapshots)." msgstr "" "der Typ der Chroot. Dies ist nützlich, um eine Einrichtungsaufgabe auf " -"bestimmte Chroot-Typen zu beschränken (z.B. nur Blockspeichergeräte oder " -"LVM-Schnappschüsse)." +"bestimmte Chroot-Typen zu beschränken (z.B. nur Blockspeichergeräte oder LVM-" +"Schnappschüsse)." #. type: Plain text #: schroot-setup.5.man:115 @@ -2439,8 +2463,7 @@ msgstr "CHROOT_LOCATION" #: schroot-setup.5.man:133 msgid "" "The location of the chroot inside the mount point. This is to allow " -"multiple chroots on a single filesystem. Set for all mountable chroot " -"types." +"multiple chroots on a single filesystem. Set for all mountable chroot types." msgstr "" "der Speicherort der Chroot unterhalb des Einhängepunkts. Dies soll mehrere " "Chroots auf einem einzelnen Dateisystem ermöglichen. Es ist für alle " @@ -2460,8 +2483,8 @@ msgid "" "used to access the chroots." msgstr "" "der absolute Pfad zur Chroot. Dies sind normalerweise CHROOT_MOUNT_LOCATION " -"und CHROOT_LOCATION aneinandergehängt. Dies ist der Pfad, der zum Zugriff auf " -"die Chroots benutzt werden sollte." +"und CHROOT_LOCATION aneinandergehängt. Dies ist der Pfad, der zum Zugriff " +"auf die Chroots benutzt werden sollte." #. type: SS #: schroot-setup.5.man:138 @@ -2515,7 +2538,8 @@ msgstr "einhängbare Chroot-Variablen" #. type: Plain text #: schroot-setup.5.man:151 msgid "These variables are only set for directly mountable chroot types." -msgstr "Diese Variablen werden nur für direkt einhängbare Chroot-Typen gesetzt." +msgstr "" +"Diese Variablen werden nur für direkt einhängbare Chroot-Typen gesetzt." #. type: TP #: schroot-setup.5.man:151 @@ -2523,9 +2547,9 @@ msgstr "Diese Variablen werden nur für direkt einhängbare Chroot-Typen gesetzt msgid "CHROOT_MOUNT_DEVICE" msgstr "CHROOT_MOUNT_DEVICE" +# FIXME s/ mounting.// #. type: Plain text #: schroot-setup.5.man:155 -# FIXME s/ mounting.// msgid "The device to mount containing the chroot. mounting." msgstr "das einzuhängende Gerät, das die Chroot enthält" @@ -2611,9 +2635,9 @@ msgstr "Variablen für Blockspeichergeräte" msgid "CHROOT_DEVICE" msgstr "CHROOT_DEVICE" +# FIXME s/an/for a/ #. type: Plain text #: schroot-setup.5.man:182 -# FIXME s/an/for a/ msgid "" "The device containing the chroot root filesystem. This is usually, but not " "necessarily, the device which will be mounted. For example, an LVM snapshot " @@ -2663,10 +2687,10 @@ msgstr "CHROOT_LVM_SNAPSHOT_OPTIONS" msgid "Options to pass to B<lvcreate>(8)." msgstr "Optionen, die an B<lvcreate>(8) übergeben werden" +# SS = SubSection (Überschrift) #. type: SS #: schroot-setup.5.man:194 #, no-wrap -# SS = SubSection (Überschrift) msgid "Custom variables" msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Variablen" @@ -2681,84 +2705,84 @@ msgstr "" "beschrieben." #. type: SS -#: schroot-setup.5.man:200 schroot.conf.5.man:647 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:200 schroot.conf.5.man:694 #, no-wrap msgid "Setup script configuration" msgstr "Einrichtungsskriptkonfiguration" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot-setup.5.man:203 schroot.conf.5.man:650 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:203 schroot.conf.5.man:697 msgid "" "The directory \\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR]/default\\fR contains the " "default settings used by setup scripts." msgstr "" -"Das Verzeichnis \\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR]/default\\fR enthält die " -"von Einrichtungsskripten benutzten Standardeinstellungen." +"Das Verzeichnis \\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR]/default\\fR enthält die von " +"Einrichtungsskripten benutzten Standardeinstellungen." #. type: TP -#: schroot-setup.5.man:203 schroot.conf.5.man:650 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:203 schroot.conf.5.man:697 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]config\\fR" msgstr "\\f[BI]config\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot-setup.5.man:211 schroot.conf.5.man:658 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:211 schroot.conf.5.man:705 msgid "" "Main configuration file read by setup scripts. The format of this file is " "described in B<schroot-script-config>(5). This is the default value for the " -"\\f[CI]script-config\\fR key. Note that this was formerly named " -"I<\\*[SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR]/script-defaults>. The following files are " +"\\f[CI]script-config\\fR key. Note that this was formerly named I<" +"\\*[SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR]/script-defaults>. The following files are " "referenced by default:" msgstr "" "Hauptkonfigurationsdatei, die von Einrichtungsskripten gelesen wird. Das " -"Format dieser Datei wird in B<schroot-script-config>(5) beschrieben. Dies ist " -"der Standardwert für den Schlüssel \\f[CI]script-config\\fR. Beachten Sie, " -"dass dies früher I<\\*[SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR]/script-defaults> hieß. Auf die " -"folgenden Werte wird standardmäßig verwiesen:" +"Format dieser Datei wird in B<schroot-script-config>(5) beschrieben. Dies " +"ist der Standardwert für den Schlüssel \\f[CI]script-config\\fR. Beachten " +"Sie, dass dies früher I<\\*[SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR]/script-defaults> hieß. Auf " +"die folgenden Werte wird standardmäßig verwiesen:" #. type: TP -#: schroot-setup.5.man:211 schroot.conf.5.man:658 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:211 schroot.conf.5.man:705 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]copyfiles\\fR" msgstr "\\f[BI]copyfiles\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot-setup.5.man:215 schroot.conf.5.man:662 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:215 schroot.conf.5.man:709 msgid "" "A list of files to copy into the chroot from the host system. Note that " "this was formerly named I<\\*[SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR]/copyfiles-defaults>." msgstr "" "eine Liste von Dateien, die vom Wirtsystem in die Chroot kopiert wird. " -"Beachten Sie, dass diese früher " -"I<\\*[SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR]/copyfiles-defaults> hieß." +"Beachten Sie, dass diese früher I<\\*[SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR]/copyfiles-" +"defaults> hieß." #. type: TP -#: schroot-setup.5.man:215 schroot.conf.5.man:662 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:215 schroot.conf.5.man:709 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]fstab\\fR" msgstr "\\f[BI]fstab\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot-setup.5.man:222 schroot.conf.5.man:669 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:222 schroot.conf.5.man:716 msgid "" "A file in the format decribed in B<fstab>(5), used to mount filesystems " "inside the chroot. The mount location is relative to the root of the " -"chroot. Note that this was formerly named " -"I<\\*[SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR]/mount-defaults>." +"chroot. Note that this was formerly named I<\\*[SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR]/mount-" +"defaults>." msgstr "" "eine Datei im Format, das in B<fstab>(5) beschrieben wird. Sie wird benutzt, " -"um Dateisysteme innerhalb der Chroot einzuhängen. Der Einhängeort ist relativ " -"zum Wurzelverzeichnis der Chroot. Beachten Sie, dass diese früher " -"I<\\*[SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR]/mount-defaults> hieß." +"um Dateisysteme innerhalb der Chroot einzuhängen. Der Einhängeort ist " +"relativ zum Wurzelverzeichnis der Chroot. Beachten Sie, dass diese früher I<" +"\\*[SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR]/mount-defaults> hieß." #. type: TP -#: schroot-setup.5.man:222 schroot.conf.5.man:669 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:222 schroot.conf.5.man:716 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]nssdatabases\\fR" msgstr "\\f[BI]nssdatabases\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot-setup.5.man:227 schroot.conf.5.man:674 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:227 schroot.conf.5.man:721 msgid "" "System databases (as described in I</etc/nsswitch.conf> on GNU/Linux " "systems) to copy into the chroot from the host. Note that this was formerly " @@ -2780,8 +2804,8 @@ msgid "" "The directory \\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_CONF_SETUP_D]\\fR contains the chroot setup " "scripts." msgstr "" -"Das Verzeichnis \\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_CONF_SETUP_D]\\fR enthält die " -"Chroot-Einrichtungsskripte." +"Das Verzeichnis \\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_CONF_SETUP_D]\\fR enthält die Chroot-" +"Einrichtungsskripte." #. type: TP #: schroot-setup.5.man:229 @@ -2793,7 +2817,8 @@ msgstr "\\f[BI]00check\\fR" #: schroot-setup.5.man:232 msgid "Print debugging diagnostics and perform basic sanity checking." msgstr "" -"gibt Fehlersuchdiagnosen aus und führt einfache Plausibilitätsprüfungen durch." +"gibt Fehlersuchdiagnosen aus und führt einfache Plausibilitätsprüfungen " +"durch." #. type: TP #: schroot-setup.5.man:232 @@ -2853,9 +2878,9 @@ msgid "" "alternative to cross-compiling or whole-machine emulation." msgstr "" "richtet den QEMU-Benutzer-Emulator mittels Binfmt-Unterstützung ein. Dies " -"ermöglicht die transparente Benutzung einer Chroot für eine andere " -"CPU-Architektur, was eine Alternative zum Cross-Kompilieren der ganzen " -"Maschinen-Emulation bietet." +"ermöglicht die transparente Benutzung einer Chroot für eine andere CPU-" +"Architektur, was eine Alternative zum Cross-Kompilieren der ganzen Maschinen-" +"Emulation bietet." #. type: TP #: schroot-setup.5.man:249 @@ -2900,8 +2925,8 @@ msgid "" "Configure system databases by copying passwd, shadow, group etc. into the " "chroot." msgstr "" -"konfiguriert Systemdatenbanken durch Kopieren von »passwd«, »shadow«, »group« " -"etc. in die Chroot." +"konfiguriert Systemdatenbanken durch Kopieren von »passwd«, »shadow«, " +"»group« etc. in die Chroot." #. type: TP #: schroot-setup.5.man:261 @@ -2951,10 +2976,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: schroot.conf.5.man:28 msgid "" -"Comments are introduced following a \\[oq]\\f[CR]\\[sh]\\fR\\[cq] " -"(\\[lq]hash\\[rq]) character at the beginning of a line, or following any " -"other text. All text right of the \\[oq]\\f[CR]\\[sh]\\fR\\[cq] is treated " -"as a comment." +"Comments are introduced following a \\[oq]\\f[CR]\\[sh]\\fR\\[cq] (\\[lq]hash" +"\\[rq]) character at the beginning of a line, or following any other text. " +"All text right of the \\[oq]\\f[CR]\\[sh]\\fR\\[cq] is treated as a comment." msgstr "" "Ein \\[oq]\\f[CR]\\[sh]\\fR\\[cq] (\\[lq]hash\\[rq])-Zeichen am Zeilenanfang " "leitet einen Kommentar oder irgendeinen anderen Text ein. Alle Texte rechts " @@ -2963,8 +2987,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: schroot.conf.5.man:31 msgid "" -"The configuration format is an INI-style format, split into groups of " -"key-value pairs separated by section names in square brackets." +"The configuration format is an INI-style format, split into groups of key-" +"value pairs separated by section names in square brackets." msgstr "" "Das Konfigurationsformat hat einen INI-Stil, der durch Abschnittsnamen in " "eckigen Klammern in Gruppen aus Schlüssel-Wert-Paaren unterteilt wird." @@ -3000,8 +3024,9 @@ msgid "" "The name is subject to certain naming restrictions. For further details, " "see the section \\[lq]I<Chroot Names>\\[rq] below." msgstr "" -"Der Name ist Gegenstand bestimmter Namensbeschränkungen. Weitere Einzelheiten " -"finden Sie im nachfolgenden Abschnitt \\[lq]I<Chroot-Namem>\\[rq]." +"Der Name ist Gegenstand bestimmter Namensbeschränkungen. Weitere " +"Einzelheiten finden Sie im nachfolgenden Abschnitt \\[lq]I<Chroot-Namem>" +"\\[rq]." #. type: Plain text #: schroot.conf.5.man:45 @@ -3017,22 +3042,21 @@ msgstr "\\f[CBI]type=\\f[CI]Typ\\fR" #. type: Plain text #: schroot.conf.5.man:53 msgid "" -"The type of the chroot. Valid types are \\[oq]plain\\[cq], " -"\\[oq]directory\\[cq], \\[oq]file\\[cq], \\[oq]loopback\\[cq], " -"\\[oq]block-device\\[cq], \\[oq]btrfs-snapshot\\[cq] and " -"\\[oq]lvm-snapshot\\[cq]. If empty or omitted, the default type is " -"\\[oq]plain\\[cq]. Note that \\[oq]plain\\[cq] chroots do not run setup " -"scripts and mount filesystems; \\[oq]directory\\[cq] is recommended for " -"normal use (see \\[lq]I<Plain and directory chroots>\\[rq], below)." +"The type of the chroot. Valid types are \\[oq]plain\\[cq], \\[oq]directory" +"\\[cq], \\[oq]file\\[cq], \\[oq]loopback\\[cq], \\[oq]block-device\\[cq], " +"\\[oq]btrfs-snapshot\\[cq] and \\[oq]lvm-snapshot\\[cq]. If empty or " +"omitted, the default type is \\[oq]plain\\[cq]. Note that \\[oq]plain\\[cq] " +"chroots do not run setup scripts and mount filesystems; \\[oq]directory" +"\\[cq] is recommended for normal use (see \\[lq]I<Plain and directory " +"chroots>\\[rq], below)." msgstr "" -"der Typ der Chroot. Gültige Typen sind \\[oq]plain\\[cq], " -"\\[oq]directory\\[cq], \\[oq]file\\[cq], \\[oq]loopback\\[cq], " -"\\[oq]block-device\\[cq], \\[oq]btrfs-snapshot\\[cq] und " -"\\[oq]lvm-snapshot\\[cq]. Falls dies leer ist oder weggelassen wurde, ist der " -"Standardtyp \\[oq]plain\\[cq]. Beachten Sie, dass \\[oq]plain\\[cq]-Chroots " -"keine Einrichtungsskripte ausführen und Dateisysteme einhängen; für den " -"normalen Gebrauch wird \\[oq]directory\\[cq] empfohlen (siehe " -"\\[lq]I<Einfache und Verzeichnis-Chroots>\\[rq] unterhalb)." +"der Typ der Chroot. Gültige Typen sind \\[oq]plain\\[cq], \\[oq]directory" +"\\[cq], \\[oq]file\\[cq], \\[oq]loopback\\[cq], \\[oq]block-device\\[cq], " +"\\[oq]btrfs-snapshot\\[cq] und \\[oq]lvm-snapshot\\[cq]. Falls dies leer ist " +"oder weggelassen wurde, ist der Standardtyp \\[oq]plain\\[cq]. Beachten Sie, " +"dass \\[oq]plain\\[cq]-Chroots keine Einrichtungsskripte ausführen und " +"Dateisysteme einhängen; für den normalen Gebrauch wird \\[oq]directory\\[cq] " +"empfohlen (siehe \\[lq]I<Einfache und Verzeichnis-Chroots>\\[rq] unterhalb)." #. type: TP #: schroot.conf.5.man:53 @@ -3047,8 +3071,8 @@ msgid "" "languages; see the section \\[lq]I<Localisation>\\[rq] below." msgstr "" "eine kurze Beschreibung der Chroot. Diese könnte in verschiedene Sprachen " -"lokalisiert sein; siehe den nachfolgenden Abschnitt " -"\\[lq]I<Lokalisierung>\\[rq]." +"lokalisiert sein; siehe den nachfolgenden Abschnitt \\[lq]I<Lokalisierung>" +"\\[rq]." #. type: TP #: schroot.conf.5.man:57 @@ -3069,16 +3093,16 @@ msgid "" "still permitted to be used; it will be obsoleted and removed in a future " "release." msgstr "" -"setzt die Priorität einer Chroot. \\f[CI]Zahl\\fR ist eine positive Ganzzahl, " -"die angibt, ob eine Distribution älter als eine andere ist. " -"\\[lq]oldstable\\[rq] und \\[lq]oldstable-security\\[rq] könnten zum Beispiel " -"\\[oq]0\\[cq] sein, während \\[lq]stable\\[rq] und " -"\\[lq]stable-security\\[rq] \\[oq]1\\[cq] sind, \\[lq]testing\\[rq] " -"\\[oq]2\\[cq] und \\[lq]unstable\\[rq] \\[oq]3\\[cq]. Die Werte sind nicht " -"wichtig aber der Unterschied zwischen ihnen ist es. Diese Option ist " -"missbilligt und wird nicht weiter von Schroot benutzt, es ist aber immer noch " -"erlaubt, sie zu verwenden; sie wird in einer zukünftigen Veröffentlichung " -"hinfällig und entfernt." +"setzt die Priorität einer Chroot. \\f[CI]Zahl\\fR ist eine positive " +"Ganzzahl, die angibt, ob eine Distribution älter als eine andere ist. " +"\\[lq]oldstable\\[rq] und \\[lq]oldstable-security\\[rq] könnten zum " +"Beispiel \\[oq]0\\[cq] sein, während \\[lq]stable\\[rq] und \\[lq]stable-" +"security\\[rq] \\[oq]1\\[cq] sind, \\[lq]testing\\[rq] \\[oq]2\\[cq] und " +"\\[lq]unstable\\[rq] \\[oq]3\\[cq]. Die Werte sind nicht wichtig aber der " +"Unterschied zwischen ihnen ist es. Diese Option ist missbilligt und wird " +"nicht weiter von Schroot benutzt, es ist aber immer noch erlaubt, sie zu " +"verwenden; sie wird in einer zukünftigen Veröffentlichung hinfällig und " +"entfernt." #. type: TP #: schroot.conf.5.man:67 @@ -3091,16 +3115,16 @@ msgstr "\\f[CBI]message-verbosity=\\f[CI]Detailgrad\\fR" msgid "" "Set the verbosity of messages printed by schroot when setting up, running " "commands and cleaning up the chroot. Valid settings are \\[oq]quiet\\[cq] " -"(suppress most messages), \\[oq]normal\\[cq] (the default) and " -"\\[oq]verbose\\[cq] (show all messages). This setting is overridden by the " -"options I<--quiet> and I<--verbose>." +"(suppress most messages), \\[oq]normal\\[cq] (the default) and \\[oq]verbose" +"\\[cq] (show all messages). This setting is overridden by the options I<--" +"quiet> and I<--verbose>." msgstr "" "setzt den Detailgrad der Meldungen, die Schroot bei der Einrichtung, dem " "Ausführen von Befehlen und dem Aufräumen der Chroot ausgibt. Gültige " "Einstellungen sind \\[oq]quiet\\[cq] (unterdrückt die meisten Meldungen, " "\\[oq]normal\\[cq] (die Vorgabe) und \\[oq]verbose\\[cq] (zeigt alle " -"Meldungen an). Diese Einstellung kann durch die Optionen I<--quiet> und " -"I<--verbose> außer Kraft gesetzt werden." +"Meldungen an). Diese Einstellung kann durch die Optionen I<--quiet> und I<--" +"verbose> außer Kraft gesetzt werden." #. type: TP #: schroot.conf.5.man:74 @@ -3115,8 +3139,8 @@ msgid "" "empty or omitted, no users will be allowed access (unless a group they " "belong to is also specified in \\f[CI]groups\\fR)." msgstr "" -"eine durch Kommas getrennte Liste von Benutzern, denen Zugriff auf die Chroot " -"gestattet ist. Falls sie leer ist oder weggelassen wird, wird keinen " +"eine durch Kommas getrennte Liste von Benutzern, denen Zugriff auf die " +"Chroot gestattet ist. Falls sie leer ist oder weggelassen wird, wird keinen " "Benutzern der Zugriff erlaubt (es sei denn, die Gruppe, zu dem sie gehören " "wurde ebenfalls in \\f[CI]groups\\fR angegeben)." @@ -3151,13 +3175,13 @@ msgid "" "\\f[CI]users\\fR or \\f[CI]groups\\fR, respectively, they may gain access " "with a password). See the section \\[lq]I<Security>\\[rq] below." msgstr "" -"eine durch Kommas getrennte Liste von Benutzern, denen B<ohne Passwort> " -"Root-Zugriff auf die Chroot gewährt wird. Falls sie leer ist oder weggelassen " -"wird, wird keinen Benutzern der Zugriff ohne Passwort erlaubt (falls aber die " -"Benutzer oder die Gruppen, zu denen sie gehören, in \\f[CI]users\\fR " +"eine durch Kommas getrennte Liste von Benutzern, denen B<ohne Passwort> Root-" +"Zugriff auf die Chroot gewährt wird. Falls sie leer ist oder weggelassen " +"wird, wird keinen Benutzern der Zugriff ohne Passwort erlaubt (falls aber " +"die Benutzer oder die Gruppen, zu denen sie gehören, in \\f[CI]users\\fR " "beziehungsweise \\f[CI]groups\\fR stehen, können sie dennoch Zugriff ohne " -"Passwort erlangen). Siehe den nachfolgenden Abschnitt " -"\\[lq]I<Sicherheit>\\[rq]." +"Passwort erlangen). Siehe den nachfolgenden Abschnitt \\[lq]I<Sicherheit>" +"\\[rq]." #. type: TP #: schroot.conf.5.man:90 @@ -3174,13 +3198,13 @@ msgid "" "\\f[CI]users\\fR or \\f[CI]groups\\fR, respectively, they may gain access " "with a password). See the section \\[lq]I<Security>\\[rq] below." msgstr "" -"eine durch Kommas getrennte Liste von Gruppen, denen B<ohne Passwort> " -"Root-Zugriff auf die Chroot gewährt wird. Falls sie leer ist oder weggelassen " -"wird, wird keinen Benutzern der Zugriff ohne Passwort erlaubt (falls aber die " -"Benutzer oder die Gruppen, zu denen sie gehören, in \\f[CI]users\\fR " +"eine durch Kommas getrennte Liste von Gruppen, denen B<ohne Passwort> Root-" +"Zugriff auf die Chroot gewährt wird. Falls sie leer ist oder weggelassen " +"wird, wird keinen Benutzern der Zugriff ohne Passwort erlaubt (falls aber " +"die Benutzer oder die Gruppen, zu denen sie gehören, in \\f[CI]users\\fR " "beziehungsweise \\f[CI]groups\\fR sind, können sie dennoch Zugriff ohne " -"Passwort erlangen). Siehe den nachfolgenden Abschnitt " -"\\[lq]I<Sicherheit>\\[rq]." +"Passwort erlangen). Siehe den nachfolgenden Abschnitt \\[lq]I<Sicherheit>" +"\\[rq]." #. type: TP #: schroot.conf.5.man:97 @@ -3218,82 +3242,98 @@ msgstr "\\f[CBI]script-config=\\f[CI]Dateiname\\fR" msgid "" "The behaviour of the chroot setup scripts may be customised on a per-chroot " "basis by setting a specific configuration profile. The directory is " -"relative to I<\\*[SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR]>. The default is " -"\\[oq]default\\[cq]. The files in this directory are sourced by the setup " -"scripts, and so their behaviour may be customised by selecting the " -"appropriate profile. Alternatives are \\[oq]minimal\\[cq] (minimal " -"configuration), \\[oq]desktop\\[cq] (for running desktop applications in the " -"chroot, making more functionality from the host system available in the " -"chroot) and \\[oq]sbuild\\[cq] (for using the chroot for Debian package " -"building). Other packages may provide additional profiles. The default " -"values of the keys \\f[CI]setup.config\\fR, \\f[CI]setup.copyfiles\\fR, " -"\\f[CI]setup.fstab\\fR and \\f[CI]setup.nssdatabases\\fR are set based upon " -"the \\f[CI]profile\\fR setting." +"relative to I<\\*[SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR]>. The default is \\[oq]default" +"\\[cq]. The files in this directory are sourced by the setup scripts, and " +"so their behaviour may be customised by selecting the appropriate profile. " +"Alternatives are \\[oq]minimal\\[cq] (minimal configuration), \\[oq]desktop" +"\\[cq] (for running desktop applications in the chroot, making more " +"functionality from the host system available in the chroot) and \\[oq]sbuild" +"\\[cq] (for using the chroot for Debian package building). Other packages " +"may provide additional profiles. The default values of the keys " +"\\f[CI]setup.config\\fR, \\f[CI]setup.copyfiles\\fR, \\f[CI]setup.fstab\\fR " +"and \\f[CI]setup.nssdatabases\\fR are set based upon the \\f[CI]profile\\fR " +"setting." msgstr "" "Das Verhalten des Chroot-Einrichtungsskripts könnte auf Chroot-Basis durch " "Setzen eines speziellen Konfigurationsprofils angepasst werden. Das " "Verzeichnis ist relativ zu I<\\*[SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR]>. Die Vorgabe ist " "\\[oq]default\\[cq]. Die Dateien in diesem Verzeichnis werden von den " "Einrichtungsskripten eingelesen. Daher kann ihr Verhalten durch die Auswahl " -"eines geeigneten Profils angepasst werden. Alternativen sind " -"\\[oq]minimal\\[cq] (minimale Konfiguration), \\[oq]desktop\\[cq] zum " -"Ausführen von Arbeitsplatzanwendungen in der Chroot und um weitere " -"Funktionalität des Wirtssystem in der Chroot zur Verfügung zu stellen) und " -"\\[oq]sbuild\\[cq] (um die Chroot zum Bauen von Debian-Paketen zu benutzen). " -"Andere Pakete können zusätzliche Profile bereitstellen. Die Standardwerte " -"der Schlüssel \\f[CI]setup.config\\fR, \\f[CI]setup.copyfiles\\fR, " -"\\f[CI]setup.fstab\\fR und \\f[CI]setup.nssdatabases\\fR basieren auf der " -"Einstellung \\f[CI]profile\\fR." - -#. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:127 -msgid "" -"Note that the \\f[CI]profile\\fR key replaces the older " -"\\f[CI]script-config\\fR key. The \\f[CI]script-config\\fR key is exactly " -"the same as \\f[CI]profile\\fR, but has \\[lq]I</config>\\[rq] appended to " -"it. The default filename is \\[oq]default/config\\[cq]. Either of these " -"keys may be used. If both are present, then \\f[CI]script-config\\fR will " -"take precedence (\\f[CI]profile\\fR will be unset). " -"\\f[CI]script-config\\fR is deprecated and will be removed in a future " -"release." +"eines geeigneten Profils angepasst werden. Alternativen sind \\[oq]minimal" +"\\[cq] (minimale Konfiguration), \\[oq]desktop\\[cq] zum Ausführen von " +"Arbeitsplatzanwendungen in der Chroot und um weitere Funktionalität des " +"Wirtssystem in der Chroot zur Verfügung zu stellen) und \\[oq]sbuild\\[cq] " +"(um die Chroot zum Bauen von Debian-Paketen zu benutzen). Andere Pakete " +"können zusätzliche Profile bereitstellen. Die Standardwerte der Schlüssel " +"\\f[CI]setup.config\\fR, \\f[CI]setup.copyfiles\\fR, \\f[CI]setup.fstab\\fR " +"und \\f[CI]setup.nssdatabases\\fR basieren auf der Einstellung \\f[CI]profile" +"\\fR." + +#. type: Plain text +#: schroot.conf.5.man:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Note that the \\f[CI]profile\\fR key replaces the older \\f[CI]script-" +#| "config\\fR key. The \\f[CI]script-config\\fR key is exactly the same as " +#| "\\f[CI]profile\\fR, but has \\[lq]I</config>\\[rq] appended to it. The " +#| "default filename is \\[oq]default/config\\[cq]. Either of these keys may " +#| "be used. If both are present, then \\f[CI]script-config\\fR will take " +#| "precedence (\\f[CI]profile\\fR will be unset). \\f[CI]script-config\\fR " +#| "is deprecated and will be removed in a future release." +msgid "" +"Note that the \\f[CI]profile\\fR key replaces the older \\f[CI]script-config" +"\\fR key. The \\f[CI]script-config\\fR key is exactly the same as " +"\\f[CI]profile\\fR, but has \\[lq]I</config>\\[rq] appended to it. The " +"default filename is \\[oq]default/config\\[cq]. Either of these keys may be " +"used. If both are present, then \\f[CI]script-config\\fR will take " +"precedence (\\f[CI]profile\\fR will be unset). \\f[CI]script-config\\fR is " +"deprecated and will be removed in a future release. Note that \\f[CI]profile" +"\\fR is equivalent to \\f[CI]script-config\\fR if the file sourced by " +"\\f[CI]script-config\\fR only contains the standard variables provided by " +"schroot; if any additional variables or shell script fragments have been " +"added, please also set \\f[CI]setup.config\\fR, which will continue to allow " +"this file to be sourced. It is recommended to replace the use of the " +"sourced file with additional keys in schroot.conf where possible, but it " +"will continue to be possible to source an additional configuration file " +"using \\f[CI]setup.config\\fR." msgstr "" "Beachten Sie, dass der Schlüssel \\f[CI]profile\\fR den älteren Schlüssel " "\\f[CI]script-config\\fR ersetzt. Der Schlüssel \\f[CI]script-config\\fR ist " -"exakt der selbe wie \\f[CI]profile\\fR, hat aber \\[lq]I</config>\\[rq] daran " -"angehängt. Der Standarddateiname ist \\[oq]default/config\\[cq]. Einer dieser " -"Schlüssel kann benutzt werden. Falls beide vorhanden sind, wird " +"exakt der selbe wie \\f[CI]profile\\fR, hat aber \\[lq]I</config>\\[rq] " +"daran angehängt. Der Standarddateiname ist \\[oq]default/config\\[cq]. Einer " +"dieser Schlüssel kann benutzt werden. Falls beide vorhanden sind, wird " "\\f[CI]script-config\\fR den Vorrang erhalten (\\f[CI]profile\\fR wird " "aufgehoben). \\f[CI]script-config\\fR ist missbilligt und wird in einer " "zukünftigen Veröffentlichung entfernt." #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:132 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:139 msgid "" "Desktop users should note that the fstab file I<desktop/fstab> will need " "editing if you use gdm3; please see the comments in this file for further " "instructions. The \\f[CI]preserve-environment\\fR key should also be set to " "\\[oq]true\\[cq] so that the environment is preserved inside the chroot." msgstr "" -"Arbeitsplatzbenutzer sollten daran denken, dass die Fstab-Datei " -"I<desktop/fstab> bearbeitet werden muss, falls Sie Gdm3 verwenden; bitte " -"lesen Sie die Kommentare in dieser Datei, um weitere Anweisungen zu erhalten. " -"Der Schlüssel \\f[CI]preserve-environment\\fR sollte außerdem auf " -"\\[oq]true\\[cq] gesetzt werden, so dass die Umgebung innerhalb der Chroot " -"aufbewahrt wird." +"Arbeitsplatzbenutzer sollten daran denken, dass die Fstab-Datei I<desktop/" +"fstab> bearbeitet werden muss, falls Sie Gdm3 verwenden; bitte lesen Sie die " +"Kommentare in dieser Datei, um weitere Anweisungen zu erhalten. Der " +"Schlüssel \\f[CI]preserve-environment\\fR sollte außerdem auf \\[oq]true" +"\\[cq] gesetzt werden, so dass die Umgebung innerhalb der Chroot aufbewahrt " +"wird." #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:136 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:143 msgid "" "If none of the configuration profiles provided above meet your needs, then " "they may be edited to further customise them, and/or copied and used as a " "template for entirely new profiles." msgstr "" -"Falls keines der oberhalb bereitgestellten Konfigurationsprofile Ihren Bedarf " -"deckt, können sie konfiguriert werden, um sie weiter anzupassen und/oder " -"kopiert und als Schablone für ganz neue Profile verwendet werden." +"Falls keines der oberhalb bereitgestellten Konfigurationsprofile Ihren " +"Bedarf deckt, können sie konfiguriert werden, um sie weiter anzupassen und/" +"oder kopiert und als Schablone für ganz neue Profile verwendet werden." #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:139 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:146 msgid "" "Note that the different profiles have different security implications; see " "the section \\[lq]I<Security>\\[rq] below for further details." @@ -3303,13 +3343,13 @@ msgstr "" "nachfolgenden Abschnitt \\[lq]I<Sicherheit>\\[rq]." #. type: TP -#: schroot.conf.5.man:139 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:146 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]setup.config=\\f[CI]filename\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]setup.config=\\f[CI]Dateiname\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:148 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:155 msgid "" "This key specifies a file which the setup scripts will source when they are " "run. This defaults to the same value as set by \\f[CI]script-config\\fR. " @@ -3320,78 +3360,81 @@ msgid "" "script invocation, and must be idempotent." msgstr "" "Dieser Schlüssel gibt eine Datei an, die die Einrichtungsskripte einlesen, " -"wenn sie ausgeführt werden. Dies übernimmt den durch \\f[CI]script-config\\fR " -"gesetzten Wert als Standardeinstellung. Die Datei ist ein Bourne-Shell-Skript " -"und kann daher zusätzlich zu den einfachen Variablenzuweisungen jeden " +"wenn sie ausgeführt werden. Dies übernimmt den durch \\f[CI]script-config" +"\\fR gesetzten Wert als Standardeinstellung. Die Datei ist ein Bourne-Shell-" +"Skript und kann daher zusätzlich zu den einfachen Variablenzuweisungen jeden " "gültigen Shell-Code enthalten. Dies wird zum Beispiel das Anpassen des " "Verhaltens entsprechend des speziellen Chroot-Typs oder Namens ermöglichen. " "Beachten Sie, dass das Skript für jeden einzelnen Skriptaufruf eingelesen " "wird und deshalb idempotent sein muss." #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:157 -# FIXME s/(5). /(5)/ +#: schroot.conf.5.man:163 msgid "" -"This file is deprecated, and no longer exists in the current schroot " -"version, but is still used if present for backward compatibility; it will be " -"obsoleted and removed in a future release. All the settings in this file " -"are now settable using configuration keys in I<schroot.conf>, as detailed " -"below. Existing configuration should be modified to use these keys in place " -"of this file. See B<schroot-script-config>(5). for further details." +"All the default settings in this file are now settable using configuration " +"keys in I<schroot.conf>, as detailed below. Existing configuration should " +"be modified to use these keys in place of this file. See B<schroot-script-" +"config>(5) for further details. This type of setup script configuration " +"file is no longer provided as part of the standard profiles, but will " +"continue to be sourced if present and this key is set." msgstr "" -"Diese Datei ist missbilligt und existiert nicht länger in der aktuellen " -"Schroot-Version, ist aber immer noch aus Gründen der Rückwärtskompatibilität " -"vorhanden; sie wird in einer zukünftigen Version hinfällig und entfernt. Alle " -"Einstellungen in dieser Datei können nun mit den Konfigurationsschlüsseln in " -"I<schroot.conf>, wie nachfolgend genau beschrieben, gesetzt werden. " -"Existierende Konfigurationen sollten verändert werden, um diese Schlüssel " -"anstelle dieser Datei zu verwenden. Weitere Einzelheiten finden Sie in " -"B<schroot-script-config>(5)." #. type: TP -#: schroot.conf.5.man:157 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:163 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]setup.copyfiles=\\f[CI]filename\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]setup.copyfiles=\\f[CI]Dateiname\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:161 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:167 msgid "" "A file containing a list of files to copy into the chroot (one file per " "line). The file will have the same absolute location inside the chroot." msgstr "" "eine Datei, die eine Liste von Dateien enthält, die in die Chroot kopiert " -"werden (eine Datei pro Zeile). Die Datei wird innerhalb der Chroot den selben " -"absoluten Speicherort haben." +"werden (eine Datei pro Zeile). Die Datei wird innerhalb der Chroot den " +"selben absoluten Speicherort haben." #. type: TP -#: schroot.conf.5.man:161 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:167 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]setup.fstab=\\f[CI]filename\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]setup.fstab=\\f[CI]Dateiname\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:168 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:177 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The filesystem table file to be used to mount filesystems within the " +#| "chroot. The format of this file is the same as for I</etc/fstab>, " +#| "documented in B<fstab>(5). The only difference is that the mountpoint " +#| "path I<fs_dir> is relative to the chroot, rather than the root. Note " +#| "that this is settable using the \\f[CI]setup.fstab\\fR key." msgid "" "The filesystem table file to be used to mount filesystems within the " "chroot. The format of this file is the same as for I</etc/fstab>, " "documented in B<fstab>(5). The only difference is that the mountpoint path " -"I<fs_dir> is relative to the chroot, rather than the root." +"I<fs_dir> is relative to the chroot, rather than the root. Also note that " +"mountpoints are canonicalised on the host, which will ensure that absolute " +"symlinks point inside the chroot, but complex paths containing multiple " +"symlinks may be resolved incorrectly; it is inadvisable to use nested " +"symlinks as mountpoints." msgstr "" -"die Datei mit der Dateisystemtabelle, die benutzt wird, um die Dateisysteme " -"innerhalb der Chroot einzuhängen. Das Format dieser Datei ist das selbe wie " -"das in B<fstab>(5) für I</etc/fstab> dokumentierte. Der einzige Unterschied " -"besteht darin, dass der Pfad des Einhängepunkts I<fs_dir> relativ zur Chroot " -"anstatt zum Wurzelverzeichnis ist." +"die Datei mit der Dateisystemtabelle, die zum Einhängen von Dateisystemen " +"innerhalb der Chroot benutzt wird. Das Format dieser Datei ist das selbe, " +"wie das, das in B<fstab>(5) die I</etc/fstab> dokumentiert. Der einzige " +"Unterschied ist, dass der Pfad zum Einhängepunkt I<fs_dir> relativ zur " +"Chroot statt zum Wurzelverzeichnis ist. Beachten Sie, dass dies mittels des " +"Schlüssels \\f[CI]setup.fstab\\fR eingestellt werden kann." #. type: TP -#: schroot.conf.5.man:168 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:177 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]setup.nssdatabases=\\f[CI]filename\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]setup.nssdatabases=\\f[CI]Dateiname\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:178 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:187 msgid "" "A file listing the system databases to copy into the chroot. The default " "databases are \\[oq]passwd\\[cq], \\[oq]shadow\\[cq], \\[oq]group\\[cq] and " @@ -3406,17 +3449,17 @@ msgstr "" "\\[oq]group\\[cq] und \\[oq]gshadow\\[cq]. Andere mögliche Datenbanken, die " "beigefügt werden können sind \\[oq]services\\[cq], \\[oq]protocols\\[cq], " "\\[oq]networks\\[cq], und \\[oq]hosts\\[cq]. Die Datenbanken werden mittels " -"B<getent>(1) kopiert. Daher werden alle in I</etc/nsswitch.conf> aufgeführten " -"Datenbankquellen für jede Datenbank benutzt." +"B<getent>(1) kopiert. Daher werden alle in I</etc/nsswitch.conf> " +"aufgeführten Datenbankquellen für jede Datenbank benutzt." #. type: TP -#: schroot.conf.5.man:178 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:187 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]setup.services=\\f[CI]service1,service2,...\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]setup.services=\\f[CI]Dienst1,Dienst2,…\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:182 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:191 msgid "" "A comma-separated list of services to run in the chroot. These will be " "started when the session is started, and stopped when the session is ended." @@ -3426,13 +3469,13 @@ msgstr "" "Sitzungsende gestoppt." #. type: TP -#: schroot.conf.5.man:182 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:191 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]command-prefix=\\f[CI]command,option1,option2,...\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]command-prefix=\\f[CI]command,Option1,Option2,…\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:191 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:200 msgid "" "A comma-separated list of a command and the options for the command. This " "command and its options will be prefixed to all commands run inside the " @@ -3446,84 +3489,84 @@ msgstr "" "Dieser Befehl und seine Optionen werden allen Befehlen vorangestellt, die " "innerhalb der Chroot ausgeführt werden. Dies ist nützlich, um Befehle wie " "»nice«, »ionice« oder »eatmydata« für alle Befehle die innerhalb der Chroot " -"laufen, hinzuzufügen. Nice und Ionice werden die CPU und die " -"E/A-Zeitplanung beeinflussen. Eatmydata ignoriert Fsync-Operationen des " -"Dateisystems und ist nützlich für Wegwerf-Chroot-Schnappschüsse, bei denen " -"Sie sich nicht um Datenverluste, aber um hohe Geschwindigkeit kümmern müssen." +"laufen, hinzuzufügen. Nice und Ionice werden die CPU und die E/A-Zeitplanung " +"beeinflussen. Eatmydata ignoriert Fsync-Operationen des Dateisystems und ist " +"nützlich für Wegwerf-Chroot-Schnappschüsse, bei denen Sie sich nicht um " +"Datenverluste, aber um hohe Geschwindigkeit kümmern müssen." #. type: TP -#: schroot.conf.5.man:191 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:200 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]personality=\\f[CI]persona\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]personality=\\f[CI]Rolle\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:205 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:214 msgid "" "Set the personality (process execution domain) to use. This option is " "useful when using a 32-bit chroot on 64-bit system, for example. Valid " "options on Linux are \\[oq]bsd\\[cq], \\[oq]hpux\\[cq], \\[oq]irix32\\[cq], " -"\\[oq]irix64\\[cq], \\[oq]irixn32\\[cq], \\[oq]iscr4\\[cq], " -"\\[oq]linux\\[cq], \\[oq]linux32\\[cq], \\[oq]linux_32bit\\[cq], " -"\\[oq]osf4\\[cq], \\[oq]osr5\\[cq], \\[oq]riscos\\[cq], \\[oq]scorvr3\\[cq], " -"\\[oq]solaris\\[cq], \\[oq]sunos\\[cq], \\[oq]svr4\\[cq], \\[oq]uw7\\[cq], " +"\\[oq]irix64\\[cq], \\[oq]irixn32\\[cq], \\[oq]iscr4\\[cq], \\[oq]linux" +"\\[cq], \\[oq]linux32\\[cq], \\[oq]linux_32bit\\[cq], \\[oq]osf4\\[cq], " +"\\[oq]osr5\\[cq], \\[oq]riscos\\[cq], \\[oq]scorvr3\\[cq], \\[oq]solaris" +"\\[cq], \\[oq]sunos\\[cq], \\[oq]svr4\\[cq], \\[oq]uw7\\[cq], " "\\[oq]wysev386\\[cq], and \\[oq]xenix\\[cq]. The default value is " "\\[oq]linux\\[cq]. There is also the special option \\[oq]undefined\\[cq] " "(personality not set). For a 32-bit chroot on a 64-bit system, " -"\\[oq]linux32\\[cq] is the option required. The only valid option for " -"non-Linux systems is \\[oq]undefined\\[cq]. The default value for non-Linux " +"\\[oq]linux32\\[cq] is the option required. The only valid option for non-" +"Linux systems is \\[oq]undefined\\[cq]. The default value for non-Linux " "systems is \\[oq]undefined\\[cq]." msgstr "" "setzt die Persönlichkeit (Prozessausführungsdomänen), die benutzt werden " "soll. Diese Option ist nützlich, wenn zum Beispiel eine 32-Bit-Chroot auf " -"einem 64-Bit-System verwendet wird. Gültige Optionen auf Linux sind " -"\\[oq]bsd\\[cq], \\[oq]hpux\\[cq], \\[oq]irix32\\[cq], \\[oq]irix64\\[cq], " +"einem 64-Bit-System verwendet wird. Gültige Optionen auf Linux sind \\[oq]bsd" +"\\[cq], \\[oq]hpux\\[cq], \\[oq]irix32\\[cq], \\[oq]irix64\\[cq], " "\\[oq]irixn32\\[cq], \\[oq]iscr4\\[cq], \\[oq]linux\\[cq], " "\\[oq]linux32\\[cq], \\[oq]linux_32bit\\[cq], \\[oq]osf4\\[cq], " -"\\[oq]osr5\\[cq], \\[oq]riscos\\[cq], \\[oq]scorvr3\\[cq], " -"\\[oq]solaris\\[cq], \\[oq]sunos\\[cq], \\[oq]svr4\\[cq], \\[oq]uw7\\[cq], " -"\\[oq]wysev386\\[cq] und \\[oq]xenix\\[cq]. Der Standardwert ist " -"\\[oq]linux\\[cq]. Es gibt außerdem noch die Spezialoption " -"\\[oq]undefined\\[cq] (Persönlichkeit nicht gesetzt). Für eine 32-Bit-Chroot " -"auf einem 64-Bit-System ist die erforderliche Option \\[oq]linux32\\[cq]. Die " -"einzige gültige Option für Nicht-Linux-Systeme ist \\[oq]undefined\\[cq]. Der " -"Standardwert für Nicht-Linux-Systeme ist \\[oq]undefined\\[cq]." +"\\[oq]osr5\\[cq], \\[oq]riscos\\[cq], \\[oq]scorvr3\\[cq], \\[oq]solaris" +"\\[cq], \\[oq]sunos\\[cq], \\[oq]svr4\\[cq], \\[oq]uw7\\[cq], " +"\\[oq]wysev386\\[cq] und \\[oq]xenix\\[cq]. Der Standardwert ist \\[oq]linux" +"\\[cq]. Es gibt außerdem noch die Spezialoption \\[oq]undefined\\[cq] " +"(Persönlichkeit nicht gesetzt). Für eine 32-Bit-Chroot auf einem 64-Bit-" +"System ist die erforderliche Option \\[oq]linux32\\[cq]. Die einzige gültige " +"Option für Nicht-Linux-Systeme ist \\[oq]undefined\\[cq]. Der Standardwert " +"für Nicht-Linux-Systeme ist \\[oq]undefined\\[cq]." #. type: TP -#: schroot.conf.5.man:205 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:214 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]preserve-environment=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]preserve-environment=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:212 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:221 msgid "" "By default, the environment will not be preserved inside the chroot, instead " "a minimal environment will be used. Set to \\f[CI]true\\fR to always " "preserve the environment. This is useful for example when running X " "applications inside the chroot, which need the environment to function " -"correctly. The environment may also be preserved using the " -"I<--preserve-environment> option." +"correctly. The environment may also be preserved using the I<--preserve-" +"environment> option." msgstr "" "Standardmäßig wird die Umgebung nicht innerhalb der Chroot aufbewahrt. " -"Stattdessen wird eine minimale Umgebung benutzt. Ist dies auf \\f[CI]true\\fR " -"gesetzt, wird die Umgebung immer aufbewahrt. Dies ist zum Beispiel nützlich, " -"wenn X-Anwendungen innerhalb der Chroot ausgeführt werden, die die Umgebung " -"zum korrekten Funktionieren benötigen. Die Umgebung kann ebenso mittels der " -"Option I<--preserve-environment> aufbewahrt werden." +"Stattdessen wird eine minimale Umgebung benutzt. Ist dies auf \\f[CI]true" +"\\fR gesetzt, wird die Umgebung immer aufbewahrt. Dies ist zum Beispiel " +"nützlich, wenn X-Anwendungen innerhalb der Chroot ausgeführt werden, die die " +"Umgebung zum korrekten Funktionieren benötigen. Die Umgebung kann ebenso " +"mittels der Option I<--preserve-environment> aufbewahrt werden." #. type: TP -#: schroot.conf.5.man:212 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:221 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]shell=\\f[CI]shell\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]shell=\\f[CI]Shell\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:220 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:229 msgid "" "When running a login shell a number of potential shells will be considered, " -"in this order: the command in the SHELL environment variable (if " -"I<--preserve-environment> is used, or \\f[CI]preserve-environment\\fR is " +"in this order: the command in the SHELL environment variable (if I<--" +"preserve-environment> is used, or \\f[CI]preserve-environment\\fR is " "enabled), the user's shell in the \\[oq]passwd\\[cq] database, I</bin/bash> " "and finally I</bin/sh>. This setting overrides this list, and will use the " "shell specified. It may be overridden using the I<--shell> option." @@ -3532,18 +3575,18 @@ msgstr "" "Shells in dieser Reihenfolge berücksichtigt: der Befehl in der " "Umgebungsvariablen SHELL (falls I<--preserve-environment> benutzt wird oder " "\\f[CI]preserve-environment\\fR aktiviert ist), die Shell des Benutzers in " -"der Datenbank \\[oq]passwd\\[cq], I</bin/bash> und schlussendlich I</bin/sh>. " -"Diese Einstellung setzt diese Liste außer Kraft und wird die angegebene Shell " -"verwenden. Sie kann mittels der Option I<--shell> überschrieben werden." +"der Datenbank \\[oq]passwd\\[cq], I</bin/bash> und schlussendlich I</bin/" +"sh>. Diese Einstellung setzt diese Liste außer Kraft und wird die angegebene " +"Shell verwenden. Sie kann mittels der Option I<--shell> überschrieben werden." #. type: TP -#: schroot.conf.5.man:220 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:229 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]environment-filter=\\f[CI]regex\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]environment-filter=\\f[CI]regulärer Ausdruck\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:226 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:235 msgid "" "The environment to be set in the chroot will be filtered in order to remove " "environment variables which may pose a security risk. Any environment " @@ -3552,11 +3595,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Die Umgebung, die in der Chroot gesetzt wird, wird gefiltert, um " "Umgebungsvariablen zu entfernen, die ein Sicherheitsrisiko darstellen " -"könnten. Jede Umgebungsvariable, die zum erweiterten regulären POSIX-Ausdruck " -"passt, wird vor dem Ausführen irgendeines Befehls in der Chroot entfernt." +"könnten. Jede Umgebungsvariable, die zum erweiterten regulären POSIX-" +"Ausdruck passt, wird vor dem Ausführen irgendeines Befehls in der Chroot " +"entfernt." #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:229 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:238 msgid "" "Potentially dangerous environment variables are removed for safety by " "default using the following regular expression:" @@ -3565,22 +3609,26 @@ msgstr "" "standardmäßig für die folgenden regulären Ausdrücke entfernt:" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:231 -msgid "\\[lq]\\f[CR]^(BASH_ENV\\:|CDPATH\\:|ENV\\:|HOSTALIASES\\:|IFS\\:|KRB5_CONFIG\\:|KRBCONFDIR\\:|KRBTKFILE\\:|KRB_CONF\\:|LD_.*\\:|LOCALDOMAIN\\:|NLSPATH\\:|PATH_LOCALE\\:|RES_OPTIONS\\:|TERMINFO\\:|TERMINFO_DIRS\\:|TERMPATH)$\\fR\\[rq]." +#: schroot.conf.5.man:240 +msgid "" +"\\[lq]\\f[CR]^(BASH_ENV\\:|CDPATH\\:|ENV\\:|HOSTALIASES\\:|IFS\\:|KRB5_CONFIG" +"\\:|KRBCONFDIR\\:|KRBTKFILE\\:|KRB_CONF\\:|LD_.*\\:|LOCALDOMAIN\\:|NLSPATH" +"\\:|PATH_LOCALE\\:|RES_OPTIONS\\:|TERMINFO\\:|TERMINFO_DIRS\\:|TERMPATH)$\\fR" +"\\[rq]." msgstr "" -"\\[lq]\\f[CR]^(BASH_ENV\\:|CDPATH\\:|ENV\\:|HOSTALIASES\\:|IFS\\:|" -"KRB5_CONFIG\\:|KRBCONFDIR\\:|KRBTKFILE\\:|KRB_CONF\\:|LD_.*\\:|LOCALDOMAIN\\:|" -"NLSPATH\\:|PATH_LOCALE\\:|RES_OPTIONS\\:|TERMINFO\\:|TERMINFO_DIRS\\:|" -"TERMPATH)$\\fR\\[rq]." +"\\[lq]\\f[CR]^(BASH_ENV\\:|CDPATH\\:|ENV\\:|HOSTALIASES\\:|IFS\\:|KRB5_CONFIG" +"\\:|KRBCONFDIR\\:|KRBTKFILE\\:|KRB_CONF\\:|LD_.*\\:|LOCALDOMAIN\\:|NLSPATH" +"\\:|PATH_LOCALE\\:|RES_OPTIONS\\:|TERMINFO\\:|TERMINFO_DIRS\\:|TERMPATH)$\\fR" +"\\[rq]." #. type: SS -#: schroot.conf.5.man:232 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:241 #, no-wrap msgid "Plain and directory chroots" msgstr "Einfache und Verzeichnis-Chroots" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:241 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:250 msgid "" "Chroots of type \\[oq]plain\\[cq] or \\[oq]directory\\[cq] are directories " "accessible in the filesystem. The two types are equivalent except for the " @@ -3604,19 +3652,20 @@ msgstr "" "der dateisystemvereinenden Chroot>\\[rq])." #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:243 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:252 msgid "These chroot types have an additional (mandatory) configuration option:" msgstr "" -"Diese Chroot-Typen haben eine zusätzliche (verbindliche) Konfigurationsoption:" +"Diese Chroot-Typen haben eine zusätzliche (verbindliche) " +"Konfigurationsoption:" #. type: TP -#: schroot.conf.5.man:243 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:252 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]directory=\\f[CI]directory\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]directory=\\f[CI]Verzeichnis\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:255 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:264 msgid "" "The directory containing the chroot environment. This is where the root " "will be changed to when executing a login shell or a command. The directory " @@ -3633,20 +3682,19 @@ msgstr "" "haben, damit Benutzer darauf zugreifen können. Beachten Sie, dass es auf " "Linux-Systemen mit der Option »bind« andernorts eingehängt wird, um es als " "Chroot zu verwenden. Das Verzeichnis für \\[oq]plain\\[cq]-Chroots wird mit " -"der Option I<--rbind> von B<mount>(8) eingehängt, während für" -"\\[oq]directory\\[cq]-Chroots stattdessen I<--bind> benutzt wird, so dass " -"darunterliegende Einhängevorgänge nicht aufrecht erhalten werden (sie sollten " -"in der Datei I<fstab> genauso wie in I</etc/fstab> des Rechners gesetzt " -"werden)." +"der Option I<--rbind> von B<mount>(8) eingehängt, während für\\[oq]directory" +"\\[cq]-Chroots stattdessen I<--bind> benutzt wird, so dass darunterliegende " +"Einhängevorgänge nicht aufrecht erhalten werden (sie sollten in der Datei " +"I<fstab> genauso wie in I</etc/fstab> des Rechners gesetzt werden)." #. type: SS -#: schroot.conf.5.man:255 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:264 #, no-wrap msgid "File chroots" msgstr "Datei-Chroots" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:262 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:271 msgid "" "Chroots of type \\[oq]file\\[cq] are files on the current filesystem " "containing an archive of the chroot files. They implement the B<source " @@ -3657,78 +3705,78 @@ msgid "" "are also implemented:" msgstr "" "Chroots des Typs \\[oq]file\\[cq] sind Dateien des aktuellen Dateisystems, " -"die ein Archiv der Chroot-Dateien enthalten. Sie setzen die " -"B<Source-Chroot>-Optionen um (siehe \\[lq]I<Source-Chroot-Optionen>\\[rq], " -"unten). Beachten Sie, dass für jede Chroot dieses Typs eine entsprechende " -"Source-Chroot (des Typs \\[oq]file\\[cq]) erstellt wird; dies dient dem " -"bequemen Zugang zum Quellarchiv, z.B. zu Aktualisierungszwecken. Diese " -"zusätzlichen Optionen sind ebenfalls umgesetzt:" +"die ein Archiv der Chroot-Dateien enthalten. Sie setzen die B<Source-Chroot>-" +"Optionen um (siehe \\[lq]I<Source-Chroot-Optionen>\\[rq], unten). Beachten " +"Sie, dass für jede Chroot dieses Typs eine entsprechende Source-Chroot (des " +"Typs \\[oq]file\\[cq]) erstellt wird; dies dient dem bequemen Zugang zum " +"Quellarchiv, z.B. zu Aktualisierungszwecken. Diese zusätzlichen Optionen " +"sind ebenfalls umgesetzt:" #. type: TP -#: schroot.conf.5.man:262 schroot.conf.5.man:285 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:271 schroot.conf.5.man:294 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]file=\\f[CI]filename\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]file=\\f[CI]Dateiname\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:271 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:280 msgid "" "The file containing the archived chroot environment (mandatory). This must " "be a tar (tape archive), optionally compressed with gzip or bzip2. The file " -"extensions used to determine the type are are I<.tar>, I<.tar.gz>, " -"I<.tar.bz2>, I<.tgz>, and I<.tbz>. This file must be owned by the root " -"user, and not be writable by other. Note that zip archives are no longer " -"supported; zip was not able to archive named pipes and device nodes, so was " -"not suitable for archiving chroots." +"extensions used to determine the type are are I<.tar>, I<.tar.gz>, I<.tar." +"bz2>, I<.tgz>, and I<.tbz>. This file must be owned by the root user, and " +"not be writable by other. Note that zip archives are no longer supported; " +"zip was not able to archive named pipes and device nodes, so was not " +"suitable for archiving chroots." msgstr "" "die Datei, die die (verbindliche) archivierte Chroot-Umgebung enthält. Dies " -"muss ein Tar (Bandarchiv) sein, das wahlweise mit Gzip oder Bzip2 komprimiert " -"ist. Die Dateierweiterungen, die zur Bestimmung des Typs benutzt werden, sind " -"I<.tar>, I<.tar.gz>, I<.tar.bz2>, I<.tgz> und I<.tbz>. Diese Datei muss dem " -"Benutzer Root gehören und darf nicht von anderen beschreibbar sein. Beachten " -"Sie, dass Zip-Archive nicht länger unterstützt werden; Zip war nicht in der " -"Lage, benannte Weiterleitungen und Geräteknoten zu archivieren und daher " -"nicht zur Archivierung von Chroots geeignet." +"muss ein Tar (Bandarchiv) sein, das wahlweise mit Gzip oder Bzip2 " +"komprimiert ist. Die Dateierweiterungen, die zur Bestimmung des Typs benutzt " +"werden, sind I<.tar>, I<.tar.gz>, I<.tar.bz2>, I<.tgz> und I<.tbz>. Diese " +"Datei muss dem Benutzer Root gehören und darf nicht von anderen beschreibbar " +"sein. Beachten Sie, dass Zip-Archive nicht länger unterstützt werden; Zip " +"war nicht in der Lage, benannte Weiterleitungen und Geräteknoten zu " +"archivieren und daher nicht zur Archivierung von Chroots geeignet." #. type: TP -#: schroot.conf.5.man:271 schroot.conf.5.man:418 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:280 schroot.conf.5.man:427 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]location=\\f[CI]path\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]location=\\f[CI]Pfad\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:278 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:287 msgid "" "This is the path to the chroot I<inside> the archive. For example, if the " -"archive contains a chroot in I</squeeze>, you would specify " -"\\[lq]/squeeze\\[rq] here. If the chroot is the only thing in the archive, " -"i.e. I</> is the root filesystem for the chroot, this option should be left " -"blank, or omitted entirely." +"archive contains a chroot in I</squeeze>, you would specify \\[lq]/squeeze" +"\\[rq] here. If the chroot is the only thing in the archive, i.e. I</> is " +"the root filesystem for the chroot, this option should be left blank, or " +"omitted entirely." msgstr "" "Dies ist der Pfad zur Chroot I<innerhalb> des Archivs. Falls das Archiv zum " -"Beispiel eine Chroot in I</squeeze> enthält, würden Sie hier " -"\\[lq]/squeeze\\[rq] angeben. Falls die Chroot das Einzige ist, was sich im " -"Archiv befindet, d.h. I</> ist das Wurzelverzeichnis des Dateisystems für die " +"Beispiel eine Chroot in I</squeeze> enthält, würden Sie hier \\[lq]/squeeze" +"\\[rq] angeben. Falls die Chroot das Einzige ist, was sich im Archiv " +"befindet, d.h. I</> ist das Wurzelverzeichnis des Dateisystems für die " "Chroot, sollte diese Option leer bleiben oder ganz weggelassen werden." #. type: SS -#: schroot.conf.5.man:278 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:287 #, no-wrap msgid "Loopback chroots" msgstr "Loopback-Chroots" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:285 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:294 msgid "" "Chroots of type \\[oq]loopback\\[cq] are a filesystem available as a file on " "disk, accessed via a loopback mount. The file will be loopback mounted and " "unmounted on demand. Loopback chroots implement the B<mountable chroot> and " -"B<filesystem union chroot> options (see \\[lq]I<Mountable chroot " -"options>\\[rq] and \\[lq]I<Filesystem Union chroot options>\\[rq], below), " -"plus an additional option:" +"B<filesystem union chroot> options (see \\[lq]I<Mountable chroot options>" +"\\[rq] and \\[lq]I<Filesystem Union chroot options>\\[rq], below), plus an " +"additional option:" msgstr "" -"Chroots des Typs \\[oq]loopback\\[cq] sind ein Dateisystem, das als Datei auf " -"der Platte verfügbar ist und auf das über ein Loopback-Mount zugegriffen " +"Chroots des Typs \\[oq]loopback\\[cq] sind ein Dateisystem, das als Datei " +"auf der Platte verfügbar ist und auf das über ein Loopback-Mount zugegriffen " "wird. Die Datei wird per Loopback eingehängt und auf Anforderung ausgehängt. " "Loopback-Chroots setzen die Optionen B<einhängbare Chroot> und " "B<dateisystemvereinende Chroot> um (siehe \\[lq]I<Optionen für einhängbare " @@ -3736,7 +3784,7 @@ msgstr "" "unten), sowie eine zusätzliche Option:" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:289 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:298 msgid "" "This is the filename of the file containing the filesystem, including the " "absolute path. For example \\[lq]/srv/chroot/sid\\[rq]." @@ -3745,36 +3793,36 @@ msgstr "" "absoluten Pfades, zum Beispiel \\[lq]/srv/chroot/sid\\[rq]." #. type: SS -#: schroot.conf.5.man:289 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:298 #, no-wrap msgid "Block device chroots" msgstr "Blockspeichergeräte-Chroots" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:296 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:305 msgid "" "Chroots of type \\[oq]block-device\\[cq] are a filesystem available on an " "unmounted block device. The device will be mounted and unmounted on " "demand. Block device chroots implement the B<mountable chroot> and " -"B<filesystem union chroot> options (see \\[lq]I<Mountable chroot " -"options>\\[rq] and \\[lq]I<Filesystem Union chroot options>\\[rq], below), " -"plus an additional option:" +"B<filesystem union chroot> options (see \\[lq]I<Mountable chroot options>" +"\\[rq] and \\[lq]I<Filesystem Union chroot options>\\[rq], below), plus an " +"additional option:" msgstr "" -"Chroots des Typs \\[oq]block-device\\[cq] sind ein Dateisystem, das auf einem " -"nicht eingehängten Blockspeichergerät verfügbar ist. Das Gerät wird auf " -"Anforderung ein- und ausgehängt. Blockspeichergeräte-Chroots setzen die " +"Chroots des Typs \\[oq]block-device\\[cq] sind ein Dateisystem, das auf " +"einem nicht eingehängten Blockspeichergerät verfügbar ist. Das Gerät wird " +"auf Anforderung ein- und ausgehängt. Blockspeichergeräte-Chroots setzen die " "Optionen B<einhängbare Chroot> und B<dateisystemvereinende Chroot> um (siehe " "\\[lq]I<Optionen für einhängbare Chroots>\\[rq] und \\[lq]I<Optionen der " "dateisystemvereinenden Chroot>\\[rq] unten), sowie eine zusätzliche Option:" #. type: TP -#: schroot.conf.5.man:296 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:305 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]device=\\f[CI]device\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]device=\\f[CI]Gerät\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:300 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:309 msgid "" "This is the device name of the block device, including the absolute path. " "For example, \\[lq]/dev/sda5\\[rq]." @@ -3783,13 +3831,13 @@ msgstr "" "absoluten Pfads, zum Beispiel \\[lq]/dev/sda5\\[rq]." #. type: SS -#: schroot.conf.5.man:300 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:309 #, no-wrap msgid "Btrfs snapshot chroots" msgstr "Btrfs-Schnappschuss-Chroots" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:310 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:319 msgid "" "Chroots of type \\[oq]btrfs-snapshot\\[cq] are a Btrfs snapshot created from " "an existing Btrfs subvolume on a mounted Btrfs filesystem. A snapshot will " @@ -3808,56 +3856,57 @@ msgstr "" "Ende der Sitzung wird der Schnappschuss ausgehängt und gelöscht. Dieser " "Chroot-Typ setzt die B<Source-Chroot>-Optionen um (siehe nachfolgend " "\\[lq]I<Source-Chroot-Optionen>\\[rq]). Beachten Sie, dass für jede Chroot " -"dieses Typs eine entsprechende Source-Chroot (des Typs \\[oq]directory\\[cq]) " -"erstellt wird; dies dient dem bequemen Zugriff auf den Quelldatenträger. " -"Diese zusätzlichen Optionen sind ebenfalls eingebaut:" +"dieses Typs eine entsprechende Source-Chroot (des Typs \\[oq]directory" +"\\[cq]) erstellt wird; dies dient dem bequemen Zugriff auf den " +"Quelldatenträger. Diese zusätzlichen Optionen sind ebenfalls eingebaut:" #. type: TP -#: schroot.conf.5.man:310 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:319 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]btrfs-source-subvolume=\\f[CI]directory\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]btrfs-source-subvolume=\\f[CI]Verzeichnis\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:313 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:322 msgid "The directory containing the source subvolume." msgstr "das Verzeichnis, das den Quellunterdatenträger enthält" #. type: TP -#: schroot.conf.5.man:313 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:322 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]btrfs-snapshot-directory=\\f[CI]directory\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]btrfs-snapshot-directory=\\f[CI]Verzeichnis\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:316 -msgid "The directory in which to store the snapshots of the above source subvolume." +#: schroot.conf.5.man:325 +msgid "" +"The directory in which to store the snapshots of the above source subvolume." msgstr "" "das Verzeichnis, in das die Schnappschüsse des oben genannten " "Quellunterdatenträgers gespeichert werden." #. type: SS -#: schroot.conf.5.man:316 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:325 #, no-wrap msgid "LVM snapshot chroots" msgstr "LVM-Schnappschuss-Chroots" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:321 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:330 msgid "" "Chroots of type \\[oq]lvm-snapshot\\[cq] are a filesystem available on an " "LVM logical volume (LV). A snapshot LV will be created from this LV on " "demand, and then the snapshot will be mounted. At the end of the session, " "the snapshot LV will be unmounted and removed." msgstr "" -"Chroots des Typs \\[oq]lvm-snapshot\\[cq] sind ein Dateisystem, das auf einem " -"mit LVM verwalteten logischen Laufwerk (LV) verfügbar ist. Ein " -"LV-Schnappschuss wird auf Anforderung aus diesem LV erstellt. Dann wird der " +"Chroots des Typs \\[oq]lvm-snapshot\\[cq] sind ein Dateisystem, das auf " +"einem mit LVM verwalteten logischen Laufwerk (LV) verfügbar ist. Ein LV-" +"Schnappschuss wird auf Anforderung aus diesem LV erstellt. Dann wird der " "Schnappschuss eingehängt. Am Ende der Sitzung wird der LV-Schnappschuss " "ausgehängt und entfernt." #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:328 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:337 msgid "" "LVM snapshot chroots implement the B<source chroot> options (see " "\\[lq]I<Source chroot options>\\[rq], below), and all the options for " @@ -3874,13 +3923,13 @@ msgstr "" "Option ist ebenfalls eingebaut:" #. type: TP -#: schroot.conf.5.man:328 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:337 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]lvm-snapshot-options=\\f[CI]snapshot_options\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]lvm-snapshot-options=\\f[CI]Schnappschussoptionen\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:335 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:344 msgid "" "Snapshot options. These are additional options to pass to lvcreate(8). For " "example, \\[lq]-L 2g\\[rq] to create a snapshot 2 GiB in size. B<Note:> the " @@ -3889,18 +3938,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Schnappschussoptionen. Dies sind zusätzliche Optionen, die an lvcreate(8) " "übergeben werden, zum Beispiel \\[lq]-L 2g\\[rq], um einen Schnappschuss mit " -"einer Größe von 2 GiB zu erstellen. B<Hinweis:> Hier können nicht der " -"LV-Name (I<-n>), die Schnappschussoption (I<-s>) und der Originalpfadname des " +"einer Größe von 2 GiB zu erstellen. B<Hinweis:> Hier können nicht der LV-" +"Name (I<-n>), die Schnappschussoption (I<-s>) und der Originalpfadname des " "LVs angegeben werden; sie werden automatisch durch Schroot gesetzt." #. type: SS -#: schroot.conf.5.man:335 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:344 #, no-wrap msgid "Custom chroots" msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Chroots" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:345 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:354 msgid "" "Chroots of type \\[oq]custom\\[cq] are a special type of chroot, used for " "implementing new types of chroot not supported by any of the above chroot " @@ -3915,25 +3964,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Chroots des Typs \\[oq]custom\\[cq] sind ein spezieller Chroot-Typ, der für " "die Umsetzung neuer Chroot-Typen benutzt wird, der nicht durch eine der " -"obigen Chroot-Typen unterstützt wird. Dies kann nützlich sein, um einen neuen " -"Chroot-Typ umzusetzen und zu testen, ohne dabei irgendwelchen C++-Code " +"obigen Chroot-Typen unterstützt wird. Dies kann nützlich sein, um einen " +"neuen Chroot-Typ umzusetzen und zu testen, ohne dabei irgendwelchen C++-Code " "schreiben zu müssen. Sie müssen jedoch Ihr eigenes Einrichtungsskript " "verfassen, das die Einrichtungsarbeit übernimmt, da dieser Chroot-Typ von " "allein sehr wenig tut. Sie müssen Ihrer Chroot-Definition außerdem " "benutzerdefinierte Schlüssel für die Verwendung im Einrichtungsskript " "hinzufügen; anders als für die oben genannten Chroot-Typen wird keine " -"Überprüfung der Optionen stattfinden, so lange Sie dies nicht selbst in Ihrem " -"Einrichtungsskript erledigen. Folgende zusätzlichen Optionen sind ebenfalls " -"eingebaut:" +"Überprüfung der Optionen stattfinden, so lange Sie dies nicht selbst in " +"Ihrem Einrichtungsskript erledigen. Folgende zusätzlichen Optionen sind " +"ebenfalls eingebaut:" #. type: TP -#: schroot.conf.5.man:345 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:354 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]custom-session-cloneable=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]custom-session-cloneable=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:349 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:358 msgid "" "Set whether or not sessions may be cloned using this chroot (enabled by " "default)." @@ -3942,13 +3991,13 @@ msgstr "" "(standardmäßig aktiviert)." #. type: TP -#: schroot.conf.5.man:349 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:358 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]custom-session-purgeable=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]custom-session-purgeable=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:353 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:362 msgid "" "Set whether or not sessions may be cloned using this chroot (disabled by " "default)." @@ -3957,13 +4006,13 @@ msgstr "" "(standardmäßig deaktiviert)." #. type: TP -#: schroot.conf.5.man:353 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:362 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]custom-source-cloneable=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]custom-source-cloneable=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:357 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:366 msgid "" "Set whether or not source chroots may be cloned using this chroot (disabled " "by default)." @@ -3972,63 +4021,61 @@ msgstr "" "oder nicht (standardmäßig deaktiviert)." #. type: SS -#: schroot.conf.5.man:357 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:366 #, no-wrap msgid "Source chroot options" msgstr "Source-Chroot-Optionen" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:375 -msgid "" -"The \\[oq]btrfs-snapshot\\[cq], \\[oq]file\\[cq] and " -"\\[oq]lvm-snapshot\\[cq] chroot types implement source chroots. " -"Additionally, chroot types with union support enabled implement source " -"chroots (see \\[lq]I<Filesystem Union chroot options>\\[rq], below). These " -"are chroots which automatically create a copy of themselves before use, and " -"are usually session managed. These chroots additionally provide an extra " -"chroot in the I<source:> namespace, to allow convenient access to the " -"original (non-snapshotted) data, and to aid in chroot maintenance. I.e. for " -"a chroot named I<wheezy> (I<chroot:wheezy>), a corresponding " -"I<source:wheezy> chroot will be created. For compatibility with older " -"versions of schroot which did not support namespaces, a chroot with a " -"I<-source> suffix appended to the chroot name will be created in addition " -"(i.e. I<wheezy-source> using the above example). Note that these " -"compatibility names will be removed in schroot 1.5.0, so the use of the " -"I<source:> namespace is preferred over the use of the I<-source> suffix " -"form. See B<schroot>(1) for further details." -msgstr "" -"Die Chroot-Typen \\[oq]btrfs-snapshot\\[cq], \\[oq]file\\[cq] und " -"\\[oq]lvm-snapshot\\[cq] setzen Source-Chroots um. Zusätzlich setzen " -"Chroot-Typen mit eingeschalteter Unterstützung von Vereinigungen " -"Source-Chroots um (siehe \\[lq]I<Optionen der dateisystemvereinenden " -"Chroot>\\[rq] unten). Dies sind Chroots, die vor der Benutzung automatisch " -"eine Kopie von sich selbst erstellen und normalerweise von Sitzungen " -"verwaltet werden. Diese Chroots stellen zusätzlich eine Chroot im Namensraum " -"I<source:> bereit, um bequemen Zugriff auf die Originaldaten (kein " -"Schnappschuss) zu ermöglichen und bei der Verwaltung der Chroot zu helfen. " -"D.h., für eine Chroot namens I<wheezy> (I<chroot:wheezy>) wird eine " -"entsprechende Chroot I<source:wheezy> erstellt. Um mit älteren Versionen von " -"Schroot, die keine Namensräume unterstützten, kompatibel zu bleiben, wird " -"zusätzlich eine Chroot mit einer an den Chroot-Namen angehängten " -"I<-source>-Erweiterung erstellt (d.h. I<wheezy-source> im vorherigen " -"Beispiel). Beachten Sie, dass diese Kompatibilitätsnamen in Schroot 1.5.0 " -"entfernt werden, so dass die Verwendung des I<source:>-Namensraums der Form " -"mit der I<-source>-Endung vorgezogen wird. Weitere Einzelheiten finden Sie " -"unter B<schroot>(1)." - -#. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:377 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:384 +msgid "" +"The \\[oq]btrfs-snapshot\\[cq], \\[oq]file\\[cq] and \\[oq]lvm-snapshot" +"\\[cq] chroot types implement source chroots. Additionally, chroot types " +"with union support enabled implement source chroots (see \\[lq]I<Filesystem " +"Union chroot options>\\[rq], below). These are chroots which automatically " +"create a copy of themselves before use, and are usually session managed. " +"These chroots additionally provide an extra chroot in the I<source:> " +"namespace, to allow convenient access to the original (non-snapshotted) " +"data, and to aid in chroot maintenance. I.e. for a chroot named I<wheezy> " +"(I<chroot:wheezy>), a corresponding I<source:wheezy> chroot will be " +"created. For compatibility with older versions of schroot which did not " +"support namespaces, a chroot with a I<-source> suffix appended to the chroot " +"name will be created in addition (i.e. I<wheezy-source> using the above " +"example). Note that these compatibility names will be removed in schroot " +"1.5.0, so the use of the I<source:> namespace is preferred over the use of " +"the I<-source> suffix form. See B<schroot>(1) for further details." +msgstr "" +"Die Chroot-Typen \\[oq]btrfs-snapshot\\[cq], \\[oq]file\\[cq] und \\[oq]lvm-" +"snapshot\\[cq] setzen Source-Chroots um. Zusätzlich setzen Chroot-Typen mit " +"eingeschalteter Unterstützung von Vereinigungen Source-Chroots um (siehe " +"\\[lq]I<Optionen der dateisystemvereinenden Chroot>\\[rq] unten). Dies sind " +"Chroots, die vor der Benutzung automatisch eine Kopie von sich selbst " +"erstellen und normalerweise von Sitzungen verwaltet werden. Diese Chroots " +"stellen zusätzlich eine Chroot im Namensraum I<source:> bereit, um bequemen " +"Zugriff auf die Originaldaten (kein Schnappschuss) zu ermöglichen und bei " +"der Verwaltung der Chroot zu helfen. D.h., für eine Chroot namens I<wheezy> " +"(I<chroot:wheezy>) wird eine entsprechende Chroot I<source:wheezy> erstellt. " +"Um mit älteren Versionen von Schroot, die keine Namensräume unterstützten, " +"kompatibel zu bleiben, wird zusätzlich eine Chroot mit einer an den Chroot-" +"Namen angehängten I<-source>-Erweiterung erstellt (d.h. I<wheezy-source> im " +"vorherigen Beispiel). Beachten Sie, dass diese Kompatibilitätsnamen in " +"Schroot 1.5.0 entfernt werden, so dass die Verwendung des I<source:>-" +"Namensraums der Form mit der I<-source>-Endung vorgezogen wird. Weitere " +"Einzelheiten finden Sie unter B<schroot>(1)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: schroot.conf.5.man:386 msgid "These chroots provide the following additional options:" msgstr "Diese Chroot stellen die folgenden zusätzlichen Optionen bereit:" #. type: TP -#: schroot.conf.5.man:377 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:386 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]source-clone=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]source-clone=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:383 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:392 msgid "" "Set whether the source chroot should be automatically cloned (created) for " "this chroot. The default is \\f[CI]true\\fR to automatically clone, but if " @@ -4036,19 +4083,19 @@ msgid "" "source chroot will be inaccessible." msgstr "" "stellt ein, ob die Source-Chroot für diese Chroot automatisch geklont " -"(erstellt) werden soll. Vorgabe ist \\f[CI]true\\fR zum automatischen Klonen, " -"aber, falls gewünscht, kann dies durch Setzen auf \\f[CI]false\\fR " +"(erstellt) werden soll. Vorgabe ist \\f[CI]true\\fR zum automatischen " +"Klonen, aber, falls gewünscht, kann dies durch Setzen auf \\f[CI]false\\fR " "deaktiviert werden. Falls es deaktiviert ist, kann nicht auf die Chroot " "zugegriffen werden." #. type: TP -#: schroot.conf.5.man:383 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:392 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]source-users=\\f[CI]user1,user2,...\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]source-users=\\f[CI]Benutzer1,Benutzer2,…\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:388 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:397 msgid "" "A comma-separated list of users which are allowed access to the source " "chroot. If empty or omitted, no users will be allowed access. This will " @@ -4056,17 +4103,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "eine durch Kommas getrennte Liste von Benutzern, denen der Zugriff auf die " "Source-Chroot gestattet ist. Falls sie leer ist oder weggelassen wird, wird " -"der Zugriff keinen Benutzern gestattet. Dies wird die Option \\f[CI]users\\fR " -"in der Source-Chroot werden." +"der Zugriff keinen Benutzern gestattet. Dies wird die Option \\f[CI]users" +"\\fR in der Source-Chroot werden." #. type: TP -#: schroot.conf.5.man:388 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:397 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]source-groups=\\f[CI]group1,group2,...\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]source-groups=\\f[CI]Gruppe1,Gruppe2,…\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:393 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:402 msgid "" "A comma-separated list of groups which are allowed access to the source " "chroot. If empty or omitted, no users will be allowed access. This will " @@ -4074,24 +4121,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "eine durch Kommas getrennte Liste von Gruppen, denen der Zugriff auf die " "Source-Chroot gestattet ist. Falls sie leer ist oder weggelassen wird, wird " -"der Zugriff keinen Benutzern gestattet. Dies wird die Option " -"\\f[CI]groups\\fR in der Source-Chroot werden." +"der Zugriff keinen Benutzern gestattet. Dies wird die Option \\f[CI]groups" +"\\fR in der Source-Chroot werden." #. type: TP -#: schroot.conf.5.man:393 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:402 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]source-root-users=\\f[CI]user1,user2,...\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]source-root-users=\\f[CI]Benutzer1,Benutzer2,…\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:400 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:409 msgid "" "A comma-separated list of users which are allowed B<password-less> root " "access to the source chroot. If empty or omitted, no users will be allowed " "root access without a password (but if a user is in \\f[CI]users\\fR, they " -"may gain access with a password). This will become the " -"\\f[CI]root-users\\fR option in the source chroot. See the section " -"\\[lq]I<Security>\\[rq] below." +"may gain access with a password). This will become the \\f[CI]root-users" +"\\fR option in the source chroot. See the section \\[lq]I<Security>\\[rq] " +"below." msgstr "" "eine durch Kommas getrennte Liste von Benutzern, denen der Root-Zugriff auf " "die Source-Chroot B<ohne Passwort> gestattet ist. Falls sie leer ist oder " @@ -4102,19 +4149,19 @@ msgstr "" "\\[lq]I<Sicherheit>\\[rq]." #. type: TP -#: schroot.conf.5.man:400 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:409 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]source-root-groups=\\f[CI]group1,group2,...\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]source-root-groups=\\f[CI]Gruppe1,Gruppe2,…\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:408 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:417 msgid "" "A comma-separated list of groups which are allowed B<password-less> root " "access to the source chroot. If empty or omitted, no users will be allowed " -"root access without a password (but if a user's group is in " -"\\f[CI]groups\\fR, they may gain access with a password). This will become " -"the \\f[CI]root-groups\\fR option in the source chroot. See the section " +"root access without a password (but if a user's group is in \\f[CI]groups" +"\\fR, they may gain access with a password). This will become the " +"\\f[CI]root-groups\\fR option in the source chroot. See the section " "\\[lq]I<Security>\\[rq] below." msgstr "" "eine durch Kommas getrennte Liste von Gruppen, denen der Root-Zugriff auf " @@ -4126,43 +4173,43 @@ msgstr "" "nachfolgenden Abschnitt \\[lq]I<Sicherheit>\\[rq]." #. type: SS -#: schroot.conf.5.man:408 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:417 #, no-wrap msgid "Mountable chroot options" msgstr "Optionen für einhängbare Chroots" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:413 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:422 msgid "" -"The \\[oq]block-device\\[cq], \\[oq]loopback\\[cq] and " -"\\[oq]lvm-snapshot\\[cq] chroot types implement device mounting. These are " -"chroots which require the mounting of a device in order to access the " -"chroot. These chroots provide the following additional options:" +"The \\[oq]block-device\\[cq], \\[oq]loopback\\[cq] and \\[oq]lvm-snapshot" +"\\[cq] chroot types implement device mounting. These are chroots which " +"require the mounting of a device in order to access the chroot. These " +"chroots provide the following additional options:" msgstr "" "Die Chroot-Typen \\[oq]block-device\\[cq], \\[oq]loopback\\[cq] und " -"\\[oq]lvm-snapshot\\[cq] setzen das Einhängen von Geräten um. Es handelt sich " -"dabei um Chroots, die das Einhängen eines Geräts erfordern, um auf die Chroot " -"zugreifen zu können. Diese Chroots stellen die folgenden zusätzlichen " +"\\[oq]lvm-snapshot\\[cq] setzen das Einhängen von Geräten um. Es handelt " +"sich dabei um Chroots, die das Einhängen eines Geräts erfordern, um auf die " +"Chroot zugreifen zu können. Diese Chroots stellen die folgenden zusätzlichen " "Optionen bereit:" #. type: TP -#: schroot.conf.5.man:413 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:422 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]mount-options=\\f[CI]options\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]mount-options=\\f[CI]Optionen\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:418 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:427 msgid "" "Mount options for the block device. These are additional options to pass to " "B<mount>(8). For example, \\[lq]-o atime,sync,user_xattr\\[rq]." msgstr "" "Einhängeoptionen für das Blockspeichergerät. Dies sind zusätzliche Optionen, " -"die an B<mount>(8) übergeben werden, zum Beispiel \\[lq]-o " -"atime,sync,user_xattr\\[rq]." +"die an B<mount>(8) übergeben werden, zum Beispiel \\[lq]-o atime,sync," +"user_xattr\\[rq]." #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:425 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:434 msgid "" "This is the path to the chroot I<inside> the filesystem on the device. For " "example, if the filesystem contains a chroot in I</chroot/sid>, you would " @@ -4172,18 +4219,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Dies ist der Pfad zur Chroot I<innerhalb> des Dateisystems auf dem Gerät. " "Falls das Dateisystem zum Beispiel eine Chroot in I</chroot/sid> enthält, " -"würden Sie hier \\[lq]/chroot/sid\\[rq] angeben. Falls die Chroot das Einzige " -"ist, was sich auf dem Dateisystem befindet, d.h. I</> das Wurzeldateisystem " -"der Chroot ist, sollte diese Option leer sein oder ganz weggelassen werden." +"würden Sie hier \\[lq]/chroot/sid\\[rq] angeben. Falls die Chroot das " +"Einzige ist, was sich auf dem Dateisystem befindet, d.h. I</> das " +"Wurzeldateisystem der Chroot ist, sollte diese Option leer sein oder ganz " +"weggelassen werden." #. type: SS -#: schroot.conf.5.man:425 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:434 #, no-wrap msgid "Filesystem Union chroot options" msgstr "Optionen der dateisystemvereinenden Chroot" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:437 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:446 msgid "" "The \\[oq]block-device\\[cq], \\[oq]directory\\[cq] and \\[oq]loopback\\[cq] " "chroot types allow for the creation of a session using filesystem unions to " @@ -4194,8 +4242,8 @@ msgid "" "changes to a single chroot simultaneously, while keeping the changes private " "to each session. To enable this feature, set \\f[CI]union-type\\fR to any " "supported value. If enabled, the chroot will also be a B<source chroot>, " -"which will provide additional options (see \\[lq]I<Source chroot " -"options>\\[rq], above). All entries are optional." +"which will provide additional options (see \\[lq]I<Source chroot options>" +"\\[rq], above). All entries are optional." msgstr "" "Die Chroot-Typen \\[oq]block-device\\[cq], \\[oq]directory\\[cq] und " "\\[oq]loopback\\[cq] ermöglichen beim Erstellen einer Sitzung die Benutzung " @@ -4204,21 +4252,21 @@ msgstr "" "Lesezugriff mit einigen Änderungen, die im darüberliegenden beschreibbaren " "Verzeichnis gemacht wurden und das Originaldateisystem unverändert lassen. " "Eine Union erlaubt mehrere Sitzungen, um simultan auf eine einzelne Chroot " -"zuzugreifen und Änderungen daran vorzunehmen, während die Änderungen für jede " -"Sitzung privat gehalten werden. Um diese Funktionalität zu aktivieren, setzen " -"Sie \\f[CI]union-type\\fR auf irgendeinen unterstützten Wert. Falls dies " -"aktiviert ist, wird die Chroot außerdem eine B<Source-Chroot> sein, die " -"zusätzliche Optionen bereitstellt (siehe " -"\\[lq]I<Source-Chroot-Optionen>\\[rq], oben). Alle Einträge sind optional." +"zuzugreifen und Änderungen daran vorzunehmen, während die Änderungen für " +"jede Sitzung privat gehalten werden. Um diese Funktionalität zu aktivieren, " +"setzen Sie \\f[CI]union-type\\fR auf irgendeinen unterstützten Wert. Falls " +"dies aktiviert ist, wird die Chroot außerdem eine B<Source-Chroot> sein, die " +"zusätzliche Optionen bereitstellt (siehe \\[lq]I<Source-Chroot-Optionen>" +"\\[rq], oben). Alle Einträge sind optional." #. type: TP -#: schroot.conf.5.man:437 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:446 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]union-type=\\f[CI]type\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]union-type=\\f[CI]Typ\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:442 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:451 msgid "" "Set the union filesystem type. Currently supported filesystems are " "\\[oq]aufs\\[cq], \\[oq]overlayfs\\[cq] and \\[oq]unionfs\\[cq]. The " @@ -4229,13 +4277,13 @@ msgstr "" "Vorgabe ist \\[oq]none\\[cq], wodurch diese Funktionalität deaktiviert wird." #. type: TP -#: schroot.conf.5.man:442 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:451 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]union-mount-options=\\f[CI]options\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]union-mount-options=\\f[CI]Optionen\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:456 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:465 msgid "" "Union filesystem mount options (branch configuration), used for mounting the " "union filesystem specified with I<union-type>. This replaces the complete " @@ -4250,23 +4298,24 @@ msgstr "" "Einhängeoptionen des vereinten Dateisystems (Konfiguration des Zweigs), die " "zum Einhängen des vereinten Dateisystems mit I<union-type> angegeben werden. " "Dies ersetzt die vollständige Zeichenkette \\[lq]-o\\[rq] zum Einhängen und " -"ermöglicht das Erstellen komplexer vereinter Dateisysteme. Beachten Sie, dass " -"\\[oq]aufs\\[cq], \\[oq]overlayfs\\[cq] und \\[oq]unionfs\\[cq] jeweils " +"ermöglicht das Erstellen komplexer vereinter Dateisysteme. Beachten Sie, " +"dass \\[oq]aufs\\[cq], \\[oq]overlayfs\\[cq] und \\[oq]unionfs\\[cq] jeweils " "verschiedene Einhängeoptionen unterstützen. B<Hinweis:> Die Variablen " "\\[lq]${CHROOT_UNION_OVERLAY_DIRECTORY}\\[rq] und " "\\[lq]${CHROOT_UNION_UNDERLAY_DIRECTORY}\\[rq] können benutzt werden, um auf " -"das darüberliegende beschreibbare Sitzungsverzeichnis und das darunterliegende " -"Verzeichnis mit Lesezugriff Bezug zu nehmen, die zum Vereinen dienen. Eine " -"vollständige Variablenliste finden Sie unter B<schroot-setup>(5)." +"das darüberliegende beschreibbare Sitzungsverzeichnis und das " +"darunterliegende Verzeichnis mit Lesezugriff Bezug zu nehmen, die zum " +"Vereinen dienen. Eine vollständige Variablenliste finden Sie unter B<schroot-" +"setup>(5)." #. type: TP -#: schroot.conf.5.man:456 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:465 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]union-overlay-directory\\f[CI]=directory\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]union-overlay-directory\\f[CI]=Verzeichnis\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:460 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:469 msgid "" "Specify the directory where the writeable overlay session directories will " "be created. The default is \\[oq]\\*[SCHROOT_OVERLAY_DIR]\\[cq]." @@ -4276,13 +4325,13 @@ msgstr "" "\\[oq]\\*[SCHROOT_OVERLAY_DIR]\\[cq]." #. type: TP -#: schroot.conf.5.man:460 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:469 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]union-underlay-directory\\f[CI]=directory\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]union-underlay-directory\\f[CI]=Verzeichnis\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:464 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:473 msgid "" "Specify the directory where the read-only underlying directories will be " "created. The default is \\[oq]\\*[SCHROOT_UNDERLAY_DIR]\\[cq]." @@ -4292,13 +4341,113 @@ msgstr "" "\\[oq]\\*[SCHROOT_UNDERLAY_DIR]\\[cq]." #. type: SS -#: schroot.conf.5.man:464 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:473 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "Chroot selection" +msgid "Chroot isolation" +msgstr "Chroot-Auswahl" + +#. type: Plain text +#: schroot.conf.5.man:477 +msgid "" +"On Linux systems, it is possible to isolate some resources when running a " +"command inside the chroot. These include:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: schroot.conf.5.man:480 +msgid "The network" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: schroot.conf.5.man:483 +msgid "System V semaphore undo lists" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: schroot.conf.5.man:486 +msgid "System V IPC messages, semaphores and shared memory" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: schroot.conf.5.man:489 +msgid "The UTS (uname) namespace" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: schroot.conf.5.man:490 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "\\f[CBI]source-clone=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" +msgid "\\f[CBI]unshare.net=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" +msgstr "\\f[CBI]source-clone=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" + +#. type: Plain text +#: schroot.conf.5.man:495 +msgid "" +"Unshare networking. Network devices will not be shared with the host. By " +"default, only the local loopback interface will be available. A custom " +"setup script could make additional adjustments to the networking " +"configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: schroot.conf.5.man:495 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "\\f[CBI]source-clone=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" +msgid "\\f[CBI]unshare.sysvipc=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" +msgstr "\\f[CBI]source-clone=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" + +#. type: Plain text +#: schroot.conf.5.man:499 +msgid "" +"Unshare System V IPC. This creates a new IPC namespace (messages, " +"semaphores and shared memory are not shared with the host)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: schroot.conf.5.man:499 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "\\f[CBI]source-clone=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" +msgid "\\f[CBI]unshare.sysvsem=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" +msgstr "\\f[CBI]source-clone=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" + +#. type: Plain text +#: schroot.conf.5.man:502 +msgid "" +"Unshare System V semaphore undo values. This creates a separate undo list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: schroot.conf.5.man:502 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "\\f[CBI]source-clone=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" +msgid "\\f[CBI]unshare.uts=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" +msgstr "\\f[CBI]source-clone=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" + +#. type: Plain text +#: schroot.conf.5.man:506 +msgid "" +"Unshare the UTS namespace. A different hostname and domainname may be " +"configured in the chroot, and will not be shared with the host." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: schroot.conf.5.man:511 +msgid "" +"Note that to specify this as overrides on the command-line, the key names " +"should be added to the \\f[CI]user-modifiable-keys\\fR or \\f[CI]rootr-" +"modifiable-keys\\fR keys keys. See the section \\[lq]I<Customisation>\\[rq] " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: SS +#: schroot.conf.5.man:511 #, no-wrap msgid "Customisation" msgstr "Anpassung" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:473 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:520 msgid "" "In addition to the configuration keys listed above, it is possible to add " "custom keys. These keys will be used to add additional environment " @@ -4309,21 +4458,21 @@ msgid "" "expression \\[lq]^([a-z][a-z0-9]*\\e.)+[a-z][a-z0-9-]*$\\[rq]." msgstr "" "Zusätzlich zu den oben aufgeführten Schlüsseln ist es möglich " -"benutzerdefinierte Schlüssel hinzuzufügen. Diese Schlüssel werden benutzt, um " -"dem Einrichtungsskript zusätzliche Umgebungsvariablen hinzuzufügen, wenn " +"benutzerdefinierte Schlüssel hinzuzufügen. Diese Schlüssel werden benutzt, " +"um dem Einrichtungsskript zusätzliche Umgebungsvariablen hinzuzufügen, wenn " "Einrichtungsskripte ausgeführt werden. Die einzige Einschränkung ist, dass " -"der Schlüsselname nur aus alphanumerischen Zeichen und Bindestrichen bestehen " -"darf, mit einem Buchstaben beginnen und mindestens einen Punkt enthalten " -"muss. Das heißt, dass er zu dem regulären Ausdruck " -"\\[lq]^([a-z][a-z0-9]*\\e.)+[a-z][a-z0-9-]*$\\[rq] passt." +"der Schlüsselname nur aus alphanumerischen Zeichen und Bindestrichen " +"bestehen darf, mit einem Buchstaben beginnen und mindestens einen Punkt " +"enthalten muss. Das heißt, dass er zu dem regulären Ausdruck \\[lq]^([a-z][a-" +"z0-9]*\\e.)+[a-z][a-z0-9-]*$\\[rq] passt." #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:475 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:522 msgid "For example:" msgstr "Zum Beispiel:" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:479 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:526 #, no-wrap msgid "" "debian.apt-update=true\n" @@ -4333,12 +4482,12 @@ msgstr "" "debian.distribution=unstable\n" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:483 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:530 msgid "would set the following environment:" msgstr "würde die folgende Umgebung setzen:" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:487 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:534 #, no-wrap msgid "" "DEBIAN_APT_UPDATE=true\n" @@ -4348,7 +4497,7 @@ msgstr "" "DEBIAN_DISTRIBUTION=unstable\n" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:492 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:539 msgid "" "Note that it is an error to use different key names which would set the same " "environment variable by mixing periods and hyphens." @@ -4358,11 +4507,11 @@ msgstr "" "Bindestrichen setzen würden." #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:496 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:543 msgid "" -"Custom configuration keys may also be modified at runtime using the " -"I<--option> option. However, for security, only selected keys may be " -"modified. These keys are specified using the following options:" +"Custom configuration keys may also be modified at runtime using the I<--" +"option> option. However, for security, only selected keys may be modified. " +"These keys are specified using the following options:" msgstr "" "Benutzerdefinierte Konfigurationsschlüssel können außerdem zur Laufzeit " "unter Benutzung der Option I<--option> geändert werden. Aus " @@ -4370,87 +4519,86 @@ msgstr "" "Diese Schlüssel werden mittels der folgenden Optionen angegeben:" #. type: TP -#: schroot.conf.5.man:496 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:543 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]user-modifiable-keys=\\f[CI]key1,key2,..\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]user-modifiable-keys=\\f[CI]Schlüssel1,Schlüssel2,…\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:499 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:546 msgid "Set the keys which users may modify using I<--option>." msgstr "" "setzt die Schlüssel, die Benutzer unter Benutzung von I<--option> ändern " "können." #. type: TP -#: schroot.conf.5.man:499 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:546 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]root-modifiable-keys=\\f[CI]key1,key2,..\\fR Set the keys which the" -msgstr "" -"\\f[CBI]root-modifiable-keys=\\f[CI]Schlüssel1,Schlüssel2,…\\fR setzt die " -"Schlüssel, die der" +msgstr "\\f[CBI]root-modifiable-keys=\\f[CI]Schlüssel1,Schlüssel2,…\\fR setzt die Schlüssel, die der" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:504 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:551 msgid "" "root user may modify using I<--option>. Note that the root user may use the " "keys specified in \\f[CI]user-modifiable-keys\\fR in addition to those " "specified here." msgstr "" -"Root-Benutzer mittels I<--option> ändern kann. Beachten Sie, dass der " -"Root-Benutzer die in \\f[CI]user-modifiable-keys\\fR angegebenen Schlüssel " +"Root-Benutzer mittels I<--option> ändern kann. Beachten Sie, dass der Root-" +"Benutzer die in \\f[CI]user-modifiable-keys\\fR angegebenen Schlüssel " "zusätzlich zu den hier angegebenen verwenden kann." #. type: SS -#: schroot.conf.5.man:504 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:551 #, no-wrap msgid "Localisation" msgstr "Lokalisierung" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:508 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:555 msgid "" "Some keys may be localised in multiple languages. This is achieved by " "adding the locale name in square brackets after the key name. For example:" msgstr "" -"einige Schlüssel können in mehrere Sprachen lokalisiert sein. Dies wird durch " -"Hinzufügen des Local-Namens in eckigen Klammern nach dem Schlüsselnamen " -"erreicht, zum Beispiel:" +"einige Schlüssel können in mehrere Sprachen lokalisiert sein. Dies wird " +"durch Hinzufügen des Local-Namens in eckigen Klammern nach dem " +"Schlüsselnamen erreicht, zum Beispiel:" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:511 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:558 #, no-wrap msgid "description[en_GB]=\\f[CI]British English translation\\fR\n" msgstr "description[en_GB]=\\f[CI]British English translation\\fR\n" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:515 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:562 msgid "This will localise the \\f[CI]description\\fR key for the en_GB locale." msgstr "" "Dies wird den Schlüssel \\f[CI]description\\fR für die Locale en_GB " "lokalisieren." #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:518 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:565 #, no-wrap msgid "description[fr]=\\f[CI]French translation\\fR\n" msgstr "description[fr]=\\f[CI]Traduction française\\fR\n" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:522 -msgid "This will localise the \\f[CI]description\\fR key for all French locales." +#: schroot.conf.5.man:569 +msgid "" +"This will localise the \\f[CI]description\\fR key for all French locales." msgstr "" -"Dies wird den Schlüssel \\f[CI]description\\fR für alle französischen Locales " -"lokalisieren." +"Dies wird den Schlüssel \\f[CI]description\\fR für alle französischen " +"Locales lokalisieren." #. type: SH -#: schroot.conf.5.man:522 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:569 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT NAMES" msgstr "CHROOT-NAMEN" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:529 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:576 msgid "" "A number of characters or words are not permitted in a chroot name, session " "name or configuration filename. The name may not contain a leading period " @@ -4459,21 +4607,21 @@ msgid "" "name. The name may also not contain a trailing tilde (\\[oq]~\\[cq]). The " "rationale for these restrictions is given below." msgstr "" -"In einem Chroot-, Sitzungs- oder Konfigurationsdateinamen sind eine Reihe von " -"Zeichen und Wörtern nicht erlaubt. Der Name darf am Anfang keinen Punkt " +"In einem Chroot-, Sitzungs- oder Konfigurationsdateinamen sind eine Reihe " +"von Zeichen und Wörtern nicht erlaubt. Der Name darf am Anfang keinen Punkt " "haben. Die Zeichen \\[oq]:\\[cq] (Doppelpunkt), \\[oq],\\[cq] (Komma) und " "\\[oq]/\\[cq] (Vorwärtsschrägstrich) sind nirgendwo im Namen erlaubt. Der " -"Name darf außerdem keine führende Tilde (\\[oq]~\\[cq]) enthalten. Die Gründe " -"für diese Einschränkungen werden nachfolgend angegeben." +"Name darf außerdem keine führende Tilde (\\[oq]~\\[cq]) enthalten. Die " +"Gründe für diese Einschränkungen werden nachfolgend angegeben." #. type: TP -#: schroot.conf.5.man:529 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:576 #, no-wrap msgid "\\[oq]B<.>\\[cq]" msgstr "\\[oq]B<.>\\[cq]" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:536 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:583 msgid "" "A leading period could be used to create a name with a relative path in it, " "in combination with \\[oq]/\\[cq], and this could allow overwriting of files " @@ -4481,21 +4629,22 @@ msgid "" "cannot be created. It also means some editor backups are automatically " "ignored. Periods are allowed anywhere else in the name." msgstr "" -"Ein führender Punkt kann benutzt werden, um einen Namen mit darin enthaltenem " -"relativen Pfad in Kombination mit \\[oq]/\\[cq] zu erstellen und dies kann " -"das Überschreiben von Dateien auf dem Wirtsystem ermöglichen. Wird dieses " -"Zeichen nicht erlaubt, heißt das außerdem, dass keine versteckten Dateien " -"erstellt werden können. Außerdem bedeutet es, dass einige Editor-Sicherungen " -"automatisch ignoriert werden. Punkte sind sonst überall im Namen erlaubt." +"Ein führender Punkt kann benutzt werden, um einen Namen mit darin " +"enthaltenem relativen Pfad in Kombination mit \\[oq]/\\[cq] zu erstellen und " +"dies kann das Überschreiben von Dateien auf dem Wirtsystem ermöglichen. Wird " +"dieses Zeichen nicht erlaubt, heißt das außerdem, dass keine versteckten " +"Dateien erstellt werden können. Außerdem bedeutet es, dass einige Editor-" +"Sicherungen automatisch ignoriert werden. Punkte sind sonst überall im Namen " +"erlaubt." #. type: TP -#: schroot.conf.5.man:536 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:583 #, no-wrap msgid "\\[oq]B<:>\\[cq]" msgstr "\\[oq]B<:>\\[cq]" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:542 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:589 msgid "" "A colon is used as a namespace delimiter, and so is not permitted as part of " "a chroot or session name. LVM snapshot names may also not contain this " @@ -4507,13 +4656,13 @@ msgstr "" "nicht enthalten." #. type: TP -#: schroot.conf.5.man:542 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:589 #, no-wrap msgid "\\[oq]B</>\\[cq]" msgstr "\\[oq]B</>\\[cq]" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:546 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:593 msgid "" "Names containing this character are not valid filenames. A forward slash " "would potentially allow creation of files in subdirectories." @@ -4523,13 +4672,13 @@ msgstr "" "Unterverzeichnissen gestatten." #. type: TP -#: schroot.conf.5.man:546 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:593 #, no-wrap msgid "\\[oq]B<,>\\[cq]" msgstr "\\[oq]B<,>\\[cq]" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:550 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:597 msgid "" "Commas are used to separate items in lists. Aliases are separated by commas " "and hence can't contain commas in their name." @@ -4539,13 +4688,13 @@ msgstr "" "Namen enthalten." #. type: TP -#: schroot.conf.5.man:550 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:597 #, no-wrap msgid "\\[oq]B<~>\\[cq]" msgstr "\\[oq]B<~>\\[cq]" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:554 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:601 msgid "" "Filenames containing trailing tildes are used for editor backup files, which " "are ignored. Tildes are allowed anywhere else in the name." @@ -4555,31 +4704,31 @@ msgstr "" "Namen erlaubt." #. type: TP -#: schroot.conf.5.man:554 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:601 #, no-wrap msgid "\\[oq]B<dpkg-old>\\[cq]" msgstr "\\[oq]B<dpkg-old>\\[cq]" #. type: TQ -#: schroot.conf.5.man:556 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:603 #, no-wrap msgid "\\[oq]B<dpkg-dist>\\[cq]" msgstr "\\[oq]B<dpkg-dist>\\[cq]" #. type: TQ -#: schroot.conf.5.man:558 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:605 #, no-wrap msgid "\\[oq]B<dpkg-new>\\[cq]" msgstr "\\[oq]B<dpkg-new>\\[cq]" #. type: TQ -#: schroot.conf.5.man:560 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:607 #, no-wrap msgid "\\[oq]B<dpkg-tmp>\\[cq]" msgstr "\\[oq]B<dpkg-tmp>\\[cq]" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:564 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:611 msgid "" "These names may not appear at the end of a name. These are saved copies of " "conffiles used by the dpkg package manager, and will be ignored." @@ -4589,19 +4738,19 @@ msgstr "" "und daher ignoriert werden." #. type: SH -#: schroot.conf.5.man:564 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:611 #, no-wrap msgid "SECURITY" msgstr "SICHERHEIT" #. type: SS -#: schroot.conf.5.man:565 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:612 #, no-wrap msgid "Untrusted users" msgstr "Nicht vertrauenswürdige Benutzer" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:571 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:618 msgid "" "Note that giving untrusted users root access to chroots is a B<serious " "security risk>! Although the untrusted user will only have root access to " @@ -4611,13 +4760,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Beachten Sie, dass es ein B<ernstes Sicherheitsrisiko> ist, nicht " "vertrauenswürdigen Benutzern Root-Zugriff zu gewähren! Obwohl der nicht " -"vertrauenswürdige Benutzer nur Root-Zugriff innerhalb der Chroot hat, gibt es " -"in der Praxis viele offensichtliche Wege aus der Chroot auszubrechen und " -"Dienste auf dem Wirtsystem zu zerstören. Wie immer wird dies auf I<Vertrauen> " -"hinauslaufen." +"vertrauenswürdige Benutzer nur Root-Zugriff innerhalb der Chroot hat, gibt " +"es in der Praxis viele offensichtliche Wege aus der Chroot auszubrechen und " +"Dienste auf dem Wirtsystem zu zerstören. Wie immer wird dies auf " +"I<Vertrauen> hinauslaufen." #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:574 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:621 msgid "" "B<Do not give chroot root access to users you would not trust> B<with root " "access to the host system.>" @@ -4626,42 +4775,42 @@ msgstr "" "wenn sie Root-Zugriff auf das Wirtsystem hätten.>" #. type: SS -#: schroot.conf.5.man:574 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:621 #, no-wrap msgid "Profiles" msgstr "Profile" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:585 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:632 msgid "" -"Depending upon which profile you have configured with the " -"\\f[CI]script-config\\fR option, different filesystems will be mounted " -"inside the chroot, and different files will be copied into the chroot from " -"the host. Some profiles will mount the host's I</dev>, while others will " -"not. Some profiles also bind mount additional parts of the host filesystem " -"in order to allow use of certain features, including user's home directories " -"and specific parts of I</var>. Check the profile's I<fstab> file to be " -"certain of what will be mounted, and the other profile files to see which " -"files and system databases will be copied into the chroot. Choose a " -"different profile or edit the files to further restrict what is made " -"available inside the chroot." +"Depending upon which profile you have configured with the \\f[CI]script-" +"config\\fR option, different filesystems will be mounted inside the chroot, " +"and different files will be copied into the chroot from the host. Some " +"profiles will mount the host's I</dev>, while others will not. Some " +"profiles also bind mount additional parts of the host filesystem in order to " +"allow use of certain features, including user's home directories and " +"specific parts of I</var>. Check the profile's I<fstab> file to be certain " +"of what will be mounted, and the other profile files to see which files and " +"system databases will be copied into the chroot. Choose a different profile " +"or edit the files to further restrict what is made available inside the " +"chroot." msgstr "" "Abhängig davon, welche Profile Sie mit der Option \\f[CI]script-config\\fR " -"konfiguriert haben, werden unterschiedliche Dateisysteme innerhalb der Chroot " -"eingehängt und es werden unterschiedliche Dateien vom Wirtsystem in die " -"Chroot kopiert. Einige Profile werden I</dev> vom Wirtsystem einhängen, " +"konfiguriert haben, werden unterschiedliche Dateisysteme innerhalb der " +"Chroot eingehängt und es werden unterschiedliche Dateien vom Wirtsystem in " +"die Chroot kopiert. Einige Profile werden I</dev> vom Wirtsystem einhängen, " "andere nicht. Einige Profile werden außerdem zusätzliche Teile des " "Wirtdateisystems mit der Option »bind« einhängen, um die Benutzung " -"verschiedener Funktionen zu ermöglichen, einschließlich des " -"Home-Verzeichnisses des Benutzers und bestimmter Teile von I</var>. Prüfen " -"Sie die Datei I<fstab> des Profils, um sich zu versichern, was eingehängt " -"wird und die anderen Profildateien, um zu sehen, welche Dateien und " +"verschiedener Funktionen zu ermöglichen, einschließlich des Home-" +"Verzeichnisses des Benutzers und bestimmter Teile von I</var>. Prüfen Sie " +"die Datei I<fstab> des Profils, um sich zu versichern, was eingehängt wird " +"und die anderen Profildateien, um zu sehen, welche Dateien und " "Systemdatenbanken in die Chroot kopiert werden. Wählen Sie ein anderes " "Profil aus oder bearbeiten Sie die Dateien, um weiter einzugrenzen, was " "innerhalb der Chroot verfügbar gemacht wird." #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:591 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:638 msgid "" "There is a tradeoff between security (keeping the chroot as minimal as " "possible) and usability (which sometimes requires access to parts of the " @@ -4669,26 +4818,26 @@ msgid "" "is important that you assess which meets the security/usability tradeoff you " "require." msgstr "" -"Es gibt einen Kompromiss zwischen Sicherheit (die Chroot so klein wie möglich " -"halten) und Benutzerfreundlichkeit (die manchmal Zugriff auf Teile des " -"Wirtdateisystems erfordert). Die unterschiedlichen Profile gehen " +"Es gibt einen Kompromiss zwischen Sicherheit (die Chroot so klein wie " +"möglich halten) und Benutzerfreundlichkeit (die manchmal Zugriff auf Teile " +"des Wirtdateisystems erfordert). Die unterschiedlichen Profile gehen " "unterschiedliche Kompromisse ein und es ist wichtig, dass Sie beurteilen, " "welchen Kompromiss aus Sicherheit und Benutzerfreundlichkeit Sie benötigen." #. type: SH -#: schroot.conf.5.man:591 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:638 #, no-wrap msgid "EXAMPLE" msgstr "BEISPIEL" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:594 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:641 #, no-wrap msgid "# Sample configuration\n" msgstr "# Beispielkonfiguration\n" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:605 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:652 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[sid]\n" @@ -4714,7 +4863,7 @@ msgstr "" "aliases=unstable,default\n" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:616 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:663 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[etch]\n" @@ -4740,7 +4889,7 @@ msgstr "" "personality=linux32\n" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:623 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:670 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[sid-file]\n" @@ -4758,7 +4907,7 @@ msgstr "" "file=/srv/chroots/sid.tar.gz\n" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:635 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:682 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[sid-snapshot]\n" @@ -4786,25 +4935,25 @@ msgstr "" "lvm-snapshot-options=--size 2G\n" #. type: SS -#: schroot.conf.5.man:637 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:684 #, no-wrap msgid "Chroot definitions" msgstr "Chroot-Definitionen" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:647 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:694 msgid "" "Additional chroot definitions may be placed in files under this directory. " "They are treated in exactly that same manner as I<\\*[SCHROOT_CONF]>. Each " "file may contain one or more chroot definitions." msgstr "" "Zusätzliche Chroot-Definitionen können unter diesem Verzeichnis in »files« " -"abgelegt werden. Sie werden auf exakt die selbe Weise wie " -"I<\\*[SCHROOT_CONF]> betrachtet. Jede Datei kann eine oder mehrere " -"Chroot-Definitionen enthalten." +"abgelegt werden. Sie werden auf exakt die selbe Weise wie I<" +"\\*[SCHROOT_CONF]> betrachtet. Jede Datei kann eine oder mehrere Chroot-" +"Definitionen enthalten." #. type: Plain text -#: schroot.conf.5.man:681 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:728 msgid "" "B<sbuild>(1), B<schroot>(1), B<schroot-script-config>(5), B<schroot-faq>(7), " "B<mount>(8)." @@ -4828,21 +4977,21 @@ msgstr "" #: schroot-script-config.5.man:29 msgid "" "B<schroot> uses scripts to set up and then clean up the chroot environment. " -"These scripts may be customised using the \\f[CI]script-config\\fR key in " -"I<\\*[SCHROOT_CONF]>. This key specifies a file which the setup scripts " -"will source when they are run. The file is a Bourne shell script, and in " +"These scripts may be customised using the \\f[CI]script-config\\fR key in I<" +"\\*[SCHROOT_CONF]>. This key specifies a file which the setup scripts will " +"source when they are run. The file is a Bourne shell script, and in " "consequence may contain any valid shell code, in addition to simple variable " "assignments. This will, for example, allow behaviour to be customised " "according to the specific chroot type or name." msgstr "" "B<schroot> benutzt Skripte, um die Chroot-Umgebung einzurichten und " -"aufzuräumen. Diese Skripte können mittels der Schlüssels " -"\\f[CI]script-config\\fR in I<\\*[SCHROOT_CONF]> angepasst werden. Dieser " -"Schlüssel gibt eine Datei an, die die Einrichtungsskripte einlesen, wenn sie " -"ausgeführt werden. Die Datei ist ein Bourne-Shell-Skript und kann " -"infolgedessen zusätzlich zu den einfachen Variablenzuweisungen jeden gültigen " -"Shell-Code enthalten. Dies wird zum Beispiel ermöglichen, dass das Verhalten " -"an einen bestimmten Chroot-Typ oder -Namen angepasst wird." +"aufzuräumen. Diese Skripte können mittels der Schlüssels \\f[CI]script-config" +"\\fR in I<\\*[SCHROOT_CONF]> angepasst werden. Dieser Schlüssel gibt eine " +"Datei an, die die Einrichtungsskripte einlesen, wenn sie ausgeführt werden. " +"Die Datei ist ein Bourne-Shell-Skript und kann infolgedessen zusätzlich zu " +"den einfachen Variablenzuweisungen jeden gültigen Shell-Code enthalten. Dies " +"wird zum Beispiel ermöglichen, dass das Verhalten an einen bestimmten Chroot-" +"Typ oder -Namen angepasst wird." #. type: Plain text #: schroot-script-config.5.man:34 @@ -4853,18 +5002,18 @@ msgid "" "Existing configuration should be modified to use these keys in place of this " "file." msgstr "" -"Diese Datei ist missbilligt, wird aber immer noch benutzt, wenn sie vorhanden " -"ist. Sie wird in einer zukünftigen Version hinfällig und entfernt. Alle " -"Einstellungen in dieser Datei können nun mit den Konfigurationsschlüsseln in " -"I<schroot.conf> gesetzt werden, wie nachfolgend genau beschrieben. " -"Existierende Konfigurationen sollten verändert werden, um diese Schlüssel " -"anstelle dieser Datei zu verwenden." +"Diese Datei ist missbilligt, wird aber immer noch benutzt, wenn sie " +"vorhanden ist. Sie wird in einer zukünftigen Version hinfällig und entfernt. " +"Alle Einstellungen in dieser Datei können nun mit den " +"Konfigurationsschlüsseln in I<schroot.conf> gesetzt werden, wie nachfolgend " +"genau beschrieben. Existierende Konfigurationen sollten verändert werden, um " +"diese Schlüssel anstelle dieser Datei zu verwenden." #. type: Plain text #: schroot-script-config.5.man:37 msgid "" -"The environment is the same as for all setup scripts, described in " -"B<schroot-setup>(5)." +"The environment is the same as for all setup scripts, described in B<schroot-" +"setup>(5)." msgstr "" "Die Umgebung ist für alle in B<schroot-setup>(5) beschriebenen " "Einrichtungsskripte gleich." @@ -4886,11 +5035,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Die folgenden Variablen können gesetzt werden, um das Verhalten von " "Einrichtungsskripten zu konfigurieren. Beachten Sie, dass in zukünftigen " -"Veröffentlichungen möglicherweise neue Variablen hinzugefügt werden. " -"Chroot-Erweiterungen Dritter, die ihre eigenen Einrichtungsskripte " -"hinzufügen, können zusätzliche, hier nicht dokumentierte Variablen enthalten. " -"Ziehen Sie die Dokumentation der Erweiterung zu Rate, um weitere Einzelheiten " -"zu erfahren." +"Veröffentlichungen möglicherweise neue Variablen hinzugefügt werden. Chroot-" +"Erweiterungen Dritter, die ihre eigenen Einrichtungsskripte hinzufügen, " +"können zusätzliche, hier nicht dokumentierte Variablen enthalten. Ziehen Sie " +"die Dokumentation der Erweiterung zu Rate, um weitere Einzelheiten zu " +"erfahren." #. type: TP #: schroot-script-config.5.man:43 @@ -4917,29 +5066,40 @@ msgid "SETUP_FSTAB" msgstr "SETUP_FSTAB" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot-script-config.5.man:56 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:59 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The filesystem table file to be used to mount filesystems within the " +#| "chroot. The format of this file is the same as for I</etc/fstab>, " +#| "documented in B<fstab>(5). The only difference is that the mountpoint " +#| "path I<fs_dir> is relative to the chroot, rather than the root. Note " +#| "that this is settable using the \\f[CI]setup.fstab\\fR key." msgid "" "The filesystem table file to be used to mount filesystems within the " "chroot. The format of this file is the same as for I</etc/fstab>, " "documented in B<fstab>(5). The only difference is that the mountpoint path " "I<fs_dir> is relative to the chroot, rather than the root. Note that this " -"is settable using the \\f[CI]setup.fstab\\fR key." +"is settable using the \\f[CI]setup.fstab\\fR key. Also note that " +"mountpoints are canonicalised on the host, which will ensure that absolute " +"symlinks point inside the chroot, but complex paths containing multiple " +"symlinks may be resolved incorrectly; it is advised to not use nested " +"symlinks as mountpoints." msgstr "" "die Datei mit der Dateisystemtabelle, die zum Einhängen von Dateisystemen " "innerhalb der Chroot benutzt wird. Das Format dieser Datei ist das selbe, " "wie das, das in B<fstab>(5) die I</etc/fstab> dokumentiert. Der einzige " -"Unterschied ist, dass der Pfad zum Einhängepunkt I<fs_dir> relativ zur Chroot " -"statt zum Wurzelverzeichnis ist. Beachten Sie, dass dies mittels des " +"Unterschied ist, dass der Pfad zum Einhängepunkt I<fs_dir> relativ zur " +"Chroot statt zum Wurzelverzeichnis ist. Beachten Sie, dass dies mittels des " "Schlüssels \\f[CI]setup.fstab\\fR eingestellt werden kann." #. type: TP -#: schroot-script-config.5.man:56 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:59 #, no-wrap msgid "SETUP_NSSDATABASES" msgstr "SETUP_NSSDATABASES" #. type: Plain text -#: schroot-script-config.5.man:68 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:71 msgid "" "A file listing the system databases to copy into the chroot. The default " "databases are \\[oq]passwd\\[cq], \\[oq]shadow\\[cq], \\[oq]group\\[cq], " @@ -4956,19 +5116,19 @@ msgstr "" "\\[oq]networks\\[cq] und \\[oq]hosts\\[cq]. \\[oq]gshadow\\[cq] wird noch " "nicht standardmäßig kopiert, da sie nicht von allen aktuellen Versionen der " "GNU-C-Bibliothek unterstützt wird. Die Datenbanken werden mittels " -"B<getent>(1) kopiert, daher werden alle in I</etc/nsswitch.conf> aufgeführten " -"Datenbankquellen für jede Datenbank benutzt. Beachten Sie, dass dies unter " -"Verwendung des Schlüssels \\f[CI]setup.nssdatabases\\fR eingestellt werden " -"kann." +"B<getent>(1) kopiert, daher werden alle in I</etc/nsswitch.conf> " +"aufgeführten Datenbankquellen für jede Datenbank benutzt. Beachten Sie, dass " +"dies unter Verwendung des Schlüssels \\f[CI]setup.nssdatabases\\fR " +"eingestellt werden kann." #. type: Plain text -#: schroot-script-config.5.man:75 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:78 msgid "" -"B<sbuild>(1), B<schroot>(1), B<sh>(1), B<schroot.conf>(5), " -"B<schroot-setup>(5)." +"B<sbuild>(1), B<schroot>(1), B<sh>(1), B<schroot.conf>(5), B<schroot-" +"setup>(5)." msgstr "" -"B<sbuild>(1), B<schroot>(1), B<sh>(1), B<schroot.conf>(5), " -"B<schroot-setup>(5)." +"B<sbuild>(1), B<schroot>(1), B<sh>(1), B<schroot.conf>(5), B<schroot-" +"setup>(5)." #. type: TH #: schroot-faq.7.man:18 @@ -4987,8 +5147,8 @@ msgid "" "This manual page covers various frequently asked questions about " "configuration and usage of schroot." msgstr "" -"Diese Handbuchseite deckt viele verschiedene häufig gestellte Fragen über die " -"Konfiguration und Benutzung von Schroot ab." +"Diese Handbuchseite deckt viele verschiedene häufig gestellte Fragen über " +"die Konfiguration und Benutzung von Schroot ab." #. type: SH #: schroot-faq.7.man:24 dchroot-dsa.1.man:106 @@ -5005,26 +5165,26 @@ msgstr "Warum überschreibt Schroot Konfigurationsdateien in der Chroot?" #. type: Plain text #: schroot-faq.7.man:34 msgid "" -"By default, schroot copies over the system NSS databases " -"(\\[oq]passwd\\[cq], \\[oq]shadow\\[cq], \\[oq]group\\[cq], " -"\\[oq]gshadow\\[cq], \\[oq]services\\[cq], \\[oq]protocols\\[cq], " -"\\[oq]networks\\[cq], and \\[oq]hosts\\[cq], etc.) into the chroot. The " -"reason for this is that the chroot environment is not a completely separate " -"system, and it copying them over keeps them synchronised. However, this is " -"not always desirable, particularly if installing a package in the chroot " -"creates system users and groups which are not present on the host, since " -"these will disappear next time the databases are copied over." -msgstr "" -"Standardmäßig kopiert Schroot die NSS-Datenbanken des Systems " -"(\\[oq]passwd\\[cq], \\[oq]shadow\\[cq], \\[oq]group\\[cq], " -"\\[oq]gshadow\\[cq], \\[oq]services\\[cq], \\[oq]protocols\\[cq], " -"\\[oq]networks\\[cq] und \\[oq]hosts\\[cq], etc.) in die Chroot hinein. Der " -"Grund dafür ist, dass die Chroot-Umgebung kein vollständig separates System " -"ist und es durch das Kopieren synchron gehalten wird. Dies ist jedoch nicht " -"immer erwünscht, insbesondere, wenn ein Paket in die Chroot installiert wird, " -"das Systembenutzer und Gruppen erzeugt, die auf dem Wirtsystem nicht " -"vorhanden sind, da diese beim nächsten Herüberkopieren der Datenbanken " -"verschwinden werden." +"By default, schroot copies over the system NSS databases (\\[oq]passwd" +"\\[cq], \\[oq]shadow\\[cq], \\[oq]group\\[cq], \\[oq]gshadow\\[cq], " +"\\[oq]services\\[cq], \\[oq]protocols\\[cq], \\[oq]networks\\[cq], and " +"\\[oq]hosts\\[cq], etc.) into the chroot. The reason for this is that the " +"chroot environment is not a completely separate system, and it copying them " +"over keeps them synchronised. However, this is not always desirable, " +"particularly if installing a package in the chroot creates system users and " +"groups which are not present on the host, since these will disappear next " +"time the databases are copied over." +msgstr "" +"Standardmäßig kopiert Schroot die NSS-Datenbanken des Systems (\\[oq]passwd" +"\\[cq], \\[oq]shadow\\[cq], \\[oq]group\\[cq], \\[oq]gshadow\\[cq], " +"\\[oq]services\\[cq], \\[oq]protocols\\[cq], \\[oq]networks\\[cq] und " +"\\[oq]hosts\\[cq], etc.) in die Chroot hinein. Der Grund dafür ist, dass die " +"Chroot-Umgebung kein vollständig separates System ist und es durch das " +"Kopieren synchron gehalten wird. Dies ist jedoch nicht immer erwünscht, " +"insbesondere, wenn ein Paket in die Chroot installiert wird, das " +"Systembenutzer und Gruppen erzeugt, die auf dem Wirtsystem nicht vorhanden " +"sind, da diese beim nächsten Herüberkopieren der Datenbanken verschwinden " +"werden." #. type: Plain text #: schroot-faq.7.man:42 @@ -5032,19 +5192,19 @@ msgid "" "The suggested workaround here is to disable the copying. This may be " "achieved by setting the \\f[CI]setup.nssdatabases\\fR key to be empty in " "I<schroot.conf>. In prior schroot releases, this was done by commenting out " -"the NSSDATABASES file for the chroot " -"(I<\\*[SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR]/default/config> by default). The database list " -"may also be customised by editing the file containing the database list " -"(I<\\*[SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR]/default/nssdatabases> by default)." +"the NSSDATABASES file for the chroot (I<\\*[SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR]/default/" +"config> by default). The database list may also be customised by editing " +"the file containing the database list (I<\\*[SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR]/default/" +"nssdatabases> by default)." msgstr "" "Die hier vorgeschlagene Behelfslösung besteht darin, das Kopieren zu " -"deaktivieren, indem der Schlüssel \\f[CI]setup.nssdatabases\\fR in " -"I<schroot.conf> geleert wird. In früheren Veröffentlichungen von Schroot " -"wurde dies durch Auskommentieren der Datei NSSDATABASES für die Chroot " -"erreicht (standardmäßig I<\\*[SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR]/default/config>). Die " +"deaktivieren, indem der Schlüssel \\f[CI]setup.nssdatabases\\fR in I<schroot." +"conf> geleert wird. In früheren Veröffentlichungen von Schroot wurde dies " +"durch Auskommentieren der Datei NSSDATABASES für die Chroot erreicht " +"(standardmäßig I<\\*[SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR]/default/config>). Die " "Datenbankliste kann ebenfalls durch Bearbeiten der Datei angepasst werden, " -"die die Datenbankliste enthält (standardmäßig " -"I<\\*[SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR]/default/nssdatabases>." +"die die Datenbankliste enthält (standardmäßig I<\\*[SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR]/" +"default/nssdatabases>." #. type: Plain text #: schroot-faq.7.man:46 @@ -5078,11 +5238,11 @@ msgstr "" "Diese beiden Chroot-Typen sind im Grunde identisch, da sie beide nur " "Verzeichnisse im Dateisystem sind. »plain« ist sehr einfach und führt keine " "Einrichtungsaufgaben durch. Der einzige Grund, aus dem Sie es möglicherweise " -"verwenden würden, ist, wenn Sie ein Upgrade eines Programms wie B<dchroot(1)> " -"oder B<chroot(8)> durchführen, das nichts anderes tut, als einen Befehl oder " -"eine Shell in einem Verzeichnis ausführen. Demgegenüber führen " -"Verzeichnis-Chroots Einrichtungsskripte aus, die zusätzliche Dateisysteme " -"einhängen und andere Einrichtungsaufgaben erledigen können." +"verwenden würden, ist, wenn Sie ein Upgrade eines Programms wie " +"B<dchroot(1)> oder B<chroot(8)> durchführen, das nichts anderes tut, als " +"einen Befehl oder eine Shell in einem Verzeichnis ausführen. Demgegenüber " +"führen Verzeichnis-Chroots Einrichtungsskripte aus, die zusätzliche " +"Dateisysteme einhängen und andere Einrichtungsaufgaben erledigen können." #. type: SH #: schroot-faq.7.man:57 @@ -5110,15 +5270,15 @@ msgid "" "for the next one, and any debris left over from package removals or earlier " "builds could interfere with the next build." msgstr "" -"Einige Chroot-Typen unterstützen das I<Klonen>. Das heißt, dass Sie, wenn Sie " -"eine Sitzung starten, eine I<Kopie> der Chroot erhalten, die nur während der " -"Lebensdauer der Sitzung besteht. Dies ist nützlich, wenn Sie vorübergehend " -"eine saubere Kopie des Systems für eine einzelne Aufgabe möchten, die dann " -"automatisch gelöscht wird, wenn Sie damit fertig sind. Die " -"Debian-Paketbau-D\\[ae]mons führen zum Beispiel B<sbuild>(1) aus, um " -"Debian-Pakete zu bauen und dieses Programm verwendet Schroot, um eine saubere " -"Bau-Umgebung für jedes einzelne Paket zu erstellen. Ohne Schnappschüsse " -"müsste die Chroot am Ende jedes Bauens auf ihren Anfangszustand zurückgesetzt " +"Einige Chroot-Typen unterstützen das I<Klonen>. Das heißt, dass Sie, wenn " +"Sie eine Sitzung starten, eine I<Kopie> der Chroot erhalten, die nur während " +"der Lebensdauer der Sitzung besteht. Dies ist nützlich, wenn Sie " +"vorübergehend eine saubere Kopie des Systems für eine einzelne Aufgabe " +"möchten, die dann automatisch gelöscht wird, wenn Sie damit fertig sind. Die " +"Debian-Paketbau-D\\[ae]mons führen zum Beispiel B<sbuild>(1) aus, um Debian-" +"Pakete zu bauen und dieses Programm verwendet Schroot, um eine saubere Bau-" +"Umgebung für jedes einzelne Paket zu erstellen. Ohne Schnappschüsse müsste " +"die Chroot am Ende jedes Bauens auf ihren Anfangszustand zurückgesetzt " "werden, um für das nächste bereit zu sein und jedes zurückgelassene " "Überbleibsel vom Entfernen des Pakets oder früherem Bauen könnte mit dem " "nächsten Bauen wechselwirken." @@ -5137,10 +5297,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Die am häufigsten benutzte Methode zum Erstellen von Schnappschüssen ist die " "Verwendung von LVM-Schnappschüssen (Chroot-Typ \\[oq]lvm-snapshot\\[cq]). In " -"diesem Fall muss die Chroot auf einem logischen LVM-Laufwerk (LV) existieren. " -"Schnappschüsse eines LV können während der Sitzungseinrichtung mit " -"B<lvcreate>(8) erstellt werden. Diese verbrauchen jedoch viel Platz auf der " -"Platte. Eine neuere Methode ist die Verwendung von Btrfs-Schnappschüssen " +"diesem Fall muss die Chroot auf einem logischen LVM-Laufwerk (LV) " +"existieren. Schnappschüsse eines LV können während der Sitzungseinrichtung " +"mit B<lvcreate>(8) erstellt werden. Diese verbrauchen jedoch viel Platz auf " +"der Platte. Eine neuere Methode ist die Verwendung von Btrfs-Schnappschüssen " "(Chroot-Typ \\[oq]btrfs-snapshot\\[cq]), die viel weniger Plattenplatz " "beanspruchen und zuverlässiger als LVM-Schnappschüsse sind. Btrfs ist " "allerdings immer noch experimentell, aber es besteht die Hoffnung, dass es " @@ -5162,8 +5322,8 @@ msgstr "" "Schreib-/Lesedateisystem oben auf das Chroot-Dateisystem gelegt, so dass " "Änderungen im darüberliegenden Dateisystem gespeichert werden und das " "Original-Chroot-Dateisystem unberührt bleibt. Der Linux-Kernel muss erst die " -"Unterstützung von Union-Dateisystemen wie Aufs und Unionfs integrieren, daher " -"sind LVM-Schnappschüsse derzeit immer noch die empfohlene Methode." +"Unterstützung von Union-Dateisystemen wie Aufs und Unionfs integrieren, " +"daher sind LVM-Schnappschüsse derzeit immer noch die empfohlene Methode." #. type: SH #: schroot-faq.7.man:87 @@ -5185,8 +5345,8 @@ msgid "" "starts up." msgstr "" "Ein häufiges Problem beim Versuch einen D\\[ae]mon in einer Chroot " -"auszuführen ist, dass Sie bemerken, dass er gar nicht läuft. " -"Typischerweise wurde der D\\[ae]mon kurz nach dem Start gekillt." +"auszuführen ist, dass Sie bemerken, dass er gar nicht läuft. Typischerweise " +"wurde der D\\[ae]mon kurz nach dem Start gekillt." #. type: Plain text #: schroot-faq.7.man:102 @@ -5211,25 +5371,25 @@ msgstr "" "Unglücklicherweise bedeutet dies, dass Schroot das Beenden des Programms " "bemerkt (der D\\[ae]mon ist ein verwaister Enkel dieses Prozesses) und dann " "die Sitzung beendet. Teil des Beendens der Sitzung ist das Killen aller " -"Prozesse, die innerhalb der Chroot laufen, was wiederum bedeutet, dass der " -"D\\[ae]mon beim Beenden der Sitzung gekillt wird." +"Prozesse, die innerhalb der Chroot laufen, was wiederum bedeutet, dass der D" +"\\[ae]mon beim Beenden der Sitzung gekillt wird." +# FIXME s/daemon/d\\[ae]mon/ #. type: Plain text #: schroot-faq.7.man:108 -# FIXME s/daemon/d\\[ae]mon/ msgid "" "In consequence, it's not possible to run a d\\[ae]mon I<directly> with " -"schroot. You can however do it if you create a session with " -"I<--begin-session> and then run the d\\[ae]mon with I<--run-session>. It's " -"your responsibility to end the session with I<--end-session> when the daemon " -"has terminated or you no longer need it." +"schroot. You can however do it if you create a session with I<--begin-" +"session> and then run the d\\[ae]mon with I<--run-session>. It's your " +"responsibility to end the session with I<--end-session> when the daemon has " +"terminated or you no longer need it." msgstr "" "Als Folge davon ist es nicht möglich, einen D\\[ae]mon I<direkt> mit Schroot " -"auszuführen. Sie können es dennoch tun, wenn Sie eine Sitzung mit " -"I<--begin-session> erstellen und dann den D\\[ae]mon mit I<--run-session> " -"ausführen. Es liegt dann in Ihrer Verantwortung, die Sitzung mit " -"I<--end-session> zu schließen, wenn der D\\[ae]mon beendet wurde und Sie ihn " -"nicht länger benötigen." +"auszuführen. Sie können es dennoch tun, wenn Sie eine Sitzung mit I<--begin-" +"session> erstellen und dann den D\\[ae]mon mit I<--run-session> ausführen. " +"Es liegt dann in Ihrer Verantwortung, die Sitzung mit I<--end-session> zu " +"schließen, wenn der D\\[ae]mon beendet wurde und Sie ihn nicht länger " +"benötigen." #. type: SS #: schroot-faq.7.man:108 @@ -5305,11 +5465,11 @@ msgstr "I<\\*[SCHROOT_MOUNT_DIR]/meine-Sitzung> entfernen" #. type: Plain text #: schroot-faq.7.man:140 msgid "" -"Repeat for the other directories such as I<\\*[SCHROOT_UNDERLAY_DIR]>, " -"I<\\*[SCHROOT_OVERLAY_DIR]> and I<\\*[SCHROOT_FILE_UNPACK_DIR]>" +"Repeat for the other directories such as I<\\*[SCHROOT_UNDERLAY_DIR]>, I<" +"\\*[SCHROOT_OVERLAY_DIR]> and I<\\*[SCHROOT_FILE_UNPACK_DIR]>" msgstr "" -"dies für andere Verzeichnisse wie I<\\*[SCHROOT_UNDERLAY_DIR]>, " -"I<\\*[SCHROOT_OVERLAY_DIR]> und I<\\*[SCHROOT_FILE_UNPACK_DIR]> wiederholen" +"dies für andere Verzeichnisse wie I<\\*[SCHROOT_UNDERLAY_DIR]>, I<" +"\\*[SCHROOT_OVERLAY_DIR]> und I<\\*[SCHROOT_FILE_UNPACK_DIR]> wiederholen" #. type: Plain text #: schroot-faq.7.man:144 @@ -5319,9 +5479,9 @@ msgid "" "still be bind mounted. Doing so could cause irretrievable data loss!" msgstr "" "B<HINWEIS:> Entfernen Sie keine Verzeichnisse, ohne zu prüfen, ob darunter " -"irgendwelche Dateisysteme eingehängt sind, da Dateisysteme wie I</home> immer " -"noch mit der Option »bind« eingehängt sein könnten. Dies dennoch zu tun, " -"könnte zum Verlust unwiederbringlicher Daten führen." +"irgendwelche Dateisysteme eingehängt sind, da Dateisysteme wie I</home> " +"immer noch mit der Option »bind« eingehängt sein könnten. Dies dennoch zu " +"tun, könnte zum Verlust unwiederbringlicher Daten führen." #. type: SH #: schroot-faq.7.man:144 @@ -5361,18 +5521,18 @@ msgstr "" #: schroot-faq.7.man:159 msgid "" "Creating a session using the I<squeeze> chroot. This will be automatically " -"given a unique name, such as " -"I<squeeze-57a69547-e014-4f5d-a98b-f4f35a005307>, though you don't usually " -"need to know about this" +"given a unique name, such as I<squeeze-57a69547-e014-4f5d-a98b-" +"f4f35a005307>, though you don't usually need to know about this" msgstr "" "Es wird mittels der Chroot I<squeeze> eine Sitzung erstellt. Dieser wird " -"automatisch ein eindeutiger Name wie " -"I<squeeze-57a69547-e014-4f5d-a98b-f4f35a005307> gegeben, obwohl Sie " -"normalerweise nichts darüber wissen möchten." +"automatisch ein eindeutiger Name wie I<squeeze-57a69547-e014-4f5d-a98b-" +"f4f35a005307> gegeben, obwohl Sie normalerweise nichts darüber wissen " +"möchten." #. type: Plain text #: schroot-faq.7.man:161 -msgid "Setup scripts are run to create the session chroot and configure it for you" +msgid "" +"Setup scripts are run to create the session chroot and configure it for you" msgstr "" "Einrichtungsskripte werden zum Erstellen der Sitzungs-Chroot ausgeführt und " "richten sie Ihnen ein." @@ -5410,19 +5570,19 @@ msgid "" "easy:" msgstr "" "Falls Sie nun mehr als einen Befehl ausführen wollen, können Sie eine Shell " -"starten und die Befehle interaktiv starten oder Sie können sie in ein " -"Shell-Skript schreiben und stattdessen dieses ausführen. Aber möglicherweise " +"starten und die Befehle interaktiv starten oder Sie können sie in ein Shell-" +"Skript schreiben und stattdessen dieses ausführen. Aber möglicherweise " "wollen Sie dazwischen etwas tun, wie etwa beliebige Befehle von einem " "Programm oder Skript ausführen, von dem Sie vorher noch nicht wissen, welche " -"Befehle Sie ausführen müssen. Außerdem möchten Sie vielleicht den Zustand der " -"Chroot zwischen zwei Befehlen konservieren, wobei die normale automatische " -"Erstellung von Sitzungen den Zustand zwischen jedem Befehl wieder " -"zurücksetzen würde. Das ist der Grund für die Sitzungen: Sobald sie erstellt " -"sind, ist die Sitzung beständig und wird nicht entfernt. Mit einer Sitzung " -"können Sie so viele Befehle ausführen, wie Sie wollen, Sie müssen aber die " -"Sitzung von Hand erstellen und löschen, da Schroot selbst nicht wissen kann, " -"wann Sie damit fertig sind, außer im obigen Fall mit dem einzelnen Befehl. " -"Dies ist ziemlich einfach:" +"Befehle Sie ausführen müssen. Außerdem möchten Sie vielleicht den Zustand " +"der Chroot zwischen zwei Befehlen konservieren, wobei die normale " +"automatische Erstellung von Sitzungen den Zustand zwischen jedem Befehl " +"wieder zurücksetzen würde. Das ist der Grund für die Sitzungen: Sobald sie " +"erstellt sind, ist die Sitzung beständig und wird nicht entfernt. Mit einer " +"Sitzung können Sie so viele Befehle ausführen, wie Sie wollen, Sie müssen " +"aber die Sitzung von Hand erstellen und löschen, da Schroot selbst nicht " +"wissen kann, wann Sie damit fertig sind, außer im obigen Fall mit dem " +"einzelnen Befehl. Dies ist ziemlich einfach:" #. type: Plain text #: schroot-faq.7.man:182 @@ -5471,12 +5631,10 @@ msgstr "" #: schroot-faq.7.man:198 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"% \\f[CB]schroot --run-session -c " -"squeeze-57a69547-e014-4f5d-a98b-f4f35a005307 \\e\n" +"% \\f[CB]schroot --run-session -c squeeze-57a69547-e014-4f5d-a98b-f4f35a005307 \\e\n" " -- command1\\fR\\[CR]\n" msgstr "" -"% \\f[CB]schroot --run-session -c " -"squeeze-57a69547-e014-4f5d-a98b-f4f35a005307 \\e\n" +"% \\f[CB]schroot --run-session -c squeeze-57a69547-e014-4f5d-a98b-f4f35a005307 \\e\n" " -- Befehl1\\fR\\[CR]\n" #. type: Plain text @@ -5514,19 +5672,16 @@ msgstr "etc." #. type: Plain text #: schroot-faq.7.man:215 -msgid "When we are done with the session, we can remove it with I<--end-session>:" +msgid "" +"When we are done with the session, we can remove it with I<--end-session>:" msgstr "" "Wenn die Sitzung vorüber ist, kann sie mit I<--end-session> entfernt werden:" #. type: Plain text #: schroot-faq.7.man:217 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"% \\f[CB]schroot --end-session -c " -"squeeze-57a69547-e014-4f5d-a98b-f4f35a005307\\fR\\[CR]\n" -msgstr "" -"% \\f[CB]schroot --end-session -c " -"squeeze-57a69547-e014-4f5d-a98b-f4f35a005307\\fR\\[CR]\n" +msgid "% \\f[CB]schroot --end-session -c squeeze-57a69547-e014-4f5d-a98b-f4f35a005307\\fR\\[CR]\n" +msgstr "% \\f[CB]schroot --end-session -c squeeze-57a69547-e014-4f5d-a98b-f4f35a005307\\fR\\[CR]\n" #. type: Plain text #: schroot-faq.7.man:222 @@ -5540,19 +5695,18 @@ msgid "" "Since the automatically generated session names can be long and unwieldy, " "the I<--session-name> option allows you to provide you own name:" msgstr "" -"Da die automatisch generierten Sitzungsnamen lang und unhandlich sein können, " -"ermöglicht Ihnen die Option I<--session-name> Ihren eigenen Namen zu vergeben:" +"Da die automatisch generierten Sitzungsnamen lang und unhandlich sein " +"können, ermöglicht Ihnen die Option I<--session-name> Ihren eigenen Namen zu " +"vergeben:" #. type: Plain text #: schroot-faq.7.man:230 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"% \\f[CB]schroot --begin-session -c squeeze --session-name " -"my-name\\fR\\[CR]\n" +"% \\f[CB]schroot --begin-session -c squeeze --session-name my-name\\fR\\[CR]\n" "my-name\n" msgstr "" -"% \\f[CB]schroot --begin-session -c squeeze --session-name " -"mein-name\\fR\\[CR]\n" +"% \\f[CB]schroot --begin-session -c squeeze --session-name mein-name\\fR\\[CR]\n" "mein-name\n" #. type: SH @@ -5570,21 +5724,19 @@ msgstr "Hilfe erhalten und einbezogen werden" #. type: Plain text #: schroot-faq.7.man:239 msgid "" -"The mailing list " -"\\f[CR]E<lt>buildd-tools-devel@lists.alioth.debian.orgE<gt>\\fR is used for " -"both user support and development discussion. The list may be subscribed to " -"from the project website at " -"\\f[CR]https://alioth.debian.org/projects/buildd-tools/\\fR or the Mailman " -"list interface at " -"\\f[CR]http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/buildd-tools-devel\\fR." -msgstr "" -"Die Mailingliste " -"\\f[CR]E<lt>buildd-tools-devel@lists.alioth.debian.orgE<gt>\\fR wird sowohl " -"für Anwenderunterstützung als auch Diskussionen über die Entwicklung benutzt. " -"Die Liste kann über die Projektseite unter " +"The mailing list \\f[CR]E<lt>buildd-tools-devel@lists.alioth.debian.orgE<gt>" +"\\fR is used for both user support and development discussion. The list may " +"be subscribed to from the project website at \\f[CR]https://alioth.debian." +"org/projects/buildd-tools/\\fR or the Mailman list interface at " +"\\f[CR]http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/buildd-tools-devel" +"\\fR." +msgstr "" +"Die Mailingliste \\f[CR]E<lt>buildd-tools-devel@lists.alioth.debian.orgE<gt>" +"\\fR wird sowohl für Anwenderunterstützung als auch Diskussionen über die " +"Entwicklung benutzt. Die Liste kann über die Projektseite unter " "\\f[CR]https://alioth.debian.org/projects/buildd-tools/\\fR abonniert werden " -"oder über die Mailman-Listenschnittstelle unter " -"\\f[CR]http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/buildd-tools-devel\\fR." +"oder über die Mailman-Listenschnittstelle unter \\f[CR]http://lists.alioth." +"debian.org/mailman/listinfo/buildd-tools-devel\\fR." #. type: SS #: schroot-faq.7.man:239 @@ -5614,19 +5766,17 @@ msgstr "Bezug der neusten Quellen" #: schroot-faq.7.man:247 msgid "" "schroot is maintained in the git version control system. You can get the " -"latest sources from " -"\\f[CR]git://git.debian.org/git/buildd-tools/schroot\\fR." +"latest sources from \\f[CR]git://git.debian.org/git/buildd-tools/schroot\\fR." msgstr "" "Schroot wird über das Versionskontrollsystem Git verwaltet. Sie können die " -"neusten Quellen über \\f[CR]git://git.debian.org/git/buildd-tools/schroot\\fR " -"beziehen." +"neusten Quellen über \\f[CR]git://git.debian.org/git/buildd-tools/schroot" +"\\fR beziehen." #. type: Plain text #: schroot-faq.7.man:249 #, no-wrap msgid "% \\f[CB]git clone git://git.debian.org/git/buildd-tools/schroot\\fR\\[CR]\n" -msgstr "" -"% \\f[CB]git clone git://git.debian.org/git/buildd-tools/schroot\\fR\\[CR]\n" +msgstr "% \\f[CB]git clone git://git.debian.org/git/buildd-tools/schroot\\fR\\[CR]\n" #. type: Plain text #: schroot-faq.7.man:254 @@ -5635,19 +5785,19 @@ msgid "" "releases are found on branches, for example the 1.4 series of releases are " "on the schroot-1.4 branch." msgstr "" -"Der Zweig »master« enthält die aktuelle Entwicklungsveröffentlichung. Stabile " -"Veröffentlichungen werden in Zweigen gefunden, zum Beispiel liegen die Serien " -"1.4 des Releases im Zweig »schroot-1.4«." +"Der Zweig »master« enthält die aktuelle Entwicklungsveröffentlichung. " +"Stabile Veröffentlichungen werden in Zweigen gefunden, zum Beispiel liegen " +"die Serien 1.4 des Releases im Zweig »schroot-1.4«." +# FIXME wrong order #. type: Plain text #: schroot-faq.7.man:261 -# FIXME wrong order msgid "" -"B<dchroot>(1), B<schroot>(1), B<sbuild>(1), B<schroot-setup>(5), " -"B<schroot.conf>(5)." +"B<dchroot>(1), B<schroot>(1), B<sbuild>(1), B<schroot-setup>(5), B<schroot." +"conf>(5)." msgstr "" -"B<dchroot>(1), B<sbuild>(1), B<schroot>(1), B<schroot-setup>(5), " -"B<schroot.conf>(5)" +"B<dchroot>(1), B<sbuild>(1), B<schroot>(1), B<schroot-setup>(5), B<schroot." +"conf>(5)" #. type: ds PROGRAM #: dchroot.1.man:19 @@ -5669,19 +5819,19 @@ msgstr "dchroot - in eine Chroot-Umgebung gelangen" #. type: Plain text #: dchroot.1.man:34 msgid "" -"B<dchroot> [B<-h>\\[or]B<--help> \\[or] B<-V>\\[or]B<--version> \\[or] " -"B<-l>\\[or]B<--list> \\[or] B<-i>\\[or]B<--info> \\[or] B<--config> \\[or] " -"B<--location>] [B<--directory=>I<directory>] " -"[B<-d>\\[or]B<--preserve-environment>] [B<-q>\\[or]B<--quiet> \\[or] " -"B<-v>\\[or]B<--verbose>] [B<-c >I<chroot>\\[or]B<--chroot=>I<chroot> \\[or] " -"B<--all>] [B<COMMAND> [ B<ARG1> [ B<ARG2> [ B<ARGn>]]]]" +"B<dchroot> [B<-h>\\[or]B<--help> \\[or] B<-V>\\[or]B<--version> \\[or] B<-l>" +"\\[or]B<--list> \\[or] B<-i>\\[or]B<--info> \\[or] B<--config> \\[or] B<--" +"location>] [B<--directory=>I<directory>] [B<-d>\\[or]B<--preserve-" +"environment>] [B<-q>\\[or]B<--quiet> \\[or] B<-v>\\[or]B<--verbose>] [B<-c " +">I<chroot>\\[or]B<--chroot=>I<chroot> \\[or] B<--all>] [B<COMMAND> [ B<ARG1> " +"[ B<ARG2> [ B<ARGn>]]]]" msgstr "" -"B<dchroot> [B<-h>\\[or]B<--help> \\[or] B<-V>\\[or]B<--version> \\[or] " -"B<-l>\\[or]B<--list> \\[or] B<-i>\\[or]B<--info> \\[or] B<--config> \\[or] " -"B<--location>] [B<--directory=>I<Verzeichnis>] " -"[B<-d>\\[or]B<--preserve-environment>] [B<-q>\\[or]B<--quiet> \\[or] " -"B<-v>\\[or]B<--verbose>] [B<-c >I<Chroot>\\[or]B<--chroot=>I<Chroot> \\[or] " -"B<--all>] [B<BEFEHL> [ B<ARG1> [ B<ARG2> [ B<ARGn>]]]]" +"B<dchroot> [B<-h>\\[or]B<--help> \\[or] B<-V>\\[or]B<--version> \\[or] B<-l>" +"\\[or]B<--list> \\[or] B<-i>\\[or]B<--info> \\[or] B<--config> \\[or] B<--" +"location>] [B<--directory=>I<Verzeichnis>] [B<-d>\\[or]B<--preserve-" +"environment>] [B<-q>\\[or]B<--quiet> \\[or] B<-v>\\[or]B<--verbose>] [B<-c " +">I<Chroot>\\[or]B<--chroot=>I<Chroot> \\[or] B<--all>] [B<BEFEHL> [ B<ARG1> " +"[ B<ARG2> [ B<ARGn>]]]]" #. type: Plain text #: dchroot.1.man:38 @@ -5705,9 +5855,9 @@ msgid "" "issues this presents, and should use B<schroot> if necessary, which does not " "have any quoting issues." msgstr "" -"Der Befehl besteht aus einem oder mehreren Argumenten, die in der " -"Standard-Shell des Benutzers mittels der Option I<-c> ausgeführt werden. " -"Dadurch kann Shell-Code in dieses Argument eingebettet werden. Falls mehrere " +"Der Befehl besteht aus einem oder mehreren Argumenten, die in der Standard-" +"Shell des Benutzers mittels der Option I<-c> ausgeführt werden. Dadurch kann " +"Shell-Code in dieses Argument eingebettet werden. Falls mehrere " "Befehlsoptionen benutzt werden, können sie durch Leerzeichen getrennt " "verbunden werden. Benutzer sollten darüber Bescheid wissen, dass dies " "Maskierungsprobleme der Shell mit sich bringt und, falls nötig, B<schroot> " @@ -5717,10 +5867,10 @@ msgstr "" #: dchroot.1.man:55 msgid "" "This version of dchroot is a compatibility wrapper around the B<schroot>(1) " -"program. It is provided for backward compatibility with the dchroot " -"command-line options, but schroot is recommended for future use. See the " -"section \\[lq]I<Incompatibilities>\\[rq] below for known incompatibilities " -"with older versions of dchroot." +"program. It is provided for backward compatibility with the dchroot command-" +"line options, but schroot is recommended for future use. See the section " +"\\[lq]I<Incompatibilities>\\[rq] below for known incompatibilities with " +"older versions of dchroot." msgstr "" "Diese Version von Dchroot ist ein Kompatibilitäts-Wrapper um das Programm " "B<schroot>(1). Es wird für die Rückwärtskompatibilität mit den " @@ -5761,8 +5911,8 @@ msgid "" "more than one chroot, in which case its effect is similar to I<--all>." msgstr "" "gibt eine Chroot an, die benutzt werden soll. Diese Option kann mehrfach " -"verwendet werden, um mehr als eine Chroot anzugeben. In diesem Fall wirkt sie " -"sich ähnlich wie I<--all> aus." +"verwendet werden, um mehr als eine Chroot anzugeben. In diesem Fall wirkt " +"sie sich ähnlich wie I<--all> aus." #. type: Plain text #: dchroot.1.man:78 @@ -5821,21 +5971,20 @@ msgid "" "The default behaviour is as follows (all directory paths are inside the " "chroot). Unless the I<--preserve-environment> option is used to preserve " "the environment, the login shell or command will run in the user's home " -"directory, or I</> if the home directory is not available. When the " -"I<--preserve-environment> option is used, it will attempt to use the current " +"directory, or I</> if the home directory is not available. When the I<--" +"preserve-environment> option is used, it will attempt to use the current " "working directory, again falling back to I</> if it is not accessible. If " "none of the directories are available, dchroot will exit with an error " "status." msgstr "" "Das Standardverhalten ist wie folgt (alle Verzeichnispfade liegen innerhalb " -"der Chroot): Sofern nicht die Option I<--preserve-environment> zum Erhalt der " -"Umgebung benutzt wird, wird die Login-Shell oder der Befehl im " -"Home-Verzeichnis des Benutzers oder I</> ausgeführt, falls das " -"Home-Verzeichnis nicht verfügbar ist. Wenn die Option " -"I<--preserve-environment> benutzt wird, wird es versuchen, das aktuelle " -"Arbeitsverzeichnis zu verwenden, wiederum mit I</> als Ausweichmöglichkeit, " -"falls es nicht verfügbar ist. Wenn keines der Verzeichnisse verfügbar ist, " -"wird Dchroot mit einem Fehlerstatus beendet." +"der Chroot): Sofern nicht die Option I<--preserve-environment> zum Erhalt " +"der Umgebung benutzt wird, wird die Login-Shell oder der Befehl im Home-" +"Verzeichnis des Benutzers oder I</> ausgeführt, falls das Home-Verzeichnis " +"nicht verfügbar ist. Wenn die Option I<--preserve-environment> benutzt wird, " +"wird es versuchen, das aktuelle Arbeitsverzeichnis zu verwenden, wiederum " +"mit I</> als Ausweichmöglichkeit, falls es nicht verfügbar ist. Wenn keines " +"der Verzeichnisse verfügbar ist, wird Dchroot mit einem Fehlerstatus beendet." #. type: TP #: dchroot.1.man:101 @@ -5909,8 +6058,8 @@ msgid "" "slightly differently to older dchroot versions in some circumstances." msgstr "" "Dchroot stellt eine eingeschränkte Untermenge der durch B<schroot> " -"umgesetzten Funktionalität bereit, liegt aber immer noch unter Schroot. Daher " -"ist Dchroot immer noch Gegenstand der Schroot-Sicherheitsprüfung, " +"umgesetzten Funktionalität bereit, liegt aber immer noch unter Schroot. " +"Daher ist Dchroot immer noch Gegenstand der Schroot-Sicherheitsprüfung, " "einschließlich PAM-Authentifizierung, Autorisierung und zum Beispiel " "Sitzungsverwaltung und kann sich daher unter manchen Umständen gegenüber " "älteren Dchroot-Version leicht anders verhalten." @@ -5926,16 +6075,16 @@ msgstr "Debian-Dchroot vor Version 1.5.1" msgid "" "This version of dchroot uses I<schroot.conf> to store the configuration for " "available chroots, rather than the I<dchroot.conf> file used historically. " -"dchroot supported automatic migration of I<dchroot.conf> to the " -"I<schroot.conf> keyfile format with its I<--config> option from versions " -"0.2.2 to 1.5.0; support for the old format is now no longer available." +"dchroot supported automatic migration of I<dchroot.conf> to the I<schroot." +"conf> keyfile format with its I<--config> option from versions 0.2.2 to " +"1.5.0; support for the old format is now no longer available." msgstr "" "Diese Version von Dchroot benutzt I<schroot.conf>, um die Konfiguration für " "verfügbare Chroots zu speichern, anstatt der geschichtlich benutzten Datei " "I<dchroot.conf>. Dchroot unterstützt die automatische Migration der " -"I<dchroot.conf> in das I<schroot.conf>-Schlüsseldateiformat mit seiner Option " -"I<--config> aus Versionen von 0.2.2 bis 1.5.0. Die Unterstützung für das alte " -"Format ist nun nicht länger verfügebar." +"I<dchroot.conf> in das I<schroot.conf>-Schlüsseldateiformat mit seiner " +"Option I<--config> aus Versionen von 0.2.2 bis 1.5.0. Die Unterstützung für " +"das alte Format ist nun nicht länger verfügebar." #. type: SS #: dchroot.1.man:140 dchroot-dsa.1.man:115 @@ -5964,18 +6113,19 @@ msgid "" "This version of dchroot has incompatible command-line options, and while " "some of those options are supported or have equivalent options by a " "different name, the I<-c> option is not required to specify a chroot, and " -"this version of dchroot cannot implement this behaviour in a " -"backward-compatible manner (because if I<-c> is omitted, the default chroot " -"is used). DSA dchroot uses the first non-option as the chroot to use, only " +"this version of dchroot cannot implement this behaviour in a backward-" +"compatible manner (because if I<-c> is omitted, the default chroot is " +"used). DSA dchroot uses the first non-option as the chroot to use, only " "allowing one chroot to be used at once." msgstr "" "Diese Version von Dchroot hat inkompatible Befehlszeilenoptionen und obwohl " -"einige dieser Optionen unterstützt werden oder sie entsprechende Optionen mit " -"einem anderen Namen hat, wird die Option I<-c> nicht benötigt, um eine Chroot " -"anzugeben. Diese Version von Dchroot kann dieses Verhalten nicht in einer " -"rückwärtskompatiblen Weise umsetzen (da die Standard-Chroot benutzt wird, " -"falls I<-c> weggelassen wird). DSA-Dchroot verwendet das Erste, das keine " -"Option ist, als Chroot, wobei nur eine Chroot auf einmal benutzt werden darf." +"einige dieser Optionen unterstützt werden oder sie entsprechende Optionen " +"mit einem anderen Namen hat, wird die Option I<-c> nicht benötigt, um eine " +"Chroot anzugeben. Diese Version von Dchroot kann dieses Verhalten nicht in " +"einer rückwärtskompatiblen Weise umsetzen (da die Standard-Chroot benutzt " +"wird, falls I<-c> weggelassen wird). DSA-Dchroot verwendet das Erste, das " +"keine Option ist, als Chroot, wobei nur eine Chroot auf einmal benutzt " +"werden darf." #. type: Plain text #: dchroot.1.man:164 @@ -5991,11 +6141,11 @@ msgid "" "specified with I<--directory>." msgstr "" "Dchroot wird ein geeignetes Verzeichnis zur Verwendung innerhalb der Chroot " -"auswählen, abhängig davon, ob die Optionen I<--directory> oder " -"I<--preserve-environment> benutzt werden. Wenn ein Verzeichnis explizit " -"angegeben wird, wird wegen der Sicherheit und Konsistenz nur ein Verzeichnis " -"verwendet, während für eine Login-Shell oder einen Befehl mehrere " -"Möglichkeiten ausprobiert werden können. Beachten Sie, dass es, da mehrere " +"auswählen, abhängig davon, ob die Optionen I<--directory> oder I<--preserve-" +"environment> benutzt werden. Wenn ein Verzeichnis explizit angegeben wird, " +"wird wegen der Sicherheit und Konsistenz nur ein Verzeichnis verwendet, " +"während für eine Login-Shell oder einen Befehl mehrere Möglichkeiten " +"ausprobiert werden können. Beachten Sie, dass es, da mehrere " "Ausweichmöglichkeiten für Befehle berücksichtigt werden, gefährlich ist, " "Befehle mittels Dchroot auszuführen. Benutzen Sie stattdessen Schroot. Die " "folgenden Unterabschnitte führen die Abfolge der Ausweichmöglichkeiten für " @@ -6113,13 +6263,13 @@ msgid "" "directly on the host system." msgstr "" "Benutzen Sie I<-->, um zu ermöglichen, dass Optionen, die mit \\[oq]-\\[cq] " -"oder \\[oq]--\\[cq] im Befehl beginnen, in der Chroot ausgeführt werden. Dies " -"schützt sie davor, als Optionen für Dchroot selbst interpretiert zu werden. " -"Beachten Sie, dass die erste Zeile auf der Standardfehlerausgabe und die " -"restlichen auf der Standardausgabe wiedergegeben werden. Dies ist " +"oder \\[oq]--\\[cq] im Befehl beginnen, in der Chroot ausgeführt werden. " +"Dies schützt sie davor, als Optionen für Dchroot selbst interpretiert zu " +"werden. Beachten Sie, dass die erste Zeile auf der Standardfehlerausgabe und " +"die restlichen auf der Standardausgabe wiedergegeben werden. Dies ist " "beabsichtigt, damit Programmausgaben von in der Chroot ausgeführten Befehlen " -"nach Bedarf weiter- und umgeleitet werden können. Die Daten werden die selben " -"wie bei der Ausführung des Befehls direkt auf dem Wirtsystem sein." +"nach Bedarf weiter- und umgeleitet werden können. Die Daten werden die " +"selben wie bei der Ausführung des Befehls direkt auf dem Wirtsystem sein." #. type: Plain text #: dchroot.1.man:273 dchroot-dsa.1.man:226 @@ -6138,18 +6288,18 @@ msgid "" "but is an independent implementation." msgstr "" "Diese Umsetzung von Dchroot verwendet die selben Befehlszeilenoptionen wie " -"das Original-B<dchroot> von David Kimdon " -"\\f[CR]E<lt>dwhedon@debian.orgE<gt>\\fR, ist aber eine unabhängige Umsetzung." +"das Original-B<dchroot> von David Kimdon \\f[CR]E<lt>dwhedon@debian.orgE<gt>" +"\\fR, ist aber eine unabhängige Umsetzung." +# FIXME wrong order #. type: Plain text #: dchroot.1.man:284 dchroot-dsa.1.man:239 -# FIXME wrong order msgid "" -"B<schroot>(1), B<sbuild>(1), B<chroot>(2), B<schroot-setup>(5), " -"B<schroot.conf>(5)." +"B<schroot>(1), B<sbuild>(1), B<chroot>(2), B<schroot-setup>(5), B<schroot." +"conf>(5)." msgstr "" -"B<sbuild>(1), B<schroot>(1), B<chroot>(2), B<schroot-setup>(5), " -"B<schroot.conf>(5)." +"B<sbuild>(1), B<schroot>(1), B<chroot>(2), B<schroot-setup>(5), B<schroot." +"conf>(5)." #. type: ds PROGRAM #: dchroot-dsa.1.man:19 @@ -6174,16 +6324,15 @@ msgid "" "B<dchroot-dsa> [B<-h>\\[or]B<--help> \\[or] B<-V>\\[or]B<--version> \\[or] " "B<-l>\\[or]B<--list> \\[or] B<-i>\\[or]B<--info> \\[or] B<--config> \\[or] " "B<-p>|B<--listpaths>] [B<-d >I<directory>\\[or]B<--directory=>I<directory>] " -"[B<-q>\\[or]B<--quiet> \\[or] B<-v>\\[or]B<--verbose>] [B<-c " -">I<chroot>\\[or]B<--chroot=>I<chroot> \\[or] B<--all> \\[or] B<CHROOT]> " -"[B<COMMAND>]" +"[B<-q>\\[or]B<--quiet> \\[or] B<-v>\\[or]B<--verbose>] [B<-c >I<chroot>" +"\\[or]B<--chroot=>I<chroot> \\[or] B<--all> \\[or] B<CHROOT]> [B<COMMAND>]" msgstr "" "B<dchroot-dsa> [B<-h>\\[or]B<--help> \\[or] B<-V>\\[or]B<--version> \\[or] " "B<-l>\\[or]B<--list> \\[or] B<-i>\\[or]B<--info> \\[or] B<--config> \\[or] " -"B<-p>|B<--listpaths>] [B<-d " -">I<Verzeichnis>\\[or]B<--directory=>I<Verzeichnis>] [B<-q>\\[or]B<--quiet> " -"\\[or] B<-v>\\[or]B<--verbose>] [B<-c >I<Chroot>\\[or]B<--chroot=>I<Chroot> " -"\\[or] B<--all> \\[or] B<CHROOT]> [B<BEFEHL>]" +"B<-p>|B<--listpaths>] [B<-d >I<Verzeichnis>\\[or]B<--" +"directory=>I<Verzeichnis>] [B<-q>\\[or]B<--quiet> \\[or] B<-v>\\[or]B<--" +"verbose>] [B<-c >I<Chroot>\\[or]B<--chroot=>I<Chroot> \\[or] B<--all> \\[or] " +"B<CHROOT]> [B<BEFEHL>]" #. type: Plain text #: dchroot-dsa.1.man:37 @@ -6220,8 +6369,8 @@ msgid "" "use. See the section \\[lq]I<Incompatibilities>\\[rq] below for known " "incompatibilities with older versions of dchroot-dsa." msgstr "" -"Diese Version von Dchroot-dsa ist ein Kompatibilitäts-Wrapper um das Programm " -"B<schroot>(1). Es wird für die Rückwärtskompatibilität mit den " +"Diese Version von Dchroot-dsa ist ein Kompatibilitäts-Wrapper um das " +"Programm B<schroot>(1). Es wird für die Rückwärtskompatibilität mit den " "Befehlszeilenoptionen von Dchroot-dsa benutzt, für die zukünftige Nutzung " "wird aber Schroot empfohlen. Lesen Sie den nachfolgenden Abschnitt " "\\[lq]I<Inkompatibilitäten>\\[rq], um etwas über bekannte Inkompatibilitäten " @@ -6251,9 +6400,9 @@ msgid "" "option." msgstr "" "gibt eine Chroot an, die benutzt werden soll. Diese Option kann mehrfach " -"verwendet werden, um mehr als eine Chroot anzugeben. In diesem Fall wirkt sie " -"sich ähnlich wie I<--all> aus. Falls diese Option nicht benutzt wird, gibt " -"das erste Argument, das keine Option ist, die zu benutzende Chroot an. " +"verwendet werden, um mehr als eine Chroot anzugeben. In diesem Fall wirkt " +"sie sich ähnlich wie I<--all> aus. Falls diese Option nicht benutzt wird, " +"gibt das erste Argument, das keine Option ist, die zu benutzende Chroot an. " "Beachten Sie, dass ältere Versionen von Dchroot-dsa diese Option nicht " "enthielten." @@ -6285,8 +6434,8 @@ msgid "" "comments in the original file will be missing. Note that earlier versions " "of dchroot-dsa did not include this option." msgstr "" -"gibt die Konfiguration der verfügbaren Chroots aus. Dies ist nützlich, um " -"zu testen, ob die benutzte Konfiguration die selbe wie die in der " +"gibt die Konfiguration der verfügbaren Chroots aus. Dies ist nützlich, um zu " +"testen, ob die benutzte Konfiguration die selbe wie die in der " "Konfigurationsdatei ist. Sämtliche Kommentare der Originaldatei werden " "fehlen. Beachten Sie, dass ältere Versionen von Dchroot-dsa diese Option " "nicht enthielten." @@ -6331,8 +6480,8 @@ msgid "" "Print all messages. Note that earlier versions of dchroot-dsa did not " "include this option." msgstr "" -"gibt alle Meldungen aus. Beachten Sie, dass ältere Versionen von " -"Dchroot-dsa diese Option nicht enthielten." +"gibt alle Meldungen aus. Beachten Sie, dass ältere Versionen von Dchroot-dsa " +"diese Option nicht enthielten." #. type: Plain text #: dchroot-dsa.1.man:115 @@ -6346,10 +6495,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Diese Version von Dchroot-dsa benutzt I<schroot.conf>, um die Konfiguration " "für verfügbare Chroots zu speichern, anstatt der geschichtlich benutzten " -"Datei I<dchroot.conf>. Dchroot-dsa unterstützt die automatische Migration der " -"I<dchroot.conf> in das I<schroot.conf>-Schlüsseldateiformat mit seiner Option " -"I<--config> aus Versionen von 0.2.2 bis 1.5.0. Die Unterstützung für das alte " -"Format ist nun nicht länger verfügbar." +"Datei I<dchroot.conf>. Dchroot-dsa unterstützt die automatische Migration " +"der I<dchroot.conf> in das I<schroot.conf>-Schlüsseldateiformat mit seiner " +"Option I<--config> aus Versionen von 0.2.2 bis 1.5.0. Die Unterstützung für " +"das alte Format ist nun nicht länger verfügbar." #. type: Plain text #: dchroot-dsa.1.man:124 @@ -6362,8 +6511,8 @@ msgid "" "circumstances." msgstr "" "Dchroot-dsa stellt eine eingeschränkte Untermenge der durch B<schroot> " -"umgesetzten Funktionalität bereit, liegt aber immer noch unter Schroot. Daher " -"ist Dchroot-dsa immer noch Gegenstand der Schroot-Sicherheitsprüfung, " +"umgesetzten Funktionalität bereit, liegt aber immer noch unter Schroot. " +"Daher ist Dchroot-dsa immer noch Gegenstand der Schroot-Sicherheitsprüfung, " "einschließlich PAM-Authentifizierung, Autorisierung und zum Beispiel " "Sitzungsverwaltung und kann sich daher unter manchen Umständen gegenüber " "älteren Dchroot-dsa-Version leicht anders verhalten." @@ -6389,8 +6538,8 @@ msgid "" "path, and allows multiple command options instead of a single option." msgstr "" "Diese Version von Dchroot hat inkompatible Befehlszeilenoptionen und obwohl " -"einige dieser Optionen unterstützt werden oder sie entsprechende Optionen mit " -"einem anderen Namen hat, wird die Option I<-c> nicht benötigt, um eine " +"einige dieser Optionen unterstützt werden oder sie entsprechende Optionen " +"mit einem anderen Namen hat, wird die Option I<-c> nicht benötigt, um eine " "Chroot anzugeben. Sie erlaubt außerdem die Benutzung eines Shell-Skripts als " "Option anstelle eines einzelnen absoluten Pfades und mehrere Optionen " "anstelle einer einzelnen Option." @@ -6405,8 +6554,8 @@ msgid "" "tried. Note that due to multiple fallbacks being considered for commands, " "it is dangerous to run commands using dchroot-dsa; use schroot instead. The " "following subsections list the fallback sequence for each case. CWD is the " -"current working directory, DIR is the directory specified with " -"I<--directory>." +"current working directory, DIR is the directory specified with I<--" +"directory>." msgstr "" "Dchroot-dsa wird ein geeignetes Verzeichnis zur Verwendung innerhalb der " "Chroot auswählen, abhängig davon, ob die Option I<--directory> benutzt wird. " @@ -6481,8 +6630,8 @@ msgstr "" "Beachten Sie, dass die erste Zeile auf der Standardfehlerausgabe und die " "restlichen auf der Standardausgabe wiedergegeben werden. Dies ist " "beabsichtigt, damit Programmausgaben von in der Chroot ausgeführten Befehlen " -"nach Bedarf weiter- und umgeleitet werden können. Die Daten werden die selben " -"wie bei der direkten Ausführung des Befehls auf dem Wirtsystem sein." +"nach Bedarf weiter- und umgeleitet werden können. Die Daten werden die " +"selben wie bei der direkten Ausführung des Befehls auf dem Wirtsystem sein." #. type: Plain text #: dchroot-dsa.1.man:233 @@ -6496,8 +6645,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Diese Umsetzung von Dchroot-dsa verwendet die selben Befehlszeilenoptionen " "wie das auf von Debian-Systemadministratoren für das Debian-Projekt " -"betriebenen Rechnern gefundene B<dchroot>. Diese Rechner haben ein " -"B<dchroot-dsa>-Quellpaket, das ein von Ben Collins " -"\\f[CR]E<lt>bcollins@debian.orgE<gt>\\fR und Martin Schulze " -"\\f[CR]E<lt>joey@debian.orgE<gt>\\fR geschriebenes B<dchroot-dsa>-Paket " -"bereitstellt." +"betriebenen Rechnern gefundene B<dchroot>. Diese Rechner haben ein B<dchroot-" +"dsa>-Quellpaket, das ein von Ben Collins \\f[CR]E<lt>bcollins@debian.orgE<gt>" +"\\fR und Martin Schulze \\f[CR]E<lt>joey@debian.orgE<gt>\\fR geschriebenes " +"B<dchroot-dsa>-Paket bereitstellt." + +# FIXME s/(5). /(5)/ +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This file is deprecated, and no longer exists in the current schroot " +#~ "version, but is still used if present for backward compatibility; it will " +#~ "be obsoleted and removed in a future release. All the settings in this " +#~ "file are now settable using configuration keys in I<schroot.conf>, as " +#~ "detailed below. Existing configuration should be modified to use these " +#~ "keys in place of this file. See B<schroot-script-config>(5). for " +#~ "further details." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Diese Datei ist missbilligt und existiert nicht länger in der aktuellen " +#~ "Schroot-Version, ist aber immer noch aus Gründen der " +#~ "Rückwärtskompatibilität vorhanden; sie wird in einer zukünftigen Version " +#~ "hinfällig und entfernt. Alle Einstellungen in dieser Datei können nun mit " +#~ "den Konfigurationsschlüsseln in I<schroot.conf>, wie nachfolgend genau " +#~ "beschrieben, gesetzt werden. Existierende Konfigurationen sollten " +#~ "verändert werden, um diese Schlüssel anstelle dieser Datei zu verwenden. " +#~ "Weitere Einzelheiten finden Sie in B<schroot-script-config>(5)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The filesystem table file to be used to mount filesystems within the " +#~ "chroot. The format of this file is the same as for I</etc/fstab>, " +#~ "documented in B<fstab>(5). The only difference is that the mountpoint " +#~ "path I<fs_dir> is relative to the chroot, rather than the root." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "die Datei mit der Dateisystemtabelle, die benutzt wird, um die " +#~ "Dateisysteme innerhalb der Chroot einzuhängen. Das Format dieser Datei " +#~ "ist das selbe wie das in B<fstab>(5) für I</etc/fstab> dokumentierte. Der " +#~ "einzige Unterschied besteht darin, dass der Pfad des Einhängepunkts " +#~ "I<fs_dir> relativ zur Chroot anstatt zum Wurzelverzeichnis ist." diff --git a/man/po/fr.po b/man/po/fr.po index 1ad2f369..bd34fec8 100644 --- a/man/po/fr.po +++ b/man/po/fr.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-04-01 17:30+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-24 22:30+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-05 00:47+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Thomas Blein <tblein@tblein.eu>\n" "Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -17,24 +17,24 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" #. type: SH -#: man/authors.man:1 +#: authors.man:1 #, no-wrap msgid "AUTHORS" msgstr "AUTEURS" #. type: Plain text -#: man/authors.man:2 +#: authors.man:2 msgid "Roger Leigh." msgstr "Roger Leigh." #. type: SH -#: man/copyright.man:1 +#: copyright.man:1 #, no-wrap msgid "COPYRIGHT" msgstr "COPYRIGHT" #. type: Plain text -#: man/copyright.man:3 +#: copyright.man:3 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Copyright \\(co 2005-2012 Roger Leigh \\f[CR]E<lt>rleigh@debian.orgE<gt>" @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ msgstr "" "Copyright \\(co 2005-2012 Roger Leigh \\f[CR]E<lt>rleigh@debian.orgE<gt>\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/copyright.man:7 +#: copyright.man:7 msgid "" "B<\\*[PROGRAM]> is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it " "under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free " @@ -58,70 +58,70 @@ msgstr "" "préférence, toute version ultérieure." #. type: TH -#: man/schroot.1.man:20 +#: schroot.1.man:20 #, no-wrap msgid "SCHROOT" msgstr "SCHROOT" #. type: TH -#: man/schroot.1.man:20 man/schroot-setup.5.man:18 man/schroot.conf.5.man:18 -#: man/schroot-script-config.5.man:18 man/schroot-faq.7.man:18 -#: man/dchroot.1.man:20 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:20 +#: schroot.1.man:20 schroot-setup.5.man:18 schroot.conf.5.man:18 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:18 schroot-faq.7.man:18 dchroot.1.man:20 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:20 #, no-wrap msgid "\\*[RELEASE_DATE]" msgstr "\\*[RELEASE_DATE]" #. type: TH -#: man/schroot.1.man:20 man/schroot-setup.5.man:18 man/schroot.conf.5.man:18 -#: man/schroot-script-config.5.man:18 man/schroot-faq.7.man:18 -#: man/dchroot.1.man:20 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:20 +#: schroot.1.man:20 schroot-setup.5.man:18 schroot.conf.5.man:18 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:18 schroot-faq.7.man:18 dchroot.1.man:20 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:20 #, no-wrap msgid "Version \\*[VERSION]" msgstr "Version \\*[VERSION]" #. type: TH -#: man/schroot.1.man:20 man/schroot-setup.5.man:18 man/schroot.conf.5.man:18 -#: man/schroot-script-config.5.man:18 man/schroot-faq.7.man:18 -#: man/dchroot.1.man:20 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:20 +#: schroot.1.man:20 schroot-setup.5.man:18 schroot.conf.5.man:18 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:18 schroot-faq.7.man:18 dchroot.1.man:20 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:20 #, no-wrap msgid "Debian sbuild" msgstr "Debian sbuild" #. type: SH -#: man/schroot.1.man:21 man/schroot-setup.5.man:19 man/schroot.conf.5.man:19 -#: man/schroot-script-config.5.man:19 man/schroot-faq.7.man:19 -#: man/dchroot.1.man:21 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:21 +#: schroot.1.man:21 schroot-setup.5.man:19 schroot.conf.5.man:19 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:19 schroot-faq.7.man:19 dchroot.1.man:21 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:21 #, no-wrap msgid "NAME" msgstr "NOM" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:23 +#: schroot.1.man:23 msgid "schroot - securely enter a chroot environment" msgstr "schroot — entrer de manière sécurisée dans un environnement de chroot" #. type: SH -#: man/schroot.1.man:23 man/dchroot.1.man:23 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:23 +#: schroot.1.man:23 dchroot.1.man:23 dchroot-dsa.1.man:23 #, no-wrap msgid "SYNOPSIS" msgstr "RÉSUMÉ" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:44 +#: schroot.1.man:44 msgid "" "B<schroot> [B<-h>\\[or]B<--help> \\[or] B<-V>\\[or]B<--version> \\[or] B<-l>" "\\[or]B<--list> \\[or] B<-i>\\[or]B<--info> \\[or] B<--config> \\[or] B<--" "location> \\[or] B<--automatic-session> \\[or] B<-b>\\[or]B<--begin-session> " "\\[or] B<--recover-session> \\[or] B<-r>\\[or]B<--run-session> \\[or] B<-e>" -"\\[or]B<--end-session>] [B<-f>\\[or]B<--force>] [B<-n >I<session-name>\\[or]" -"B<--session-name=>I<session-name>] [B<-d >I<directory>\\[or]B<--" -"directory=>I<directory>] [B<-u >I<user>\\[or]B<--user=>I<user>] [B<-p>\\[or]" -"B<--preserve-environment>] [B<-s >I<shell>\\[or]B<--shell=>I<shell>] [B<-q>" -"\\[or]B<--quiet> \\[or] B<-v>\\[or]B<--verbose>] [B<-c >I<chroot>\\[or]B<--" -"chroot=>I<chroot> \\[or] [B<--all> \\[or] B<--all-chroots> \\[or] B<--all-" -"source-chroots> \\[or] B<--all-sessions>] [B<--exclude-aliases>]] [B<-o>" -"\\[or]B<--option=>I<key=value>] [B<-->] [B<COMMAND> [ B<ARG1> [ B<ARG2> " -"[ B<ARGn>]]]]" +"\\[or]B<--end-session>] [B<-f>\\[or]B<--force>] [B<-n >I<session-name>" +"\\[or]B<--session-name=>I<session-name>] [B<-d >I<directory>\\[or]B<--" +"directory=>I<directory>] [B<-u >I<user>\\[or]B<--user=>I<user>] [B<-p>" +"\\[or]B<--preserve-environment>] [B<-s >I<shell>\\[or]B<--shell=>I<shell>] " +"[B<-q>\\[or]B<--quiet> \\[or] B<-v>\\[or]B<--verbose>] [B<-c >I<chroot>" +"\\[or]B<--chroot=>I<chroot> \\[or] [B<--all> \\[or] B<--all-chroots> \\[or] " +"B<--all-source-chroots> \\[or] B<--all-sessions>] [B<--exclude-aliases>]] " +"[B<-o>\\[or]B<--option=>I<key=value>] [B<-->] [B<COMMAND> [ B<ARG1> " +"[ B<ARG2> [ B<ARGn>]]]]" msgstr "" "B<schroot> [B<-h>\\[ou]B<--help> \\[ou] B<-V>\\[ou]B<--version> \\[ou] B<-l>" "\\[ou]B<--list> \\[ou] B<-i>\\[ou]B<--info> \\[ou] B<--config> \\[ou] B<--" @@ -139,15 +139,15 @@ msgstr "" "[B<COMMANDE> [ B<ARG1> [ B<ARG2> [ B<ARGn>]]]]" #. type: SH -#: man/schroot.1.man:44 man/schroot-setup.5.man:21 man/schroot.conf.5.man:21 -#: man/schroot-script-config.5.man:21 man/schroot-faq.7.man:21 -#: man/dchroot.1.man:34 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:33 +#: schroot.1.man:44 schroot-setup.5.man:21 schroot.conf.5.man:21 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:21 schroot-faq.7.man:21 dchroot.1.man:34 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:33 #, no-wrap msgid "DESCRIPTION" msgstr "DESCRIPTION" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:48 +#: schroot.1.man:48 msgid "" "B<schroot> allows the user to run a command or a login shell in a chroot " "environment. If no command is specified, a login shell will be started in " @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ msgstr "" "le répertoire de travail courant de l'utilisateur à l'intérieur du chroot." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:51 +#: schroot.1.man:51 msgid "" "The command is a program, plus as many optional arguments as required. Each " "argument may be separately quoted." @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ msgstr "" "Chaque argument doit être déclaré séparément." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:54 man/dchroot.1.man:48 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:45 +#: schroot.1.man:54 dchroot.1.man:48 dchroot-dsa.1.man:45 msgid "" "The directory the command or login shell is run in depends upon the " "context. See I<--directory> option below for a complete description." @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ msgstr "" "pour une description complète." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:58 +#: schroot.1.man:58 msgid "" "All chroot usage will be logged in the system logs. Under some " "circumstances, the user may be required to authenticate themselves; see the " @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ msgstr "" "consultez la section \\[lq]I<Authentification>\\[rq] ci-dessous." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:61 +#: schroot.1.man:61 msgid "" "If no chroot is specified, the chroot name or alias \\[oq]default\\[cq] will " "be used as a fallback. This is equivalent to \\[lq]--chroot=default\\[rq]." @@ -199,13 +199,13 @@ msgstr "" "chroot=default\\[rq]." #. type: SH -#: man/schroot.1.man:61 +#: schroot.1.man:61 #, no-wrap msgid "OVERVIEW" msgstr "APERÇU" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:71 +#: schroot.1.man:71 msgid "" "There is often a need to run programs in a virtualised environment rather " "than on the host system directly. Unlike other virtualisation systems such " @@ -229,25 +229,22 @@ msgstr "" "voulue. Des exemples d'utilisations connues de schroot sont :" #. type: IP -#: man/schroot.1.man:71 man/schroot.1.man:75 man/schroot.1.man:78 -#: man/schroot.1.man:81 man/schroot.1.man:83 man/schroot.1.man:88 -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:477 man/schroot.conf.5.man:480 -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:483 man/schroot.conf.5.man:486 -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:122 man/schroot-faq.7.man:127 -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:133 man/schroot-faq.7.man:135 -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:137 man/schroot-faq.7.man:154 -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:159 man/schroot-faq.7.man:161 -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:163 man/schroot-faq.7.man:165 man/dchroot.1.man:120 -#: man/dchroot.1.man:122 man/dchroot.1.man:127 man/dchroot.1.man:134 -#: man/dchroot.1.man:143 man/dchroot.1.man:145 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:109 -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:116 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:118 -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:126 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:128 +#: schroot.1.man:71 schroot.1.man:75 schroot.1.man:78 schroot.1.man:81 +#: schroot.1.man:83 schroot.1.man:88 schroot.conf.5.man:477 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:480 schroot.conf.5.man:483 schroot.conf.5.man:486 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:122 schroot-faq.7.man:127 schroot-faq.7.man:133 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:135 schroot-faq.7.man:137 schroot-faq.7.man:154 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:159 schroot-faq.7.man:161 schroot-faq.7.man:163 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:165 dchroot.1.man:120 dchroot.1.man:122 dchroot.1.man:127 +#: dchroot.1.man:134 dchroot.1.man:143 dchroot.1.man:145 dchroot-dsa.1.man:109 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:116 dchroot-dsa.1.man:118 dchroot-dsa.1.man:126 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:128 #, no-wrap msgid "\\[bu]" msgstr "\\[bu]" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:75 +#: schroot.1.man:75 msgid "" "Running an untrusted program in a sandbox, so that it can't interfere with " "files on the host system; this may also be used to limit the damage a " @@ -259,7 +256,7 @@ msgstr "" "compromission d'un service sur l'hôte." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:78 +#: schroot.1.man:78 msgid "" "Using a I<defined> or I<clean> environment, to guarantee the reproducibility " "and integrity of a given task" @@ -268,7 +265,7 @@ msgstr "" "reproductibilité et l'intégrité d'une tâche donnée." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:81 +#: schroot.1.man:81 msgid "" "Using different versions of an operating system, or even different operating " "systems altogether, e.g. different GNU/Linux distributions" @@ -278,14 +275,14 @@ msgstr "" "Linux différente." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:83 +#: schroot.1.man:83 msgid "Running 32-bit programs using a 32-bit chroot on a 64-bit host system" msgstr "" "Exécuter des programmes 32 bits sur un système hôte 64 bits, en utilisant un " "chroot 32 bits." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:88 +#: schroot.1.man:88 msgid "" "Automatic building of Debian packages using B<sbuild>(1), which builds each " "package in a pristine chroot snapshot when using LVM snapshots or unions" @@ -295,7 +292,7 @@ msgstr "" "les unions sont utilisés." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:95 +#: schroot.1.man:95 msgid "" "Supporting multiple system images in a cluster setup, where modifying the " "base image is time-consuming and/or supporting all the required " @@ -314,16 +311,16 @@ msgstr "" "puissent maintenir leurs propres images)" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:118 +#: schroot.1.man:118 msgid "" "A chroot may be used directly as root by running B<chroot>(8), but normal " "users are not able to use this command. B<schroot> allows access to chroots " "for normal users using the same mechanism, but with several additional " -"features. While schroot uses a directory as a chroot just like B<chroot>" -"(8), it does not require this to be a regular directory in the filesystem. " -"While this is the default, the chroot can also be created from a file, a " -"filesystem, including LVM and Btrfs snapshots and loopback mounts, or " -"composed of a unionfs overlay. Being user-extensible, the scope for " +"features. While schroot uses a directory as a chroot just like " +"B<chroot>(8), it does not require this to be a regular directory in the " +"filesystem. While this is the default, the chroot can also be created from " +"a file, a filesystem, including LVM and Btrfs snapshots and loopback mounts, " +"or composed of a unionfs overlay. Being user-extensible, the scope for " "creating chroots from different sources is limited only by your " "imagination. schroot performs permissions checking and allows additional " "automated setup of the chroot environment, such as mounting additional " @@ -358,80 +355,80 @@ msgstr "" "de l'utilisateur, la configuration du réseau et des bases de données du " "système, et même le démarrage de services. Ils sont également entièrement " "personnalisables par l'administrateur. Les scripts de mise en place sont " -"exécutés pour tous les types de chroot, à l'exception de ceux de type \\[oq]" -"plain\\[cq], le type de chroot le plus simple, qui ne permet aucune mise en " -"place automatique. La configuration de schroot est décrite plus en détail " -"dans B<schroot.conf>(5)." +"exécutés pour tous les types de chroot, à l'exception de ceux de type " +"\\[oq]plain\\[cq], le type de chroot le plus simple, qui ne permet aucune " +"mise en place automatique. La configuration de schroot est décrite plus en " +"détail dans B<schroot.conf>(5)." #. type: SH -#: man/schroot.1.man:118 man/dchroot.1.man:58 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:53 +#: schroot.1.man:118 dchroot.1.man:58 dchroot-dsa.1.man:53 #, no-wrap msgid "OPTIONS" msgstr "OPTIONS" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:120 +#: schroot.1.man:120 msgid "B<schroot> accepts the following options:" msgstr "B<schroot> accepte les options suivantes :" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:120 +#: schroot.1.man:120 #, no-wrap msgid "Actions" msgstr "Actions" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:121 man/dchroot.1.man:61 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:56 +#: schroot.1.man:121 dchroot.1.man:61 dchroot-dsa.1.man:56 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-h>, B<--help>" msgstr "B<-h>, B<--help>" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:124 man/dchroot.1.man:64 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:59 +#: schroot.1.man:124 dchroot.1.man:64 dchroot-dsa.1.man:59 msgid "Show help summary." msgstr "Afficher un résumé de l'aide." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:124 man/dchroot.1.man:113 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:103 +#: schroot.1.man:124 dchroot.1.man:113 dchroot-dsa.1.man:103 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-V>, B<--version>" msgstr "B<-V>, B<--version>" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:127 man/dchroot.1.man:116 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:106 +#: schroot.1.man:127 dchroot.1.man:116 dchroot-dsa.1.man:106 msgid "Print version information." msgstr "Afficher les informations de version." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:127 man/dchroot.1.man:71 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:69 +#: schroot.1.man:127 dchroot.1.man:71 dchroot-dsa.1.man:69 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-l>, B<--list>" msgstr "B<-l>, B<--list>" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:130 man/dchroot.1.man:74 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:72 +#: schroot.1.man:130 dchroot.1.man:74 dchroot-dsa.1.man:72 msgid "List all available chroots." msgstr "Lister tous les chroots disponibles." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:130 man/dchroot.1.man:74 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:72 +#: schroot.1.man:130 dchroot.1.man:74 dchroot-dsa.1.man:72 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-i>, B<--info>" msgstr "B<-i>, B<--info>" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:133 +#: schroot.1.man:133 msgid "Print detailed information about the specified chroots." msgstr "Afficher des informations détaillées à propos des chroots spécifiés." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:133 man/dchroot.1.man:81 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:79 +#: schroot.1.man:133 dchroot.1.man:81 dchroot-dsa.1.man:79 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--config>" msgstr "B<--config>" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:138 +#: schroot.1.man:138 msgid "" "Print configuration of the specified chroots. This is useful for testing " "that the configuration in use is the same as the configuration file. Any " @@ -442,13 +439,13 @@ msgstr "" "Tout commentaire du fichier original est omis." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:138 +#: schroot.1.man:138 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--location>" msgstr "B<--location>" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:143 +#: schroot.1.man:143 msgid "" "Print location (path) of the specified chroots. Note that chroot types " "which can only be used within a session will not have a location until they " @@ -459,47 +456,47 @@ msgstr "" "n'auront aucune localisation avant d'être activés." #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:143 man/schroot.conf.5.man:31 +#: schroot.1.man:143 schroot.conf.5.man:31 #, no-wrap msgid "General options" msgstr "Options générales" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:144 man/dchroot.1.man:106 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:95 +#: schroot.1.man:144 dchroot.1.man:106 dchroot-dsa.1.man:95 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-q>, B<--quiet>" msgstr "B<-q>, B<--quiet>" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:147 man/dchroot.1.man:109 +#: schroot.1.man:147 dchroot.1.man:109 msgid "Print only essential messages." msgstr "Afficher uniquement les messages essentiels." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:147 man/dchroot.1.man:109 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:99 +#: schroot.1.man:147 dchroot.1.man:109 dchroot-dsa.1.man:99 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-v>, B<--verbose>" msgstr "B<-v>, B<--verbose>" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:150 +#: schroot.1.man:150 msgid "Print all messages." msgstr "Afficher tous les messages." #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:150 +#: schroot.1.man:150 #, no-wrap msgid "Chroot selection" msgstr "Sélection de chroots." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:151 man/dchroot.1.man:67 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:63 +#: schroot.1.man:151 dchroot.1.man:67 dchroot-dsa.1.man:63 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-c>, B<--chroot=>I<chroot>" msgstr "B<-c>, B<--chroot=>I<chroot>" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:157 +#: schroot.1.man:157 msgid "" "Specify a chroot or active session to use. This option may be used multiple " "times to specify more than one chroot, in which case its effect is similar " @@ -513,13 +510,13 @@ msgstr "" "noms Chroot>\\[rq] ci-après." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:157 man/dchroot.1.man:64 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:59 +#: schroot.1.man:157 dchroot.1.man:64 dchroot-dsa.1.man:59 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-a>, B<--all>" msgstr "B<-a>, B<--all>" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:165 +#: schroot.1.man:165 msgid "" "Select all chroots, source chroots and active sessions. When a command has " "been specified, the command will be run in all chroots, source chroots and " @@ -537,13 +534,13 @@ msgstr "" "équivalente à \\[lq]--all-chroots --all-source-chroots --all-sessions\\[rq]." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:165 +#: schroot.1.man:165 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--all-chroots>" msgstr "B<--all-chroots>" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:169 +#: schroot.1.man:169 msgid "" "Select all chroots. Identical to I<--all>, except that source chroots and " "active sessions are not considered." @@ -552,13 +549,13 @@ msgstr "" "source et les sessions actives ne sont pas pris en compte." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:169 +#: schroot.1.man:169 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--all-sessions>" msgstr "B<--all-sessions>" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:173 +#: schroot.1.man:173 msgid "" "Select all active sessions. Identical to I<--all>, except that chroots and " "source chroots are not considered." @@ -567,13 +564,13 @@ msgstr "" "chroots et les chroots source ne sont pas pris en compte." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:173 +#: schroot.1.man:173 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--all-source-chroots>" msgstr "B<--all-source-chroots>" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:177 +#: schroot.1.man:177 msgid "" "Select all source chroots. Identical to I<--all>, except that chroots and " "sessions are not considered." @@ -582,13 +579,13 @@ msgstr "" "chroots et les sessions ne sont pas pris en compte." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:177 +#: schroot.1.man:177 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--exclude-aliases>" msgstr "B<--exclude-aliases>" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:181 +#: schroot.1.man:181 msgid "" "Do not select aliases in addition to chroots. This ensures that only real " "chroots are selected, and are only listed once." @@ -598,19 +595,19 @@ msgstr "" "qu'une seule fois." #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:181 +#: schroot.1.man:181 #, no-wrap msgid "Chroot environment" msgstr "Environnement de chroot" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:182 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:85 +#: schroot.1.man:182 dchroot-dsa.1.man:85 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-d>, B<--directory=>I<directory>" msgstr "B<-d>, B<--directory=>I<répertoire>" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:187 +#: schroot.1.man:187 msgid "" "Change to I<directory> inside the chroot before running the command or login " "shell. If I<directory> is not available, schroot will exit with an error " @@ -621,7 +618,7 @@ msgstr "" "n'est pas disponible, schroot se terminera par un état d'erreur." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:194 +#: schroot.1.man:194 msgid "" "The default behaviour is as follows (all directory paths are inside the " "chroot). A login shell is run in the current working directory. If this is " @@ -641,13 +638,13 @@ msgstr "" "schroot se terminera avec un état d'erreur." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:194 +#: schroot.1.man:194 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-u>, B<--user=>I<user>" msgstr "B<-u>, B<--user=>I<utilisateur>" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:199 +#: schroot.1.man:199 msgid "" "Run as a different user. The default is to run as the current user. If " "required, the user may be required to authenticate themselves with a " @@ -660,13 +657,13 @@ msgstr "" "consultez la section \\[lq]I<Authentification>\\[rq], ci-dessous." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:199 +#: schroot.1.man:199 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-p>, B<--preserve-environment>" msgstr "B<-p>, B<--preserve-environment>" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:205 +#: schroot.1.man:205 msgid "" "Preserve the user's environment inside the chroot environment. The default " "is to use a clean environment; this option copies the entire user " @@ -682,44 +679,44 @@ msgstr "" "dessous." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:205 +#: schroot.1.man:205 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-s>, B<--shell=>I<shell>" msgstr "B<-s>, B<-shell=>I<shell>" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:214 +#: schroot.1.man:214 msgid "" "Use I<shell> as the login shell. When running a login shell a number of " "potential shells will be considered, in this order: the command in the SHELL " -"environment variable (if I<--preserve-environment> is used, or \\f[CI]" -"preserve-environment\\fR is enabled), the user's shell in the \\[oq]passwd" -"\\[cq] database, I</bin/bash> and finally I</bin/sh>. This option overrides " -"this list, and will use the shell specified. This option also overrides the " -"\\f[CI]shell\\fR configuration key, if set." +"environment variable (if I<--preserve-environment> is used, or " +"\\f[CI]preserve-environment\\fR is enabled), the user's shell in the " +"\\[oq]passwd\\[cq] database, I</bin/bash> and finally I</bin/sh>. This " +"option overrides this list, and will use the shell specified. This option " +"also overrides the \\f[CI]shell\\fR configuration key, if set." msgstr "" "Utiliser I<shell> en tant qu'interpréteur de commande de connexion. Lors de " "l'exécution d'un interpréteur de commande de connexion plusieurs " "interpréteurs de commandes potentiels seront considérés dans cet ordre : la " "commande dans la variable d'environnement SHELL (si l'option I<--preserve-" "environment> est utilisée ou si \\f[CI]preserve-environment\\fR est activé), " -"l'interpréteur de commandes de l'utilisateur dans la base de données \\[oq]" -"passwd\\[cq], I</bin/bash> et finalement I</bin/sh>. Cette option écrase " -"cette liste et utilisera l'interpréteur de commandes spécifié. Cette option " -"écrase également la clé de configuration \\f[CI]shell\\fR si définie." +"l'interpréteur de commandes de l'utilisateur dans la base de données " +"\\[oq]passwd\\[cq], I</bin/bash> et finalement I</bin/sh>. Cette option " +"écrase cette liste et utilisera l'interpréteur de commandes spécifié. Cette " +"option écrase également la clé de configuration \\f[CI]shell\\fR si définie." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:214 +#: schroot.1.man:214 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-o>, B<--option=>I<key=value>" msgstr "B<-o>, B<--option=>I<clé=valeur>" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:223 +#: schroot.1.man:223 msgid "" "Set an option. The value of selected configuration keys in I<schroot.conf> " -"may be modified using this option. The key must be present in the \\f[CI]" -"user-modifiable-keys\\fR configuration key in I<schroot.conf>, or " +"may be modified using this option. The key must be present in the " +"\\f[CI]user-modifiable-keys\\fR configuration key in I<schroot.conf>, or " "additionally the \\f[CI]user-modifiable-keys\\fR key if running as (or " "switching to) the root user. The key and value set here will be set in the " "environment of the setup scripts, and may hence be used to customise the " @@ -735,19 +732,19 @@ msgstr "" "personnaliser le chroot pour chaque session." #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:223 +#: schroot.1.man:223 #, no-wrap msgid "Session actions" msgstr "Actions de session" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:224 +#: schroot.1.man:224 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--automatic-session>" msgstr "B<--automatic-session>" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:228 +#: schroot.1.man:228 msgid "" "Begin, run and end a session automatically. This is the default action, so " "does not require specifying in normal operation." @@ -756,13 +753,13 @@ msgstr "" "par défaut, et donc n'a pas besoin d'être spécifiée en opération normale." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:228 +#: schroot.1.man:228 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-b>, B<--begin-session>" msgstr "B<-b>, B<--begin-session>" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:234 +#: schroot.1.man:234 msgid "" "Begin a session. A unique session identifier (session ID) is returned on " "standard output. The session ID is required to use the other session " @@ -775,13 +772,13 @@ msgstr "" "spécifié avec l'option I<--session-name>." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:234 +#: schroot.1.man:234 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--recover-session>" msgstr "B<--recover-session>" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:240 +#: schroot.1.man:240 msgid "" "Recover an existing session. If an existing session has become unavailable, " "for example becoming unmounted due to a reboot, this option will make the " @@ -795,13 +792,13 @@ msgstr "" "I<--chroot>." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:240 +#: schroot.1.man:240 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-r>, B<--run-session>" msgstr "B<-r>, B<--run-session>" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:244 +#: schroot.1.man:244 msgid "" "Run an existing session. The session ID is specified with the I<--chroot> " "option." @@ -810,13 +807,13 @@ msgstr "" "l'option I<--chroot>." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:244 +#: schroot.1.man:244 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-e>, B<--end-session>" msgstr "B<-e>, B<--end-session>" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:248 +#: schroot.1.man:248 msgid "" "End an existing session. The session ID is specified with the I<--chroot> " "option." @@ -825,19 +822,19 @@ msgstr "" "l'option I<--chroot>." #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:248 +#: schroot.1.man:248 #, no-wrap msgid "Session options" msgstr "Options de session" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:249 +#: schroot.1.man:249 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-n>, B<--session-name=>I<session-name>" msgstr "B<-n>, B<--session-name=>I<nom-de-session>" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:257 +#: schroot.1.man:257 msgid "" "Name a session. The specified I<session-name> replaces the default session " "name containing an automatically-generated session ID. The session name " @@ -853,13 +850,13 @@ msgstr "" "de chroot documentées dans B<schroot.conf>(5)." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:257 +#: schroot.1.man:257 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-f>, B<--force>" msgstr "B<-f>, B<--force>" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:263 +#: schroot.1.man:263 msgid "" "Force a session operation, even if it would otherwise fail. This may be " "used to forcibly end a session, even if it has active users. This does not " @@ -873,19 +870,19 @@ msgstr "" "démontés." #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:263 +#: schroot.1.man:263 #, no-wrap msgid "Separator" msgstr "Séparateur" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:264 +#: schroot.1.man:264 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-->" msgstr "B<-->" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:268 +#: schroot.1.man:268 msgid "" "End of options. Used to indicate the end of the schroot options; any " "following options will be passed to the command being run, rather than to " @@ -896,13 +893,13 @@ msgstr "" "de schroot." #. type: SH -#: man/schroot.1.man:268 +#: schroot.1.man:268 #, no-wrap msgid "AUTHENTICATION" msgstr "AUTHENTIFICATION" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:274 +#: schroot.1.man:274 msgid "" "If the user is not an allowed user, or a member of the allowed groups (or if " "changing to root, the allowed root users or allowed root groups) for the " @@ -920,7 +917,7 @@ msgstr "" "lequel le changement sera fait." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:280 +#: schroot.1.man:280 msgid "" "On systems supporting Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM), schroot will " "use PAM for authentication and authorisation of users. If and when " @@ -936,7 +933,7 @@ msgstr "" "sans PAM I<n'est pas> pris en charge)." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:289 +#: schroot.1.man:289 msgid "" "Note that when PAM is in use, the root user is not granted any special " "privileges by default in the program. However, the default PAM " @@ -958,19 +955,19 @@ msgstr "" "explicitement autorisé." #. type: SH -#: man/schroot.1.man:289 +#: schroot.1.man:289 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT NAMESPACES" msgstr "ESPACES DE NOMS CHROOT" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:290 +#: schroot.1.man:290 #, no-wrap msgid "Namespace basics" msgstr "Bases des espaces de noms" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:299 +#: schroot.1.man:299 msgid "" "There are three different types of chroot: regular chroots, source chroots " "and session chroots. These different types of chroot are separated into " @@ -992,7 +989,7 @@ msgstr "" "noms de chroot." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:305 +#: schroot.1.man:305 msgid "" "Depending upon the action you request schroot to take, it may look for the " "chroot in one of the three namespaces, or a particular namespace may be " @@ -1007,13 +1004,13 @@ msgstr "" "est inclus, mais l'espace de noms peut être omis pour la plupart des actions." #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:305 +#: schroot.1.man:305 #, no-wrap msgid "Source chroots" msgstr "Chroots source" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:318 +#: schroot.1.man:318 msgid "" "Some chroot types, for example LVM snapshots and Btrfs snapshots, provide " "session-managed copy-on-write snapshots of the chroot. These also provide a " @@ -1033,31 +1030,31 @@ msgstr "" "contrôlés par la session. Ils fournissent également un I<chroot source> pour " "permettre un accès facile au système de fichiers utilisé comme source de " "cliché. Ce sont des chroots réguliers également, en désactivant le cliché. " -"Pour un chroot nommé \\[lq]sid-snapshot\\[rq] (c'est-à-dire avec \\[lq]" -"chroot:sid-snapshot\\[rq] comme nom complet qualifié), il y aura également " -"un chroot source nommé \\[lq]source:sid-snapshot\\[rq]. Les versions " -"précédentes de schroot fournissent des chroots source avec un suffixe \\[oq]-" -"source\\[cq]. Ces suffixes sont également fournis à des fins de " -"compatibilité. Dans notre exemple il serait appelé \\[lq]chroot:sid-snapshot-" -"source\\[rq]. Cette dénomination de compatibilité sera abandonnée dans une " -"version future, les programmes et les scripts devraient donc être modifiés " -"pour utiliser des noms utilisant les espaces de noms au lieu des vieux " -"suffixes." +"Pour un chroot nommé \\[lq]sid-snapshot\\[rq] (c'est-à-dire avec " +"\\[lq]chroot:sid-snapshot\\[rq] comme nom complet qualifié), il y aura " +"également un chroot source nommé \\[lq]source:sid-snapshot\\[rq]. Les " +"versions précédentes de schroot fournissent des chroots source avec un " +"suffixe \\[oq]-source\\[cq]. Ces suffixes sont également fournis à des fins " +"de compatibilité. Dans notre exemple il serait appelé \\[lq]chroot:sid-" +"snapshot-source\\[rq]. Cette dénomination de compatibilité sera abandonnée " +"dans une version future, les programmes et les scripts devraient donc être " +"modifiés pour utiliser des noms utilisant les espaces de noms au lieu des " +"vieux suffixes." #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:318 +#: schroot.1.man:318 #, no-wrap msgid "Session chroots" msgstr "Chroots session" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:324 +#: schroot.1.man:324 msgid "" -"All sessions created with I<--begin-session> are placed within the \\[oq]" -"session:\\[cq] namespace. A session named with I<--session-name> may have " -"any name, even the same name as the chroot it was created from, providing " -"that it is unique within this namespace. This was not permitted in previous " -"versions of schroot which did not have namespaces." +"All sessions created with I<--begin-session> are placed within the " +"\\[oq]session:\\[cq] namespace. A session named with I<--session-name> may " +"have any name, even the same name as the chroot it was created from, " +"providing that it is unique within this namespace. This was not permitted " +"in previous versions of schroot which did not have namespaces." msgstr "" "Toute session créée avec l'option I<--begin-session> est placée dans " "l'espace de noms \\[oq]session:\\[cq]. Une session nommée avec I<--session-" @@ -1067,13 +1064,13 @@ msgstr "" "n'avait pas d'espaces de noms." #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:324 +#: schroot.1.man:324 #, no-wrap msgid "Actions and default namespaces" msgstr "Actions et espaces de noms par défaut" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:333 +#: schroot.1.man:333 msgid "" "All actions use \\[oq]chroot:\\[cq] as the default namespace, with some " "session actions being the exception. I<--run-session>, I<--recover-session> " @@ -1096,39 +1093,39 @@ msgstr "" "même quand cela n'est pas strictement nécessaire." #. type: SH -#: man/schroot.1.man:333 +#: schroot.1.man:333 #, no-wrap msgid "PERFORMANCE" msgstr "PERFORMANCES" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:342 +#: schroot.1.man:342 msgid "" "Performance on some filesystems, for example Btrfs, is bad when running dpkg " "due to the amount of fsync operations performed. This may be mitigated by " -"installing the eatmydata package and then adding eatmydata to the \\f[CI]" -"command-prefix\\fR configuration key, which disables all fsync operations. " -"Note that this should only be done in snapshot chroots where data loss is " -"not an issue. This is useful when using a chroot for package building, for " -"example." +"installing the eatmydata package and then adding eatmydata to the " +"\\f[CI]command-prefix\\fR configuration key, which disables all fsync " +"operations. Note that this should only be done in snapshot chroots where " +"data loss is not an issue. This is useful when using a chroot for package " +"building, for example." msgstr "" "Les performances sur certains systèmes de fichiers, par exemple Btrfs, sont " "mauvaises lors de l'utilisation de dpkg à cause de la quantité d'opérations " "fsync à effectuer. Cela peut être limité par l'installation du paquet " -"eatmydata et ensuite par l'ajout de eatmydata à la clé de configuration \\f" -"[CI]command-prefix\\fR, ce qui désactivera toutes les opérations fsync. " +"eatmydata et ensuite par l'ajout de eatmydata à la clé de configuration " +"\\f[CI]command-prefix\\fR, ce qui désactivera toutes les opérations fsync. " "Notez que cela ne doit être effectué que dans les chroots clichés où la " "perte de données n'est pas un problème. C'est utile lors de l'utilisation " "d'un chroot pour une construction de paquets, par exemple." #. type: SH -#: man/schroot.1.man:342 man/dchroot.1.man:153 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:134 +#: schroot.1.man:342 dchroot.1.man:153 dchroot-dsa.1.man:134 #, no-wrap msgid "DIRECTORY FALLBACKS" msgstr "RÉPERTOIRES DE SUBSTITUTION" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:352 +#: schroot.1.man:352 msgid "" "schroot will select an appropriate directory to use within the chroot based " "upon whether an interactive login shell will be used, or a command invoked, " @@ -1150,153 +1147,149 @@ msgstr "" "courant, DIR est le répertoire spécifié par I<--directory>." #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:352 +#: schroot.1.man:352 #, no-wrap msgid "Login shell" msgstr "Interpréteur de commande de connexion" #. type: tbl table -#: man/schroot.1.man:356 man/schroot.1.man:379 man/schroot.1.man:395 -#: man/dchroot.1.man:168 man/dchroot.1.man:186 man/dchroot.1.man:203 -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:149 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:166 +#: schroot.1.man:356 schroot.1.man:379 schroot.1.man:395 dchroot.1.man:168 +#: dchroot.1.man:186 dchroot.1.man:203 dchroot-dsa.1.man:149 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:166 #, no-wrap msgid "Transition\n" msgstr "Transition\n" #. type: tbl table -#: man/schroot.1.man:357 man/schroot.1.man:380 man/schroot.1.man:396 -#: man/dchroot.1.man:169 man/dchroot.1.man:187 man/dchroot.1.man:204 -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:150 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:167 +#: schroot.1.man:357 schroot.1.man:380 schroot.1.man:396 dchroot.1.man:169 +#: dchroot.1.man:187 dchroot.1.man:204 dchroot-dsa.1.man:150 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:167 #, no-wrap msgid "(Host \\[-E<gt>] Chroot)\tComment\n" msgstr "(Hôte \\[-E<gt>] Chroot)\tCommentaire\n" #. type: tbl table -#: man/schroot.1.man:358 man/schroot.1.man:381 man/schroot.1.man:397 -#: man/dchroot.1.man:170 man/dchroot.1.man:188 man/dchroot.1.man:205 -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:151 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:168 +#: schroot.1.man:358 schroot.1.man:381 schroot.1.man:397 dchroot.1.man:170 +#: dchroot.1.man:188 dchroot.1.man:205 dchroot-dsa.1.man:151 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:168 #, no-wrap msgid "_\n" msgstr "_\n" #. type: tbl table -#: man/schroot.1.man:359 man/schroot.1.man:382 man/dchroot.1.man:189 +#: schroot.1.man:359 schroot.1.man:382 dchroot.1.man:189 #, no-wrap msgid "CWD \\[-E<gt>] CWD\tT{\n" msgstr "CWD \\[-E<gt>] CWD\tT{\n" #. type: tbl table -#: man/schroot.1.man:360 man/schroot.1.man:383 +#: schroot.1.man:360 schroot.1.man:383 #, no-wrap msgid "Normal behaviour (if I<--directory> is not used)\n" msgstr "Comportement normal (si I<--directory> n'est pas utilisé)\n" #. type: tbl table -#: man/schroot.1.man:361 man/schroot.1.man:364 man/schroot.1.man:367 -#: man/schroot.1.man:370 man/schroot.1.man:373 man/schroot.1.man:384 -#: man/schroot.1.man:387 man/dchroot.1.man:174 man/dchroot.1.man:177 -#: man/dchroot.1.man:180 man/dchroot.1.man:191 man/dchroot.1.man:194 -#: man/dchroot.1.man:197 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:154 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:157 -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:160 +#: schroot.1.man:361 schroot.1.man:364 schroot.1.man:367 schroot.1.man:370 +#: schroot.1.man:373 schroot.1.man:384 schroot.1.man:387 dchroot.1.man:174 +#: dchroot.1.man:177 dchroot.1.man:180 dchroot.1.man:191 dchroot.1.man:194 +#: dchroot.1.man:197 dchroot-dsa.1.man:154 dchroot-dsa.1.man:157 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:160 #, no-wrap msgid "T}\n" msgstr "T}\n" #. type: tbl table -#: man/schroot.1.man:362 +#: schroot.1.man:362 #, no-wrap msgid "CWD \\[-E<gt>] $HOME\tT{\n" msgstr "CWD \\[-E<gt>] $HOME\tT{\n" #. type: tbl table -#: man/schroot.1.man:363 +#: schroot.1.man:363 #, no-wrap msgid "If CWD is nonexistent and --preserve-environment is used\n" msgstr "Si CWD n'existe pas et --preserve-environment est utilisé\n" #. type: tbl table -#: man/schroot.1.man:365 man/dchroot.1.man:171 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:152 +#: schroot.1.man:365 dchroot.1.man:171 dchroot-dsa.1.man:152 #, no-wrap msgid "CWD \\[-E<gt>] passwd pw_dir\tT{\n" msgstr "CWD \\[-E<gt>] passwd pw_dir\tT{\n" #. type: tbl table -#: man/schroot.1.man:366 +#: schroot.1.man:366 #, no-wrap msgid "If CWD is nonexistent (or --preserve-environment is used and no $HOME exists)\n" msgstr "Si CWD n'existe pas (ou --preserve-environment est utilisé et aucun $HOME n'existe)\n" #. type: tbl table -#: man/schroot.1.man:368 man/dchroot.1.man:175 man/dchroot.1.man:192 -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:155 +#: schroot.1.man:368 dchroot.1.man:175 dchroot.1.man:192 dchroot-dsa.1.man:155 #, no-wrap msgid "CWD \\[-E<gt>] /\tT{\n" msgstr "CWD \\[-E<gt>] /\tT{\n" #. type: tbl table -#: man/schroot.1.man:369 +#: schroot.1.man:369 #, no-wrap msgid "None of the above exist\n" msgstr "Aucun des répertoires ci-dessus n'existe\n" #. type: tbl table -#: man/schroot.1.man:371 man/schroot.1.man:385 man/dchroot.1.man:178 -#: man/dchroot.1.man:195 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:158 +#: schroot.1.man:371 schroot.1.man:385 dchroot.1.man:178 dchroot.1.man:195 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:158 #, no-wrap msgid "B<FAIL>\tT{\n" msgstr "B<FAIL>\tT{\n" #. type: tbl table -#: man/schroot.1.man:372 man/dchroot.1.man:179 man/dchroot.1.man:196 -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:159 +#: schroot.1.man:372 dchroot.1.man:179 dchroot.1.man:196 dchroot-dsa.1.man:159 #, no-wrap msgid "If / is nonexistent\n" msgstr "Si / n'existe pas\n" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:375 +#: schroot.1.man:375 #, no-wrap msgid "Command" msgstr "Commande" #. type: tbl table -#: man/schroot.1.man:386 man/dchroot.1.man:193 +#: schroot.1.man:386 dchroot.1.man:193 #, no-wrap msgid "If CWD is nonexistent\n" msgstr "Si CWD n'existe pas\n" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:391 man/schroot.1.man:403 man/dchroot.1.man:211 -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:174 +#: schroot.1.man:391 schroot.1.man:403 dchroot.1.man:211 dchroot-dsa.1.man:174 msgid "No fallbacks should exist under any circumstances." msgstr "Aucune solution de repli ne devrait exister en toute circonstance." #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:391 man/dchroot.1.man:199 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:162 +#: schroot.1.man:391 dchroot.1.man:199 dchroot-dsa.1.man:162 #, no-wrap msgid "--directory used" msgstr "utilisation de --directory" #. type: tbl table -#: man/schroot.1.man:398 man/dchroot.1.man:206 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:169 +#: schroot.1.man:398 dchroot.1.man:206 dchroot-dsa.1.man:169 #, no-wrap msgid "CWD \\[-E<gt>] DIR\tNormal behaviour\n" msgstr "CWD \\[-E<gt>] DIR\tComportement normal\n" #. type: tbl table -#: man/schroot.1.man:399 man/dchroot.1.man:207 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:170 +#: schroot.1.man:399 dchroot.1.man:207 dchroot-dsa.1.man:170 #, no-wrap msgid "B<FAIL>\tIf DIR is nonexistent\n" msgstr "B<FAIL>\tSi DIR n'existe pas\n" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:403 man/dchroot.1.man:211 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:174 +#: schroot.1.man:403 dchroot.1.man:211 dchroot-dsa.1.man:174 #, no-wrap msgid "Debugging" msgstr "Débogage" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:407 man/dchroot.1.man:215 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:178 +#: schroot.1.man:407 dchroot.1.man:215 dchroot-dsa.1.man:178 msgid "" "Note that I<--debug=notice> will show the internal fallback list computed " "for the session." @@ -1305,19 +1298,19 @@ msgstr "" "repli calculée pour la session." #. type: SH -#: man/schroot.1.man:407 man/dchroot.1.man:215 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:178 +#: schroot.1.man:407 dchroot.1.man:215 dchroot-dsa.1.man:178 #, no-wrap msgid "EXAMPLES" msgstr "EXEMPLES" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:408 +#: schroot.1.man:408 #, no-wrap msgid "List available chroots" msgstr "Lister les chroots disponibles" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:416 +#: schroot.1.man:416 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% \\f[CB]schroot -l\\fR\\[CR]\n" @@ -1335,13 +1328,13 @@ msgstr "" "chroot:unstable\n" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:417 +#: schroot.1.man:417 #, no-wrap msgid "Get information about a chroot" msgstr "Récupérer les informations d'un chroot" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:440 +#: schroot.1.man:440 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% \\f[CB]schroot -i -c sid\\fR\\[CR]\n" @@ -1389,7 +1382,7 @@ msgstr "" " Location /srv/chroot/sid\n" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:444 +#: schroot.1.man:444 msgid "" "Use I<--all> or I<-c> multiple times to use all or multiple chroots, " "respectively." @@ -1398,13 +1391,13 @@ msgstr "" "les chroots respectivement." #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:444 +#: schroot.1.man:444 #, no-wrap msgid "Running commands in a chroot" msgstr "Exécuter des commandes dans un chroot" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:460 +#: schroot.1.man:460 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% \\f[CB]schroot -c sid /bin/ls\\fR\\[CR]\n" @@ -1438,7 +1431,7 @@ msgstr "" "INSTALL\n" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:469 +#: schroot.1.man:469 msgid "" "Use I<--> to allow options beginning with \\[oq]-\\[cq] or \\[oq]--\\[cq] in " "the command to run in the chroot. This prevents them being interpreted as " @@ -1458,13 +1451,13 @@ msgstr "" "le système hôte." #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:469 +#: schroot.1.man:469 #, no-wrap msgid "Switching users" msgstr "Changer d'utilisateur" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:475 +#: schroot.1.man:475 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% \\f[CB]schroot -c sid -u root\\fR\\[CR]\n" @@ -1478,26 +1471,26 @@ msgstr "" "# \n" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:481 +#: schroot.1.man:481 msgid "" -"If the user \\[oq]rleigh\\[cq] was in \\f[CI]root-users\\fR in I<\\*" -"[SCHROOT_CONF]>, or one of the groups he belonged to was in \\f[CI]root-" +"If the user \\[oq]rleigh\\[cq] was in \\f[CI]root-users\\fR in I<" +"\\*[SCHROOT_CONF]>, or one of the groups he belonged to was in \\f[CI]root-" "groups\\fR, they would be granted root access without authentication, but " "the PAM authorisation step is still applied." msgstr "" -"Si l'utilisateur \\[oq]rleigh\\[cq] était dans \\f[CI]root-users\\fR de I<\\*" -"[SCHROOT_CONF]>, ou un des groupes auxquels il appartient était dans \\f[CI]" -"root-groups\\fR, un accès root lui sera fourni sans authentification, mais " -"l'étape d'autorisation PAM est toujours appliquée." +"Si l'utilisateur \\[oq]rleigh\\[cq] était dans \\f[CI]root-users\\fR de I<" +"\\*[SCHROOT_CONF]>, ou un des groupes auxquels il appartient était dans " +"\\f[CI]root-groups\\fR, un accès root lui sera fourni sans authentification, " +"mais l'étape d'autorisation PAM est toujours appliquée." #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:481 +#: schroot.1.man:481 #, no-wrap msgid "Sessions" msgstr "Sessions" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:488 +#: schroot.1.man:488 msgid "" "A chroot may be needed to run more than one command. In particular, where " "the chroot is created on the fly from an LVM LV or a file on disc, there is " @@ -1515,12 +1508,12 @@ msgstr "" "peuvent être créées mais ne sont pas strictement nécessaires." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:490 +#: schroot.1.man:490 msgid "Let's start by looking at a session-capable chroot:" msgstr "Commençons par examiner un chroot capable d'utiliser des sessions :" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:518 +#: schroot.1.man:518 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% \\f[CB]schroot -i -c sid-snap\\fR\\[CR]\n" @@ -1578,7 +1571,7 @@ msgstr "" " LVM Snapshot Options --size 2G -c 128\n" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:523 +#: schroot.1.man:523 msgid "" "Note that the I<Session Managed> option is set to \\[oq]true\\[cq]. This is " "a requirement in order to use session management, and is supported by most " @@ -1590,7 +1583,7 @@ msgstr "" "session :" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:527 +#: schroot.1.man:527 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% \\f[CB]schroot -b -c sid-snap\\fR\\[CR]\n" @@ -1600,7 +1593,7 @@ msgstr "" "sid-snap-46195b04-0893-49bf-beb8-0d4ccc899f0f\n" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:531 +#: schroot.1.man:531 msgid "" "The session ID of the newly-created session is returned on standard output. " "It is common to store it like this:" @@ -1609,7 +1602,7 @@ msgstr "" "la sortie standard. Il est habituel de le conserver comme ceci :" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:536 +#: schroot.1.man:536 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% \\f[CB]SESSION=$(schroot -b -c sid-snap)\\fR\\[CR]\n" @@ -1621,7 +1614,7 @@ msgstr "" "sid-snap-46195b04-0893-49bf-beb8-0d4ccc899f0f\n" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:540 +#: schroot.1.man:540 msgid "" "The session may be used just like any normal chroot. This is what the " "session looks like:" @@ -1630,7 +1623,7 @@ msgstr "" "ressemble la session :" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:577 +#: schroot.1.man:577 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% \\f[CB]schroot -i -c sid-snap-46195b04-0893-49bf-beb8-0d4ccc899f0f\\fR\\[CR]\n" @@ -1706,14 +1699,14 @@ msgstr "" " LVM Snapshot Options --size 2G -c 128\n" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:580 +#: schroot.1.man:580 msgid "Now the session has been created, commands may be run in it:" msgstr "" "Maintenant que la session a été créée, il est possible d'exécuter des " "commandes comme ceci :" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:591 +#: schroot.1.man:591 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% \\f[CB]schroot -r -c sid-snap-46195b04-0893-49bf-beb8-0d4ccc899f0f -- \\e\n" @@ -1737,7 +1730,7 @@ msgstr "" "Linux 2.6.18-3-powerpc\n" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:595 +#: schroot.1.man:595 msgid "" "When all the commands to run in the session have been performed, the session " "may be ended:" @@ -1746,7 +1739,7 @@ msgstr "" "session peut être terminée :" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:599 +#: schroot.1.man:599 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\\f[CR]% \\f[CB]schroot -e -c sid-snap-46195b04-0893-49bf-beb8-0d4ccc899f0f\\f[CB]\\[CR]\n" @@ -1756,7 +1749,7 @@ msgstr "" "\\f[CR]% \\f[CB]schroot -e -c $SESSION\\f[CB]\\[CR]\\fR\n" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:603 +#: schroot.1.man:603 msgid "" "Finally, the session names can be long and unwieldy. A name may be " "specified instead of using the automatically generated session ID:" @@ -1766,7 +1759,7 @@ msgstr "" "automatiquement :" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:607 +#: schroot.1.man:607 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\\f[CR]% \\f[CB]schroot -b -c sid-snap -n my-session-name\\f[CB]\\[CR]\n" @@ -1776,13 +1769,13 @@ msgstr "" "\\f[CR]mon-nom-session\\fR\n" #. type: SH -#: man/schroot.1.man:608 man/dchroot.1.man:246 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:199 +#: schroot.1.man:608 dchroot.1.man:246 dchroot-dsa.1.man:199 #, no-wrap msgid "TROUBLESHOOTING" msgstr "DÉPANNAGES" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:615 man/dchroot.1.man:253 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:206 +#: schroot.1.man:615 dchroot.1.man:253 dchroot-dsa.1.man:206 msgid "" "If something is not working, and it's not clear from the error messages what " "is wrong, try using the B<--debug=>I<level> option to turn on debugging " @@ -1800,7 +1793,7 @@ msgstr "" "niveau de sévérité est faible, plus il y a de sortie." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:618 man/dchroot.1.man:256 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:209 +#: schroot.1.man:618 dchroot.1.man:256 dchroot-dsa.1.man:209 msgid "" "If you are still having trouble, the developers may be contacted on the " "mailing list:" @@ -1809,23 +1802,23 @@ msgstr "" "sur la liste de diffusion (en anglais) :" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:620 man/dchroot.1.man:258 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:211 +#: schroot.1.man:620 dchroot.1.man:258 dchroot-dsa.1.man:211 msgid "\\f[CR]Debian\\ buildd-tools\\ Developers\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CR]Debian\\ buildd-tools\\ Developers\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:622 man/dchroot.1.man:260 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:213 +#: schroot.1.man:622 dchroot.1.man:260 dchroot-dsa.1.man:213 msgid "\\f[CR]E<lt>buildd-tools-devel@lists.alioth.debian.orgE<gt>\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CR]E<lt>buildd-tools-devel@lists.alioth.debian.orgE<gt>\\fR" #. type: SH -#: man/schroot.1.man:622 man/dchroot.1.man:260 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:213 +#: schroot.1.man:622 dchroot.1.man:260 dchroot-dsa.1.man:213 #, no-wrap msgid "BUGS" msgstr "BOGUES" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:630 man/dchroot.1.man:268 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:221 +#: schroot.1.man:630 dchroot.1.man:268 dchroot-dsa.1.man:221 msgid "" "On the B<mips> and B<mipsel> architectures, Linux kernels up to and " "including at least version 2.6.17 have broken B<personality>(2) support, " @@ -1835,22 +1828,21 @@ msgid "" "a more recent kernel." msgstr "" "Sur les architectures B<mips> et B<mipsel>, les noyaux Linux, jusqu'à la " -"version 2.6.17 incluse, ont une prise en charge cassée des B<personality>" -"(2), qui a pour conséquence un échec de la mise en place des personnalités. " -"Cela se manifeste par une erreur \\[lq]Operation not permitted\\[rq] " -"(EPERM). Pour contourner ce problème, définissez \\f[CI]personality\\fR à " -"\\[oq]undefined\\[cq], ou mettez à jour votre noyau vers une version plus " -"récente." +"version 2.6.17 incluse, ont une prise en charge cassée des " +"B<personality>(2), qui a pour conséquence un échec de la mise en place des " +"personnalités. Cela se manifeste par une erreur \\[lq]Operation not permitted" +"\\[rq] (EPERM). Pour contourner ce problème, définissez \\f[CI]personality" +"\\fR à \\[oq]undefined\\[cq], ou mettez à jour votre noyau vers une version " +"plus récente." #. type: SH -#: man/schroot.1.man:630 man/schroot-setup.5.man:51 -#: man/schroot-script-config.5.man:34 +#: schroot.1.man:630 schroot-setup.5.man:51 schroot-script-config.5.man:34 #, no-wrap msgid "ENVIRONMENT" msgstr "ENVIRONNEMENT" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:640 +#: schroot.1.man:640 msgid "" "By default, the environment is not preserved, and the following environment " "variables are defined: HOME, LOGNAME, PATH, SHELL, TERM (preserved if " @@ -1875,45 +1867,45 @@ msgstr "" "pour identifier le chroot d'origine sélectionné." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:649 +#: schroot.1.man:649 msgid "" "The following, potentially dangerous, environment variables are removed for " "safety by default: BASH_ENV, CDPATH, ENV, HOSTALIASES, IFS, KRB5_CONFIG, " "KRBCONFDIR, KRBTKFILE, KRB_CONF, LD_.*, LOCALDOMAIN, NLSPATH, PATH_LOCALE, " -"RES_OPTIONS, TERMINFO, TERMINFO_DIRS, and TERMPATH. If desired, the \\f[CI]" -"environment-filter\\fR configuration key will allow the exclusion list to " -"the modified; see B<schroot.conf>(5) for further details." +"RES_OPTIONS, TERMINFO, TERMINFO_DIRS, and TERMPATH. If desired, the " +"\\f[CI]environment-filter\\fR configuration key will allow the exclusion " +"list to the modified; see B<schroot.conf>(5) for further details." msgstr "" "Les variables d'environnement, potentiellement dangereuses, suivantes sont " "retirées par défaut pour des raisons de sécurité : BASH_ENV, CDPATH, ENV, " "HOSTALIASES, IFS, KRB5_CONFIG, KRBCONFDIR, KRBTKFILE, KRB_CONF, LD_.*, " "LOCALDOMAIN, NLSPATH, PATH_LOCALE, RES_OPTIONS, TERMINFO, TERMINFO_DIRS, et " "TERMPATH. Si nécessaire, la clé de configuration \\f[CI]environment-filter" -"\\fR permettra de modifier la liste d'exclusion. Consultez B<schroot.conf>" -"(5) pour plus de détails." +"\\fR permettra de modifier la liste d'exclusion. Consultez B<schroot." +"conf>(5) pour plus de détails." #. type: SH -#: man/schroot.1.man:649 man/schroot-setup.5.man:199 -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:683 man/dchroot.1.man:268 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:221 +#: schroot.1.man:649 schroot-setup.5.man:199 schroot.conf.5.man:683 +#: dchroot.1.man:268 dchroot-dsa.1.man:221 #, no-wrap msgid "FILES" msgstr "FICHIERS" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:650 +#: schroot.1.man:650 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuration files" msgstr "Fichiers de configuration" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:651 man/schroot.conf.5.man:685 man/dchroot.1.man:269 -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:222 +#: schroot.1.man:651 schroot.conf.5.man:685 dchroot.1.man:269 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:222 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_CONF]\\fR" msgstr "\\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_CONF]\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:655 man/schroot.conf.5.man:689 +#: schroot.1.man:655 schroot.conf.5.man:689 msgid "" "The system-wide chroot definition file. This file must be owned by the root " "user, and not be writable by other." @@ -1923,13 +1915,13 @@ msgstr "" "par les autres." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:655 man/schroot.conf.5.man:689 +#: schroot.1.man:655 schroot.conf.5.man:689 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_CONF_CHROOT_D]\\fR" msgstr "\\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_CONF_CHROOT_D]\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:663 +#: schroot.1.man:663 msgid "" "Additional chroot definitions may be placed in files under this directory. " "They are treated in exactly that same manner as I<\\*[SCHROOT_CONF]>. Each " @@ -1938,20 +1930,20 @@ msgid "" "with the I<--lsbsysinit> option." msgstr "" "Des définitions de chroot supplémentaires peuvent être placées dans des " -"fichiers de ce répertoire. Elles sont traitées de la même façon que I<\\*" -"[SCHROOT_CONF]>. Chaque fichier peut contenir une ou plusieurs définitions " -"de chroot. Notez que les fichiers de ce répertoire suivent les mêmes règles " -"de dénomination que B<run-parts>(8) lorsqu'ils sont exécutés avec l'option " -"I<--lsbsysinit>." +"fichiers de ce répertoire. Elles sont traitées de la même façon que I<" +"\\*[SCHROOT_CONF]>. Chaque fichier peut contenir une ou plusieurs " +"définitions de chroot. Notez que les fichiers de ce répertoire suivent les " +"mêmes règles de dénomination que B<run-parts>(8) lorsqu'ils sont exécutés " +"avec l'option I<--lsbsysinit>." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:663 +#: schroot.1.man:663 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_CONF_SETUP_D]\\fR" msgstr "\\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_CONF_SETUP_D]\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:667 +#: schroot.1.man:667 msgid "" "The system-wide chroot setup script directories. See B<schroot-setup>(5)." msgstr "" @@ -1959,43 +1951,43 @@ msgstr "" "système. Consultez B<schroot-setup>(5)." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:667 +#: schroot.1.man:667 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]/etc/pam.d/schroot\\fR" msgstr "\\f[BI]/etc/pam.d/schroot\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:670 +#: schroot.1.man:670 msgid "PAM configuration." msgstr "Configuration de PAM." #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:670 +#: schroot.1.man:670 #, no-wrap msgid "System directories" msgstr "Répertoires systèmes" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:671 +#: schroot.1.man:671 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_LIBEXEC_DIR]\\fR" msgstr "\\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_LIBEXEC_DIR]\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:674 +#: schroot.1.man:674 msgid "Directory containing helper programs used by setup scripts." msgstr "" "Répertoire contenant les programmes d'assistance utilisés par les scripts de " "mise en place." #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:674 +#: schroot.1.man:674 #, no-wrap msgid "Session directories" msgstr "Répertoires de sessions" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:677 +#: schroot.1.man:677 msgid "" "Each directory contains a directory or file with the name of each session. " "Not all chroot types make use of all the following directories." @@ -2005,96 +1997,96 @@ msgstr "" "dessous." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:677 +#: schroot.1.man:677 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_SESSION_DIR]\\fR" msgstr "\\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_SESSION_DIR]\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:680 +#: schroot.1.man:680 msgid "Directory containing the session configuration for each active session." msgstr "" "Répertoire contenant la configuration de session pour chaque session active." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:680 +#: schroot.1.man:680 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_MOUNT_DIR]\\fR" msgstr "\\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_MOUNT_DIR]\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:683 +#: schroot.1.man:683 msgid "Directory used to mount the filesystems used by each active session." msgstr "" "Répertoire utilisé pour monter le système de fichiers utilisé pour chaque " "session active." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:683 +#: schroot.1.man:683 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_UNDERLAY_DIR]\\fR" msgstr "\\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_UNDERLAY_DIR]\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:686 +#: schroot.1.man:686 msgid "Directory used for filesystem union source (underlay)." msgstr "" "Répertoire utilisé comme source d'union de système de fichiers (sous-couche)." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:686 +#: schroot.1.man:686 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_OVERLAY_DIR]\\fR" msgstr "\\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_OVERLAY_DIR]\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:689 +#: schroot.1.man:689 msgid "Directory used for filesystem union writeable overlay." msgstr "" "Répertoire utilisé comme sur-couche inscriptible pour l'union de système de " "fichiers." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:689 +#: schroot.1.man:689 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_FILE_UNPACK_DIR]\\fR" msgstr "\\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_FILE_UNPACK_DIR]\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:692 +#: schroot.1.man:692 msgid "Directory used for unpacking file chroots." msgstr "Répertoire utilisé pour le dépaquetage de chroots de fichiers." #. type: SH -#: man/schroot.1.man:694 man/schroot-setup.5.man:267 -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:723 man/schroot-script-config.5.man:73 -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:256 man/dchroot.1.man:279 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:234 +#: schroot.1.man:694 schroot-setup.5.man:267 schroot.conf.5.man:723 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:73 schroot-faq.7.man:256 dchroot.1.man:279 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:234 #, no-wrap msgid "SEE ALSO" msgstr "VOIR AUSSI" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:701 +#: schroot.1.man:701 msgid "" -"B<dchroot>(1), B<sbuild>(1), B<chroot>(2), B<run-parts>(8), B<schroot-setup>" -"(5), B<schroot-faq>(7), B<schroot.conf>(5)." +"B<dchroot>(1), B<sbuild>(1), B<chroot>(2), B<run-parts>(8), B<schroot-" +"setup>(5), B<schroot-faq>(7), B<schroot.conf>(5)." msgstr "" -"B<dchroot>(1), B<sbuild>(1), B<chroot>(2), B<run-parts>(8), B<schroot-setup>" -"(5), B<schroot-faq>(7), B<schroot.conf>(5)." +"B<dchroot>(1), B<sbuild>(1), B<chroot>(2), B<run-parts>(8), B<schroot-" +"setup>(5), B<schroot-faq>(7), B<schroot.conf>(5)." #. type: TH -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:18 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:18 #, no-wrap msgid "SCHROOT-SETUP" msgstr "SCHROOT-SETUP" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:21 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:21 msgid "schroot-setup - schroot chroot setup scripts" msgstr "schroot-setup — scripts de mise en place des chroots schroot" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:27 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:27 msgid "" "B<schroot> uses scripts to set up and then clean up the chroot environment. " "The directory \\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_CONF_SETUP_D]\\fR contains scripts run when " @@ -2110,7 +2102,7 @@ msgstr "" "exemple en fonction du type de chroot utilisé." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:32 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:32 msgid "" "The scripts are run in name order, like those run by B<init>(8), by using " "the same style of execution as B<run-parts>(8)." @@ -2120,23 +2112,23 @@ msgstr "" "B<run-parts>(8)." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:34 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:34 msgid "The setup scripts are all invoked with two options:" msgstr "Les scripts de mise en place sont tous invoqués avec deux options :" #. type: IP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:34 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:34 #, no-wrap msgid "1" msgstr "1" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:36 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:36 msgid "The action to perform." msgstr "L'action à effectuer." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:41 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:41 msgid "" "When a session is first started, the chroot is set up by running the scripts " "in \\*[SCHROOT_CONF_SETUP_D] with the \\[oq]setup-start\\[cq] option. When " @@ -2145,23 +2137,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Quand une session est lancée, le chroot est mis en place en exécutant les " "scripts dans \\*[SCHROOT_CONF_SETUP_D] avec l'option \\[oq]setup-start" -"\\[cq]. Quand la session est terminée, les scripts dans I<\\*" -"[SCHROOT_CONF_SETUP_D]> sont exécutés dans l'ordre inverse avec l'option " +"\\[cq]. Quand la session est terminée, les scripts dans I<" +"\\*[SCHROOT_CONF_SETUP_D]> sont exécutés dans l'ordre inverse avec l'option " "\\[oq]setup-stop\\[cq]." #. type: IP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:41 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:41 #, no-wrap msgid "2" msgstr "2" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:43 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:43 msgid "The chroot status." msgstr "Le statut du chroot." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:47 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:47 msgid "" "This is either \\[oq]ok\\[cq] if there are no problems, or \\[oq]fail\\[cq] " "if something went wrong. For example, particular actions may be skipped on " @@ -2172,7 +2164,7 @@ msgstr "" "être ignorées en cas d'échec." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:51 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:51 msgid "" "Note that the scripts should be I<idempotent>. They B<must> be idempotent " "during the \\[oq]setup-stop\\[cq] phase, because they may be run more than " @@ -2183,31 +2175,31 @@ msgstr "" "exécutés plus d'une fois, par exemple en cas d'échec." #. type: SS -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:52 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:52 #, no-wrap msgid "General variables" msgstr "Variables générales" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:53 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:53 #, no-wrap msgid "AUTH_USER" msgstr "AUTH_USER" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:56 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:56 msgid "The username of the user the command in the chroot will run as." msgstr "" "Le nom d'utilisateur sous lequel la commande sera exécutée dans le chroot." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:56 man/schroot-setup.5.man:111 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:56 schroot-setup.5.man:111 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_NAME" msgstr "CHROOT_NAME" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:60 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:60 msgid "" "The chroot name. Note that this is the name of the orignal chroot before " "session creation; you probably want SESSION_ID." @@ -2216,31 +2208,31 @@ msgstr "" "création de session ; vous voulez probablement SESSION_ID." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:60 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:60 #, no-wrap msgid "HOST" msgstr "HOST" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:62 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:62 #, no-wrap msgid "HOST_OS" msgstr "HOST_OS" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:64 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:64 #, no-wrap msgid "HOST_VENDOR" msgstr "HOST_VENDOR" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:66 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:66 #, no-wrap msgid "HOST_CPU" msgstr "HOST_CPU" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:72 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:72 msgid "" "The host system architecture schroot is running upon. This may be used to " "introduce architecture-specific behaviour into the setup scripts where " @@ -2254,24 +2246,24 @@ msgstr "" "parties composant ce triplet." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:72 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:72 #, no-wrap msgid "LIBEXEC_DIR" msgstr "LIBEXEC_DIR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:75 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:75 msgid "The directory under which helper programs are located." msgstr "Le répertoire dans lequel les programmes d'assistance sont localisés." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:75 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:75 #, no-wrap msgid "MOUNT_DIR" msgstr "MOUNT_DIR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:79 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:79 msgid "" "The directory under which non-filesystem chroots are mounted (e.g. block " "devices and LVM snapshots)." @@ -2280,24 +2272,24 @@ msgstr "" "(par exemple périphériques de blocs et clichés LVM)." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:79 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:79 #, no-wrap msgid "PID" msgstr "PID" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:82 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:82 msgid "The process ID of the schroot process." msgstr "L'identifiant de processus du processus schroot." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:82 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:82 #, no-wrap msgid "PLATFORM" msgstr "PLATFORM" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:89 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:89 msgid "" "The operating system platform schroot is running upon. This may be used to " "introduce platform-specific behaviour into the setup scripts where " @@ -2315,28 +2307,29 @@ msgstr "" "plusieurs architectures." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:89 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:89 #, no-wrap msgid "SESSION_ID" msgstr "SESSION_ID" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:92 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:92 msgid "The session identifier." msgstr "Identifiant de session." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:92 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:92 #, no-wrap msgid "VERBOSE" msgstr "VERBOSE" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:98 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:98 msgid "" -"Set to \\[oq]quiet\\[cq] if only error messages should be printed, \\[oq]" -"normal\\[cq] if other messages may be printed as well, and \\[oq]verbose" -"\\[cq] if all messages may be printed. Previously called AUTH_VERBOSITY." +"Set to \\[oq]quiet\\[cq] if only error messages should be printed, " +"\\[oq]normal\\[cq] if other messages may be printed as well, and " +"\\[oq]verbose\\[cq] if all messages may be printed. Previously called " +"AUTH_VERBOSITY." msgstr "" "Définir à \\[oq]quiet\\[cq] si seuls les messages d'erreur doivent être " "affichés, \\[oq]normal\\[cq] pour afficher plus de messages et \\[oq]verbose" @@ -2344,13 +2337,13 @@ msgstr "" "AUTH_VERBOSITY." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:98 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:98 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_SESSION_CREATE" msgstr "CHROOT_SESSION_CREATE" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:101 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:101 msgid "" "Set to \\[oq]true\\[cq] if a session will be created, otherwise \\[oq]false" "\\[cq]." @@ -2359,13 +2352,13 @@ msgstr "" "\\[cq]." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:101 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:101 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_SESSION_CLONE" msgstr "CHROOT_SESSION_CLONE" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:104 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:104 msgid "" "Set to \\[oq]true\\[cq] if a session will be cloned, otherwise \\[oq]false" "\\[cq]." @@ -2374,13 +2367,13 @@ msgstr "" "\\[cq]." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:104 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:104 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_SESSION_PURGE" msgstr "CHROOT_SESSION_PURGE" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:107 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:107 msgid "" "Set to \\[oq]true\\[cq] if a session will be purged, otherwise \\[oq]false" "\\[cq]." @@ -2389,13 +2382,13 @@ msgstr "" "\\[cq]." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:107 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:107 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_TYPE" msgstr "CHROOT_TYPE" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:111 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:111 msgid "" "The type of the chroot. This is useful for restricting a setup task to " "particular types of chroot (e.g. only block devices or LVM snapshots)." @@ -2405,7 +2398,7 @@ msgstr "" "blocs ou les clichés LVM)." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:115 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:115 msgid "" "The name of the chroot. This is useful for restricting a setup task to a " "particular chroot, or set of chroots." @@ -2414,13 +2407,13 @@ msgstr "" "un chroot particulier ou un ensemble de chroots." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:115 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:115 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_ALIAS" msgstr "CHROOT_ALIAS" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:122 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:122 msgid "" "The name of the alias used to select the chroot. This is useful for " "specialising a setup task based upon one of its alternative alias names, or " @@ -2436,24 +2429,24 @@ msgstr "" "« experimental » pour un chroot « unstable »." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:122 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:122 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_DESCRIPTION" msgstr "CHROOT_DESCRIPTION" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:125 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:125 msgid "The description of the chroot." msgstr "Description du chroot." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:125 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:125 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_MOUNT_LOCATION" msgstr "CHROOT_MOUNT_LOCATION" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:129 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:129 msgid "" "The location to mount the chroot. It is used for mount point creation and " "mounting." @@ -2462,13 +2455,13 @@ msgstr "" "des points de montage." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:129 man/schroot-setup.5.man:159 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:129 schroot-setup.5.man:159 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_LOCATION" msgstr "CHROOT_LOCATION" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:133 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:133 msgid "" "The location of the chroot inside the mount point. This is to allow " "multiple chroots on a single filesystem. Set for all mountable chroot types." @@ -2478,13 +2471,13 @@ msgstr "" "pour l'ensemble des types de chroot." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:133 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:133 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_PATH" msgstr "CHROOT_PATH" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:138 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:138 msgid "" "The absolute path to the chroot. This is typically CHROOT_MOUNT_LOCATION " "and CHROOT_LOCATION concatenated together. This is the path which should be " @@ -2495,41 +2488,41 @@ msgstr "" "pour accéder aux chroots." #. type: SS -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:138 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:138 #, no-wrap msgid "Plain and directory chroot variables" msgstr "Variables pour les chroots « plain » et « directory »" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:140 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:140 msgid "These chroot types use only general variables." msgstr "Ces types de chroot utilisent uniquement les variables générales." #. type: SS -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:140 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:140 #, no-wrap msgid "File variables" msgstr "Variables pour les chroots fichier (« file »)" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:141 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:141 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_FILE" msgstr "CHROOT_FILE" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:144 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:144 msgid "The file containing the chroot files." msgstr "Le fichier contenant les fichiers du chroot." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:144 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:144 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_FILE_REPACK" msgstr "CHROOT_FILE_REPACK" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:148 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:148 msgid "" "Set to \\[oq]true\\[cq] to repack the chroot into an archive file on ending " "a session, otherwise \\[oq]false\\[cq]." @@ -2538,42 +2531,42 @@ msgstr "" "fin de la session, sinon \\[oq]false\\[cq]." #. type: SS -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:148 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:148 #, no-wrap msgid "Mountable chroot variables" msgstr "Variables pour les chroots montables" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:151 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:151 msgid "These variables are only set for directly mountable chroot types." msgstr "" "Ces variables sont seulement définies pour les types de chroot montables " "directement." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:151 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:151 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_MOUNT_DEVICE" msgstr "CHROOT_MOUNT_DEVICE" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:155 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:155 msgid "The device to mount containing the chroot. mounting." msgstr "Le périphérique à monter contenant le chroot." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:155 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:155 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_MOUNT_OPTIONS" msgstr "CHROOT_MOUNT_OPTIONS" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:159 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:159 msgid "Options to pass to B<mount>(8)." msgstr "Les options à passer à B<mount>(8)." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:163 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:163 msgid "" "The location of the chroot inside the mount point. This allows the " "existence of multiple chroots on a single filesystem." @@ -2583,73 +2576,73 @@ msgstr "" "unique." #. type: SS -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:163 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:163 #, no-wrap msgid "Filesystem union variables" msgstr "Variables pour les chroots d'union de systèmes de fichiers" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:164 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:164 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_UNION_TYPE" msgstr "CHROOT_UNION_TYPE" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:167 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:167 msgid "Union filesystem type." msgstr "Type d'union de systèmes de fichiers." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:167 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:167 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_UNION_MOUNT_OPTIONS" msgstr "CHROOT_UNION_MOUNT_OPTIONS" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:170 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:170 msgid "Union filesystem mount options." msgstr "Options de montage des unions de systèmes de fichiers." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:170 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:170 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_UNION_OVERLAY_DIRECTORY" msgstr "CHROOT_UNION_OVERLAY_DIRECTORY" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:173 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:173 msgid "Union filesystem overlay directory (writable)." msgstr "" "Répertoire pour la sur-couche (« overlay ») de l'union de systèmes de " "fichiers (inscriptible)." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:173 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:173 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_UNION_UNDERLAY_DIRECTORY" msgstr "CHROOT_UNION_UNDERLAY_DIRECTORY" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:176 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:176 msgid "Union filesystem underlay directory (read-only)." msgstr "" "Répertoire pour la sous-couche (« underlay ») de l'union de systèmes de " "fichiers (lecture-seule)." #. type: SS -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:176 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:176 #, no-wrap msgid "Block device variables" msgstr "Variables des périphériques de type bloc" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:177 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:177 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_DEVICE" msgstr "CHROOT_DEVICE" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:182 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:182 msgid "" "The device containing the chroot root filesystem. This is usually, but not " "necessarily, the device which will be mounted. For example, an LVM snapshot " @@ -2660,52 +2653,52 @@ msgstr "" "exemple pour un cliché LVM, ce sera le volume logique initial." #. type: SS -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:182 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:182 #, no-wrap msgid "LVM snapshot variables" msgstr "Variables de clichés LVM" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:183 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:183 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_LVM_SNAPSHOT_NAME" msgstr "CHROOT_LVM_SNAPSHOT_NAME" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:187 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:187 msgid "Snapshot name to pass to B<lvcreate>(8)." msgstr "Nom du cliché à passer à B<lvcreate>(8)." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:187 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:187 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_LVM_SNAPSHOT_DEVICE" msgstr "CHROOT_LVM_SNAPSHOT_DEVICE" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:190 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:190 msgid "The name of the LVM snapshot device." msgstr "Le nom du périphérique de cliché LVM." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:190 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:190 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_LVM_SNAPSHOT_OPTIONS" msgstr "CHROOT_LVM_SNAPSHOT_OPTIONS" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:194 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:194 msgid "Options to pass to B<lvcreate>(8)." msgstr "Les options à passer à B<lvcreate>(8)." #. type: SS -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:194 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:194 #, no-wrap msgid "Custom variables" msgstr "Variables personnalisées" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:199 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:199 msgid "" "Custom keys set in I<schroot.conf> will be uppercased and set in the " "environment as described in B<schroot.conf>(5)." @@ -2714,13 +2707,13 @@ msgstr "" "définies dans l'environnement comme décrit dans B<schroot.conf>(5)." #. type: SS -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:200 man/schroot.conf.5.man:694 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:200 schroot.conf.5.man:694 #, no-wrap msgid "Setup script configuration" msgstr "Configuration des scripts de mise en place" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:203 man/schroot.conf.5.man:697 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:203 schroot.conf.5.man:697 msgid "" "The directory \\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR]/default\\fR contains the " "default settings used by setup scripts." @@ -2729,19 +2722,19 @@ msgstr "" "configurations par défaut utilisées par les scripts de mise en place." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:203 man/schroot.conf.5.man:697 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:203 schroot.conf.5.man:697 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]config\\fR" msgstr "\\f[BI]config\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:211 man/schroot.conf.5.man:705 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:211 schroot.conf.5.man:705 msgid "" "Main configuration file read by setup scripts. The format of this file is " "described in B<schroot-script-config>(5). This is the default value for the " -"\\f[CI]script-config\\fR key. Note that this was formerly named I<\\*" -"[SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR]/script-defaults>. The following files are referenced " -"by default:" +"\\f[CI]script-config\\fR key. Note that this was formerly named I<" +"\\*[SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR]/script-defaults>. The following files are " +"referenced by default:" msgstr "" "Fichier de configuration principal lu par les scripts de mise en place. Le " "format de ce fichier est décrit dans B<schroot-script-config>(5). C'est la " @@ -2750,13 +2743,13 @@ msgstr "" "fichiers suivants sont référencés par défaut :" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:211 man/schroot.conf.5.man:705 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:211 schroot.conf.5.man:705 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]copyfiles\\fR" msgstr "\\f[BI]copyfiles\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:215 man/schroot.conf.5.man:709 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:215 schroot.conf.5.man:709 msgid "" "A list of files to copy into the chroot from the host system. Note that " "this was formerly named I<\\*[SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR]/copyfiles-defaults>." @@ -2766,13 +2759,13 @@ msgstr "" "copyfiles-defaults>." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:215 man/schroot.conf.5.man:709 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:215 schroot.conf.5.man:709 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]fstab\\fR" msgstr "\\f[BI]fstab\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:222 man/schroot.conf.5.man:716 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:222 schroot.conf.5.man:716 msgid "" "A file in the format decribed in B<fstab>(5), used to mount filesystems " "inside the chroot. The mount location is relative to the root of the " @@ -2781,17 +2774,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Un fichier au format décrit dans B<fstab>(5), utilisé pour monter les " "systèmes de fichiers dans le chroot. Le point de montage est relatif à la " -"racine du chroot. Notez que précédemment il était nommé I<\\*" -"[SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR]/mount-defaults>." +"racine du chroot. Notez que précédemment il était nommé I<" +"\\*[SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR]/mount-defaults>." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:222 man/schroot.conf.5.man:716 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:222 schroot.conf.5.man:716 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]nssdatabases\\fR" msgstr "\\f[BI]nssdatabases\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:227 man/schroot.conf.5.man:721 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:227 schroot.conf.5.man:721 msgid "" "System databases (as described in I</etc/nsswitch.conf> on GNU/Linux " "systems) to copy into the chroot from the host. Note that this was formerly " @@ -2803,13 +2796,13 @@ msgstr "" "defaults>." #. type: SS -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:227 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:227 #, no-wrap msgid "Setup scripts" msgstr "Scripts de mise en place" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:229 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:229 msgid "" "The directory \\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_CONF_SETUP_D]\\fR contains the chroot setup " "scripts." @@ -2818,71 +2811,71 @@ msgstr "" "mise en place des chroots." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:229 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:229 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]00check\\fR" msgstr "\\f[BI]00check\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:232 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:232 msgid "Print debugging diagnostics and perform basic sanity checking." msgstr "" "Afficher les diagnostics de débogage et exécute des vérifications " "d'intégrité." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:232 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:232 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]05file\\fR" msgstr "\\f[BI]05file\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:235 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:235 msgid "Unpack, clean up, and repack file-based chroots." msgstr "" "Décompresser, nettoyer, et recompresser les chroots basés sur les fichiers." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:235 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:235 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]05fsunion\\fR" msgstr "\\f[BI]05fsunion\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:238 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:238 msgid "Create and remove union filesystems." msgstr "Créer et enlever les unions de système de fichiers." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:238 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:238 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]05lvm\\fR" msgstr "\\f[BI]05lvm\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:241 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:241 msgid "Create and remove LVM snapshots." msgstr "Créer et enlever les clichés LVM." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:241 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:241 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]10mount\\fR" msgstr "\\f[BI]10mount\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:244 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:244 msgid "Mount and unmount filesystems." msgstr "Monter et démonter les systèmes de fichiers." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:244 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:244 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]15binfmt\\fR" msgstr "\\f[BI]15binfmt\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:249 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:249 msgid "" "Sets up the QEMU user emulator using binfmt-support. This permits a chroot " "for a different CPU architecture to be used transparently, providing an " @@ -2894,13 +2887,13 @@ msgstr "" "l'émulation d'une machine complète." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:249 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:249 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]15killprocs\\fR" msgstr "\\f[BI]15killprocs\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:253 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:253 msgid "" "Kill processes still running inside the chroot when ending a session, which " "would prevent unmounting of filesystems and cleanup of any other resources." @@ -2910,13 +2903,13 @@ msgstr "" "fichiers et le nettoyage des autres ressources." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:253 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:253 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]20copyfiles\\fR" msgstr "\\f[BI]20copyfiles\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:257 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:257 msgid "" "Copy files from the host system into the chroot. Configure networking by " "copying I<hosts> and I<resolv.conf>, for example." @@ -2925,13 +2918,13 @@ msgstr "" "configure le réseau en copiant I<hosts> et I<resolv.conf>." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:257 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:257 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]20nssdatabases\\fR" msgstr "\\f[BI]20nssdatabases\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:261 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:261 msgid "" "Configure system databases by copying passwd, shadow, group etc. into the " "chroot." @@ -2940,13 +2933,13 @@ msgstr "" "group, etc. dans le chroot." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:261 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:261 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]50chrootname\\fR" msgstr "\\f[BI]50chrootname\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:265 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:265 msgid "" "Set the chroot name (I</etc/debian_chroot>) in the chroot. This may be used " "by the shell prompt to display the current chroot." @@ -2955,7 +2948,7 @@ msgstr "" "être utilisé par une invite de commande pour afficher le chroot courant." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:272 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:272 msgid "" "B<schroot>(1), B<fstab>(5), B<schroot.conf>(5), B<schroot-script-config>(5), " "B<run-parts>(8)." @@ -2964,18 +2957,18 @@ msgstr "" "B<run-parts>(8)." #. type: TH -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:18 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:18 #, no-wrap msgid "SCHROOT.CONF" msgstr "SCHROOT.CONF" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:21 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:21 msgid "schroot.conf - chroot definition file for schroot" msgstr "schroot.conf — fichier de définition des chroots de schroot" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:24 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:24 msgid "" "\\f[BI]schroot.conf\\fR is a plain UTF-8 text file, describing the chroots " "available for use with schroot." @@ -2984,7 +2977,7 @@ msgstr "" "chroots utilisables avec schroot." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:28 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:28 msgid "" "Comments are introduced following a \\[oq]\\f[CR]\\[sh]\\fR\\[cq] (\\[lq]hash" "\\[rq]) character at the beginning of a line, or following any other text. " @@ -2996,7 +2989,7 @@ msgstr "" "traité comme un commentaire." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:31 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:31 msgid "" "The configuration format is an INI-style format, split into groups of key-" "value pairs separated by section names in square brackets." @@ -3005,7 +2998,7 @@ msgstr "" "valeur séparés par des noms de section entre crochets." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:35 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:35 msgid "" "A chroot is defined as a group of key-value pairs, which is started by a " "name in square brackets on a line by itself. The file may contain multiple " @@ -3016,7 +3009,7 @@ msgstr "" "plusieurs groupes définissant ainsi plusieurs chroots." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:38 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:38 msgid "" "A chroot definition is started by the name of the chroot in square " "brackets. For example," @@ -3024,12 +3017,12 @@ msgstr "" "La définition du chroot débute par son nom entre crochets. Par exemple," #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:40 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:40 msgid "\\f[CR]\\[lB]sid\\[rB]\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CR]\\[lB]sid\\[rB]\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:43 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:43 msgid "" "The name is subject to certain naming restrictions. For further details, " "see the section \\[lq]I<Chroot Names>\\[rq] below." @@ -3038,18 +3031,18 @@ msgstr "" "détails, consultez la section \\[lq]I<Nom de Chroot>\\[rq] ci-dessous." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:45 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:45 msgid "This is then followed by several key-value pairs, one per line:" msgstr "S'ensuit ensuite plusieurs paires clé-valeur, une par ligne :" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:45 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:45 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]type=\\f[CI]type\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]type=\\f[CI]type\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:53 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:53 msgid "" "The type of the chroot. Valid types are \\[oq]plain\\[cq], \\[oq]directory" "\\[cq], \\[oq]file\\[cq], \\[oq]loopback\\[cq], \\[oq]block-device\\[cq], " @@ -3069,13 +3062,13 @@ msgstr "" "dessous)." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:53 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:53 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]description=\\f[CI]description\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]description=\\f[CI]description\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:57 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:57 msgid "" "A short description of the chroot. This may be localised for different " "languages; see the section \\[lq]I<Localisation>\\[rq] below." @@ -3084,41 +3077,42 @@ msgstr "" "langues ; consultez la section \\[lq]I<Localisation>\\[rq] ci-dessous." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:57 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:57 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]priority=\\f[CI]number\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]priority=\\f[CI]nombre\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:67 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:67 msgid "" "Set the priority of a chroot. \\f[CI]number\\fR is a positive integer " -"indicating whether a distribution is older than another. For example, \\[lq]" -"oldstable\\[rq] and \\[lq]oldstable-security\\[rq] might be \\[oq]0\\[cq], " -"while \\[lq]stable\\[rq] and \\[lq]stable-security\\[rq] are \\[oq]1\\[cq], " -"\\[lq]testing\\[rq] is \\[oq]2\\[cq] and \\[lq]unstable\\[rq] is \\[oq]" -"3\\[cq]. The values are not important, but the difference between them is. " -"This option is deprecated and no longer used by schroot, but is still " -"permitted to be used; it will be obsoleted and removed in a future release." +"indicating whether a distribution is older than another. For example, " +"\\[lq]oldstable\\[rq] and \\[lq]oldstable-security\\[rq] might be " +"\\[oq]0\\[cq], while \\[lq]stable\\[rq] and \\[lq]stable-security\\[rq] are " +"\\[oq]1\\[cq], \\[lq]testing\\[rq] is \\[oq]2\\[cq] and \\[lq]unstable\\[rq] " +"is \\[oq]3\\[cq]. The values are not important, but the difference between " +"them is. This option is deprecated and no longer used by schroot, but is " +"still permitted to be used; it will be obsoleted and removed in a future " +"release." msgstr "" "Définir la priorité d'un chroot. \\f[CI]nombre\\fR est un entier positif " "indiquant si une distribution est plus ancienne qu'une autre. Par exemple, " -"\\[lq]oldstable\\[rq] et \\[lq]oldstable-security\\[rq] peuvent être \\[oq]" -"0\\[cq] alors que \\[lq]stable\\[rq] et \\[lq]stable-security\\[rq] sont " -"\\[oq]1\\[cq], \\[lq]testing\\[rq] est \\[oq]2\\[cq] et \\[lq]unstable\\[rq] " -"est \\[oq]3\\[cq]. Les valeurs ne sont pas importantes, mais les différences " -"entre elles le sont. Cette option est déconseillée et n'est plus utilisée " -"par schroot, mais il est encore permis de l'utiliser, elle deviendra " -"obsolète et sera retirée dans une prochaine version." +"\\[lq]oldstable\\[rq] et \\[lq]oldstable-security\\[rq] peuvent être " +"\\[oq]0\\[cq] alors que \\[lq]stable\\[rq] et \\[lq]stable-security\\[rq] " +"sont \\[oq]1\\[cq], \\[lq]testing\\[rq] est \\[oq]2\\[cq] et \\[lq]unstable" +"\\[rq] est \\[oq]3\\[cq]. Les valeurs ne sont pas importantes, mais les " +"différences entre elles le sont. Cette option est déconseillée et n'est plus " +"utilisée par schroot, mais il est encore permis de l'utiliser, elle " +"deviendra obsolète et sera retirée dans une prochaine version." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:67 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:67 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]message-verbosity=\\f[CI]verbosity\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]message-verbosity=\\f[CI]verbosité\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:74 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:74 msgid "" "Set the verbosity of messages printed by schroot when setting up, running " "commands and cleaning up the chroot. Valid settings are \\[oq]quiet\\[cq] " @@ -3134,13 +3128,13 @@ msgstr "" "I<--verbose>." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:74 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:74 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]users=\\f[CI]user1,user2,...\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]users=\\f[CI]utilisateur1,utilisateur2,…\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:79 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:79 msgid "" "A comma-separated list of users which are allowed access to the chroot. If " "empty or omitted, no users will be allowed access (unless a group they " @@ -3148,17 +3142,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Une liste séparée par des virgules des utilisateurs qui sont autorisés à " "accéder au chroot. Si vide ou omis, aucun utilisateur ne sera autorisé à " -"accéder au chroot (sauf s'il appartient à un groupe spécifié dans \\f[CI]" -"groups\\fR)." +"accéder au chroot (sauf s'il appartient à un groupe spécifié dans " +"\\f[CI]groups\\fR)." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:79 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:79 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]groups=\\f[CI]group1,group2,...\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]groups=\\f[CI]groupe1,groupe2,...\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:83 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:83 msgid "" "A comma-separated list of groups which are allowed access to the chroot. If " "empty or omitted, no groups of users will be allowed access." @@ -3168,19 +3162,19 @@ msgstr "" "accéder au chroot." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:83 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:83 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]root-users=\\f[CI]user1,user2,...\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]root-users=\\f[CI]utilisateur1,utilisateur2,...\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:90 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:90 msgid "" "A comma-separated list of users which are allowed B<password-less> root " "access to the chroot. If empty or omitted, no users will be allowed root " -"access without a password (but if a user or a group they belong to is in \\f" -"[CI]users\\fR or \\f[CI]groups\\fR, respectively, they may gain access with " -"a password). See the section \\[lq]I<Security>\\[rq] below." +"access without a password (but if a user or a group they belong to is in " +"\\f[CI]users\\fR or \\f[CI]groups\\fR, respectively, they may gain access " +"with a password). See the section \\[lq]I<Security>\\[rq] below." msgstr "" "Une liste séparée par des virgules d'utilisateurs qui sont autorisés à " "devenir root dans le chroot B<sans mot de passe>. Si vide ou omis, aucun " @@ -3190,19 +3184,19 @@ msgstr "" "passe). Consultez la section \\[lq]I<Sécurité>\\[rq] ci-dessous." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:90 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:90 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]root-groups=\\f[CI]group1,group2,...\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]root-groups=\\f[CI]groupe1,groupe2,...\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:97 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:97 msgid "" "A comma-separated list of groups which are allowed B<password-less> root " "access to the chroot. If empty or omitted, no users will be allowed root " -"access without a password (but if a user or a group they belong to is in \\f" -"[CI]users\\fR or \\f[CI]groups\\fR, respectively, they may gain access with " -"a password). See the section \\[lq]I<Security>\\[rq] below." +"access without a password (but if a user or a group they belong to is in " +"\\f[CI]users\\fR or \\f[CI]groups\\fR, respectively, they may gain access " +"with a password). See the section \\[lq]I<Security>\\[rq] below." msgstr "" "Une liste séparée par des virgules de groupes qui sont autorisés à devenir " "root dans le chroot B<sans mot de passe>. Si vide ou omis, aucun utilisateur " @@ -3212,13 +3206,13 @@ msgstr "" "Consultez la section \\[lq]I<Sécurité>\\[rq] ci-dessous." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:97 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:97 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]aliases=\\f[CI]alias1,alias2,...\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]aliases=\\f[CI]alias1,alias2,...\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:103 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:103 msgid "" "A comma-separated list of aliases (alternate names) for this chroot. For " "example, a chroot named \\[lq]sid\\[rq] might have an \\[oq]unstable\\[cq] " @@ -3231,19 +3225,19 @@ msgstr "" "aux mêmes restrictions que le nom du chroot lui-même." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:103 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:103 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]profile=\\f[CI]directory\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]profile=\\f[CI]répertoire\\fR" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:105 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:105 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]script-config=\\f[CI]filename\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]script-config=\\f[CI]nom-de-fichier\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:119 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:119 msgid "" "The behaviour of the chroot setup scripts may be customised on a per-chroot " "basis by setting a specific configuration profile. The directory is " @@ -3254,9 +3248,10 @@ msgid "" "\\[cq] (for running desktop applications in the chroot, making more " "functionality from the host system available in the chroot) and \\[oq]sbuild" "\\[cq] (for using the chroot for Debian package building). Other packages " -"may provide additional profiles. The default values of the keys \\f[CI]" -"setup.config\\fR, \\f[CI]setup.copyfiles\\fR, \\f[CI]setup.fstab\\fR and \\f" -"[CI]setup.nssdatabases\\fR are set based upon the \\f[CI]profile\\fR setting." +"may provide additional profiles. The default values of the keys " +"\\f[CI]setup.config\\fR, \\f[CI]setup.copyfiles\\fR, \\f[CI]setup.fstab\\fR " +"and \\f[CI]setup.nssdatabases\\fR are set based upon the \\f[CI]profile\\fR " +"setting." msgstr "" "Le comportement des scripts de mise en place des chroots peut être " "personnalisé pour chaque chroot en définissant un profil de configuration " @@ -3269,12 +3264,13 @@ msgstr "" "autorisant plus de fonctionnalités du système hôte disponibles dans le " "chroot) et \\[oq]sbuild\\[cq] (pour utiliser le chroot pour la construction " "de paquet Debian). D'autres paquets peuvent fournir des profils " -"supplémentaires. La valeur par défaut des clés \\f[CI]setup.config\\fR, \\f" -"[CI]setup.copyfiles\\fR, \\f[CI]setup.fstab\\fR et \\f[CI]setup.nssdatabases" -"\\fR est définie en fonction de la configuration de \\f[CI]profile\\fR." +"supplémentaires. La valeur par défaut des clés \\f[CI]setup.config\\fR, " +"\\f[CI]setup.copyfiles\\fR, \\f[CI]setup.fstab\\fR et \\f[CI]setup." +"nssdatabases\\fR est définie en fonction de la configuration de " +"\\f[CI]profile\\fR." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:134 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:134 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Note that the \\f[CI]profile\\fR key replaces the older \\f[CI]script-" @@ -3286,31 +3282,31 @@ msgstr "" #| "in a future release." msgid "" "Note that the \\f[CI]profile\\fR key replaces the older \\f[CI]script-config" -"\\fR key. The \\f[CI]script-config\\fR key is exactly the same as \\f[CI]" -"profile\\fR, but has \\[lq]I</config>\\[rq] appended to it. The default " -"filename is \\[oq]default/config\\[cq]. Either of these keys may be used. " -"If both are present, then \\f[CI]script-config\\fR will take precedence (\\f" -"[CI]profile\\fR will be unset). \\f[CI]script-config\\fR is deprecated and " -"will be removed in a future release. Note that \\f[CI]profile\\fR is " -"equivalent to \\f[CI]script-config\\fR if the file sourced by \\f[CI]script-" -"config\\fR only contains the standard variables provided by schroot; if any " -"additional variables or shell script fragments have been added, please also " -"set \\f[CI]setup.config\\fR, which will continue to allow this file to be " -"sourced. It is recommended to replace the use of the sourced file with " -"additional keys in schroot.conf where possible, but it will continue to be " -"possible to source an additional configuration file using \\f[CI]setup.config" -"\\fR." +"\\fR key. The \\f[CI]script-config\\fR key is exactly the same as " +"\\f[CI]profile\\fR, but has \\[lq]I</config>\\[rq] appended to it. The " +"default filename is \\[oq]default/config\\[cq]. Either of these keys may be " +"used. If both are present, then \\f[CI]script-config\\fR will take " +"precedence (\\f[CI]profile\\fR will be unset). \\f[CI]script-config\\fR is " +"deprecated and will be removed in a future release. Note that \\f[CI]profile" +"\\fR is equivalent to \\f[CI]script-config\\fR if the file sourced by " +"\\f[CI]script-config\\fR only contains the standard variables provided by " +"schroot; if any additional variables or shell script fragments have been " +"added, please also set \\f[CI]setup.config\\fR, which will continue to allow " +"this file to be sourced. It is recommended to replace the use of the " +"sourced file with additional keys in schroot.conf where possible, but it " +"will continue to be possible to source an additional configuration file " +"using \\f[CI]setup.config\\fR." msgstr "" "Notez que la clé \\f[CI]profile\\fR remplace l'ancienne clé \\f[CI]script-" -"config\\fR. La clé \\f[CI]script-config\\fR est exactement la même que \\f" -"[CI]profile\\fR, mais \\[lq]I</config>\\[rq] y est ajoutée. Le nom de " +"config\\fR. La clé \\f[CI]script-config\\fR est exactement la même que " +"\\f[CI]profile\\fR, mais \\[lq]I</config>\\[rq] y est ajoutée. Le nom de " "fichier par défaut est \\[oq]default/config\\[cq]. Chacune de ces deux clés " "peuvent être utilisées. Si les deux sont présentes, alors \\f[CI]profile\\fR " "sera prioritaire. \\f[CI]script-config\\fR est déconseillée et sera retirée " "dans une prochaine version." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:139 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:139 msgid "" "Desktop users should note that the fstab file I<desktop/fstab> will need " "editing if you use gdm3; please see the comments in this file for further " @@ -3324,7 +3320,7 @@ msgstr "" "que l'environnement soit préservé dans le chroot." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:143 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:143 msgid "" "If none of the configuration profiles provided above meet your needs, then " "they may be edited to further customise them, and/or copied and used as a " @@ -3335,7 +3331,7 @@ msgstr "" "copiés et utilisés en tant que modèles pour de tout nouveau profil." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:146 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:146 msgid "" "Note that the different profiles have different security implications; see " "the section \\[lq]I<Security>\\[rq] below for further details." @@ -3345,13 +3341,13 @@ msgstr "" "plus d'informations." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:146 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:146 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]setup.config=\\f[CI]filename\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]setup.config=\\f[CI]nom-de-fichier\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:155 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:155 msgid "" "This key specifies a file which the setup scripts will source when they are " "run. This defaults to the same value as set by \\f[CI]script-config\\fR. " @@ -3362,16 +3358,16 @@ msgid "" "script invocation, and must be idempotent." msgstr "" "Cette clé spécifie un fichier que les scripts de mise en place vont sourcer " -"quand ils seront exécutés. La valeur par défaut est celle définie par \\f[CI]" -"script-config\\fR. Le fichier est un script de type Bourne shell, et par " -"conséquent peut contenir tout code shell valide, en plus des simples " +"quand ils seront exécutés. La valeur par défaut est celle définie par " +"\\f[CI]script-config\\fR. Le fichier est un script de type Bourne shell, et " +"par conséquent peut contenir tout code shell valide, en plus des simples " "affectations de variable. Cela permet, par exemple, d'adapter les " "comportements en fonction d'un type spécifique ou nom de chroot. Notez que " "le script sera chargé à chaque invocation des scripts de mise en place et " "doit être idempotent." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:163 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:163 msgid "" "All the default settings in this file are now settable using configuration " "keys in I<schroot.conf>, as detailed below. Existing configuration should " @@ -3382,13 +3378,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:163 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:163 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]setup.copyfiles=\\f[CI]filename\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]setup.copyfiles=\\f[CI]nom-de-fichier\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:167 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:167 msgid "" "A file containing a list of files to copy into the chroot (one file per " "line). The file will have the same absolute location inside the chroot." @@ -3397,13 +3393,13 @@ msgstr "" "fichier par ligne). Le fichier aura le même chemin absolu dans le chroot." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:167 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:167 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]setup.fstab=\\f[CI]filename\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]setup.fstab=\\f[CI]nom-de-fichier\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:177 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:177 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The filesystem table file to be used to mount filesystems within the " @@ -3429,20 +3425,21 @@ msgstr "" "\\fR." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:177 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:177 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]setup.nssdatabases=\\f[CI]filename\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]setup.nssdatabases=\\f[CI]nom-de-fichier\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:187 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:187 msgid "" "A file listing the system databases to copy into the chroot. The default " "databases are \\[oq]passwd\\[cq], \\[oq]shadow\\[cq], \\[oq]group\\[cq] and " "\\[oq]gshadow\\[cq]. Other potential databases which could be added include " -"\\[oq]services\\[cq], \\[oq]protocols\\[cq], \\[oq]networks\\[cq], and \\[oq]" -"hosts\\[cq]. The databases are copied using B<getent>(1) so all database " -"sources listed in I</etc/nsswitch.conf> will be used for each database." +"\\[oq]services\\[cq], \\[oq]protocols\\[cq], \\[oq]networks\\[cq], and " +"\\[oq]hosts\\[cq]. The databases are copied using B<getent>(1) so all " +"database sources listed in I</etc/nsswitch.conf> will be used for each " +"database." msgstr "" "Un fichier listant les bases de données du système à copier dans le chroot. " "Les bases de données par défaut sont \\[oq]passwd\\[cq], \\[oq]shadow\\[cq], " @@ -3454,27 +3451,27 @@ msgstr "" "base de données." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:187 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:187 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "\\f[CBI]users=\\f[CI]user1,user2,...\\fR" msgid "\\f[CBI]setup.services=\\f[CI]service1,service2,...\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]users=\\f[CI]utilisateur1,utilisateur2,…\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:191 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:191 msgid "" "A comma-separated list of services to run in the chroot. These will be " "started when the session is started, and stopped when the session is ended." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:191 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:191 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]command-prefix=\\f[CI]command,option1,option2,...\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]command-prefix=\\f[CI]commande,option1,option2,...\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:200 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:200 msgid "" "A comma-separated list of a command and the options for the command. This " "command and its options will be prefixed to all commands run inside the " @@ -3494,13 +3491,13 @@ msgstr "" "mais désirez une grande vitesse." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:200 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:200 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]personality=\\f[CI]persona\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]personality=\\f[CI]persona\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:214 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:214 msgid "" "Set the personality (process execution domain) to use. This option is " "useful when using a 32-bit chroot on 64-bit system, for example. Valid " @@ -3508,36 +3505,37 @@ msgid "" "\\[oq]irix64\\[cq], \\[oq]irixn32\\[cq], \\[oq]iscr4\\[cq], \\[oq]linux" "\\[cq], \\[oq]linux32\\[cq], \\[oq]linux_32bit\\[cq], \\[oq]osf4\\[cq], " "\\[oq]osr5\\[cq], \\[oq]riscos\\[cq], \\[oq]scorvr3\\[cq], \\[oq]solaris" -"\\[cq], \\[oq]sunos\\[cq], \\[oq]svr4\\[cq], \\[oq]uw7\\[cq], \\[oq]" -"wysev386\\[cq], and \\[oq]xenix\\[cq]. The default value is \\[oq]linux" -"\\[cq]. There is also the special option \\[oq]undefined\\[cq] (personality " -"not set). For a 32-bit chroot on a 64-bit system, \\[oq]linux32\\[cq] is " -"the option required. The only valid option for non-Linux systems is \\[oq]" -"undefined\\[cq]. The default value for non-Linux systems is \\[oq]undefined" -"\\[cq]." +"\\[cq], \\[oq]sunos\\[cq], \\[oq]svr4\\[cq], \\[oq]uw7\\[cq], " +"\\[oq]wysev386\\[cq], and \\[oq]xenix\\[cq]. The default value is " +"\\[oq]linux\\[cq]. There is also the special option \\[oq]undefined\\[cq] " +"(personality not set). For a 32-bit chroot on a 64-bit system, " +"\\[oq]linux32\\[cq] is the option required. The only valid option for non-" +"Linux systems is \\[oq]undefined\\[cq]. The default value for non-Linux " +"systems is \\[oq]undefined\\[cq]." msgstr "" "Définir les personnalités (domaine d'exécution des processus) à utiliser. " "Cette option est utile par exemple lors de l'utilisation d'un chroot 32 bits " "sur un système 64 bits. Les options valides sous Linux sont \\[oq]bsd\\[cq], " -"\\[oq]hpux\\[cq], \\[oq]irix32\\[cq], \\[oq]irix64\\[cq], \\[oq]" -"irixn32\\[cq], \\[oq]iscr4\\[cq], \\[oq]linux\\[cq], \\[oq]linux32\\[cq], " -"\\[oq]linux_32bit\\[cq], \\[oq]osf4\\[cq], \\[oq]osr5\\[cq], \\[oq]riscos" -"\\[cq], \\[oq]scorvr3\\[cq], \\[oq]solaris\\[cq], \\[oq]sunos\\[cq], \\[oq]" -"svr4\\[cq], \\[oq]uw7\\[cq], \\[oq]wysev386\\[cq] et \\[oq]xenix\\[cq]. La " -"valeur par défaut est \\[oq]linux\\[cq]. Il y a aussi l'option spéciale " -"\\[oq]undefined\\[cq] (personnalité non définie). Pour un chroot 32 bits sur " -"un système 64 bits, \\[oq]linux32\\[cq] est l'option requise. La seule " -"option valide pour les systèmes non Linux est \\[oq]undefined\\[cq]. La " -"valeur par défaut pour les systèmes non Linux est \\[oq]undefined\\[cq]." +"\\[oq]hpux\\[cq], \\[oq]irix32\\[cq], \\[oq]irix64\\[cq], " +"\\[oq]irixn32\\[cq], \\[oq]iscr4\\[cq], \\[oq]linux\\[cq], " +"\\[oq]linux32\\[cq], \\[oq]linux_32bit\\[cq], \\[oq]osf4\\[cq], " +"\\[oq]osr5\\[cq], \\[oq]riscos\\[cq], \\[oq]scorvr3\\[cq], \\[oq]solaris" +"\\[cq], \\[oq]sunos\\[cq], \\[oq]svr4\\[cq], \\[oq]uw7\\[cq], " +"\\[oq]wysev386\\[cq] et \\[oq]xenix\\[cq]. La valeur par défaut est " +"\\[oq]linux\\[cq]. Il y a aussi l'option spéciale \\[oq]undefined\\[cq] " +"(personnalité non définie). Pour un chroot 32 bits sur un système 64 bits, " +"\\[oq]linux32\\[cq] est l'option requise. La seule option valide pour les " +"systèmes non Linux est \\[oq]undefined\\[cq]. La valeur par défaut pour les " +"systèmes non Linux est \\[oq]undefined\\[cq]." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:214 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:214 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]preserve-environment=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]preserve-environment=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:221 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:221 msgid "" "By default, the environment will not be preserved inside the chroot, instead " "a minimal environment will be used. Set to \\f[CI]true\\fR to always " @@ -3554,13 +3552,13 @@ msgstr "" "peut également être préservé en utilisant l'option I<--preserve-environment>" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:221 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:221 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]shell=\\f[CI]shell\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]shell=\\f[CI]shell\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:229 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:229 msgid "" "When running a login shell a number of potential shells will be considered, " "in this order: the command in the SHELL environment variable (if I<--" @@ -3573,19 +3571,19 @@ msgstr "" "interpréteurs de commandes potentiels seront considérés dans cet ordre : la " "commande dans la variable d'environnement SHELL (si l'option I<--preserve-" "environment> est utilisée ou si \\f[CI]preserve-environment\\fR est activé), " -"l'interpréteur de commandes de l'utilisateur dans la base de données \\[oq]" -"passwd\\[cq], I</bin/bash> et finalement I</bin/sh>. Ce paramètre écrase " -"cette liste et utilisera l'interpréteur de commandes spécifié. Il peut être " -"écrasé en utilisant l'option I<--shell>." +"l'interpréteur de commandes de l'utilisateur dans la base de données " +"\\[oq]passwd\\[cq], I</bin/bash> et finalement I</bin/sh>. Ce paramètre " +"écrase cette liste et utilisera l'interpréteur de commandes spécifié. Il " +"peut être écrasé en utilisant l'option I<--shell>." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:229 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:229 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]environment-filter=\\f[CI]regex\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]environment-filter=\\f[CI]regex\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:235 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:235 msgid "" "The environment to be set in the chroot will be filtered in order to remove " "environment variables which may pose a security risk. Any environment " @@ -3599,7 +3597,7 @@ msgstr "" "dans le chroot." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:238 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:238 msgid "" "Potentially dangerous environment variables are removed for safety by " "default using the following regular expression:" @@ -3608,7 +3606,7 @@ msgstr "" "sécurité par défaut en utilisant l'expression régulière suivante :" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:240 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:240 msgid "" "\\[lq]\\f[CR]^(BASH_ENV\\:|CDPATH\\:|ENV\\:|HOSTALIASES\\:|IFS\\:|KRB5_CONFIG" "\\:|KRBCONFDIR\\:|KRBTKFILE\\:|KRB_CONF\\:|LD_.*\\:|LOCALDOMAIN\\:|NLSPATH" @@ -3621,13 +3619,13 @@ msgstr "" "\\[rq]." #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:241 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:241 #, no-wrap msgid "Plain and directory chroots" msgstr "Chroots « plain » et « directory »" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:250 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:250 msgid "" "Chroots of type \\[oq]plain\\[cq] or \\[oq]directory\\[cq] are directories " "accessible in the filesystem. The two types are equivalent except for the " @@ -3652,20 +3650,20 @@ msgstr "" "fichiers> ci-dessous)" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:252 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:252 msgid "These chroot types have an additional (mandatory) configuration option:" msgstr "" "Ces types de chroot ont une option de configuration supplémentaire " "(requise) :" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:252 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:252 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]directory=\\f[CI]directory\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]directory=\\f[CI]répertoire\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:264 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:264 msgid "" "The directory containing the chroot environment. This is where the root " "will be changed to when executing a login shell or a command. The directory " @@ -3688,13 +3686,13 @@ msgstr "" "comme dans le fichier I</etc/fstab> de l'hôte)." #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:264 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:264 #, no-wrap msgid "File chroots" msgstr "Chroots « file »" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:271 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:271 msgid "" "Chroots of type \\[oq]file\\[cq] are files on the current filesystem " "containing an archive of the chroot files. They implement the B<source " @@ -3714,13 +3712,13 @@ msgstr "" "implémentées :" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:271 man/schroot.conf.5.man:294 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:271 schroot.conf.5.man:294 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]file=\\f[CI]filename\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]file=\\f[CI]nom-de-fichier\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:280 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:280 msgid "" "The file containing the archived chroot environment (mandatory). This must " "be a tar (tape archive), optionally compressed with gzip or bzip2. The file " @@ -3740,13 +3738,13 @@ msgstr "" "nodes ») et donc n'était pas adéquat pour archiver des chroots." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:280 man/schroot.conf.5.man:427 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:280 schroot.conf.5.man:427 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]location=\\f[CI]path\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]location=\\f[CI]chemin\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:287 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:287 msgid "" "This is the path to the chroot I<inside> the archive. For example, if the " "archive contains a chroot in I</squeeze>, you would specify \\[lq]/squeeze" @@ -3761,13 +3759,13 @@ msgstr "" "chroot, cette option doit être laissée vide, ou omise complètement." #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:287 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:287 #, no-wrap msgid "Loopback chroots" msgstr "Chroots loopback" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:294 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:294 msgid "" "Chroots of type \\[oq]loopback\\[cq] are a filesystem available as a file on " "disk, accessed via a loopback mount. The file will be loopback mounted and " @@ -3785,7 +3783,7 @@ msgstr "" "fichiers>\\[rq], ci-dessous), plus une option supplémentaire :" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:298 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:298 msgid "" "This is the filename of the file containing the filesystem, including the " "absolute path. For example \\[lq]/srv/chroot/sid\\[rq]." @@ -3794,13 +3792,13 @@ msgstr "" "absolu. Par exemple, \\[lq]/srv/chroot/sid\\[rq]." #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:298 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:298 #, no-wrap msgid "Block device chroots" msgstr "Chroots périphérique de blocs (« block device »)." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:305 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:305 msgid "" "Chroots of type \\[oq]block-device\\[cq] are a filesystem available on an " "unmounted block device. The device will be mounted and unmounted on " @@ -3818,13 +3816,13 @@ msgstr "" "supplémentaire :" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:305 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:305 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]device=\\f[CI]device\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]device=\\f[CI]périphérique\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:309 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:309 msgid "" "This is the device name of the block device, including the absolute path. " "For example, \\[lq]/dev/sda5\\[rq]." @@ -3833,13 +3831,13 @@ msgstr "" "chemin absolu. Par exemple, \\[lq]/dev/sda5\\[rq]." #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:309 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:309 #, no-wrap msgid "Btrfs snapshot chroots" msgstr "Chroots clichés Btrfs" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:319 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:319 msgid "" "Chroots of type \\[oq]btrfs-snapshot\\[cq] are a Btrfs snapshot created from " "an existing Btrfs subvolume on a mounted Btrfs filesystem. A snapshot will " @@ -3863,24 +3861,24 @@ msgstr "" "également implémentées :" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:319 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:319 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]btrfs-source-subvolume=\\f[CI]directory\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]btrfs-source-subvolume=\\f[CI]répertoire\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:322 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:322 msgid "The directory containing the source subvolume." msgstr "Le répertoire contenant le sous-volume source." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:322 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:322 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]btrfs-snapshot-directory=\\f[CI]directory\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]btrfs-snapshot-directory=\\f[CI]répertoire\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:325 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:325 msgid "" "The directory in which to store the snapshots of the above source subvolume." msgstr "" @@ -3888,13 +3886,13 @@ msgstr "" "enregistrés." #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:325 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:325 #, no-wrap msgid "LVM snapshot chroots" msgstr "Chroots clichés LVM" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:330 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:330 msgid "" "Chroots of type \\[oq]lvm-snapshot\\[cq] are a filesystem available on an " "LVM logical volume (LV). A snapshot LV will be created from this LV on " @@ -3907,14 +3905,14 @@ msgstr "" "session, le cliché LV sera démonté et supprimé." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:337 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:337 msgid "" -"LVM snapshot chroots implement the B<source chroot> options (see \\[lq]" -"I<Source chroot options>\\[rq], below), and all the options for \\[oq]block-" -"device\\[cq]. Note that a corresponding source chroot (of type \\[oq]block-" -"device\\[cq]) will be created for each chroot of this type; this is for " -"convenient access to the source device. This additional option is also " -"implemented:" +"LVM snapshot chroots implement the B<source chroot> options (see " +"\\[lq]I<Source chroot options>\\[rq], below), and all the options for " +"\\[oq]block-device\\[cq]. Note that a corresponding source chroot (of type " +"\\[oq]block-device\\[cq]) will be created for each chroot of this type; this " +"is for convenient access to the source device. This additional option is " +"also implemented:" msgstr "" "Les chroots clichés LVM implémentent les options des B<chroots sources> " "(consultez \\[lq]I<Options des chroots source>\\[rq] ci-dessous) et toute " @@ -3924,33 +3922,33 @@ msgstr "" "L'option supplémentaire suivante est également implémentée :" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:337 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:337 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]lvm-snapshot-options=\\f[CI]snapshot_options\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]lvm-snapshot-options=\\f[CI]options_de_clichés\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:344 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:344 msgid "" "Snapshot options. These are additional options to pass to lvcreate(8). For " "example, \\[lq]-L 2g\\[rq] to create a snapshot 2 GiB in size. B<Note:> the " "LV name (I<-n>), the snapshot option (I<-s>) and the original LV path may " "not be specfied here; they are set automatically by schroot." msgstr "" -"Options de clichés. Ce sont les options supplémentaires à passer à lvcreate" -"(8). Par exemple, \\[lq]-L 2g\\[rq] pour créer des clichés de 2 GiB. B<Note :" -"> le nom du LV (I<-n>), les options des clichés (I<-s>) et le chemin " +"Options de clichés. Ce sont les options supplémentaires à passer à " +"lvcreate(8). Par exemple, \\[lq]-L 2g\\[rq] pour créer des clichés de 2 GiB. " +"B<Note :> le nom du LV (I<-n>), les options des clichés (I<-s>) et le chemin " "original du LV ne devraient pas être spécifiés ici ; ils sont définis " "automatiquement par schroot." #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:344 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:344 #, no-wrap msgid "Custom chroots" msgstr "Chroots personnalisés" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:354 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:354 msgid "" "Chroots of type \\[oq]custom\\[cq] are a special type of chroot, used for " "implementing new types of chroot not supported by any of the above chroot " @@ -3977,13 +3975,13 @@ msgstr "" "supplémentaires suivantes sont également implémentées :" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:354 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:354 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]custom-session-cloneable=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]custom-session-cloneable=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:358 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:358 msgid "" "Set whether or not sessions may be cloned using this chroot (enabled by " "default)." @@ -3992,13 +3990,13 @@ msgstr "" "(activé par défaut)." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:358 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:358 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]custom-session-purgeable=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]custom-session-purgeable=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:362 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:362 msgid "" "Set whether or not sessions may be cloned using this chroot (disabled by " "default)." @@ -4007,13 +4005,13 @@ msgstr "" "(désactivé par défaut)." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:362 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:362 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]custom-source-cloneable=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]custom-source-cloneable=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:366 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:366 msgid "" "Set whether or not source chroots may be cloned using this chroot (disabled " "by default)." @@ -4022,13 +4020,13 @@ msgstr "" "non (désactivé par défaut)." #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:366 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:366 #, no-wrap msgid "Source chroot options" msgstr "Options des chroots source" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:384 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:384 msgid "" "The \\[oq]btrfs-snapshot\\[cq], \\[oq]file\\[cq] and \\[oq]lvm-snapshot" "\\[cq] chroot types implement source chroots. Additionally, chroot types " @@ -4046,38 +4044,38 @@ msgid "" "1.5.0, so the use of the I<source:> namespace is preferred over the use of " "the I<-source> suffix form. See B<schroot>(1) for further details." msgstr "" -"Les chroots de type \\[oq]btrfs-snapshot\\[cq], \\[oq]file\\[cq] et \\[oq]" -"lvm-snapshot\\[cq] implémentent les chroots source. De plus, les types de " -"chroot avec la prise en charge de l'union activée implémentent les chroots " -"source (consultez \\[lq]I<Options des chroots union de systèmes de fichiers>" -"\\[rq] ci-dessous). Ce sont des chroots qui créent automatiquement une copie " -"d'eux-mêmes avant utilisation et qui sont en général gérés par des sessions. " -"Ces chroots fournissent en plus un chroot supplémentaire dans l'espace de " -"noms I<source:>, pour permettre un accès commode aux données d'origine (non-" -"imagées) et aider à la maintenance du chroot. Par exemple pour un chroot " -"nommé I<wheezy> (I<chroot:wheezy>), un chroot source I<source:wheezy> " -"correspondant sera créé. Pour des questions de compatibilité avec des " -"versions plus anciennes de schroot qui ne prennent pas en charge les espaces " -"de noms, un chroot de même nom avec le suffixe I<-source> ajouté sera créé " -"en plus (par exemple I<wheezy-source> en continuant l'exemple ci-dessus). " -"Notez que ces noms pour compatibilité seront retirés dans schroot 1.5.0, et " -"par conséquent l'utilisation de l'espace de noms I<source:> est préféré à la " -"place de l'utilisation de la forme avec le suffixe I<-source>. Consultez " -"B<schroot>(1) pour plus de détails." - -#. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:386 +"Les chroots de type \\[oq]btrfs-snapshot\\[cq], \\[oq]file\\[cq] et " +"\\[oq]lvm-snapshot\\[cq] implémentent les chroots source. De plus, les types " +"de chroot avec la prise en charge de l'union activée implémentent les " +"chroots source (consultez \\[lq]I<Options des chroots union de systèmes de " +"fichiers>\\[rq] ci-dessous). Ce sont des chroots qui créent automatiquement " +"une copie d'eux-mêmes avant utilisation et qui sont en général gérés par des " +"sessions. Ces chroots fournissent en plus un chroot supplémentaire dans " +"l'espace de noms I<source:>, pour permettre un accès commode aux données " +"d'origine (non-imagées) et aider à la maintenance du chroot. Par exemple " +"pour un chroot nommé I<wheezy> (I<chroot:wheezy>), un chroot source I<source:" +"wheezy> correspondant sera créé. Pour des questions de compatibilité avec " +"des versions plus anciennes de schroot qui ne prennent pas en charge les " +"espaces de noms, un chroot de même nom avec le suffixe I<-source> ajouté " +"sera créé en plus (par exemple I<wheezy-source> en continuant l'exemple ci-" +"dessus). Notez que ces noms pour compatibilité seront retirés dans schroot " +"1.5.0, et par conséquent l'utilisation de l'espace de noms I<source:> est " +"préféré à la place de l'utilisation de la forme avec le suffixe I<-source>. " +"Consultez B<schroot>(1) pour plus de détails." + +#. type: Plain text +#: schroot.conf.5.man:386 msgid "These chroots provide the following additional options:" msgstr "Ces chroots fournissent les options supplémentaires suivantes :" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:386 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:386 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]source-clone=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]source-clone=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:392 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:392 msgid "" "Set whether the source chroot should be automatically cloned (created) for " "this chroot. The default is \\f[CI]true\\fR to automatically clone, but if " @@ -4091,13 +4089,13 @@ msgstr "" "source sera inaccessible." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:392 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:392 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]source-users=\\f[CI]user1,user2,...\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]source-users=\\f[CI]utilisateur1,utilisateur2,...\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:397 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:397 msgid "" "A comma-separated list of users which are allowed access to the source " "chroot. If empty or omitted, no users will be allowed access. This will " @@ -4109,13 +4107,13 @@ msgstr "" "le chroot source." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:397 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:397 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]source-groups=\\f[CI]group1,group2,...\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]source-groups=\\f[CI]groupe1,groupe2,...\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:402 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:402 msgid "" "A comma-separated list of groups which are allowed access to the source " "chroot. If empty or omitted, no users will be allowed access. This will " @@ -4127,13 +4125,13 @@ msgstr "" "source." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:402 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:402 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]source-root-users=\\f[CI]user1,user2,...\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]source-root-users=\\f[CI]utilisateur1,utilisateur2,...\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:409 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:409 msgid "" "A comma-separated list of users which are allowed B<password-less> root " "access to the source chroot. If empty or omitted, no users will be allowed " @@ -4150,20 +4148,20 @@ msgstr "" "source. Consultez la section \\[lq]I<Sécurité>\\[rq] ci-dessous." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:409 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:409 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]source-root-groups=\\f[CI]group1,group2,...\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]source-root-groups=\\f[CI]groupe1,groupe2,...\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:417 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:417 msgid "" "A comma-separated list of groups which are allowed B<password-less> root " "access to the source chroot. If empty or omitted, no users will be allowed " "root access without a password (but if a user's group is in \\f[CI]groups" -"\\fR, they may gain access with a password). This will become the \\f[CI]" -"root-groups\\fR option in the source chroot. See the section \\[lq]" -"I<Security>\\[rq] below." +"\\fR, they may gain access with a password). This will become the " +"\\f[CI]root-groups\\fR option in the source chroot. See the section " +"\\[lq]I<Security>\\[rq] below." msgstr "" "Une liste séparée par des virgules de groupes qui sont autorisés à devenir " "root dans le chroot source B<sans mot de passe>. Si vide ou omis, aucun " @@ -4174,32 +4172,32 @@ msgstr "" "\\[rq] ci-dessous." #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:417 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:417 #, no-wrap msgid "Mountable chroot options" msgstr "Options des chroots montables" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:422 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:422 msgid "" "The \\[oq]block-device\\[cq], \\[oq]loopback\\[cq] and \\[oq]lvm-snapshot" "\\[cq] chroot types implement device mounting. These are chroots which " "require the mounting of a device in order to access the chroot. These " "chroots provide the following additional options:" msgstr "" -"Les chroots de type \\[oq]block-device\\[cq], \\[oq]loopback\\[cq] et \\[oq]" -"lvm-snapshot\\[cq] implémentent le montage de périphérique. Ce sont des " -"chroots qui ont besoin de monter un périphérique pour pouvoir accéder au " +"Les chroots de type \\[oq]block-device\\[cq], \\[oq]loopback\\[cq] et " +"\\[oq]lvm-snapshot\\[cq] implémentent le montage de périphérique. Ce sont " +"des chroots qui ont besoin de monter un périphérique pour pouvoir accéder au " "chroot. Ces chroot fournissent les options supplémentaires suivantes :" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:422 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:422 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]mount-options=\\f[CI]options\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]mount-options=\\f[CI]options\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:427 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:427 msgid "" "Mount options for the block device. These are additional options to pass to " "B<mount>(8). For example, \\[lq]-o atime,sync,user_xattr\\[rq]." @@ -4209,7 +4207,7 @@ msgstr "" "user_xattr\\[rq]." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:434 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:434 msgid "" "This is the path to the chroot I<inside> the filesystem on the device. For " "example, if the filesystem contains a chroot in I</chroot/sid>, you would " @@ -4225,13 +4223,13 @@ msgstr "" "laissée vide ou omise entièrement." #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:434 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:434 #, no-wrap msgid "Filesystem Union chroot options" msgstr "Options de chroot d'union de systèmes de fichiers" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:446 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:446 msgid "" "The \\[oq]block-device\\[cq], \\[oq]directory\\[cq] and \\[oq]loopback\\[cq] " "chroot types allow for the creation of a session using filesystem unions to " @@ -4245,9 +4243,9 @@ msgid "" "which will provide additional options (see \\[lq]I<Source chroot options>" "\\[rq], above). All entries are optional." msgstr "" -"Les chroots de type \\[oq]block-device\\[cq], \\[oq]directory\\[cq] et \\[oq]" -"loopback\\[cq] permettent, lors de la création d'une session utilisant les " -"unions de systèmes de fichiers, de superposer sur le système de fichiers " +"Les chroots de type \\[oq]block-device\\[cq], \\[oq]directory\\[cq] et " +"\\[oq]loopback\\[cq] permettent, lors de la création d'une session utilisant " +"les unions de systèmes de fichiers, de superposer sur le système de fichiers " "d'origine un répertoire séparé inscriptible. Le système de fichiers " "d'origine est en lecture seule ; toute modification faite au système de " "fichiers dans le dossier inscriptible superposé laisse le système de " @@ -4260,17 +4258,17 @@ msgstr "" "\\[rq] ci-dessus). Toutes les entrées sont optionnelles." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:446 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:446 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]union-type=\\f[CI]type\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]union-type=\\f[CI]type\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:451 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:451 msgid "" -"Set the union filesystem type. Currently supported filesystems are \\[oq]" -"aufs\\[cq], \\[oq]overlayfs\\[cq] and \\[oq]unionfs\\[cq]. The default is " -"\\[oq]none\\[cq], which disables this feature." +"Set the union filesystem type. Currently supported filesystems are " +"\\[oq]aufs\\[cq], \\[oq]overlayfs\\[cq] and \\[oq]unionfs\\[cq]. The " +"default is \\[oq]none\\[cq], which disables this feature." msgstr "" "Définir le type d'union de systèmes de fichiers. Pour le moment les systèmes " "de fichiers pris en charge sont \\[oq]aufs\\[cq], \\[oq]overlayfs\\[cq] et " @@ -4278,13 +4276,13 @@ msgstr "" "désactive cette caractéristique." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:451 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:451 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]union-mount-options=\\f[CI]options\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]union-mount-options=\\f[CI]options\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:465 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:465 msgid "" "Union filesystem mount options (branch configuration), used for mounting the " "union filesystem specified with I<union-type>. This replaces the complete " @@ -4310,82 +4308,82 @@ msgstr "" "complète des variables." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:465 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:465 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]union-overlay-directory\\f[CI]=directory\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]union-overlay-directory\\f[CI]=répertoire\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:469 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:469 msgid "" "Specify the directory where the writeable overlay session directories will " "be created. The default is \\[oq]\\*[SCHROOT_OVERLAY_DIR]\\[cq]." msgstr "" "Spécifier le répertoire où les répertoires de la surcouche inscriptible pour " -"la session seront créés. Par défaut il s'agit de \\[oq]\\*" -"[SCHROOT_OVERLAY_DIR]\\[cq]." +"la session seront créés. Par défaut il s'agit de " +"\\[oq]\\*[SCHROOT_OVERLAY_DIR]\\[cq]." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:469 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:469 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]union-underlay-directory\\f[CI]=directory\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]union-underlay-directory\\f[CI]=répertoire\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:473 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:473 msgid "" "Specify the directory where the read-only underlying directories will be " "created. The default is \\[oq]\\*[SCHROOT_UNDERLAY_DIR]\\[cq]." msgstr "" "Spécifier le répertoire où les répertoires de la sous-couche en lecture " -"seule seront créés. Par défaut il s'agit de \\[oq]\\*" -"[SCHROOT_UNDERLAY_DIR]\\[]\\[cq]." +"seule seront créés. Par défaut il s'agit de " +"\\[oq]\\*[SCHROOT_UNDERLAY_DIR]\\[]\\[cq]." #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:473 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:473 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "Chroot selection" msgid "Chroot isolation" msgstr "Sélection de chroots." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:477 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:477 msgid "" "On Linux systems, it is possible to isolate some resources when running a " "command inside the chroot. These include:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:480 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:480 msgid "The network" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:483 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:483 #, fuzzy #| msgid "System directories" msgid "System V semaphore undo lists" msgstr "Répertoires systèmes" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:486 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:486 msgid "System V IPC messages, semaphores and shared memory" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:489 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:489 msgid "The UTS (uname) namespace" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:490 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:490 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "\\f[CBI]source-clone=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" msgid "\\f[CBI]unshare.net=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]source-clone=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:495 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:495 msgid "" "Unshare networking. Network devices will not be shared with the host. By " "default, only the local loopback interface will be available. A custom " @@ -4394,48 +4392,48 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:495 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:495 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "\\f[CBI]source-clone=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" msgid "\\f[CBI]unshare.sysvipc=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]source-clone=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:499 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:499 msgid "" "Unshare System V IPC. This creates a new IPC namespace (messages, " "semaphores and shared memory are not shared with the host)." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:499 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:499 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "\\f[CBI]source-clone=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" msgid "\\f[CBI]unshare.sysvsem=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]source-clone=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:502 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:502 msgid "" "Unshare System V semaphore undo values. This creates a separate undo list." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:502 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:502 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "\\f[CBI]source-clone=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" msgid "\\f[CBI]unshare.uts=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]source-clone=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:506 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:506 msgid "" "Unshare the UTS namespace. A different hostname and domainname may be " "configured in the chroot, and will not be shared with the host." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:511 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:511 msgid "" "Note that to specify this as overrides on the command-line, the key names " "should be added to the \\f[CI]user-modifiable-keys\\fR or \\f[CI]rootr-" @@ -4444,13 +4442,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:511 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:511 #, no-wrap msgid "Customisation" msgstr "Personnalisation" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:520 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:520 msgid "" "In addition to the configuration keys listed above, it is possible to add " "custom keys. These keys will be used to add additional environment " @@ -4470,12 +4468,12 @@ msgstr "" "étendue \\[lq]^([a-z][a-z0-9]*\\e.)+[a-z][a-z0-9-]*$\\[rq]." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:522 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:522 msgid "For example:" msgstr "Par exemple :" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:526 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:526 #, no-wrap msgid "" "debian.apt-update=true\n" @@ -4485,12 +4483,12 @@ msgstr "" "debian.distribution=unstable\n" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:530 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:530 msgid "would set the following environment:" msgstr "Définira les variables d'environnement suivantes :" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:534 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:534 #, no-wrap msgid "" "DEBIAN_APT_UPDATE=true\n" @@ -4500,7 +4498,7 @@ msgstr "" "DEBIAN_DISTRIBUTION=unstable\n" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:539 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:539 msgid "" "Note that it is an error to use different key names which would set the same " "environment variable by mixing periods and hyphens." @@ -4510,7 +4508,7 @@ msgstr "" "d'union." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:543 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:543 msgid "" "Custom configuration keys may also be modified at runtime using the I<--" "option> option. However, for security, only selected keys may be modified. " @@ -4522,25 +4520,25 @@ msgstr "" "Ces clés sont spécifiées en utilisant les options suivantes :" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:543 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:543 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]user-modifiable-keys=\\f[CI]key1,key2,..\\fR" msgstr "\\f[CBI]user-modifiable-keys=\\f[CI]clé1,clé2,..\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:546 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:546 msgid "Set the keys which users may modify using I<--option>." msgstr "" "Définir les clés que l'utilisateur peut modifier en utilisant I<--option>." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:546 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:546 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]root-modifiable-keys=\\f[CI]key1,key2,..\\fR Set the keys which the" msgstr "\\f[CBI]root-modifiable-keys=\\f[CI]clé1,clé2,..\\fR" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:551 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:551 msgid "" "root user may modify using I<--option>. Note that the root user may use the " "keys specified in \\f[CI]user-modifiable-keys\\fR in addition to those " @@ -4551,13 +4549,13 @@ msgstr "" "\\f[CI]user-modifiable-keys\\fR en plus des clés définies ici." #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:551 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:551 #, no-wrap msgid "Localisation" msgstr "Localisation" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:555 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:555 msgid "" "Some keys may be localised in multiple languages. This is achieved by " "adding the locale name in square brackets after the key name. For example:" @@ -4566,37 +4564,37 @@ msgstr "" "en ajoutant le nom local entre crochets après le nom de la clé. Par exemple :" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:558 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:558 #, no-wrap msgid "description[en_GB]=\\f[CI]British English translation\\fR\n" msgstr "description[en_GB]=\\f[CI]Traduction anglaise britannique\\fR\n" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:562 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:562 msgid "This will localise the \\f[CI]description\\fR key for the en_GB locale." msgstr "Cela localisera la clé \\f[CI]description\\fR pour la locale en_GB." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:565 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:565 #, no-wrap msgid "description[fr]=\\f[CI]French translation\\fR\n" msgstr "description[fr]=\\f[CI]Traduction française\\fR\n" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:569 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:569 msgid "" "This will localise the \\f[CI]description\\fR key for all French locales." msgstr "" "Cela localisera la clé \\f[CI]description\\fR pour la locale française." #. type: SH -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:569 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:569 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT NAMES" msgstr "NOMS DES CHROOTS" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:576 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:576 msgid "" "A number of characters or words are not permitted in a chroot name, session " "name or configuration filename. The name may not contain a leading period " @@ -4613,13 +4611,13 @@ msgstr "" "final. Les raisons de ces restrictions sont données ci-dessous." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:576 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:576 #, no-wrap msgid "\\[oq]B<.>\\[cq]" msgstr "\\[oq]B<.>\\[cq]" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:583 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:583 msgid "" "A leading period could be used to create a name with a relative path in it, " "in combination with \\[oq]/\\[cq], and this could allow overwriting of files " @@ -4636,13 +4634,13 @@ msgstr "" "nom." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:583 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:583 #, no-wrap msgid "\\[oq]B<:>\\[cq]" msgstr "\\[oq]B<:>\\[cq]" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:589 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:589 msgid "" "A colon is used as a namespace delimiter, and so is not permitted as part of " "a chroot or session name. LVM snapshot names may also not contain this " @@ -4654,13 +4652,13 @@ msgstr "" "restrictions de dénominations de B<lvcreate>(8)." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:589 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:589 #, no-wrap msgid "\\[oq]B</>\\[cq]" msgstr "\\[oq]B</>\\[cq]" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:593 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:593 msgid "" "Names containing this character are not valid filenames. A forward slash " "would potentially allow creation of files in subdirectories." @@ -4670,13 +4668,13 @@ msgstr "" "sous-répertoires." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:593 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:593 #, no-wrap msgid "\\[oq]B<,>\\[cq]" msgstr "\\[oq]B<,>\\[cq]" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:597 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:597 msgid "" "Commas are used to separate items in lists. Aliases are separated by commas " "and hence can't contain commas in their name." @@ -4686,13 +4684,13 @@ msgstr "" "virgules dans leur nom." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:597 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:597 #, no-wrap msgid "\\[oq]B<~>\\[cq]" msgstr "\\[oq]B<~>\\[cq]" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:601 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:601 msgid "" "Filenames containing trailing tildes are used for editor backup files, which " "are ignored. Tildes are allowed anywhere else in the name." @@ -4702,31 +4700,31 @@ msgstr "" "sont autorisés partout ailleurs dans le nom." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:601 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:601 #, no-wrap msgid "\\[oq]B<dpkg-old>\\[cq]" msgstr "\\[oq]B<dpkg-old>\\[cq]" #. type: TQ -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:603 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:603 #, no-wrap msgid "\\[oq]B<dpkg-dist>\\[cq]" msgstr "\\[oq]B<dpkg-dist>\\[cq]" #. type: TQ -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:605 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:605 #, no-wrap msgid "\\[oq]B<dpkg-new>\\[cq]" msgstr "\\[oq]B<dpkg-new>\\[cq]" #. type: TQ -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:607 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:607 #, no-wrap msgid "\\[oq]B<dpkg-tmp>\\[cq]" msgstr "\\[oq]B<dpkg-tmp>\\[cq]" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:611 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:611 msgid "" "These names may not appear at the end of a name. These are saved copies of " "conffiles used by the dpkg package manager, and will be ignored." @@ -4736,19 +4734,19 @@ msgstr "" "paquet dpkg, et seront ignorées." #. type: SH -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:611 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:611 #, no-wrap msgid "SECURITY" msgstr "SÉCURITÉ" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:612 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:612 #, no-wrap msgid "Untrusted users" msgstr "Utilisateurs non-fiables" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:618 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:618 msgid "" "Note that giving untrusted users root access to chroots is a B<serious " "security risk>! Although the untrusted user will only have root access to " @@ -4764,7 +4762,7 @@ msgstr "" "la I<confiance>." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:621 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:621 msgid "" "B<Do not give chroot root access to users you would not trust> B<with root " "access to the host system.>" @@ -4773,13 +4771,13 @@ msgstr "" "ne faites pas confiance pour un accès root sur le système hôte.>" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:621 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:621 #, no-wrap msgid "Profiles" msgstr "Profils" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:632 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:632 msgid "" "Depending upon which profile you have configured with the \\f[CI]script-" "config\\fR option, different filesystems will be mounted inside the chroot, " @@ -4807,7 +4805,7 @@ msgstr "" "restreindre d'avantage ce qui sera disponible à l'intérieur du chroot." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:638 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:638 msgid "" "There is a tradeoff between security (keeping the chroot as minimal as " "possible) and usability (which sometimes requires access to parts of the " @@ -4822,19 +4820,19 @@ msgstr "" "compromis sécurité/convivialité dont vous avez besoin." #. type: SH -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:638 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:638 #, no-wrap msgid "EXAMPLE" msgstr "EXEMPLE" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:641 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:641 #, no-wrap msgid "# Sample configuration\n" msgstr "# Exemple de configuration\n" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:652 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:652 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[sid]\n" @@ -4860,7 +4858,7 @@ msgstr "" "aliases=unstable,default\n" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:663 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:663 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[etch]\n" @@ -4886,7 +4884,7 @@ msgstr "" "personality=linux32\n" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:670 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:670 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[sid-file]\n" @@ -4905,7 +4903,7 @@ msgstr "" "file=/srv/chroots/sid.tar.gz\n" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:682 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:682 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[sid-snapshot]\n" @@ -4934,25 +4932,25 @@ msgstr "" "lvm-snapshot-options=--size 2G\n" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:684 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:684 #, no-wrap msgid "Chroot definitions" msgstr "Définitions des chroots" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:694 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:694 msgid "" "Additional chroot definitions may be placed in files under this directory. " "They are treated in exactly that same manner as I<\\*[SCHROOT_CONF]>. Each " "file may contain one or more chroot definitions." msgstr "" "Des définitions de chroot supplémentaires peuvent être placées dans des " -"fichiers de ce répertoire. Elles sont traitées de la même façon que I<\\*" -"[SCHROOT_CONF]>. Chaque fichier peut contenir une ou plusieurs définitions " -"de chroot." +"fichiers de ce répertoire. Elles sont traitées de la même façon que I<" +"\\*[SCHROOT_CONF]>. Chaque fichier peut contenir une ou plusieurs " +"définitions de chroot." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:728 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:728 msgid "" "B<sbuild>(1), B<schroot>(1), B<schroot-script-config>(5), B<schroot-faq>(7), " "B<mount>(8)." @@ -4961,20 +4959,20 @@ msgstr "" "B<mount>(8)." #. type: TH -#: man/schroot-script-config.5.man:18 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:18 #, no-wrap msgid "SCHROOT-SCRIPT-CONFIG" msgstr "SCHROOT-SCRIPT-CONFIG" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-script-config.5.man:21 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:21 msgid "schroot-script-config - schroot chroot setup script configuration" msgstr "" "schroot-script-config - configuration du script d'installation chroot de " "schroot" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-script-config.5.man:29 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:29 msgid "" "B<schroot> uses scripts to set up and then clean up the chroot environment. " "These scripts may be customised using the \\f[CI]script-config\\fR key in I<" @@ -4994,7 +4992,7 @@ msgstr "" "comportements en fonction d'un type spécifique ou nom de chroot." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-script-config.5.man:34 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:34 msgid "" "This file is deprecated, but is still used if present; it will be obsoleted " "and removed in a future release. All the settings in this file are now " @@ -5010,7 +5008,7 @@ msgstr "" "place de ce fichier." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-script-config.5.man:37 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:37 msgid "" "The environment is the same as for all setup scripts, described in B<schroot-" "setup>(5)." @@ -5019,13 +5017,13 @@ msgstr "" "décrit dans B<schroot-setup>(5)." #. type: SH -#: man/schroot-script-config.5.man:37 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:37 #, no-wrap msgid "VARIABLES" msgstr "VARIABLES" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-script-config.5.man:43 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:43 msgid "" "The following variables may be set to configure setup script behaviour. " "Note that new variables may be added in future releases. Third-party " @@ -5041,13 +5039,13 @@ msgstr "" "documentation des extensions pour plus de détails." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-script-config.5.man:43 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:43 #, no-wrap msgid "SETUP_COPYFILES" msgstr "SETUP_COPYFILES" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-script-config.5.man:48 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:48 msgid "" "A file containing a list of files to copy into the chroot (one file per " "line). The file will have the same absolute location inside the chroot. " @@ -5058,13 +5056,13 @@ msgstr "" "Notez que c'est définissable en utilisant la clé \\f[CI]setup.copyfiles\\fR." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-script-config.5.man:48 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:48 #, no-wrap msgid "SETUP_FSTAB" msgstr "SETUP_FSTAB" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-script-config.5.man:59 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:59 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The filesystem table file to be used to mount filesystems within the " @@ -5091,55 +5089,56 @@ msgstr "" "\\fR." #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-script-config.5.man:59 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:59 #, no-wrap msgid "SETUP_NSSDATABASES" msgstr "SETUP_NSSDATABASES" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-script-config.5.man:71 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:71 msgid "" "A file listing the system databases to copy into the chroot. The default " "databases are \\[oq]passwd\\[cq], \\[oq]shadow\\[cq], \\[oq]group\\[cq], " -"\\[oq]services\\[cq], \\[oq]protocols\\[cq], \\[oq]networks\\[cq], and \\[oq]" -"hosts\\[cq]. \\[oq]gshadow\\[cq] is not yet copied by default, due to not " -"being supported by all but the most recent version of the GNU C library. " -"The databases are copied using B<getent>(1) so all database sources listed " -"in I</etc/nsswitch.conf> will be used for each database. Note that this is " -"settable using the \\f[CI]setup.nssdatabases\\fR key." +"\\[oq]services\\[cq], \\[oq]protocols\\[cq], \\[oq]networks\\[cq], and " +"\\[oq]hosts\\[cq]. \\[oq]gshadow\\[cq] is not yet copied by default, due to " +"not being supported by all but the most recent version of the GNU C " +"library. The databases are copied using B<getent>(1) so all database " +"sources listed in I</etc/nsswitch.conf> will be used for each database. " +"Note that this is settable using the \\f[CI]setup.nssdatabases\\fR key." msgstr "" "Un fichier listant les bases de données du système à copier dans le chroot. " "Les bases de données par défaut sont \\[oq]passwd\\[cq], \\[oq]shadow\\[cq], " -"\\[oq]group\\[cq], \\[oq]services\\[cq], \\[oq]protocols\\[cq], \\[oq]" -"networks\\[cq], et \\[oq]hosts\\[cq]. \\[oq]gshadow\\[cq] n'est pas encore " -"copiée par défaut, car elle n'est disponible qu'avec les dernières versions " -"de la librairie GNU C. Les bases de données sont copiées en utilisant " -"B<getent>(1) pour que toutes les sources de bases de données listées dans I</" -"etc/nsswitch.conf> soient utilisées pour chaque base de données. Notez que " -"c'est définissable en utilisant la clé \\f[CI]setup.nssdatabases\\fR." +"\\[oq]group\\[cq], \\[oq]services\\[cq], \\[oq]protocols\\[cq], " +"\\[oq]networks\\[cq], et \\[oq]hosts\\[cq]. \\[oq]gshadow\\[cq] n'est pas " +"encore copiée par défaut, car elle n'est disponible qu'avec les dernières " +"versions de la librairie GNU C. Les bases de données sont copiées en " +"utilisant B<getent>(1) pour que toutes les sources de bases de données " +"listées dans I</etc/nsswitch.conf> soient utilisées pour chaque base de " +"données. Notez que c'est définissable en utilisant la clé \\f[CI]setup." +"nssdatabases\\fR." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-script-config.5.man:78 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:78 msgid "" -"B<sbuild>(1), B<schroot>(1), B<sh>(1), B<schroot.conf>(5), B<schroot-setup>" -"(5)." +"B<sbuild>(1), B<schroot>(1), B<sh>(1), B<schroot.conf>(5), B<schroot-" +"setup>(5)." msgstr "" -"B<sbuild>(1), B<schroot>(1), B<sh>(1), B<schroot.conf>(5), B<schroot-setup>" -"(5)." +"B<sbuild>(1), B<schroot>(1), B<sh>(1), B<schroot.conf>(5), B<schroot-" +"setup>(5)." #. type: TH -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:18 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:18 #, no-wrap msgid "SCHROOT-FAQ" msgstr "FAQ de SCHROOT" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:21 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:21 msgid "schroot - frequently asked questions" msgstr "Foire aux questions de schroot" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:24 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:24 msgid "" "This manual page covers various frequently asked questions about " "configuration and usage of schroot." @@ -5148,42 +5147,42 @@ msgstr "" "configuration et l'utilisation de schroot." #. type: SH -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:24 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:106 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:24 dchroot-dsa.1.man:106 #, no-wrap msgid "CONFIGURATION" msgstr "CONFIGURATION" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:25 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:25 #, no-wrap msgid "Why is schroot overwriting configuration files in the chroot?" msgstr "Pourquoi schroot écrase-t-il des fichiers de configuration dans le chroot ?" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:34 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:34 msgid "" "By default, schroot copies over the system NSS databases (\\[oq]passwd" -"\\[cq], \\[oq]shadow\\[cq], \\[oq]group\\[cq], \\[oq]gshadow\\[cq], \\[oq]" -"services\\[cq], \\[oq]protocols\\[cq], \\[oq]networks\\[cq], and \\[oq]hosts" -"\\[cq], etc.) into the chroot. The reason for this is that the chroot " -"environment is not a completely separate system, and it copying them over " -"keeps them synchronised. However, this is not always desirable, " +"\\[cq], \\[oq]shadow\\[cq], \\[oq]group\\[cq], \\[oq]gshadow\\[cq], " +"\\[oq]services\\[cq], \\[oq]protocols\\[cq], \\[oq]networks\\[cq], and " +"\\[oq]hosts\\[cq], etc.) into the chroot. The reason for this is that the " +"chroot environment is not a completely separate system, and it copying them " +"over keeps them synchronised. However, this is not always desirable, " "particularly if installing a package in the chroot creates system users and " "groups which are not present on the host, since these will disappear next " "time the databases are copied over." msgstr "" "Par défaut, schroot copie les bases de donnée NSS du système (\\[oq]passwd" -"\\[cq], \\[oq]shadow\\[cq], \\[oq]group\\[cq], \\[oq]gshadow\\[cq], \\[oq]" -"services\\[cq], \\[oq]protocols\\[cq], \\[oq]networks\\[cq], \\[oq]hosts" -"\\[cq], etc.) dans le chroot. La raison est que l'environnement de chroot " -"n'est pas complètement séparé du système, et copier ces fichiers permet de " -"les maintenir à jour. Cependant, ce n'est pas toujours désirable, en " -"particulier si installer un paquet dans le chroot crée des utilisateurs et " -"groupes système qui ne sont pas présents chez l'hôte, car ils disparaîtront " -"la prochaine fois que les bases de données seront copiées." +"\\[cq], \\[oq]shadow\\[cq], \\[oq]group\\[cq], \\[oq]gshadow\\[cq], " +"\\[oq]services\\[cq], \\[oq]protocols\\[cq], \\[oq]networks\\[cq], " +"\\[oq]hosts\\[cq], etc.) dans le chroot. La raison est que l'environnement " +"de chroot n'est pas complètement séparé du système, et copier ces fichiers " +"permet de les maintenir à jour. Cependant, ce n'est pas toujours désirable, " +"en particulier si installer un paquet dans le chroot crée des utilisateurs " +"et groupes système qui ne sont pas présents chez l'hôte, car ils " +"disparaîtront la prochaine fois que les bases de données seront copiées." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:42 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:42 msgid "" "The suggested workaround here is to disable the copying. This may be " "achieved by setting the \\f[CI]setup.nssdatabases\\fR key to be empty in " @@ -5195,7 +5194,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:46 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:46 msgid "" "In the future, we will be working on a better scheme for keeping the host " "and chroot databases in sync which can merge entries rather than overwriting " @@ -5207,13 +5206,13 @@ msgstr "" "les changements spécifiques du chroot." #. type: SS -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:46 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:46 #, no-wrap msgid "Should I use the plain or directory chroot type?" msgstr "Quel type de chroot dois-je utiliser : « plain » ou « directory » ?" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:57 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:57 msgid "" "These two chroot types are basically equivalent, since they are both just " "directories in the filesystem. plain is very simple and does not perform " @@ -5234,19 +5233,19 @@ msgstr "" "place." #. type: SH -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:57 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:57 #, no-wrap msgid "ADVANCED CONFIGURATION" msgstr "CONFIGURATION AVANCÉE" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:58 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:58 #, no-wrap msgid "What are snapshots and unions?" msgstr "Que sont les « clichés » (« snapshots ») et les « unions » ?" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:70 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:70 msgid "" "Some chroot types support I<cloning>. This means when you start a session, " "you get a I<copy> of the chroot which lasts just for the lifetime of the " @@ -5273,16 +5272,16 @@ msgstr "" "suivante." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:80 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:80 msgid "" "The most commonly-used snapshotting method is to use LVM snapshots (chroot " "type \\[oq]lvm-snapshot\\[cq]). In this case the chroot must exist on an " -"LVM logical volume (LV); snapshots of an LV may then be made with B<lvcreate>" -"(8) during chroot session setup. However, these use up a lot of disk " -"space. A newer method is to use Btrfs snapshots which use up much less disk " -"space (chroot type \\[oq]btrfs-snapshot\\[cq]), and may be more reliable " -"than LVM snapshots. Btrfs is however still experimental, but it is hoped " -"that it will become the recommended method as it matures." +"LVM logical volume (LV); snapshots of an LV may then be made with " +"B<lvcreate>(8) during chroot session setup. However, these use up a lot of " +"disk space. A newer method is to use Btrfs snapshots which use up much less " +"disk space (chroot type \\[oq]btrfs-snapshot\\[cq]), and may be more " +"reliable than LVM snapshots. Btrfs is however still experimental, but it is " +"hoped that it will become the recommended method as it matures." msgstr "" "La méthode de cliché la plus utilisée utilise les clichés LVM (chroot de " "type \\[oq]lvm-snapshot\\[cq]). Dans ce cas, le chroot doit exister sur un " @@ -5296,7 +5295,7 @@ msgstr "" "mature." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:87 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:87 msgid "" "Unions are an alternative to snapshots. In this situation, instead of " "creating a copy of the chroot filesystem, we overlay a read-write temporary " @@ -5315,19 +5314,19 @@ msgstr "" "ainsi les clichés LVM restent la méthode recommandée pour le moment." #. type: SH -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:87 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:87 #, no-wrap msgid "USAGE" msgstr "UTILISATION" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:88 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:88 #, no-wrap msgid "Can I run a d\\[ae]mons in a chroot?" msgstr "Puis-je exécuter un service (« daemon ») dans un chroot ?" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:92 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:92 msgid "" "A common problem is trying to run a d\\[ae]mon in a chroot, and finding that " "this doesn't work. Typically, the d\\[ae]mon is killed shortly after it " @@ -5338,7 +5337,7 @@ msgstr "" "après avoir été démarré." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:102 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:102 msgid "" "When schroot runs, it begins a session, runs the specified command or shell, " "waits for the command or shell to exit, and then it ends the session. For a " @@ -5363,7 +5362,7 @@ msgstr "" "dire tuer le service lors de la fermeture de la session." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:108 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:108 msgid "" "In consequence, it's not possible to run a d\\[ae]mon I<directly> with " "schroot. You can however do it if you create a session with I<--begin-" @@ -5378,13 +5377,13 @@ msgstr "" "session> quand le service a terminé ou que vous n'en avez plus besoin." #. type: SS -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:108 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:108 #, no-wrap msgid "How do I manually cleaning up a broken session?" msgstr "Comment puis-je nettoyer manuellement une session cassée ?" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:119 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:119 msgid "" "Occasionally, it may be necessary to manually clean up sessions. If " "something changes on your system which causes the setup scripts to fail when " @@ -5406,29 +5405,29 @@ msgstr "" "a des systèmes de fichiers montés à l'intérieur) et également supprimé." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:122 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:122 msgid "For example, to remove a session named I<my-session> by hand:" msgstr "" "Par exemple, pour supprimer une session nommée I<ma-session> à la main :" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:124 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:124 msgid "Remove the session configuration file" msgstr "Supprimez le fichier de configuration de la session" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:126 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:126 #, no-wrap msgid "%\\ \\f[CB]rm\\ \\*[SCHROOT_SESSION_DIR]/my-session\\fR\\[CR]\n" msgstr "%\\ \\f[CB]rm\\ \\*[SCHROOT_SESSION_DIR]/ma-session\\fR\\[CR]\n" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:129 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:129 msgid "Check for mounted filesystems" msgstr "Vérifiez les systèmes de fichiers" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:132 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:132 #, no-wrap msgid "" "%\\ \\f[CB]\\*[SCHROOT_LIBEXEC_DIR]/schroot-listmounts\\ -m\\ \\e\n" @@ -5438,26 +5437,26 @@ msgstr "" " \\*[SCHROOT_MOUNT_DIR]/ma-session\\fR\\[CR]\n" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:135 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:135 msgid "Unmount any mounted filesystems" msgstr "Démontez tout système de fichiers" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:137 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:137 msgid "Remove I<\\*[SCHROOT_MOUNT_DIR]/my-session>" msgstr "Supprimez I<\\*[SCHROOT_MOUNT_DIR]/ma-session>" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:140 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:140 msgid "" -"Repeat for the other directories such as I<\\*[SCHROOT_UNDERLAY_DIR]>, I<\\*" -"[SCHROOT_OVERLAY_DIR]> and I<\\*[SCHROOT_FILE_UNPACK_DIR]>" +"Repeat for the other directories such as I<\\*[SCHROOT_UNDERLAY_DIR]>, I<" +"\\*[SCHROOT_OVERLAY_DIR]> and I<\\*[SCHROOT_FILE_UNPACK_DIR]>" msgstr "" -"Répétez pour les autres répertoires comme I<\\*[SCHROOT_UNDERLAY_DIR]>, I<\\*" -"[SCHROOT_OVERLAY_DIR]> et I<\\*[SCHROOT_FILE_UNPACK_DIR]>" +"Répétez pour les autres répertoires comme I<\\*[SCHROOT_UNDERLAY_DIR]>, I<" +"\\*[SCHROOT_OVERLAY_DIR]> et I<\\*[SCHROOT_FILE_UNPACK_DIR]>" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:144 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:144 msgid "" "B<NOTE:> Do not remove any directories without checking if there are any " "filesystems mounted below them, since filesystems such as I</home> could " @@ -5469,31 +5468,31 @@ msgstr "" "irréparable de données." #. type: SH -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:144 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:144 #, no-wrap msgid "ADVANCED USAGE" msgstr "UTILISATION AVANCÉE" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:145 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:145 #, no-wrap msgid "How do I use sessions?" msgstr "Comment utiliser les sessions ?" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:147 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:147 msgid "In normal use, running a command might look like this:" msgstr "" "Lors d'une utilisation normale, lancer une commande peut ressembler à ça :" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:149 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:149 #, no-wrap msgid "%\\ \\f[CB]schroot\\ -c squeeze -- command\\fR\\[CR]\n" msgstr "%\\ \\f[CB]schroot\\ -c squeeze -- commande\\fR\\[CR]\n" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:154 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:154 msgid "" "which would run the command I<command> in the I<squeeze> chroot. While it's " "not apparent that a session is being used here, schroot is actually doing " @@ -5504,7 +5503,7 @@ msgstr "" "étapes suivantes :" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:159 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:159 msgid "" "Creating a session using the I<squeeze> chroot. This will be automatically " "given a unique name, such as I<squeeze-57a69547-e014-4f5d-a98b-" @@ -5515,7 +5514,7 @@ msgstr "" "f4f35a005307>, que normalement vous n'avez pas besoin de connaître." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:161 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:161 msgid "" "Setup scripts are run to create the session chroot and configure it for you" msgstr "" @@ -5523,24 +5522,24 @@ msgstr "" "et la configurent pour vous." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:163 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:163 msgid "The command I<command> is run inside the session chroot" msgstr "La commande I<commande> est exécutée dans la session de chroot." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:165 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:165 msgid "Setup scripts are run to clean up the session chroot" msgstr "" "Les scripts de mise en place sont exécutés pour nettoyer le session de " "chroot." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:167 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:167 msgid "The session is deleted" msgstr "La session est supprimée." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:179 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:179 msgid "" "Now, if you wanted to run more than one command, you could run a shell and " "run them interactively, or you could put them into shell script and run that " @@ -5570,7 +5569,7 @@ msgstr "" "relativement facile :" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:182 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:182 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% \\f[CB]schroot --begin-session -c squeeze\\fR\\[CR]\n" @@ -5580,7 +5579,7 @@ msgstr "" "squeeze-57a69547-e014-4f5d-a98b-f4f35a005307\n" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:187 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:187 msgid "" "This created a new session based upon the I<squeeze> chroot. The unique " "name for the session, the session ID, was printed to standard output, so we " @@ -5592,7 +5591,7 @@ msgstr "" "comme cela :" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:191 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:191 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% \\f[CB]SESSION=$(schroot --begin-session -c squeeze)\\fR\\[CR]\n" @@ -5604,7 +5603,7 @@ msgstr "" "squeeze-57a69547-e014-4f5d-a98b-f4f35a005307\n" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:195 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:195 msgid "" "Now we have created the session and got the session ID, we can run commands " "in it using the session ID:" @@ -5613,7 +5612,7 @@ msgstr "" "pouvons y lancer des commandes en utilisant l'identifiant de session :" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:198 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:198 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% \\f[CB]schroot --run-session -c squeeze-57a69547-e014-4f5d-a98b-f4f35a005307 \\e\n" @@ -5623,23 +5622,23 @@ msgstr "" " -- commande1\\fR\\[CR]\n" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:201 man/schroot-faq.7.man:220 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:201 schroot-faq.7.man:220 msgid "or" msgstr "ou" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:203 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:203 #, no-wrap msgid "% \\f[CB]schroot --run-session -c \"$SESSION\" -- command1\\fR\\[CR]\n" msgstr "% \\f[CB]schroot --run-session -c \"$SESSION\" -- commande1\\fR\\[CR]\n" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:206 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:206 msgid "and then as many more commands as we like" msgstr "et ensuite nous pouvons avoir autant de commande que nous le voulons" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:210 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:210 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% \\f[CB]schroot --run-session -c \"$SESSION\" -- command2\\fR\\[CR]\n" @@ -5651,12 +5650,12 @@ msgstr "" "% \\f[CB]schroot --run-session -c \"$SESSION\" -- commande4\\fR\\[CR]\n" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:213 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:213 msgid "etc." msgstr "etc." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:215 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:215 msgid "" "When we are done with the session, we can remove it with I<--end-session>:" msgstr "" @@ -5664,19 +5663,19 @@ msgstr "" "end-session> :" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:217 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:217 #, no-wrap msgid "% \\f[CB]schroot --end-session -c squeeze-57a69547-e014-4f5d-a98b-f4f35a005307\\fR\\[CR]\n" msgstr "% \\f[CB]schroot --end-session -c squeeze-57a69547-e014-4f5d-a98b-f4f35a005307\\fR\\[CR]\n" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:222 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:222 #, no-wrap msgid "% \\f[CB]schroot --end-session -c \"$SESSION\"\\fR\\[CR]\n" msgstr "% \\f[CB]schroot --end-session -c \"$SESSION\"\\fR\\[CR]\n" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:226 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:226 msgid "" "Since the automatically generated session names can be long and unwieldy, " "the I<--session-name> option allows you to provide you own name:" @@ -5686,7 +5685,7 @@ msgstr "" "nom :" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:230 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:230 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% \\f[CB]schroot --begin-session -c squeeze --session-name my-name\\fR\\[CR]\n" @@ -5696,25 +5695,26 @@ msgstr "" "mon-nom\n" #. type: SH -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:231 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:231 #, no-wrap msgid "CONTRIBUTING" msgstr "CONTRIBUER" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:232 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:232 #, no-wrap msgid "Getting help and getting involved" msgstr "Recevoir de l'aide ou s'impliquer." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:239 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:239 msgid "" "The mailing list \\f[CR]E<lt>buildd-tools-devel@lists.alioth.debian.orgE<gt>" "\\fR is used for both user support and development discussion. The list may " "be subscribed to from the project website at \\f[CR]https://alioth.debian." -"org/projects/buildd-tools/\\fR or the Mailman list interface at \\f[CR]" -"http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/buildd-tools-devel\\fR." +"org/projects/buildd-tools/\\fR or the Mailman list interface at " +"\\f[CR]http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/buildd-tools-devel" +"\\fR." msgstr "" "La liste de diffusion \\f[CR]E<lt>buildd-tools-devel@lists.alioth.debian." "orgE<gt>\\fR est utilisée pour l'aide aux utilisateurs et les discussions au " @@ -5724,31 +5724,31 @@ msgstr "" "lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/buildd-tools-devel\\fR." #. type: SS -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:239 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:239 #, no-wrap msgid "Reporting bugs" msgstr "Signaler des bogues." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:244 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:244 msgid "" "On Debian systems, bugs may be reported using the B<reportbug>(1) tool, or " -"alternatively by mailing \\f[CR]E<lt>submit@bugs.debian.orgE<gt>\\fR (see \\f" -"[CR]http://bugs.debian.org\\fR for details on how to do that)." +"alternatively by mailing \\f[CR]E<lt>submit@bugs.debian.orgE<gt>\\fR (see " +"\\f[CR]http://bugs.debian.org\\fR for details on how to do that)." msgstr "" "Sur les système Debian, les bogues peuvent être signalés en utilisant " -"l'utilitaire B<reportbug>(1) ou en envoyant un message à \\f[CR]" -"E<lt>submit@bugs.debian.orgE<gt>\\fR (consultez \\f[CR]http://bugs.debian.org" -"\\fR pour plus de détail sur comment le faire)." +"l'utilitaire B<reportbug>(1) ou en envoyant un message à " +"\\f[CR]E<lt>submit@bugs.debian.orgE<gt>\\fR (consultez \\f[CR]http://bugs." +"debian.org\\fR pour plus de détail sur comment le faire)." #. type: SS -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:244 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:244 #, no-wrap msgid "Getting the latest sources" msgstr "Obtenir les dernières sources." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:247 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:247 msgid "" "schroot is maintained in the git version control system. You can get the " "latest sources from \\f[CR]git://git.debian.org/git/buildd-tools/schroot\\fR." @@ -5758,13 +5758,13 @@ msgstr "" "buildd-tools/schroot\\fR." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:249 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:249 #, no-wrap msgid "% \\f[CB]git clone git://git.debian.org/git/buildd-tools/schroot\\fR\\[CR]\n" msgstr "% \\f[CB]git clone git://git.debian.org/git/buildd-tools/schroot\\fR\\[CR]\n" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:254 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:254 msgid "" "The master branch containes the current development release. Stable " "releases are found on branches, for example the 1.4 series of releases are " @@ -5775,7 +5775,7 @@ msgstr "" "série de version 1.4 est la branche schroot-1.4." #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:261 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:261 msgid "" "B<dchroot>(1), B<schroot>(1), B<sbuild>(1), B<schroot-setup>(5), B<schroot." "conf>(5)." @@ -5784,24 +5784,24 @@ msgstr "" "conf>(5)." #. type: ds PROGRAM -#: man/dchroot.1.man:19 +#: dchroot.1.man:19 #, no-wrap msgid "dchroot" msgstr "dchroot" #. type: TH -#: man/dchroot.1.man:20 +#: dchroot.1.man:20 #, no-wrap msgid "DCHROOT" msgstr "DCHROOT" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:23 +#: dchroot.1.man:23 msgid "dchroot - enter a chroot environment" msgstr "dchroot - entrer dans un environnement de chroot." #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:34 +#: dchroot.1.man:34 msgid "" "B<dchroot> [B<-h>\\[or]B<--help> \\[or] B<-V>\\[or]B<--version> \\[or] B<-l>" "\\[or]B<--list> \\[or] B<-i>\\[or]B<--info> \\[or] B<--config> \\[or] B<--" @@ -5818,7 +5818,7 @@ msgstr "" "[ B<ARG1> [ B<ARG2> [ B<ARGn>]]]]" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:38 +#: dchroot.1.man:38 msgid "" "B<dchroot> allows the user to run a command or a login shell in a chroot " "environment. If no command is specified, a login shell will be started in " @@ -5830,7 +5830,7 @@ msgstr "" "le répertoire personnel de l'utilisateur dans le chroot." #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:45 +#: dchroot.1.man:45 msgid "" "The command is one or more arguments which will be run in the user's default " "shell using its I<-c> option. As a result, shell code may be embedded in " @@ -5849,7 +5849,7 @@ msgstr "" "citation." #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:55 +#: dchroot.1.man:55 msgid "" "This version of dchroot is a compatibility wrapper around the B<schroot>(1) " "program. It is provided for backward compatibility with the dchroot command-" @@ -5860,12 +5860,12 @@ msgstr "" "Cette version de dchroot est une encapsulation de compatibilité autour du " "programme B<schroot>(1). Elle est fournie à des fins de rétro-comptabilité " "avec les options de ligne de commande de dchroot, mais schroot est " -"recommandé pour des utilisations futures. Voyez la section \\[lq]" -"I<Incompatibilités>\\[rq] ci-dessous pour plus d'informations sur des " +"recommandé pour des utilisations futures. Voyez la section " +"\\[lq]I<Incompatibilités>\\[rq] ci-dessous pour plus d'informations sur des " "incompatibilités connues avec des versions plus anciennes de dchroot." #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:58 +#: dchroot.1.man:58 msgid "" "If no chroot is specified, the chroot name or alias \\[oq]default\\[cq] will " "be used as a fallback." @@ -5874,23 +5874,23 @@ msgstr "" "\\[cq] sera utilisé à la place." #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:60 +#: dchroot.1.man:60 msgid "B<dchroot> accepts the following options:" msgstr "B<dchroot> accepte les options suivantes :" #. type: SS -#: man/dchroot.1.man:60 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:55 +#: dchroot.1.man:60 dchroot-dsa.1.man:55 #, no-wrap msgid "Basic options" msgstr "Options basiques" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:67 +#: dchroot.1.man:67 msgid "Select all chroots." msgstr "Sélectionner tous les chroots." #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:71 +#: dchroot.1.man:71 msgid "" "Specify a chroot to use. This option may be used multiple times to specify " "more than one chroot, in which case its effect is similar to I<--all>." @@ -5900,7 +5900,7 @@ msgstr "" "à I<--all>." #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:78 +#: dchroot.1.man:78 msgid "" "Print detailed information about the specified chroots. Note that earlier " "versions of dchroot did not include this option." @@ -5909,18 +5909,18 @@ msgstr "" "que les versions précédentes de dchroot n'incluent pas cette option." #. type: TP -#: man/dchroot.1.man:78 +#: dchroot.1.man:78 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-p>, B<--path>" msgstr "B<-p>, B<--path>" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:81 +#: dchroot.1.man:81 msgid "Print location (path) of the specified chroots." msgstr "Afficher l'emplacement (chemin) des chroots sélectionnés." #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:87 +#: dchroot.1.man:87 msgid "" "Print configuration of the specified chroots. This is useful for testing " "that the configuration in use is the same as the configuration file. Any " @@ -5933,13 +5933,13 @@ msgstr "" "précédentes de dchroot n'incluent pas cette option." #. type: TP -#: man/dchroot.1.man:87 +#: dchroot.1.man:87 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--directory=>I<directory>" msgstr "B<--directory=>I<répertoire>" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:92 +#: dchroot.1.man:92 msgid "" "Change to I<directory> inside the chroot before running the command or login " "shell. If I<directory> is not available, dchroot will exit with an error " @@ -5950,7 +5950,7 @@ msgstr "" "n'est pas disponible, dchroot se terminera par un état d'erreur." #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:101 +#: dchroot.1.man:101 msgid "" "The default behaviour is as follows (all directory paths are inside the " "chroot). Unless the I<--preserve-environment> option is used to preserve " @@ -5971,13 +5971,13 @@ msgstr "" "répertoires n'est disponible, dchroot se terminera par un état d'erreur." #. type: TP -#: man/dchroot.1.man:101 +#: dchroot.1.man:101 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-d>, B<--preserve-environment>" msgstr "B<-d>, B<--preserve-environment>" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:106 +#: dchroot.1.man:106 msgid "" "Preserve the user's environment inside the chroot environment. The default " "is to use a clean environment; this option copies the entire user " @@ -5989,7 +5989,7 @@ msgstr "" "la session." #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:113 +#: dchroot.1.man:113 msgid "" "Print all messages. Note that earlier versions of dchroot did not include " "this option." @@ -5998,31 +5998,31 @@ msgstr "" "n'incluent pas cette option." #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:118 +#: dchroot.1.man:118 msgid "Note that earlier versions of dchroot did not provide long options." msgstr "" "Notez que les versions précédentes de dchroot ne fournissent pas les options " "longues." #. type: SH -#: man/dchroot.1.man:118 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:107 +#: dchroot.1.man:118 dchroot-dsa.1.man:107 #, no-wrap msgid "INCOMPATIBILITIES" msgstr "INCOMPATIBILITÉS" #. type: SS -#: man/dchroot.1.man:119 +#: dchroot.1.man:119 #, no-wrap msgid "Debian dchroot prior to version 0.99.0" msgstr "Debian dchroot antérieur à la version 0.99.0" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:122 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:118 +#: dchroot.1.man:122 dchroot-dsa.1.man:118 msgid "Log messages are worded and formatted differently." msgstr "Les messages d'information sont formulés et formatés différemment." #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:127 +#: dchroot.1.man:127 msgid "" "B<su>(1) is no longer used to run commands in the chroot; this is done by " "dchroot internally. This change may cause subtle differences. If you find " @@ -6034,7 +6034,7 @@ msgstr "" "signaler pour qu'elle puisse être corrigée." #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:133 +#: dchroot.1.man:133 msgid "" "dchroot provides a restricted subset of the functionality implemented by " "B<schroot>, but is still schroot underneath. Thus dchroot is still subject " @@ -6050,13 +6050,13 @@ msgstr "" "versions plus anciennes de dchroot dans certaines circonstances." #. type: SS -#: man/dchroot.1.man:133 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:108 +#: dchroot.1.man:133 dchroot-dsa.1.man:108 #, no-wrap msgid "Debian dchroot prior to version 1.5.1" msgstr "Debian dchroot antérieur à la version 1.5.1" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:140 +#: dchroot.1.man:140 msgid "" "This version of dchroot uses I<schroot.conf> to store the configuration for " "available chroots, rather than the I<dchroot.conf> file used historically. " @@ -6072,13 +6072,13 @@ msgstr "" "prise en charge des formats plus anciens n'est plus disponible." #. type: SS -#: man/dchroot.1.man:140 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:115 +#: dchroot.1.man:140 dchroot-dsa.1.man:115 #, no-wrap msgid "DSA dchroot" msgstr "dchroot DSA" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:143 +#: dchroot.1.man:143 msgid "" "Machines run by the Debian System Administrators for the Debian Project have " "a B<dchroot-dsa> package which provides an alternate dchroot implementation." @@ -6088,12 +6088,12 @@ msgstr "" "alternative de dchroot." #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:145 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:128 +#: dchroot.1.man:145 dchroot-dsa.1.man:128 msgid "All the above incompatibilities apply." msgstr "Toutes les incompatibilités ci-dessus s'appliquent." #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:153 +#: dchroot.1.man:153 msgid "" "This version of dchroot has incompatible command-line options, and while " "some of those options are supported or have equivalent options by a " @@ -6113,7 +6113,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'utilisation que d'un seul chroot à la fois." #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:164 +#: dchroot.1.man:164 msgid "" "dchroot will select an appropriate directory to use within the chroot based " "upon whether the I<--directory> or I<--preserve-environment> options are " @@ -6136,43 +6136,43 @@ msgstr "" "courant, DIR est le répertoire spécifié par I<--directory>." #. type: SS -#: man/dchroot.1.man:164 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:145 +#: dchroot.1.man:164 dchroot-dsa.1.man:145 #, no-wrap msgid "Login shell or command" msgstr "Interpréteur de commande de connexion ou commande" #. type: tbl table -#: man/dchroot.1.man:172 +#: dchroot.1.man:172 #, no-wrap msgid "Normal behaviour (if --directory and I<--preserve-environment> are not\n" msgstr "Comportement normal (si ni I<--directory> ni I<--preserve-environment> ne sont\n" #. type: tbl table -#: man/dchroot.1.man:173 +#: dchroot.1.man:173 #, no-wrap msgid "used)\n" msgstr " utilisés)\n" #. type: tbl table -#: man/dchroot.1.man:176 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:156 +#: dchroot.1.man:176 dchroot-dsa.1.man:156 #, no-wrap msgid "If passwd pw_dir is nonexistent\n" msgstr "Si passwd pw_dir n'existe pas\n" #. type: SS -#: man/dchroot.1.man:182 +#: dchroot.1.man:182 #, no-wrap msgid "--preserve-environment used" msgstr "--preserve-environment est utilisé" #. type: tbl table -#: man/dchroot.1.man:190 +#: dchroot.1.man:190 #, no-wrap msgid "Normal behaviour (if I<--preserve-environment> used)\n" msgstr "Comportement normal (si I<--preserve-environment> n'est pas utilisé)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:219 +#: dchroot.1.man:219 #, no-wrap msgid "" "$ \\f[CB]dchroot -l\\fR\\[CR]\n" @@ -6182,7 +6182,7 @@ msgstr "" "Available chroots: sarge [default], sid\n" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:222 +#: dchroot.1.man:222 #, no-wrap msgid "" "$ \\f[CB]dchroot -p sid\\fR\\[CR]\n" @@ -6192,7 +6192,7 @@ msgstr "" "/srv/chroot/sid\n" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:227 +#: dchroot.1.man:227 #, no-wrap msgid "" "$ \\f[CB]dchroot -q -c sid -- uname -smr\\fR\\[CR]\n" @@ -6206,7 +6206,7 @@ msgstr "" "Linux 2.6.16.17 ppc\n" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:233 +#: dchroot.1.man:233 #, no-wrap msgid "" "$ \\f[CB]dchroot -q -c sid \"ls -1 / | tac | head -n 4\"\\fR\\[CR]\n" @@ -6222,7 +6222,7 @@ msgstr "" "sys\n" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:237 +#: dchroot.1.man:237 #, no-wrap msgid "" "$ \\f[CB]dchroot -c sid\\fR\\[CR]\n" @@ -6234,7 +6234,7 @@ msgstr "" "$ \n" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:246 +#: dchroot.1.man:246 msgid "" "Use I<--> to allow options beginning with \\[oq]-\\[cq] or \\[oq]--\\[cq] in " "the command to run in the chroot. This prevents them being interpreted as " @@ -6254,7 +6254,7 @@ msgstr "" "le système hôte." #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:273 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:226 +#: dchroot.1.man:273 dchroot-dsa.1.man:226 msgid "" "The system-wide B<schroot> definition file. This file must be owned by the " "root user, and not be writable by other." @@ -6264,7 +6264,7 @@ msgstr "" "par les autres." #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:278 +#: dchroot.1.man:278 msgid "" "This implementation of dchroot uses the same command-line options as the " "original B<dchroot> by David Kimdon \\f[CR]E<lt>dwhedon@debian.orgE<gt>\\fR, " @@ -6275,7 +6275,7 @@ msgstr "" "orgE<gt>\\fR, mais est une implémentation indépendante." #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:284 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:239 +#: dchroot.1.man:284 dchroot-dsa.1.man:239 msgid "" "B<schroot>(1), B<sbuild>(1), B<chroot>(2), B<schroot-setup>(5), B<schroot." "conf>(5)." @@ -6284,30 +6284,30 @@ msgstr "" "conf>(5)." #. type: ds PROGRAM -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:19 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:19 #, no-wrap msgid "dchroot-dsa" msgstr "dchroot-dsa" #. type: TH -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:20 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:20 #, no-wrap msgid "DCHROOT-DSA" msgstr "DCHROOT-DSA" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:23 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:23 msgid "dchroot-dsa - enter a chroot environment" msgstr "dchroot-dsa — entrer dans un environnement de chroot." #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:33 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:33 msgid "" "B<dchroot-dsa> [B<-h>\\[or]B<--help> \\[or] B<-V>\\[or]B<--version> \\[or] " "B<-l>\\[or]B<--list> \\[or] B<-i>\\[or]B<--info> \\[or] B<--config> \\[or] " "B<-p>|B<--listpaths>] [B<-d >I<directory>\\[or]B<--directory=>I<directory>] " -"[B<-q>\\[or]B<--quiet> \\[or] B<-v>\\[or]B<--verbose>] [B<-c >I<chroot>\\[or]" -"B<--chroot=>I<chroot> \\[or] B<--all> \\[or] B<CHROOT]> [B<COMMAND>]" +"[B<-q>\\[or]B<--quiet> \\[or] B<-v>\\[or]B<--verbose>] [B<-c >I<chroot>" +"\\[or]B<--chroot=>I<chroot> \\[or] B<--all> \\[or] B<CHROOT]> [B<COMMAND>]" msgstr "" "B<dchroot-dsa> [B<-h>\\[ou]B<--help> \\[ou] B<-V>\\[ou]B<--version> \\[ou] " "B<-l>\\[ou]B<--list> \\[ou] B<-i>\\[ou]B<--info> \\[ou] B<--config> \\[ou] " @@ -6317,7 +6317,7 @@ msgstr "" "B<CHROOT]> [B<COMMANDE>]" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:37 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:37 msgid "" "B<dchroot-dsa> allows the user to run a command or a login shell in a chroot " "environment. If no command is specified, a login shell will be started in " @@ -6329,13 +6329,13 @@ msgstr "" "sera démarré dans le répertoire personnel de l'utilisateur dans le chroot." #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:39 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:39 msgid "The user's environment will be preserved inside the chroot." msgstr "" "L'environnement de l'utilisateur sera préservé à l'intérieur du chroot." #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:42 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:42 msgid "" "The command is a single argument which must be an absolute path to the " "program. Additional options are not permitted." @@ -6344,12 +6344,12 @@ msgstr "" "programme. Des options supplémentaires ne sont pas permises." #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:52 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:52 msgid "" -"This version of dchroot-dsa is a compatibility wrapper around the B<schroot>" -"(1) program. It is provided for backward compatibility with the dchroot-" -"dsa command-line options, but schroot is recommended for future use. See " -"the section \\[lq]I<Incompatibilities>\\[rq] below for known " +"This version of dchroot-dsa is a compatibility wrapper around the " +"B<schroot>(1) program. It is provided for backward compatibility with the " +"dchroot-dsa command-line options, but schroot is recommended for future " +"use. See the section \\[lq]I<Incompatibilities>\\[rq] below for known " "incompatibilities with older versions of dchroot-dsa." msgstr "" "Cette version de dchroot-dsa est une encapsulation de compatibilité autour " @@ -6360,12 +6360,12 @@ msgstr "" "incompatibilités connues avec des versions plus anciennes de dchroot-dsa." #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:55 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:55 msgid "B<dchroot-dsa> accepts the following options:" msgstr "B<dchroot-dsa> accepte les options suivantes :" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:63 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:63 msgid "" "Select all chroots. Note that earlier versions of dchroot-dsa did not " "include this option." @@ -6374,7 +6374,7 @@ msgstr "" "dsa n'incluent pas cette option." #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:69 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:69 msgid "" "Specify a chroot to use. This option may be used multiple times to specify " "more than one chroot, in which case its effect is similar to I<--all>. If " @@ -6389,7 +6389,7 @@ msgstr "" "dsa n'incluent pas cette option." #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:76 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:76 msgid "" "Print detailed information about the available chroots. Note that earlier " "versions of dchroot-dsa did not include this option." @@ -6398,18 +6398,18 @@ msgstr "" "que les versions précédentes de dchroot-dsa n'incluent pas cette option." #. type: TP -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:76 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:76 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-p>, B<--listpaths>" msgstr "B<-p>, B<--listpaths>" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:79 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:79 msgid "Print absolute locations (paths) of the available chroots." msgstr "Afficher les chemins absolus des chroots disponibles." #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:85 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:85 msgid "" "Print configuration of the available chroots. This is useful for testing " "that the configuration in use is the same as the configuration file. Any " @@ -6422,7 +6422,7 @@ msgstr "" "que les versions précédentes de dchroot-dsa n'incluent pas cette option." #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:90 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:90 msgid "" "Change to I<directory> inside the chroot before running the command or login " "shell. If I<directory> is not available, dchroot-dsa will exit with an " @@ -6433,7 +6433,7 @@ msgstr "" "n'est pas disponible, dchroot-dsa se terminera par un état d'erreur." #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:95 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:95 msgid "" "The default behaviour (all directory paths are inside the chroot) is to run " "the login shell or command in the user's home directory, or I</> if the home " @@ -6447,7 +6447,7 @@ msgstr "" "disponible, dchroot se terminera par un état d'erreur." #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:99 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:99 msgid "" "Print only essential messages. Note that earlier versions of dchroot-dsa " "did not include this option." @@ -6456,7 +6456,7 @@ msgstr "" "précédentes de dchroot-dsa n'incluent pas cette option." #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:103 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:103 msgid "" "Print all messages. Note that earlier versions of dchroot-dsa did not " "include this option." @@ -6465,7 +6465,7 @@ msgstr "" "dsa n'incluent pas cette option." #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:115 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:115 msgid "" "This version of dchroot-dsa uses I<schroot.conf> to store the configuration " "for available chroots, rather than the I<dchroot.conf> file used " @@ -6482,7 +6482,7 @@ msgstr "" "prise en charge des formats plus anciens n'est plus disponible." #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:124 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:124 msgid "" "dchroot-dsa provides a restricted subset of the functionality implemented by " "B<schroot>, but is still schroot underneath. Thus dchroot-dsa is still " @@ -6500,19 +6500,19 @@ msgstr "" "circonstances." #. type: SS -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:124 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:124 #, no-wrap msgid "Debian dchroot" msgstr "dchroot de Debian" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:126 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:126 msgid "A B<dchroot> package provides an alternative dchroot implementation." msgstr "" "Le paquet B<dchroot> fournit une implémentation alternative de dchroot." #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:134 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:134 msgid "" "This version of dchroot has incompatible command-line options, and while " "some of those options are supported or have equivalent options by a " @@ -6528,7 +6528,7 @@ msgstr "" "commandes à options multiples au lieu d'une seule option." #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:145 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:145 msgid "" "dchroot-dsa will select an appropriate directory to use within the chroot " "based upon whether the I<--directory> option is used. When explicitly " @@ -6551,13 +6551,13 @@ msgstr "" "spécifié par I<--directory>." #. type: tbl table -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:153 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:153 #, no-wrap msgid "Normal behaviour (if --directory is not used)\n" msgstr "Comportement normal (si I<--directory> n'est pas utilisé)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:182 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:182 #, no-wrap msgid "" "$ \\f[CB]dchroot-dsa -l\\fR\\[CR]\n" @@ -6567,7 +6567,7 @@ msgstr "" "Available chroots: sarge, sid\n" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:186 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:186 #, no-wrap msgid "" "$ \\f[CB]dchroot-dsa --listpaths\\fR\\[CR]\n" @@ -6579,7 +6579,7 @@ msgstr "" "/srv/chroot/sid\n" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:189 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:189 #, no-wrap msgid "" "$ \\f[CB]dchroot-dsa -q sid -- /bin/uname\\fR\\[CR]\n" @@ -6589,7 +6589,7 @@ msgstr "" "Linux\n" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:193 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:193 #, no-wrap msgid "" "$ \\f[CB]dchroot-dsa sid\\fR\\[CR]\n" @@ -6601,7 +6601,7 @@ msgstr "" "$\n" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:199 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:199 msgid "" "Note that the top line was echoed to standard error, and the remaining lines " "to standard output. This is intentional, so that program output from " @@ -6615,21 +6615,21 @@ msgstr "" "directement sur le système hôte." #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:233 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:233 msgid "" "This implementation of dchroot-dsa uses the same command-line options as the " "B<dchroot> found on machines run by the Debian System Administrators for the " "Debian Project. These machines have a B<dchroot-dsa> source package which " -"provides a B<dchroot-dsa> package, written by Ben Collins \\f[CR]" -"E<lt>bcollins@debian.orgE<gt>\\fR and Martin Schulze \\f[CR]E<lt>joey@debian." -"orgE<gt>\\fR." +"provides a B<dchroot-dsa> package, written by Ben Collins " +"\\f[CR]E<lt>bcollins@debian.orgE<gt>\\fR and Martin Schulze " +"\\f[CR]E<lt>joey@debian.orgE<gt>\\fR." msgstr "" "Cette implémentation de dchroot-dsa utilise les même options de ligne de " "commande que le B<dchroot> trouvé sur les machines exécutées par les " "Administrateur Système Debian pour le projet Debian. Ces machines ont un " "paquet source B<dchroot-dsa> qui fournit un paquet B<dchroot-dsa>, écrit par " -"Ben Collins \\f[CR] E<lt>bcollins@debian.orgE<gt>\\fR et Martin Schulze \\f" -"[CR]E<lt>joey@debian.orgE<gt>\\fR." +"Ben Collins \\f[CR] E<lt>bcollins@debian.orgE<gt>\\fR et Martin Schulze " +"\\f[CR]E<lt>joey@debian.orgE<gt>\\fR." #~ msgid "" #~ "This file is deprecated, and no longer exists in the current schroot " @@ -6670,8 +6670,8 @@ msgstr "" #~ "La solution suggérée ici est de désactiver la copie des bases de données " #~ "en enlevant ou commentant les bases de données dans le fichier " #~ "NSSDATABASES dans le fichier script-config du chroot. Ce sont par défaut " -#~ "I<\\*[SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR]/default/nssdatabases> et I<\\*" -#~ "[SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR]/default/config>." +#~ "I<\\*[SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR]/default/nssdatabases> et I<" +#~ "\\*[SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR]/default/config>." #~ msgid "" #~ "If none of the configuration profiles provided above meet your needs, " diff --git a/man/po/schroot-man.pot b/man/po/schroot-man.pot index 32b9468b..d55c1d68 100644 --- a/man/po/schroot-man.pot +++ b/man/po/schroot-man.pot @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: schroot 1.7.0\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-04-01 17:30+0200\n" +"Project-Id-Version: schroot 5.4.9-5-g3858b3b\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-24 22:30+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -17,29 +17,29 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #. type: SH -#: man/authors.man:1 +#: authors.man:1 #, no-wrap msgid "AUTHORS" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/authors.man:2 +#: authors.man:2 msgid "Roger Leigh." msgstr "" #. type: SH -#: man/copyright.man:1 +#: copyright.man:1 #, no-wrap msgid "COPYRIGHT" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/copyright.man:3 +#: copyright.man:3 msgid "Copyright \\(co 2005-2013 Roger Leigh \\f[CR]E<lt>rleigh@debian.orgE<gt>\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/copyright.man:7 +#: copyright.man:7 msgid "" "B<\\*[PROGRAM]> is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it " "under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free " @@ -48,48 +48,48 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TH -#: man/schroot.1.man:20 +#: schroot.1.man:20 #, no-wrap msgid "SCHROOT" msgstr "" #. type: TH -#: man/schroot.1.man:20 man/schroot-setup.5.man:18 man/schroot.conf.5.man:18 man/schroot-script-config.5.man:18 man/schroot-faq.7.man:18 man/dchroot.1.man:20 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:20 +#: schroot.1.man:20 schroot-setup.5.man:18 schroot.conf.5.man:18 schroot-script-config.5.man:18 schroot-faq.7.man:18 dchroot.1.man:20 dchroot-dsa.1.man:20 #, no-wrap msgid "\\*[RELEASE_DATE]" msgstr "" #. type: TH -#: man/schroot.1.man:20 man/schroot-setup.5.man:18 man/schroot.conf.5.man:18 man/schroot-script-config.5.man:18 man/schroot-faq.7.man:18 man/dchroot.1.man:20 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:20 +#: schroot.1.man:20 schroot-setup.5.man:18 schroot.conf.5.man:18 schroot-script-config.5.man:18 schroot-faq.7.man:18 dchroot.1.man:20 dchroot-dsa.1.man:20 #, no-wrap msgid "Version \\*[VERSION]" msgstr "" #. type: TH -#: man/schroot.1.man:20 man/schroot-setup.5.man:18 man/schroot.conf.5.man:18 man/schroot-script-config.5.man:18 man/schroot-faq.7.man:18 man/dchroot.1.man:20 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:20 +#: schroot.1.man:20 schroot-setup.5.man:18 schroot.conf.5.man:18 schroot-script-config.5.man:18 schroot-faq.7.man:18 dchroot.1.man:20 dchroot-dsa.1.man:20 #, no-wrap msgid "Debian sbuild" msgstr "" #. type: SH -#: man/schroot.1.man:21 man/schroot-setup.5.man:19 man/schroot.conf.5.man:19 man/schroot-script-config.5.man:19 man/schroot-faq.7.man:19 man/dchroot.1.man:21 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:21 +#: schroot.1.man:21 schroot-setup.5.man:19 schroot.conf.5.man:19 schroot-script-config.5.man:19 schroot-faq.7.man:19 dchroot.1.man:21 dchroot-dsa.1.man:21 #, no-wrap msgid "NAME" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:23 +#: schroot.1.man:23 msgid "schroot - securely enter a chroot environment" msgstr "" #. type: SH -#: man/schroot.1.man:23 man/dchroot.1.man:23 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:23 +#: schroot.1.man:23 dchroot.1.man:23 dchroot-dsa.1.man:23 #, no-wrap msgid "SYNOPSIS" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:44 +#: schroot.1.man:44 msgid "" "B<schroot> [B<-h>\\[or]B<--help> \\[or] B<-V>\\[or]B<--version> \\[or] " "B<-l>\\[or]B<--list> \\[or] B<-i>\\[or]B<--info> \\[or] B<--config> \\[or] " @@ -109,13 +109,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SH -#: man/schroot.1.man:44 man/schroot-setup.5.man:21 man/schroot.conf.5.man:21 man/schroot-script-config.5.man:21 man/schroot-faq.7.man:21 man/dchroot.1.man:34 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:33 +#: schroot.1.man:44 schroot-setup.5.man:21 schroot.conf.5.man:21 schroot-script-config.5.man:21 schroot-faq.7.man:21 dchroot.1.man:34 dchroot-dsa.1.man:33 #, no-wrap msgid "DESCRIPTION" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:48 +#: schroot.1.man:48 msgid "" "B<schroot> allows the user to run a command or a login shell in a chroot " "environment. If no command is specified, a login shell will be started in " @@ -123,21 +123,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:51 +#: schroot.1.man:51 msgid "" "The command is a program, plus as many optional arguments as required. Each " "argument may be separately quoted." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:54 man/dchroot.1.man:48 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:45 +#: schroot.1.man:54 dchroot.1.man:48 dchroot-dsa.1.man:45 msgid "" "The directory the command or login shell is run in depends upon the " "context. See I<--directory> option below for a complete description." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:58 +#: schroot.1.man:58 msgid "" "All chroot usage will be logged in the system logs. Under some " "circumstances, the user may be required to authenticate themselves; see the " @@ -145,20 +145,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:61 +#: schroot.1.man:61 msgid "" "If no chroot is specified, the chroot name or alias \\[oq]default\\[cq] will " "be used as a fallback. This is equivalent to \\[lq]--chroot=default\\[rq]." msgstr "" #. type: SH -#: man/schroot.1.man:61 +#: schroot.1.man:61 #, no-wrap msgid "OVERVIEW" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:71 +#: schroot.1.man:71 msgid "" "There is often a need to run programs in a virtualised environment rather " "than on the host system directly. Unlike other virtualisation systems such " @@ -172,13 +172,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: IP -#: man/schroot.1.man:71 man/schroot.1.man:75 man/schroot.1.man:78 man/schroot.1.man:81 man/schroot.1.man:83 man/schroot.1.man:88 man/schroot.conf.5.man:477 man/schroot.conf.5.man:480 man/schroot.conf.5.man:483 man/schroot.conf.5.man:486 man/schroot-faq.7.man:122 man/schroot-faq.7.man:127 man/schroot-faq.7.man:133 man/schroot-faq.7.man:135 man/schroot-faq.7.man:137 man/schroot-faq.7.man:154 man/schroot-faq.7.man:159 man/schroot-faq.7.man:161 man/schroot-faq.7.man:163 man/schroot-faq.7.man:165 man/dchroot.1.man:120 man/dchroot.1.man:122 man/dchroot.1.man:127 man/dchroot.1.man:134 man/dchroot.1.man:143 man/dchroot.1.man:145 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:109 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:116 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:118 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:126 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:128 +#: schroot.1.man:71 schroot.1.man:75 schroot.1.man:78 schroot.1.man:81 schroot.1.man:83 schroot.1.man:88 schroot.conf.5.man:477 schroot.conf.5.man:480 schroot.conf.5.man:483 schroot.conf.5.man:486 schroot-faq.7.man:122 schroot-faq.7.man:127 schroot-faq.7.man:133 schroot-faq.7.man:135 schroot-faq.7.man:137 schroot-faq.7.man:154 schroot-faq.7.man:159 schroot-faq.7.man:161 schroot-faq.7.man:163 schroot-faq.7.man:165 dchroot.1.man:120 dchroot.1.man:122 dchroot.1.man:127 dchroot.1.man:134 dchroot.1.man:143 dchroot.1.man:145 dchroot-dsa.1.man:109 dchroot-dsa.1.man:116 dchroot-dsa.1.man:118 dchroot-dsa.1.man:126 dchroot-dsa.1.man:128 #, no-wrap msgid "\\[bu]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:75 +#: schroot.1.man:75 msgid "" "Running an untrusted program in a sandbox, so that it can't interfere with " "files on the host system; this may also be used to limit the damage a " @@ -186,33 +186,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:78 +#: schroot.1.man:78 msgid "" "Using a I<defined> or I<clean> environment, to guarantee the reproducibility " "and integrity of a given task" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:81 +#: schroot.1.man:81 msgid "" "Using different versions of an operating system, or even different operating " "systems altogether, e.g. different GNU/Linux distributions" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:83 +#: schroot.1.man:83 msgid "Running 32-bit programs using a 32-bit chroot on a 64-bit host system" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:88 +#: schroot.1.man:88 msgid "" "Automatic building of Debian packages using B<sbuild>(1), which builds each " "package in a pristine chroot snapshot when using LVM snapshots or unions" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:95 +#: schroot.1.man:95 msgid "" "Supporting multiple system images in a cluster setup, where modifying the " "base image is time-consuming and/or supporting all the required " @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:118 +#: schroot.1.man:118 msgid "" "A chroot may be used directly as root by running B<chroot>(8), but normal " "users are not able to use this command. B<schroot> allows access to chroots " @@ -248,74 +248,74 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SH -#: man/schroot.1.man:118 man/dchroot.1.man:58 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:53 +#: schroot.1.man:118 dchroot.1.man:58 dchroot-dsa.1.man:53 #, no-wrap msgid "OPTIONS" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:120 +#: schroot.1.man:120 msgid "B<schroot> accepts the following options:" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:120 +#: schroot.1.man:120 #, no-wrap msgid "Actions" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:121 man/dchroot.1.man:61 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:56 +#: schroot.1.man:121 dchroot.1.man:61 dchroot-dsa.1.man:56 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-h>, B<--help>" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:124 man/dchroot.1.man:64 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:59 +#: schroot.1.man:124 dchroot.1.man:64 dchroot-dsa.1.man:59 msgid "Show help summary." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:124 man/dchroot.1.man:113 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:103 +#: schroot.1.man:124 dchroot.1.man:113 dchroot-dsa.1.man:103 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-V>, B<--version>" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:127 man/dchroot.1.man:116 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:106 +#: schroot.1.man:127 dchroot.1.man:116 dchroot-dsa.1.man:106 msgid "Print version information." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:127 man/dchroot.1.man:71 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:69 +#: schroot.1.man:127 dchroot.1.man:71 dchroot-dsa.1.man:69 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-l>, B<--list>" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:130 man/dchroot.1.man:74 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:72 +#: schroot.1.man:130 dchroot.1.man:74 dchroot-dsa.1.man:72 msgid "List all available chroots." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:130 man/dchroot.1.man:74 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:72 +#: schroot.1.man:130 dchroot.1.man:74 dchroot-dsa.1.man:72 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-i>, B<--info>" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:133 +#: schroot.1.man:133 msgid "Print detailed information about the specified chroots." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:133 man/dchroot.1.man:81 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:79 +#: schroot.1.man:133 dchroot.1.man:81 dchroot-dsa.1.man:79 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--config>" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:138 +#: schroot.1.man:138 msgid "" "Print configuration of the specified chroots. This is useful for testing " "that the configuration in use is the same as the configuration file. Any " @@ -323,13 +323,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:138 +#: schroot.1.man:138 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--location>" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:143 +#: schroot.1.man:143 msgid "" "Print location (path) of the specified chroots. Note that chroot types " "which can only be used within a session will not have a location until they " @@ -337,47 +337,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:143 man/schroot.conf.5.man:31 +#: schroot.1.man:143 schroot.conf.5.man:31 #, no-wrap msgid "General options" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:144 man/dchroot.1.man:106 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:95 +#: schroot.1.man:144 dchroot.1.man:106 dchroot-dsa.1.man:95 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-q>, B<--quiet>" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:147 man/dchroot.1.man:109 +#: schroot.1.man:147 dchroot.1.man:109 msgid "Print only essential messages." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:147 man/dchroot.1.man:109 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:99 +#: schroot.1.man:147 dchroot.1.man:109 dchroot-dsa.1.man:99 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-v>, B<--verbose>" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:150 +#: schroot.1.man:150 msgid "Print all messages." msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:150 +#: schroot.1.man:150 #, no-wrap msgid "Chroot selection" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:151 man/dchroot.1.man:67 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:63 +#: schroot.1.man:151 dchroot.1.man:67 dchroot-dsa.1.man:63 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-c>, B<--chroot=>I<chroot>" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:157 +#: schroot.1.man:157 msgid "" "Specify a chroot or active session to use. This option may be used multiple " "times to specify more than one chroot, in which case its effect is similar " @@ -386,13 +386,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:157 man/dchroot.1.man:64 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:59 +#: schroot.1.man:157 dchroot.1.man:64 dchroot-dsa.1.man:59 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-a>, B<--all>" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:165 +#: schroot.1.man:165 msgid "" "Select all chroots, source chroots and active sessions. When a command has " "been specified, the command will be run in all chroots, source chroots and " @@ -403,71 +403,71 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:165 +#: schroot.1.man:165 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--all-chroots>" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:169 +#: schroot.1.man:169 msgid "" "Select all chroots. Identical to I<--all>, except that source chroots and " "active sessions are not considered." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:169 +#: schroot.1.man:169 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--all-sessions>" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:173 +#: schroot.1.man:173 msgid "" "Select all active sessions. Identical to I<--all>, except that chroots and " "source chroots are not considered." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:173 +#: schroot.1.man:173 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--all-source-chroots>" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:177 +#: schroot.1.man:177 msgid "" "Select all source chroots. Identical to I<--all>, except that chroots and " "sessions are not considered." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:177 +#: schroot.1.man:177 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--exclude-aliases>" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:181 +#: schroot.1.man:181 msgid "" "Do not select aliases in addition to chroots. This ensures that only real " "chroots are selected, and are only listed once." msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:181 +#: schroot.1.man:181 #, no-wrap msgid "Chroot environment" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:182 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:85 +#: schroot.1.man:182 dchroot-dsa.1.man:85 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-d>, B<--directory=>I<directory>" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:187 +#: schroot.1.man:187 msgid "" "Change to I<directory> inside the chroot before running the command or login " "shell. If I<directory> is not available, schroot will exit with an error " @@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:194 +#: schroot.1.man:194 msgid "" "The default behaviour is as follows (all directory paths are inside the " "chroot). A login shell is run in the current working directory. If this is " @@ -487,13 +487,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:194 +#: schroot.1.man:194 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-u>, B<--user=>I<user>" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:199 +#: schroot.1.man:199 msgid "" "Run as a different user. The default is to run as the current user. If " "required, the user may be required to authenticate themselves with a " @@ -502,13 +502,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:199 +#: schroot.1.man:199 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-p>, B<--preserve-environment>" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:205 +#: schroot.1.man:205 msgid "" "Preserve the user's environment inside the chroot environment. The default " "is to use a clean environment; this option copies the entire user " @@ -518,13 +518,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:205 +#: schroot.1.man:205 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-s>, B<--shell=>I<shell>" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:214 +#: schroot.1.man:214 msgid "" "Use I<shell> as the login shell. When running a login shell a number of " "potential shells will be considered, in this order: the command in the SHELL " @@ -536,13 +536,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:214 +#: schroot.1.man:214 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-o>, B<--option=>I<key=value>" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:223 +#: schroot.1.man:223 msgid "" "Set an option. The value of selected configuration keys in I<schroot.conf> " "may be modified using this option. The key must be present in the " @@ -554,32 +554,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:223 +#: schroot.1.man:223 #, no-wrap msgid "Session actions" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:224 +#: schroot.1.man:224 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--automatic-session>" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:228 +#: schroot.1.man:228 msgid "" "Begin, run and end a session automatically. This is the default action, so " "does not require specifying in normal operation." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:228 +#: schroot.1.man:228 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-b>, B<--begin-session>" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:234 +#: schroot.1.man:234 msgid "" "Begin a session. A unique session identifier (session ID) is returned on " "standard output. The session ID is required to use the other session " @@ -588,13 +588,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:234 +#: schroot.1.man:234 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--recover-session>" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:240 +#: schroot.1.man:240 msgid "" "Recover an existing session. If an existing session has become unavailable, " "for example becoming unmounted due to a reboot, this option will make the " @@ -603,45 +603,45 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:240 +#: schroot.1.man:240 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-r>, B<--run-session>" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:244 +#: schroot.1.man:244 msgid "" "Run an existing session. The session ID is specified with the I<--chroot> " "option." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:244 +#: schroot.1.man:244 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-e>, B<--end-session>" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:248 +#: schroot.1.man:248 msgid "" "End an existing session. The session ID is specified with the I<--chroot> " "option." msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:248 +#: schroot.1.man:248 #, no-wrap msgid "Session options" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:249 +#: schroot.1.man:249 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-n>, B<--session-name=>I<session-name>" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:257 +#: schroot.1.man:257 msgid "" "Name a session. The specified I<session-name> replaces the default session " "name containing an automatically-generated session ID. The session name " @@ -651,13 +651,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:257 +#: schroot.1.man:257 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-f>, B<--force>" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:263 +#: schroot.1.man:263 msgid "" "Force a session operation, even if it would otherwise fail. This may be " "used to forcibly end a session, even if it has active users. This does not " @@ -666,19 +666,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:263 +#: schroot.1.man:263 #, no-wrap msgid "Separator" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:264 +#: schroot.1.man:264 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-->" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:268 +#: schroot.1.man:268 msgid "" "End of options. Used to indicate the end of the schroot options; any " "following options will be passed to the command being run, rather than to " @@ -686,13 +686,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SH -#: man/schroot.1.man:268 +#: schroot.1.man:268 #, no-wrap msgid "AUTHENTICATION" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:274 +#: schroot.1.man:274 msgid "" "If the user is not an allowed user, or a member of the allowed groups (or if " "changing to root, the allowed root users or allowed root groups) for the " @@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:280 +#: schroot.1.man:280 msgid "" "On systems supporting Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM), schroot will " "use PAM for authentication and authorisation of users. If and when " @@ -713,7 +713,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:289 +#: schroot.1.man:289 msgid "" "Note that when PAM is in use, the root user is not granted any special " "privileges by default in the program. However, the default PAM " @@ -726,19 +726,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SH -#: man/schroot.1.man:289 +#: schroot.1.man:289 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT NAMESPACES" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:290 +#: schroot.1.man:290 #, no-wrap msgid "Namespace basics" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:299 +#: schroot.1.man:299 msgid "" "There are three different types of chroot: regular chroots, source chroots " "and session chroots. These different types of chroot are separated into " @@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:305 +#: schroot.1.man:305 msgid "" "Depending upon the action you request schroot to take, it may look for the " "chroot in one of the three namespaces, or a particular namespace may be " @@ -761,13 +761,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:305 +#: schroot.1.man:305 #, no-wrap msgid "Source chroots" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:318 +#: schroot.1.man:318 msgid "" "Some chroot types, for example LVM snapshots and Btrfs snapshots, provide " "session-managed copy-on-write snapshots of the chroot. These also provide a " @@ -784,13 +784,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:318 +#: schroot.1.man:318 #, no-wrap msgid "Session chroots" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:324 +#: schroot.1.man:324 msgid "" "All sessions created with I<--begin-session> are placed within the " "\\[oq]session:\\[cq] namespace. A session named with I<--session-name> may " @@ -800,13 +800,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:324 +#: schroot.1.man:324 #, no-wrap msgid "Actions and default namespaces" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:333 +#: schroot.1.man:333 msgid "" "All actions use \\[oq]chroot:\\[cq] as the default namespace, with some " "session actions being the exception. I<--run-session>, I<--recover-session> " @@ -819,13 +819,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SH -#: man/schroot.1.man:333 +#: schroot.1.man:333 #, no-wrap msgid "PERFORMANCE" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:342 +#: schroot.1.man:342 msgid "" "Performance on some filesystems, for example Btrfs, is bad when running dpkg " "due to the amount of fsync operations performed. This may be mitigated by " @@ -837,13 +837,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SH -#: man/schroot.1.man:342 man/dchroot.1.man:153 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:134 +#: schroot.1.man:342 dchroot.1.man:153 dchroot-dsa.1.man:134 #, no-wrap msgid "DIRECTORY FALLBACKS" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:352 +#: schroot.1.man:352 msgid "" "schroot will select an appropriate directory to use within the chroot based " "upon whether an interactive login shell will be used, or a command invoked, " @@ -856,67 +856,67 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:352 +#: schroot.1.man:352 #, no-wrap msgid "Login shell" msgstr "" #. type: tbl table -#: man/schroot.1.man:356 man/schroot.1.man:379 man/schroot.1.man:395 man/dchroot.1.man:168 man/dchroot.1.man:186 man/dchroot.1.man:203 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:149 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:166 +#: schroot.1.man:356 schroot.1.man:379 schroot.1.man:395 dchroot.1.man:168 dchroot.1.man:186 dchroot.1.man:203 dchroot-dsa.1.man:149 dchroot-dsa.1.man:166 #, no-wrap msgid "Transition\n" msgstr "" #. type: tbl table -#: man/schroot.1.man:357 man/schroot.1.man:380 man/schroot.1.man:396 man/dchroot.1.man:169 man/dchroot.1.man:187 man/dchroot.1.man:204 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:150 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:167 +#: schroot.1.man:357 schroot.1.man:380 schroot.1.man:396 dchroot.1.man:169 dchroot.1.man:187 dchroot.1.man:204 dchroot-dsa.1.man:150 dchroot-dsa.1.man:167 #, no-wrap msgid "(Host \\[-E<gt>] Chroot)\tComment\n" msgstr "" #. type: tbl table -#: man/schroot.1.man:358 man/schroot.1.man:381 man/schroot.1.man:397 man/dchroot.1.man:170 man/dchroot.1.man:188 man/dchroot.1.man:205 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:151 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:168 +#: schroot.1.man:358 schroot.1.man:381 schroot.1.man:397 dchroot.1.man:170 dchroot.1.man:188 dchroot.1.man:205 dchroot-dsa.1.man:151 dchroot-dsa.1.man:168 #, no-wrap msgid "_\n" msgstr "" #. type: tbl table -#: man/schroot.1.man:359 man/schroot.1.man:382 man/dchroot.1.man:189 +#: schroot.1.man:359 schroot.1.man:382 dchroot.1.man:189 #, no-wrap msgid "CWD \\[-E<gt>] CWD\tT{\n" msgstr "" #. type: tbl table -#: man/schroot.1.man:360 man/schroot.1.man:383 +#: schroot.1.man:360 schroot.1.man:383 #, no-wrap msgid "Normal behaviour (if I<--directory> is not used)\n" msgstr "" #. type: tbl table -#: man/schroot.1.man:361 man/schroot.1.man:364 man/schroot.1.man:367 man/schroot.1.man:370 man/schroot.1.man:373 man/schroot.1.man:384 man/schroot.1.man:387 man/dchroot.1.man:174 man/dchroot.1.man:177 man/dchroot.1.man:180 man/dchroot.1.man:191 man/dchroot.1.man:194 man/dchroot.1.man:197 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:154 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:157 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:160 +#: schroot.1.man:361 schroot.1.man:364 schroot.1.man:367 schroot.1.man:370 schroot.1.man:373 schroot.1.man:384 schroot.1.man:387 dchroot.1.man:174 dchroot.1.man:177 dchroot.1.man:180 dchroot.1.man:191 dchroot.1.man:194 dchroot.1.man:197 dchroot-dsa.1.man:154 dchroot-dsa.1.man:157 dchroot-dsa.1.man:160 #, no-wrap msgid "T}\n" msgstr "" #. type: tbl table -#: man/schroot.1.man:362 +#: schroot.1.man:362 #, no-wrap msgid "CWD \\[-E<gt>] $HOME\tT{\n" msgstr "" #. type: tbl table -#: man/schroot.1.man:363 +#: schroot.1.man:363 #, no-wrap msgid "If CWD is nonexistent and --preserve-environment is used\n" msgstr "" #. type: tbl table -#: man/schroot.1.man:365 man/dchroot.1.man:171 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:152 +#: schroot.1.man:365 dchroot.1.man:171 dchroot-dsa.1.man:152 #, no-wrap msgid "CWD \\[-E<gt>] passwd pw_dir\tT{\n" msgstr "" #. type: tbl table -#: man/schroot.1.man:366 +#: schroot.1.man:366 #, no-wrap msgid "" "If CWD is nonexistent (or --preserve-environment is used and no $HOME " @@ -924,91 +924,91 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: tbl table -#: man/schroot.1.man:368 man/dchroot.1.man:175 man/dchroot.1.man:192 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:155 +#: schroot.1.man:368 dchroot.1.man:175 dchroot.1.man:192 dchroot-dsa.1.man:155 #, no-wrap msgid "CWD \\[-E<gt>] /\tT{\n" msgstr "" #. type: tbl table -#: man/schroot.1.man:369 +#: schroot.1.man:369 #, no-wrap msgid "None of the above exist\n" msgstr "" #. type: tbl table -#: man/schroot.1.man:371 man/schroot.1.man:385 man/dchroot.1.man:178 man/dchroot.1.man:195 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:158 +#: schroot.1.man:371 schroot.1.man:385 dchroot.1.man:178 dchroot.1.man:195 dchroot-dsa.1.man:158 #, no-wrap msgid "B<FAIL>\tT{\n" msgstr "" #. type: tbl table -#: man/schroot.1.man:372 man/dchroot.1.man:179 man/dchroot.1.man:196 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:159 +#: schroot.1.man:372 dchroot.1.man:179 dchroot.1.man:196 dchroot-dsa.1.man:159 #, no-wrap msgid "If / is nonexistent\n" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:375 +#: schroot.1.man:375 #, no-wrap msgid "Command" msgstr "" #. type: tbl table -#: man/schroot.1.man:386 man/dchroot.1.man:193 +#: schroot.1.man:386 dchroot.1.man:193 #, no-wrap msgid "If CWD is nonexistent\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:391 man/schroot.1.man:403 man/dchroot.1.man:211 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:174 +#: schroot.1.man:391 schroot.1.man:403 dchroot.1.man:211 dchroot-dsa.1.man:174 msgid "No fallbacks should exist under any circumstances." msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:391 man/dchroot.1.man:199 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:162 +#: schroot.1.man:391 dchroot.1.man:199 dchroot-dsa.1.man:162 #, no-wrap msgid "--directory used" msgstr "" #. type: tbl table -#: man/schroot.1.man:398 man/dchroot.1.man:206 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:169 +#: schroot.1.man:398 dchroot.1.man:206 dchroot-dsa.1.man:169 #, no-wrap msgid "CWD \\[-E<gt>] DIR\tNormal behaviour\n" msgstr "" #. type: tbl table -#: man/schroot.1.man:399 man/dchroot.1.man:207 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:170 +#: schroot.1.man:399 dchroot.1.man:207 dchroot-dsa.1.man:170 #, no-wrap msgid "B<FAIL>\tIf DIR is nonexistent\n" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:403 man/dchroot.1.man:211 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:174 +#: schroot.1.man:403 dchroot.1.man:211 dchroot-dsa.1.man:174 #, no-wrap msgid "Debugging" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:407 man/dchroot.1.man:215 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:178 +#: schroot.1.man:407 dchroot.1.man:215 dchroot-dsa.1.man:178 msgid "" "Note that I<--debug=notice> will show the internal fallback list computed " "for the session." msgstr "" #. type: SH -#: man/schroot.1.man:407 man/dchroot.1.man:215 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:178 +#: schroot.1.man:407 dchroot.1.man:215 dchroot-dsa.1.man:178 #, no-wrap msgid "EXAMPLES" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:408 +#: schroot.1.man:408 #, no-wrap msgid "List available chroots" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:416 +#: schroot.1.man:416 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% \\f[CB]schroot -l\\fR\\[CR]\n" @@ -1020,13 +1020,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:417 +#: schroot.1.man:417 #, no-wrap msgid "Get information about a chroot" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:440 +#: schroot.1.man:440 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% \\f[CB]schroot -i -c sid\\fR\\[CR]\n" @@ -1053,20 +1053,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:444 +#: schroot.1.man:444 msgid "" "Use I<--all> or I<-c> multiple times to use all or multiple chroots, " "respectively." msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:444 +#: schroot.1.man:444 #, no-wrap msgid "Running commands in a chroot" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:460 +#: schroot.1.man:460 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% \\f[CB]schroot -c sid /bin/ls\\fR\\[CR]\n" @@ -1086,7 +1086,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:469 +#: schroot.1.man:469 msgid "" "Use I<--> to allow options beginning with \\[oq]-\\[cq] or \\[oq]--\\[cq] in " "the command to run in the chroot. This prevents them being interpreted as " @@ -1098,13 +1098,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:469 +#: schroot.1.man:469 #, no-wrap msgid "Switching users" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:475 +#: schroot.1.man:475 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% \\f[CB]schroot -c sid -u root\\fR\\[CR]\n" @@ -1115,7 +1115,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:481 +#: schroot.1.man:481 msgid "" "If the user \\[oq]rleigh\\[cq] was in \\f[CI]root-users\\fR in " "I<\\*[SCHROOT_CONF]>, or one of the groups he belonged to was in " @@ -1124,13 +1124,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:481 +#: schroot.1.man:481 #, no-wrap msgid "Sessions" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:488 +#: schroot.1.man:488 msgid "" "A chroot may be needed to run more than one command. In particular, where " "the chroot is created on the fly from an LVM LV or a file on disc, there is " @@ -1141,12 +1141,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:490 +#: schroot.1.man:490 msgid "Let's start by looking at a session-capable chroot:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:518 +#: schroot.1.man:518 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% \\f[CB]schroot -i -c sid-snap\\fR\\[CR]\n" @@ -1178,7 +1178,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:523 +#: schroot.1.man:523 msgid "" "Note that the I<Session Managed> option is set to \\[oq]true\\[cq]. This is " "a requirement in order to use session management, and is supported by most " @@ -1186,7 +1186,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:527 +#: schroot.1.man:527 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% \\f[CB]schroot -b -c sid-snap\\fR\\[CR]\n" @@ -1194,14 +1194,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:531 +#: schroot.1.man:531 msgid "" "The session ID of the newly-created session is returned on standard output. " "It is common to store it like this:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:536 +#: schroot.1.man:536 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% \\f[CB]SESSION=$(schroot -b -c sid-snap)\\fR\\[CR]\n" @@ -1210,14 +1210,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:540 +#: schroot.1.man:540 msgid "" "The session may be used just like any normal chroot. This is what the " "session looks like:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:577 +#: schroot.1.man:577 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% \\f[CB]schroot -i -c " @@ -1259,12 +1259,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:580 +#: schroot.1.man:580 msgid "Now the session has been created, commands may be run in it:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:591 +#: schroot.1.man:591 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% \\f[CB]schroot -r -c sid-snap-46195b04-0893-49bf-beb8-0d4ccc899f0f -- " @@ -1280,14 +1280,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:595 +#: schroot.1.man:595 msgid "" "When all the commands to run in the session have been performed, the session " "may be ended:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:599 +#: schroot.1.man:599 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\\f[CR]% \\f[CB]schroot -e -c " @@ -1296,14 +1296,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:603 +#: schroot.1.man:603 msgid "" "Finally, the session names can be long and unwieldy. A name may be " "specified instead of using the automatically generated session ID:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:607 +#: schroot.1.man:607 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\\f[CR]% \\f[CB]schroot -b -c sid-snap -n my-session-name\\f[CB]\\[CR]\n" @@ -1311,13 +1311,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SH -#: man/schroot.1.man:608 man/dchroot.1.man:246 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:199 +#: schroot.1.man:608 dchroot.1.man:246 dchroot-dsa.1.man:199 #, no-wrap msgid "TROUBLESHOOTING" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:615 man/dchroot.1.man:253 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:206 +#: schroot.1.man:615 dchroot.1.man:253 dchroot-dsa.1.man:206 msgid "" "If something is not working, and it's not clear from the error messages what " "is wrong, try using the B<--debug=>I<level> option to turn on debugging " @@ -1328,30 +1328,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:618 man/dchroot.1.man:256 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:209 +#: schroot.1.man:618 dchroot.1.man:256 dchroot-dsa.1.man:209 msgid "" "If you are still having trouble, the developers may be contacted on the " "mailing list:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:620 man/dchroot.1.man:258 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:211 +#: schroot.1.man:620 dchroot.1.man:258 dchroot-dsa.1.man:211 msgid "\\f[CR]Debian\\ buildd-tools\\ Developers\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:622 man/dchroot.1.man:260 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:213 +#: schroot.1.man:622 dchroot.1.man:260 dchroot-dsa.1.man:213 msgid "\\f[CR]E<lt>buildd-tools-devel@lists.alioth.debian.orgE<gt>\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: SH -#: man/schroot.1.man:622 man/dchroot.1.man:260 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:213 +#: schroot.1.man:622 dchroot.1.man:260 dchroot-dsa.1.man:213 #, no-wrap msgid "BUGS" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:630 man/dchroot.1.man:268 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:221 +#: schroot.1.man:630 dchroot.1.man:268 dchroot-dsa.1.man:221 msgid "" "On the B<mips> and B<mipsel> architectures, Linux kernels up to and " "including at least version 2.6.17 have broken B<personality>(2) support, " @@ -1362,13 +1362,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SH -#: man/schroot.1.man:630 man/schroot-setup.5.man:51 man/schroot-script-config.5.man:34 +#: schroot.1.man:630 schroot-setup.5.man:51 schroot-script-config.5.man:34 #, no-wrap msgid "ENVIRONMENT" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:640 +#: schroot.1.man:640 msgid "" "By default, the environment is not preserved, and the following environment " "variables are defined: HOME, LOGNAME, PATH, SHELL, TERM (preserved if " @@ -1382,7 +1382,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:649 +#: schroot.1.man:649 msgid "" "The following, potentially dangerous, environment variables are removed for " "safety by default: BASH_ENV, CDPATH, ENV, HOSTALIASES, IFS, KRB5_CONFIG, " @@ -1393,38 +1393,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SH -#: man/schroot.1.man:649 man/schroot-setup.5.man:199 man/schroot.conf.5.man:683 man/dchroot.1.man:268 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:221 +#: schroot.1.man:649 schroot-setup.5.man:199 schroot.conf.5.man:683 dchroot.1.man:268 dchroot-dsa.1.man:221 #, no-wrap msgid "FILES" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:650 +#: schroot.1.man:650 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuration files" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:651 man/schroot.conf.5.man:685 man/dchroot.1.man:269 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:222 +#: schroot.1.man:651 schroot.conf.5.man:685 dchroot.1.man:269 dchroot-dsa.1.man:222 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_CONF]\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:655 man/schroot.conf.5.man:689 +#: schroot.1.man:655 schroot.conf.5.man:689 msgid "" "The system-wide chroot definition file. This file must be owned by the root " "user, and not be writable by other." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:655 man/schroot.conf.5.man:689 +#: schroot.1.man:655 schroot.conf.5.man:689 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_CONF_CHROOT_D]\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:663 +#: schroot.1.man:663 msgid "" "Additional chroot definitions may be placed in files under this directory. " "They are treated in exactly that same manner as I<\\*[SCHROOT_CONF]>. Each " @@ -1434,138 +1434,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:663 +#: schroot.1.man:663 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_CONF_SETUP_D]\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:667 +#: schroot.1.man:667 msgid "The system-wide chroot setup script directories. See B<schroot-setup>(5)." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:667 +#: schroot.1.man:667 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]/etc/pam.d/schroot\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:670 +#: schroot.1.man:670 msgid "PAM configuration." msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:670 +#: schroot.1.man:670 #, no-wrap msgid "System directories" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:671 +#: schroot.1.man:671 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_LIBEXEC_DIR]\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:674 +#: schroot.1.man:674 msgid "Directory containing helper programs used by setup scripts." msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.1.man:674 +#: schroot.1.man:674 #, no-wrap msgid "Session directories" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:677 +#: schroot.1.man:677 msgid "" "Each directory contains a directory or file with the name of each session. " "Not all chroot types make use of all the following directories." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:677 +#: schroot.1.man:677 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_SESSION_DIR]\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:680 +#: schroot.1.man:680 msgid "Directory containing the session configuration for each active session." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:680 +#: schroot.1.man:680 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_MOUNT_DIR]\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:683 +#: schroot.1.man:683 msgid "Directory used to mount the filesystems used by each active session." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:683 +#: schroot.1.man:683 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_UNDERLAY_DIR]\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:686 +#: schroot.1.man:686 msgid "Directory used for filesystem union source (underlay)." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:686 +#: schroot.1.man:686 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_OVERLAY_DIR]\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:689 +#: schroot.1.man:689 msgid "Directory used for filesystem union writeable overlay." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.1.man:689 +#: schroot.1.man:689 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_FILE_UNPACK_DIR]\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:692 +#: schroot.1.man:692 msgid "Directory used for unpacking file chroots." msgstr "" #. type: SH -#: man/schroot.1.man:694 man/schroot-setup.5.man:267 man/schroot.conf.5.man:723 man/schroot-script-config.5.man:73 man/schroot-faq.7.man:256 man/dchroot.1.man:279 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:234 +#: schroot.1.man:694 schroot-setup.5.man:267 schroot.conf.5.man:723 schroot-script-config.5.man:73 schroot-faq.7.man:256 dchroot.1.man:279 dchroot-dsa.1.man:234 #, no-wrap msgid "SEE ALSO" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.1.man:701 +#: schroot.1.man:701 msgid "" "B<dchroot>(1), B<sbuild>(1), B<chroot>(2), B<run-parts>(8), " "B<schroot-setup>(5), B<schroot-faq>(7), B<schroot.conf>(5)." msgstr "" #. type: TH -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:18 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:18 #, no-wrap msgid "SCHROOT-SETUP" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:21 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:21 msgid "schroot-setup - schroot chroot setup scripts" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:27 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:27 msgid "" "B<schroot> uses scripts to set up and then clean up the chroot environment. " "The directory \\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_CONF_SETUP_D]\\fR contains scripts run when " @@ -1575,30 +1575,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:32 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:32 msgid "" "The scripts are run in name order, like those run by B<init>(8), by using " "the same style of execution as B<run-parts>(8)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:34 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:34 msgid "The setup scripts are all invoked with two options:" msgstr "" #. type: IP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:34 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:34 #, no-wrap msgid "1" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:36 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:36 msgid "The action to perform." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:41 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:41 msgid "" "When a session is first started, the chroot is set up by running the scripts " "in \\*[SCHROOT_CONF_SETUP_D] with the \\[oq]setup-start\\[cq] option. When " @@ -1607,18 +1607,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: IP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:41 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:41 #, no-wrap msgid "2" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:43 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:43 msgid "The chroot status." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:47 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:47 msgid "" "This is either \\[oq]ok\\[cq] if there are no problems, or \\[oq]fail\\[cq] " "if something went wrong. For example, particular actions may be skipped on " @@ -1626,7 +1626,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:51 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:51 msgid "" "Note that the scripts should be I<idempotent>. They B<must> be idempotent " "during the \\[oq]setup-stop\\[cq] phase, because they may be run more than " @@ -1634,61 +1634,61 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:52 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:52 #, no-wrap msgid "General variables" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:53 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:53 #, no-wrap msgid "AUTH_USER" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:56 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:56 msgid "The username of the user the command in the chroot will run as." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:56 man/schroot-setup.5.man:111 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:56 schroot-setup.5.man:111 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_NAME" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:60 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:60 msgid "" "The chroot name. Note that this is the name of the orignal chroot before " "session creation; you probably want SESSION_ID." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:60 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:60 #, no-wrap msgid "HOST" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:62 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:62 #, no-wrap msgid "HOST_OS" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:64 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:64 #, no-wrap msgid "HOST_VENDOR" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:66 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:66 #, no-wrap msgid "HOST_CPU" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:72 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:72 msgid "" "The host system architecture schroot is running upon. This may be used to " "introduce architecture-specific behaviour into the setup scripts where " @@ -1697,48 +1697,48 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:72 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:72 #, no-wrap msgid "LIBEXEC_DIR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:75 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:75 msgid "The directory under which helper programs are located." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:75 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:75 #, no-wrap msgid "MOUNT_DIR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:79 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:79 msgid "" "The directory under which non-filesystem chroots are mounted (e.g. block " "devices and LVM snapshots)." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:79 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:79 #, no-wrap msgid "PID" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:82 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:82 msgid "The process ID of the schroot process." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:82 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:82 #, no-wrap msgid "PLATFORM" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:89 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:89 msgid "" "The operating system platform schroot is running upon. This may be used to " "introduce platform-specific behaviour into the setup scripts where " @@ -1749,24 +1749,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:89 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:89 #, no-wrap msgid "SESSION_ID" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:92 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:92 msgid "The session identifier." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:92 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:92 #, no-wrap msgid "VERBOSE" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:98 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:98 msgid "" "Set to \\[oq]quiet\\[cq] if only error messages should be printed, " "\\[oq]normal\\[cq] if other messages may be printed as well, and " @@ -1775,72 +1775,72 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:98 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:98 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_SESSION_CREATE" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:101 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:101 msgid "" "Set to \\[oq]true\\[cq] if a session will be created, otherwise " "\\[oq]false\\[cq]." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:101 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:101 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_SESSION_CLONE" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:104 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:104 msgid "" "Set to \\[oq]true\\[cq] if a session will be cloned, otherwise " "\\[oq]false\\[cq]." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:104 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:104 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_SESSION_PURGE" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:107 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:107 msgid "" "Set to \\[oq]true\\[cq] if a session will be purged, otherwise " "\\[oq]false\\[cq]." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:107 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:107 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_TYPE" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:111 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:111 msgid "" "The type of the chroot. This is useful for restricting a setup task to " "particular types of chroot (e.g. only block devices or LVM snapshots)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:115 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:115 msgid "" "The name of the chroot. This is useful for restricting a setup task to a " "particular chroot, or set of chroots." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:115 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:115 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_ALIAS" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:122 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:122 msgid "" "The name of the alias used to select the chroot. This is useful for " "specialising a setup task based upon one of its alternative alias names, or " @@ -1850,37 +1850,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:122 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:122 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_DESCRIPTION" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:125 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:125 msgid "The description of the chroot." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:125 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:125 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_MOUNT_LOCATION" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:129 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:129 msgid "" "The location to mount the chroot. It is used for mount point creation and " "mounting." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:129 man/schroot-setup.5.man:159 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:129 schroot-setup.5.man:159 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_LOCATION" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:133 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:133 msgid "" "The location of the chroot inside the mount point. This is to allow " "multiple chroots on a single filesystem. Set for all mountable chroot " @@ -1888,13 +1888,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:133 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:133 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_PATH" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:138 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:138 msgid "" "The absolute path to the chroot. This is typically CHROOT_MOUNT_LOCATION " "and CHROOT_LOCATION concatenated together. This is the path which should be " @@ -1902,150 +1902,150 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:138 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:138 #, no-wrap msgid "Plain and directory chroot variables" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:140 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:140 msgid "These chroot types use only general variables." msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:140 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:140 #, no-wrap msgid "File variables" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:141 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:141 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_FILE" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:144 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:144 msgid "The file containing the chroot files." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:144 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:144 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_FILE_REPACK" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:148 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:148 msgid "" "Set to \\[oq]true\\[cq] to repack the chroot into an archive file on ending " "a session, otherwise \\[oq]false\\[cq]." msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:148 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:148 #, no-wrap msgid "Mountable chroot variables" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:151 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:151 msgid "These variables are only set for directly mountable chroot types." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:151 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:151 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_MOUNT_DEVICE" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:155 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:155 msgid "The device to mount containing the chroot. mounting." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:155 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:155 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_MOUNT_OPTIONS" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:159 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:159 msgid "Options to pass to B<mount>(8)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:163 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:163 msgid "" "The location of the chroot inside the mount point. This allows the " "existence of multiple chroots on a single filesystem." msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:163 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:163 #, no-wrap msgid "Filesystem union variables" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:164 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:164 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_UNION_TYPE" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:167 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:167 msgid "Union filesystem type." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:167 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:167 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_UNION_MOUNT_OPTIONS" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:170 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:170 msgid "Union filesystem mount options." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:170 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:170 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_UNION_OVERLAY_DIRECTORY" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:173 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:173 msgid "Union filesystem overlay directory (writable)." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:173 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:173 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_UNION_UNDERLAY_DIRECTORY" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:176 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:176 msgid "Union filesystem underlay directory (read-only)." msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:176 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:176 #, no-wrap msgid "Block device variables" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:177 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:177 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_DEVICE" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:182 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:182 msgid "" "The device containing the chroot root filesystem. This is usually, but not " "necessarily, the device which will be mounted. For example, an LVM snapshot " @@ -2053,78 +2053,78 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:182 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:182 #, no-wrap msgid "LVM snapshot variables" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:183 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:183 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_LVM_SNAPSHOT_NAME" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:187 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:187 msgid "Snapshot name to pass to B<lvcreate>(8)." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:187 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:187 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_LVM_SNAPSHOT_DEVICE" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:190 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:190 msgid "The name of the LVM snapshot device." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:190 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:190 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT_LVM_SNAPSHOT_OPTIONS" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:194 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:194 msgid "Options to pass to B<lvcreate>(8)." msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:194 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:194 #, no-wrap msgid "Custom variables" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:199 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:199 msgid "" "Custom keys set in I<schroot.conf> will be uppercased and set in the " "environment as described in B<schroot.conf>(5)." msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:200 man/schroot.conf.5.man:694 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:200 schroot.conf.5.man:694 #, no-wrap msgid "Setup script configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:203 man/schroot.conf.5.man:697 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:203 schroot.conf.5.man:697 msgid "" "The directory \\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR]/default\\fR contains the " "default settings used by setup scripts." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:203 man/schroot.conf.5.man:697 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:203 schroot.conf.5.man:697 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]config\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:211 man/schroot.conf.5.man:705 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:211 schroot.conf.5.man:705 msgid "" "Main configuration file read by setup scripts. The format of this file is " "described in B<schroot-script-config>(5). This is the default value for the " @@ -2134,26 +2134,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:211 man/schroot.conf.5.man:705 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:211 schroot.conf.5.man:705 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]copyfiles\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:215 man/schroot.conf.5.man:709 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:215 schroot.conf.5.man:709 msgid "" "A list of files to copy into the chroot from the host system. Note that " "this was formerly named I<\\*[SCHROOT_SYSCONF_DIR]/copyfiles-defaults>." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:215 man/schroot.conf.5.man:709 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:215 schroot.conf.5.man:709 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]fstab\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:222 man/schroot.conf.5.man:716 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:222 schroot.conf.5.man:716 msgid "" "A file in the format decribed in B<fstab>(5), used to mount filesystems " "inside the chroot. The mount location is relative to the root of the " @@ -2162,13 +2162,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:222 man/schroot.conf.5.man:716 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:222 schroot.conf.5.man:716 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]nssdatabases\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:227 man/schroot.conf.5.man:721 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:227 schroot.conf.5.man:721 msgid "" "System databases (as described in I</etc/nsswitch.conf> on GNU/Linux " "systems) to copy into the chroot from the host. Note that this was formerly " @@ -2176,81 +2176,81 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:227 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:227 #, no-wrap msgid "Setup scripts" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:229 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:229 msgid "" "The directory \\f[BI]\\*[SCHROOT_CONF_SETUP_D]\\fR contains the chroot setup " "scripts." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:229 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:229 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]00check\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:232 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:232 msgid "Print debugging diagnostics and perform basic sanity checking." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:232 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:232 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]05file\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:235 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:235 msgid "Unpack, clean up, and repack file-based chroots." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:235 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:235 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]05fsunion\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:238 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:238 msgid "Create and remove union filesystems." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:238 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:238 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]05lvm\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:241 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:241 msgid "Create and remove LVM snapshots." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:241 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:241 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]10mount\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:244 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:244 msgid "Mount and unmount filesystems." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:244 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:244 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]15binfmt\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:249 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:249 msgid "" "Sets up the QEMU user emulator using binfmt-support. This permits a chroot " "for a different CPU architecture to be used transparently, providing an " @@ -2258,84 +2258,84 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:249 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:249 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]15killprocs\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:253 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:253 msgid "" "Kill processes still running inside the chroot when ending a session, which " "would prevent unmounting of filesystems and cleanup of any other resources." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:253 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:253 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]20copyfiles\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:257 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:257 msgid "" "Copy files from the host system into the chroot. Configure networking by " "copying I<hosts> and I<resolv.conf>, for example." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:257 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:257 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]20nssdatabases\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:261 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:261 msgid "" "Configure system databases by copying passwd, shadow, group etc. into the " "chroot." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:261 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:261 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[BI]50chrootname\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:265 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:265 msgid "" "Set the chroot name (I</etc/debian_chroot>) in the chroot. This may be used " "by the shell prompt to display the current chroot." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-setup.5.man:272 +#: schroot-setup.5.man:272 msgid "" "B<schroot>(1), B<fstab>(5), B<schroot.conf>(5), B<schroot-script-config>(5), " "B<run-parts>(8)." msgstr "" #. type: TH -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:18 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:18 #, no-wrap msgid "SCHROOT.CONF" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:21 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:21 msgid "schroot.conf - chroot definition file for schroot" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:24 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:24 msgid "" "\\f[BI]schroot.conf\\fR is a plain UTF-8 text file, describing the chroots " "available for use with schroot." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:28 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:28 msgid "" "Comments are introduced following a \\[oq]\\f[CR]\\[sh]\\fR\\[cq] " "(\\[lq]hash\\[rq]) character at the beginning of a line, or following any " @@ -2344,14 +2344,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:31 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:31 msgid "" "The configuration format is an INI-style format, split into groups of " "key-value pairs separated by section names in square brackets." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:35 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:35 msgid "" "A chroot is defined as a group of key-value pairs, which is started by a " "name in square brackets on a line by itself. The file may contain multiple " @@ -2359,37 +2359,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:38 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:38 msgid "" "A chroot definition is started by the name of the chroot in square " "brackets. For example," msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:40 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:40 msgid "\\f[CR]\\[lB]sid\\[rB]\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:43 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:43 msgid "" "The name is subject to certain naming restrictions. For further details, " "see the section \\[lq]I<Chroot Names>\\[rq] below." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:45 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:45 msgid "This is then followed by several key-value pairs, one per line:" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:45 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:45 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]type=\\f[CI]type\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:53 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:53 msgid "" "The type of the chroot. Valid types are \\[oq]plain\\[cq], " "\\[oq]directory\\[cq], \\[oq]file\\[cq], \\[oq]loopback\\[cq], " @@ -2401,26 +2401,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:53 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:53 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]description=\\f[CI]description\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:57 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:57 msgid "" "A short description of the chroot. This may be localised for different " "languages; see the section \\[lq]I<Localisation>\\[rq] below." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:57 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:57 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]priority=\\f[CI]number\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:67 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:67 msgid "" "Set the priority of a chroot. \\f[CI]number\\fR is a positive integer " "indicating whether a distribution is older than another. For example, " @@ -2434,13 +2434,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:67 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:67 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]message-verbosity=\\f[CI]verbosity\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:74 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:74 msgid "" "Set the verbosity of messages printed by schroot when setting up, running " "commands and cleaning up the chroot. Valid settings are \\[oq]quiet\\[cq] " @@ -2450,13 +2450,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:74 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:74 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]users=\\f[CI]user1,user2,...\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:79 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:79 msgid "" "A comma-separated list of users which are allowed access to the chroot. If " "empty or omitted, no users will be allowed access (unless a group they " @@ -2464,26 +2464,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:79 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:79 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]groups=\\f[CI]group1,group2,...\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:83 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:83 msgid "" "A comma-separated list of groups which are allowed access to the chroot. If " "empty or omitted, no groups of users will be allowed access." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:83 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:83 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]root-users=\\f[CI]user1,user2,...\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:90 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:90 msgid "" "A comma-separated list of users which are allowed B<password-less> root " "access to the chroot. If empty or omitted, no users will be allowed root " @@ -2493,13 +2493,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:90 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:90 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]root-groups=\\f[CI]group1,group2,...\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:97 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:97 msgid "" "A comma-separated list of groups which are allowed B<password-less> root " "access to the chroot. If empty or omitted, no users will be allowed root " @@ -2509,13 +2509,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:97 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:97 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]aliases=\\f[CI]alias1,alias2,...\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:103 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:103 msgid "" "A comma-separated list of aliases (alternate names) for this chroot. For " "example, a chroot named \\[lq]sid\\[rq] might have an \\[oq]unstable\\[cq] " @@ -2524,19 +2524,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:103 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:103 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]profile=\\f[CI]directory\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:105 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:105 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]script-config=\\f[CI]filename\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:119 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:119 msgid "" "The behaviour of the chroot setup scripts may be customised on a per-chroot " "basis by setting a specific configuration profile. The directory is " @@ -2554,7 +2554,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:134 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:134 msgid "" "Note that the \\f[CI]profile\\fR key replaces the older " "\\f[CI]script-config\\fR key. The \\f[CI]script-config\\fR key is exactly " @@ -2575,7 +2575,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:139 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:139 msgid "" "Desktop users should note that the fstab file I<desktop/fstab> will need " "editing if you use gdm3; please see the comments in this file for further " @@ -2584,7 +2584,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:143 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:143 msgid "" "If none of the configuration profiles provided above meet your needs, then " "they may be edited to further customise them, and/or copied and used as a " @@ -2592,20 +2592,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:146 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:146 msgid "" "Note that the different profiles have different security implications; see " "the section \\[lq]I<Security>\\[rq] below for further details." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:146 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:146 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]setup.config=\\f[CI]filename\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:155 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:155 msgid "" "This key specifies a file which the setup scripts will source when they are " "run. This defaults to the same value as set by \\f[CI]script-config\\fR. " @@ -2617,7 +2617,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:163 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:163 msgid "" "All the default settings in this file are now settable using configuration " "keys in I<schroot.conf>, as detailed below. Existing configuration should " @@ -2628,26 +2628,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:163 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:163 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]setup.copyfiles=\\f[CI]filename\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:167 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:167 msgid "" "A file containing a list of files to copy into the chroot (one file per " "line). The file will have the same absolute location inside the chroot." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:167 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:167 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]setup.fstab=\\f[CI]filename\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:177 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:177 msgid "" "The filesystem table file to be used to mount filesystems within the " "chroot. The format of this file is the same as for I</etc/fstab>, " @@ -2660,13 +2660,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:177 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:177 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]setup.nssdatabases=\\f[CI]filename\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:187 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:187 msgid "" "A file listing the system databases to copy into the chroot. The default " "databases are \\[oq]passwd\\[cq], \\[oq]shadow\\[cq], \\[oq]group\\[cq] and " @@ -2678,26 +2678,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:187 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:187 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]setup.services=\\f[CI]service1,service2,...\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:191 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:191 msgid "" "A comma-separated list of services to run in the chroot. These will be " "started when the session is started, and stopped when the session is ended." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:191 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:191 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]command-prefix=\\f[CI]command,option1,option2,...\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:200 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:200 msgid "" "A comma-separated list of a command and the options for the command. This " "command and its options will be prefixed to all commands run inside the " @@ -2709,13 +2709,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:200 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:200 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]personality=\\f[CI]persona\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:214 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:214 msgid "" "Set the personality (process execution domain) to use. This option is " "useful when using a 32-bit chroot on 64-bit system, for example. Valid " @@ -2733,13 +2733,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:214 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:214 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]preserve-environment=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:221 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:221 msgid "" "By default, the environment will not be preserved inside the chroot, instead " "a minimal environment will be used. Set to \\f[CI]true\\fR to always " @@ -2750,13 +2750,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:221 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:221 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]shell=\\f[CI]shell\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:229 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:229 msgid "" "When running a login shell a number of potential shells will be considered, " "in this order: the command in the SHELL environment variable (if " @@ -2767,13 +2767,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:229 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:229 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]environment-filter=\\f[CI]regex\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:235 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:235 msgid "" "The environment to be set in the chroot will be filtered in order to remove " "environment variables which may pose a security risk. Any environment " @@ -2782,25 +2782,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:238 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:238 msgid "" "Potentially dangerous environment variables are removed for safety by " "default using the following regular expression:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:240 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:240 msgid "\\[lq]\\f[CR]^(BASH_ENV\\:|CDPATH\\:|ENV\\:|HOSTALIASES\\:|IFS\\:|KRB5_CONFIG\\:|KRBCONFDIR\\:|KRBTKFILE\\:|KRB_CONF\\:|LD_.*\\:|LOCALDOMAIN\\:|NLSPATH\\:|PATH_LOCALE\\:|RES_OPTIONS\\:|TERMINFO\\:|TERMINFO_DIRS\\:|TERMPATH)$\\fR\\[rq]." msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:241 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:241 #, no-wrap msgid "Plain and directory chroots" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:250 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:250 msgid "" "Chroots of type \\[oq]plain\\[cq] or \\[oq]directory\\[cq] are directories " "accessible in the filesystem. The two types are equivalent except for the " @@ -2814,18 +2814,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:252 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:252 msgid "These chroot types have an additional (mandatory) configuration option:" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:252 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:252 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]directory=\\f[CI]directory\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:264 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:264 msgid "" "The directory containing the chroot environment. This is where the root " "will be changed to when executing a login shell or a command. The directory " @@ -2838,13 +2838,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:264 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:264 #, no-wrap msgid "File chroots" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:271 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:271 msgid "" "Chroots of type \\[oq]file\\[cq] are files on the current filesystem " "containing an archive of the chroot files. They implement the B<source " @@ -2856,13 +2856,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:271 man/schroot.conf.5.man:294 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:271 schroot.conf.5.man:294 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]file=\\f[CI]filename\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:280 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:280 msgid "" "The file containing the archived chroot environment (mandatory). This must " "be a tar (tape archive), optionally compressed with gzip or bzip2. The file " @@ -2874,13 +2874,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:280 man/schroot.conf.5.man:427 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:280 schroot.conf.5.man:427 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]location=\\f[CI]path\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:287 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:287 msgid "" "This is the path to the chroot I<inside> the archive. For example, if the " "archive contains a chroot in I</squeeze>, you would specify " @@ -2890,13 +2890,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:287 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:287 #, no-wrap msgid "Loopback chroots" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:294 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:294 msgid "" "Chroots of type \\[oq]loopback\\[cq] are a filesystem available as a file on " "disk, accessed via a loopback mount. The file will be loopback mounted and " @@ -2907,20 +2907,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:298 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:298 msgid "" "This is the filename of the file containing the filesystem, including the " "absolute path. For example \\[lq]/srv/chroot/sid\\[rq]." msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:298 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:298 #, no-wrap msgid "Block device chroots" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:305 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:305 msgid "" "Chroots of type \\[oq]block-device\\[cq] are a filesystem available on an " "unmounted block device. The device will be mounted and unmounted on " @@ -2931,26 +2931,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:305 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:305 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]device=\\f[CI]device\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:309 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:309 msgid "" "This is the device name of the block device, including the absolute path. " "For example, \\[lq]/dev/sda5\\[rq]." msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:309 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:309 #, no-wrap msgid "Btrfs snapshot chroots" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:319 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:319 msgid "" "Chroots of type \\[oq]btrfs-snapshot\\[cq] are a Btrfs snapshot created from " "an existing Btrfs subvolume on a mounted Btrfs filesystem. A snapshot will " @@ -2964,35 +2964,35 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:319 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:319 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]btrfs-source-subvolume=\\f[CI]directory\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:322 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:322 msgid "The directory containing the source subvolume." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:322 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:322 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]btrfs-snapshot-directory=\\f[CI]directory\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:325 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:325 msgid "The directory in which to store the snapshots of the above source subvolume." msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:325 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:325 #, no-wrap msgid "LVM snapshot chroots" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:330 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:330 msgid "" "Chroots of type \\[oq]lvm-snapshot\\[cq] are a filesystem available on an " "LVM logical volume (LV). A snapshot LV will be created from this LV on " @@ -3001,7 +3001,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:337 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:337 msgid "" "LVM snapshot chroots implement the B<source chroot> options (see " "\\[lq]I<Source chroot options>\\[rq], below), and all the options for " @@ -3012,13 +3012,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:337 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:337 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]lvm-snapshot-options=\\f[CI]snapshot_options\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:344 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:344 msgid "" "Snapshot options. These are additional options to pass to lvcreate(8). For " "example, \\[lq]-L 2g\\[rq] to create a snapshot 2 GiB in size. B<Note:> the " @@ -3027,13 +3027,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:344 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:344 #, no-wrap msgid "Custom chroots" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:354 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:354 msgid "" "Chroots of type \\[oq]custom\\[cq] are a special type of chroot, used for " "implementing new types of chroot not supported by any of the above chroot " @@ -3048,52 +3048,52 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:354 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:354 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]custom-session-cloneable=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:358 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:358 msgid "" "Set whether or not sessions may be cloned using this chroot (enabled by " "default)." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:358 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:358 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]custom-session-purgeable=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:362 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:362 msgid "" "Set whether or not sessions may be cloned using this chroot (disabled by " "default)." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:362 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:362 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]custom-source-cloneable=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:366 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:366 msgid "" "Set whether or not source chroots may be cloned using this chroot (disabled " "by default)." msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:366 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:366 #, no-wrap msgid "Source chroot options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:384 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:384 msgid "" "The \\[oq]btrfs-snapshot\\[cq], \\[oq]file\\[cq] and " "\\[oq]lvm-snapshot\\[cq] chroot types implement source chroots. " @@ -3114,18 +3114,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:386 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:386 msgid "These chroots provide the following additional options:" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:386 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:386 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]source-clone=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:392 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:392 msgid "" "Set whether the source chroot should be automatically cloned (created) for " "this chroot. The default is \\f[CI]true\\fR to automatically clone, but if " @@ -3134,13 +3134,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:392 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:392 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]source-users=\\f[CI]user1,user2,...\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:397 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:397 msgid "" "A comma-separated list of users which are allowed access to the source " "chroot. If empty or omitted, no users will be allowed access. This will " @@ -3148,13 +3148,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:397 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:397 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]source-groups=\\f[CI]group1,group2,...\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:402 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:402 msgid "" "A comma-separated list of groups which are allowed access to the source " "chroot. If empty or omitted, no users will be allowed access. This will " @@ -3162,13 +3162,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:402 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:402 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]source-root-users=\\f[CI]user1,user2,...\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:409 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:409 msgid "" "A comma-separated list of users which are allowed B<password-less> root " "access to the source chroot. If empty or omitted, no users will be allowed " @@ -3179,13 +3179,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:409 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:409 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]source-root-groups=\\f[CI]group1,group2,...\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:417 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:417 msgid "" "A comma-separated list of groups which are allowed B<password-less> root " "access to the source chroot. If empty or omitted, no users will be allowed " @@ -3196,13 +3196,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:417 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:417 #, no-wrap msgid "Mountable chroot options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:422 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:422 msgid "" "The \\[oq]block-device\\[cq], \\[oq]loopback\\[cq] and " "\\[oq]lvm-snapshot\\[cq] chroot types implement device mounting. These are " @@ -3211,20 +3211,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:422 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:422 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]mount-options=\\f[CI]options\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:427 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:427 msgid "" "Mount options for the block device. These are additional options to pass to " "B<mount>(8). For example, \\[lq]-o atime,sync,user_xattr\\[rq]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:434 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:434 msgid "" "This is the path to the chroot I<inside> the filesystem on the device. For " "example, if the filesystem contains a chroot in I</chroot/sid>, you would " @@ -3234,13 +3234,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:434 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:434 #, no-wrap msgid "Filesystem Union chroot options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:446 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:446 msgid "" "The \\[oq]block-device\\[cq], \\[oq]directory\\[cq] and \\[oq]loopback\\[cq] " "chroot types allow for the creation of a session using filesystem unions to " @@ -3256,13 +3256,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:446 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:446 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]union-type=\\f[CI]type\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:451 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:451 msgid "" "Set the union filesystem type. Currently supported filesystems are " "\\[oq]aufs\\[cq], \\[oq]overlayfs\\[cq] and \\[oq]unionfs\\[cq]. The " @@ -3270,13 +3270,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:451 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:451 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]union-mount-options=\\f[CI]options\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:465 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:465 msgid "" "Union filesystem mount options (branch configuration), used for mounting the " "union filesystem specified with I<union-type>. This replaces the complete " @@ -3290,72 +3290,72 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:465 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:465 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]union-overlay-directory\\f[CI]=directory\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:469 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:469 msgid "" "Specify the directory where the writeable overlay session directories will " "be created. The default is \\[oq]\\*[SCHROOT_OVERLAY_DIR]\\[cq]." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:469 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:469 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]union-underlay-directory\\f[CI]=directory\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:473 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:473 msgid "" "Specify the directory where the read-only underlying directories will be " "created. The default is \\[oq]\\*[SCHROOT_UNDERLAY_DIR]\\[cq]." msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:473 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:473 #, no-wrap msgid "Chroot isolation" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:477 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:477 msgid "" "On Linux systems, it is possible to isolate some resources when running a " "command inside the chroot. These include:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:480 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:480 msgid "The network" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:483 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:483 msgid "System V semaphore undo lists" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:486 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:486 msgid "System V IPC messages, semaphores and shared memory" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:489 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:489 msgid "The UTS (uname) namespace" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:490 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:490 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]unshare.net=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:495 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:495 msgid "" "Unshare networking. Network devices will not be shared with the host. By " "default, only the local loopback interface will be available. A custom " @@ -3364,44 +3364,44 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:495 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:495 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]unshare.sysvipc=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:499 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:499 msgid "" "Unshare System V IPC. This creates a new IPC namespace (messages, " "semaphores and shared memory are not shared with the host)." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:499 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:499 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]unshare.sysvsem=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:502 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:502 msgid "Unshare System V semaphore undo values. This creates a separate undo list." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:502 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:502 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]unshare.uts=\\f[CI]true\\fR|\\f[CI]false\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:506 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:506 msgid "" "Unshare the UTS namespace. A different hostname and domainname may be " "configured in the chroot, and will not be shared with the host." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:511 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:511 msgid "" "Note that to specify this as overrides on the command-line, the key names " "should be added to the \\f[CI]user-modifiable-keys\\fR or " @@ -3410,13 +3410,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:511 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:511 #, no-wrap msgid "Customisation" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:520 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:520 msgid "" "In addition to the configuration keys listed above, it is possible to add " "custom keys. These keys will be used to add additional environment " @@ -3428,12 +3428,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:522 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:522 msgid "For example:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:526 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:526 #, no-wrap msgid "" "debian.apt-update=true\n" @@ -3441,12 +3441,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:530 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:530 msgid "would set the following environment:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:534 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:534 #, no-wrap msgid "" "DEBIAN_APT_UPDATE=true\n" @@ -3454,14 +3454,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:539 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:539 msgid "" "Note that it is an error to use different key names which would set the same " "environment variable by mixing periods and hyphens." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:543 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:543 msgid "" "Custom configuration keys may also be modified at runtime using the " "I<--option> option. However, for security, only selected keys may be " @@ -3469,24 +3469,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:543 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:543 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]user-modifiable-keys=\\f[CI]key1,key2,..\\fR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:546 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:546 msgid "Set the keys which users may modify using I<--option>." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:546 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:546 #, no-wrap msgid "\\f[CBI]root-modifiable-keys=\\f[CI]key1,key2,..\\fR Set the keys which the" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:551 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:551 msgid "" "root user may modify using I<--option>. Note that the root user may use the " "keys specified in \\f[CI]user-modifiable-keys\\fR in addition to those " @@ -3494,48 +3494,48 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:551 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:551 #, no-wrap msgid "Localisation" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:555 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:555 msgid "" "Some keys may be localised in multiple languages. This is achieved by " "adding the locale name in square brackets after the key name. For example:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:558 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:558 #, no-wrap msgid "description[en_GB]=\\f[CI]British English translation\\fR\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:562 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:562 msgid "This will localise the \\f[CI]description\\fR key for the en_GB locale." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:565 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:565 #, no-wrap msgid "description[fr]=\\f[CI]French translation\\fR\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:569 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:569 msgid "This will localise the \\f[CI]description\\fR key for all French locales." msgstr "" #. type: SH -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:569 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:569 #, no-wrap msgid "CHROOT NAMES" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:576 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:576 msgid "" "A number of characters or words are not permitted in a chroot name, session " "name or configuration filename. The name may not contain a leading period " @@ -3546,13 +3546,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:576 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:576 #, no-wrap msgid "\\[oq]B<.>\\[cq]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:583 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:583 msgid "" "A leading period could be used to create a name with a relative path in it, " "in combination with \\[oq]/\\[cq], and this could allow overwriting of files " @@ -3562,13 +3562,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:583 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:583 #, no-wrap msgid "\\[oq]B<:>\\[cq]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:589 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:589 msgid "" "A colon is used as a namespace delimiter, and so is not permitted as part of " "a chroot or session name. LVM snapshot names may also not contain this " @@ -3576,89 +3576,89 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:589 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:589 #, no-wrap msgid "\\[oq]B</>\\[cq]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:593 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:593 msgid "" "Names containing this character are not valid filenames. A forward slash " "would potentially allow creation of files in subdirectories." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:593 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:593 #, no-wrap msgid "\\[oq]B<,>\\[cq]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:597 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:597 msgid "" "Commas are used to separate items in lists. Aliases are separated by commas " "and hence can't contain commas in their name." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:597 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:597 #, no-wrap msgid "\\[oq]B<~>\\[cq]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:601 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:601 msgid "" "Filenames containing trailing tildes are used for editor backup files, which " "are ignored. Tildes are allowed anywhere else in the name." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:601 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:601 #, no-wrap msgid "\\[oq]B<dpkg-old>\\[cq]" msgstr "" #. type: TQ -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:603 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:603 #, no-wrap msgid "\\[oq]B<dpkg-dist>\\[cq]" msgstr "" #. type: TQ -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:605 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:605 #, no-wrap msgid "\\[oq]B<dpkg-new>\\[cq]" msgstr "" #. type: TQ -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:607 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:607 #, no-wrap msgid "\\[oq]B<dpkg-tmp>\\[cq]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:611 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:611 msgid "" "These names may not appear at the end of a name. These are saved copies of " "conffiles used by the dpkg package manager, and will be ignored." msgstr "" #. type: SH -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:611 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:611 #, no-wrap msgid "SECURITY" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:612 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:612 #, no-wrap msgid "Untrusted users" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:618 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:618 msgid "" "Note that giving untrusted users root access to chroots is a B<serious " "security risk>! Although the untrusted user will only have root access to " @@ -3668,20 +3668,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:621 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:621 msgid "" "B<Do not give chroot root access to users you would not trust> B<with root " "access to the host system.>" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:621 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:621 #, no-wrap msgid "Profiles" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:632 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:632 msgid "" "Depending upon which profile you have configured with the " "\\f[CI]script-config\\fR option, different filesystems will be mounted " @@ -3697,7 +3697,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:638 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:638 msgid "" "There is a tradeoff between security (keeping the chroot as minimal as " "possible) and usability (which sometimes requires access to parts of the " @@ -3707,19 +3707,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SH -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:638 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:638 #, no-wrap msgid "EXAMPLE" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:641 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:641 #, no-wrap msgid "# Sample configuration\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:652 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:652 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[sid]\n" @@ -3735,7 +3735,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:663 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:663 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[etch]\n" @@ -3751,7 +3751,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:670 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:670 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[sid-file]\n" @@ -3763,7 +3763,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:682 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:682 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[sid-snapshot]\n" @@ -3780,13 +3780,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:684 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:684 #, no-wrap msgid "Chroot definitions" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:694 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:694 msgid "" "Additional chroot definitions may be placed in files under this directory. " "They are treated in exactly that same manner as I<\\*[SCHROOT_CONF]>. Each " @@ -3794,25 +3794,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot.conf.5.man:728 +#: schroot.conf.5.man:728 msgid "" "B<sbuild>(1), B<schroot>(1), B<schroot-script-config>(5), B<schroot-faq>(7), " "B<mount>(8)." msgstr "" #. type: TH -#: man/schroot-script-config.5.man:18 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:18 #, no-wrap msgid "SCHROOT-SCRIPT-CONFIG" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-script-config.5.man:21 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:21 msgid "schroot-script-config - schroot chroot setup script configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-script-config.5.man:29 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:29 msgid "" "B<schroot> uses scripts to set up and then clean up the chroot environment. " "These scripts may be customised using the \\f[CI]script-config\\fR key in " @@ -3824,7 +3824,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-script-config.5.man:34 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:34 msgid "" "This file is deprecated, but is still used if present; it will be obsoleted " "and removed in a future release. All the settings in this file are now " @@ -3834,20 +3834,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-script-config.5.man:37 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:37 msgid "" "The environment is the same as for all setup scripts, described in " "B<schroot-setup>(5)." msgstr "" #. type: SH -#: man/schroot-script-config.5.man:37 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:37 #, no-wrap msgid "VARIABLES" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-script-config.5.man:43 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:43 msgid "" "The following variables may be set to configure setup script behaviour. " "Note that new variables may be added in future releases. Third-party " @@ -3857,13 +3857,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-script-config.5.man:43 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:43 #, no-wrap msgid "SETUP_COPYFILES" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-script-config.5.man:48 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:48 msgid "" "A file containing a list of files to copy into the chroot (one file per " "line). The file will have the same absolute location inside the chroot. " @@ -3871,13 +3871,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-script-config.5.man:48 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:48 #, no-wrap msgid "SETUP_FSTAB" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-script-config.5.man:59 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:59 msgid "" "The filesystem table file to be used to mount filesystems within the " "chroot. The format of this file is the same as for I</etc/fstab>, " @@ -3891,13 +3891,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/schroot-script-config.5.man:59 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:59 #, no-wrap msgid "SETUP_NSSDATABASES" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-script-config.5.man:71 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:71 msgid "" "A file listing the system databases to copy into the chroot. The default " "databases are \\[oq]passwd\\[cq], \\[oq]shadow\\[cq], \\[oq]group\\[cq], " @@ -3910,44 +3910,44 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-script-config.5.man:78 +#: schroot-script-config.5.man:78 msgid "" "B<sbuild>(1), B<schroot>(1), B<sh>(1), B<schroot.conf>(5), " "B<schroot-setup>(5)." msgstr "" #. type: TH -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:18 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:18 #, no-wrap msgid "SCHROOT-FAQ" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:21 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:21 msgid "schroot - frequently asked questions" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:24 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:24 msgid "" "This manual page covers various frequently asked questions about " "configuration and usage of schroot." msgstr "" #. type: SH -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:24 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:106 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:24 dchroot-dsa.1.man:106 #, no-wrap msgid "CONFIGURATION" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:25 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:25 #, no-wrap msgid "Why is schroot overwriting configuration files in the chroot?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:34 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:34 msgid "" "By default, schroot copies over the system NSS databases " "(\\[oq]passwd\\[cq], \\[oq]shadow\\[cq], \\[oq]group\\[cq], " @@ -3961,7 +3961,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:42 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:42 msgid "" "The suggested workaround here is to disable the copying. This may be " "achieved by setting the \\f[CI]setup.nssdatabases\\fR key to be empty in " @@ -3973,7 +3973,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:46 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:46 msgid "" "In the future, we will be working on a better scheme for keeping the host " "and chroot databases in sync which can merge entries rather than overwriting " @@ -3981,13 +3981,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:46 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:46 #, no-wrap msgid "Should I use the plain or directory chroot type?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:57 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:57 msgid "" "These two chroot types are basically equivalent, since they are both just " "directories in the filesystem. plain is very simple and does not perform " @@ -3999,19 +3999,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SH -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:57 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:57 #, no-wrap msgid "ADVANCED CONFIGURATION" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:58 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:58 #, no-wrap msgid "What are snapshots and unions?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:70 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:70 msgid "" "Some chroot types support I<cloning>. This means when you start a session, " "you get a I<copy> of the chroot which lasts just for the lifetime of the " @@ -4026,7 +4026,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:80 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:80 msgid "" "The most commonly-used snapshotting method is to use LVM snapshots (chroot " "type \\[oq]lvm-snapshot\\[cq]). In this case the chroot must exist on an " @@ -4039,7 +4039,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:87 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:87 msgid "" "Unions are an alternative to snapshots. In this situation, instead of " "creating a copy of the chroot filesystem, we overlay a read-write temporary " @@ -4051,19 +4051,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SH -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:87 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:87 #, no-wrap msgid "USAGE" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:88 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:88 #, no-wrap msgid "Can I run a d\\[ae]mons in a chroot?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:92 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:92 msgid "" "A common problem is trying to run a d\\[ae]mon in a chroot, and finding that " "this doesn't work. Typically, the d\\[ae]mon is killed shortly after it " @@ -4071,7 +4071,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:102 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:102 msgid "" "When schroot runs, it begins a session, runs the specified command or shell, " "waits for the command or shell to exit, and then it ends the session. For a " @@ -4086,7 +4086,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:108 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:108 msgid "" "In consequence, it's not possible to run a d\\[ae]mon I<directly> with " "schroot. You can however do it if you create a session with " @@ -4096,13 +4096,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:108 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:108 #, no-wrap msgid "How do I manually cleaning up a broken session?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:119 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:119 msgid "" "Occasionally, it may be necessary to manually clean up sessions. If " "something changes on your system which causes the setup scripts to fail when " @@ -4115,28 +4115,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:122 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:122 msgid "For example, to remove a session named I<my-session> by hand:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:124 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:124 msgid "Remove the session configuration file" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:126 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:126 #, no-wrap msgid "%\\ \\f[CB]rm\\ \\*[SCHROOT_SESSION_DIR]/my-session\\fR\\[CR]\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:129 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:129 msgid "Check for mounted filesystems" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:132 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:132 #, no-wrap msgid "" "%\\ \\f[CB]\\*[SCHROOT_LIBEXEC_DIR]/schroot-listmounts\\ -m\\ \\e\n" @@ -4144,24 +4144,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:135 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:135 msgid "Unmount any mounted filesystems" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:137 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:137 msgid "Remove I<\\*[SCHROOT_MOUNT_DIR]/my-session>" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:140 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:140 msgid "" "Repeat for the other directories such as I<\\*[SCHROOT_UNDERLAY_DIR]>, " "I<\\*[SCHROOT_OVERLAY_DIR]> and I<\\*[SCHROOT_FILE_UNPACK_DIR]>" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:144 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:144 msgid "" "B<NOTE:> Do not remove any directories without checking if there are any " "filesystems mounted below them, since filesystems such as I</home> could " @@ -4169,30 +4169,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SH -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:144 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:144 #, no-wrap msgid "ADVANCED USAGE" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:145 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:145 #, no-wrap msgid "How do I use sessions?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:147 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:147 msgid "In normal use, running a command might look like this:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:149 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:149 #, no-wrap msgid "%\\ \\f[CB]schroot\\ -c squeeze -- command\\fR\\[CR]\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:154 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:154 msgid "" "which would run the command I<command> in the I<squeeze> chroot. While it's " "not apparent that a session is being used here, schroot is actually doing " @@ -4200,7 +4200,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:159 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:159 msgid "" "Creating a session using the I<squeeze> chroot. This will be automatically " "given a unique name, such as " @@ -4209,27 +4209,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:161 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:161 msgid "Setup scripts are run to create the session chroot and configure it for you" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:163 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:163 msgid "The command I<command> is run inside the session chroot" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:165 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:165 msgid "Setup scripts are run to clean up the session chroot" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:167 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:167 msgid "The session is deleted" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:179 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:179 msgid "" "Now, if you wanted to run more than one command, you could run a shell and " "run them interactively, or you could put them into shell script and run that " @@ -4246,7 +4246,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:182 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:182 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% \\f[CB]schroot --begin-session -c squeeze\\fR\\[CR]\n" @@ -4254,7 +4254,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:187 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:187 msgid "" "This created a new session based upon the I<squeeze> chroot. The unique " "name for the session, the session ID, was printed to standard output, so we " @@ -4262,7 +4262,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:191 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:191 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% \\f[CB]SESSION=$(schroot --begin-session -c squeeze)\\fR\\[CR]\n" @@ -4271,14 +4271,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:195 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:195 msgid "" "Now we have created the session and got the session ID, we can run commands " "in it using the session ID:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:198 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:198 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% \\f[CB]schroot --run-session -c " @@ -4287,23 +4287,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:201 man/schroot-faq.7.man:220 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:201 schroot-faq.7.man:220 msgid "or" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:203 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:203 #, no-wrap msgid "% \\f[CB]schroot --run-session -c \"$SESSION\" -- command1\\fR\\[CR]\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:206 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:206 msgid "and then as many more commands as we like" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:210 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:210 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% \\f[CB]schroot --run-session -c \"$SESSION\" -- command2\\fR\\[CR]\n" @@ -4312,17 +4312,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:213 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:213 msgid "etc." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:215 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:215 msgid "When we are done with the session, we can remove it with I<--end-session>:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:217 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:217 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% \\f[CB]schroot --end-session -c " @@ -4330,20 +4330,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:222 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:222 #, no-wrap msgid "% \\f[CB]schroot --end-session -c \"$SESSION\"\\fR\\[CR]\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:226 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:226 msgid "" "Since the automatically generated session names can be long and unwieldy, " "the I<--session-name> option allows you to provide you own name:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:230 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:230 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% \\f[CB]schroot --begin-session -c squeeze --session-name " @@ -4352,19 +4352,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SH -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:231 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:231 #, no-wrap msgid "CONTRIBUTING" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:232 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:232 #, no-wrap msgid "Getting help and getting involved" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:239 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:239 msgid "" "The mailing list " "\\f[CR]E<lt>buildd-tools-devel@lists.alioth.debian.orgE<gt>\\fR is used for " @@ -4376,13 +4376,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:239 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:239 #, no-wrap msgid "Reporting bugs" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:244 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:244 msgid "" "On Debian systems, bugs may be reported using the B<reportbug>(1) tool, or " "alternatively by mailing \\f[CR]E<lt>submit@bugs.debian.orgE<gt>\\fR (see " @@ -4390,13 +4390,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:244 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:244 #, no-wrap msgid "Getting the latest sources" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:247 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:247 msgid "" "schroot is maintained in the git version control system. You can get the " "latest sources from " @@ -4404,13 +4404,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:249 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:249 #, no-wrap msgid "% \\f[CB]git clone git://git.debian.org/git/buildd-tools/schroot\\fR\\[CR]\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:254 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:254 msgid "" "The master branch containes the current development release. Stable " "releases are found on branches, for example the 1.4 series of releases are " @@ -4418,31 +4418,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/schroot-faq.7.man:261 +#: schroot-faq.7.man:261 msgid "" "B<dchroot>(1), B<schroot>(1), B<sbuild>(1), B<schroot-setup>(5), " "B<schroot.conf>(5)." msgstr "" #. type: ds PROGRAM -#: man/dchroot.1.man:19 +#: dchroot.1.man:19 #, no-wrap msgid "dchroot" msgstr "" #. type: TH -#: man/dchroot.1.man:20 +#: dchroot.1.man:20 #, no-wrap msgid "DCHROOT" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:23 +#: dchroot.1.man:23 msgid "dchroot - enter a chroot environment" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:34 +#: dchroot.1.man:34 msgid "" "B<dchroot> [B<-h>\\[or]B<--help> \\[or] B<-V>\\[or]B<--version> \\[or] " "B<-l>\\[or]B<--list> \\[or] B<-i>\\[or]B<--info> \\[or] B<--config> \\[or] " @@ -4453,7 +4453,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:38 +#: dchroot.1.man:38 msgid "" "B<dchroot> allows the user to run a command or a login shell in a chroot " "environment. If no command is specified, a login shell will be started in " @@ -4461,7 +4461,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:45 +#: dchroot.1.man:45 msgid "" "The command is one or more arguments which will be run in the user's default " "shell using its I<-c> option. As a result, shell code may be embedded in " @@ -4472,7 +4472,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:55 +#: dchroot.1.man:55 msgid "" "This version of dchroot is a compatibility wrapper around the B<schroot>(1) " "program. It is provided for backward compatibility with the dchroot " @@ -4482,55 +4482,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:58 +#: dchroot.1.man:58 msgid "" "If no chroot is specified, the chroot name or alias \\[oq]default\\[cq] will " "be used as a fallback." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:60 +#: dchroot.1.man:60 msgid "B<dchroot> accepts the following options:" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/dchroot.1.man:60 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:55 +#: dchroot.1.man:60 dchroot-dsa.1.man:55 #, no-wrap msgid "Basic options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:67 +#: dchroot.1.man:67 msgid "Select all chroots." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:71 +#: dchroot.1.man:71 msgid "" "Specify a chroot to use. This option may be used multiple times to specify " "more than one chroot, in which case its effect is similar to I<--all>." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:78 +#: dchroot.1.man:78 msgid "" "Print detailed information about the specified chroots. Note that earlier " "versions of dchroot did not include this option." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/dchroot.1.man:78 +#: dchroot.1.man:78 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-p>, B<--path>" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:81 +#: dchroot.1.man:81 msgid "Print location (path) of the specified chroots." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:87 +#: dchroot.1.man:87 msgid "" "Print configuration of the specified chroots. This is useful for testing " "that the configuration in use is the same as the configuration file. Any " @@ -4539,13 +4539,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/dchroot.1.man:87 +#: dchroot.1.man:87 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--directory=>I<directory>" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:92 +#: dchroot.1.man:92 msgid "" "Change to I<directory> inside the chroot before running the command or login " "shell. If I<directory> is not available, dchroot will exit with an error " @@ -4553,7 +4553,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:101 +#: dchroot.1.man:101 msgid "" "The default behaviour is as follows (all directory paths are inside the " "chroot). Unless the I<--preserve-environment> option is used to preserve " @@ -4566,13 +4566,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/dchroot.1.man:101 +#: dchroot.1.man:101 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-d>, B<--preserve-environment>" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:106 +#: dchroot.1.man:106 msgid "" "Preserve the user's environment inside the chroot environment. The default " "is to use a clean environment; this option copies the entire user " @@ -4580,36 +4580,36 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:113 +#: dchroot.1.man:113 msgid "" "Print all messages. Note that earlier versions of dchroot did not include " "this option." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:118 +#: dchroot.1.man:118 msgid "Note that earlier versions of dchroot did not provide long options." msgstr "" #. type: SH -#: man/dchroot.1.man:118 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:107 +#: dchroot.1.man:118 dchroot-dsa.1.man:107 #, no-wrap msgid "INCOMPATIBILITIES" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/dchroot.1.man:119 +#: dchroot.1.man:119 #, no-wrap msgid "Debian dchroot prior to version 0.99.0" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:122 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:118 +#: dchroot.1.man:122 dchroot-dsa.1.man:118 msgid "Log messages are worded and formatted differently." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:127 +#: dchroot.1.man:127 msgid "" "B<su>(1) is no longer used to run commands in the chroot; this is done by " "dchroot internally. This change may cause subtle differences. If you find " @@ -4617,7 +4617,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:133 +#: dchroot.1.man:133 msgid "" "dchroot provides a restricted subset of the functionality implemented by " "B<schroot>, but is still schroot underneath. Thus dchroot is still subject " @@ -4627,13 +4627,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/dchroot.1.man:133 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:108 +#: dchroot.1.man:133 dchroot-dsa.1.man:108 #, no-wrap msgid "Debian dchroot prior to version 1.5.1" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:140 +#: dchroot.1.man:140 msgid "" "This version of dchroot uses I<schroot.conf> to store the configuration for " "available chroots, rather than the I<dchroot.conf> file used historically. " @@ -4643,25 +4643,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/dchroot.1.man:140 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:115 +#: dchroot.1.man:140 dchroot-dsa.1.man:115 #, no-wrap msgid "DSA dchroot" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:143 +#: dchroot.1.man:143 msgid "" "Machines run by the Debian System Administrators for the Debian Project have " "a B<dchroot-dsa> package which provides an alternate dchroot implementation." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:145 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:128 +#: dchroot.1.man:145 dchroot-dsa.1.man:128 msgid "All the above incompatibilities apply." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:153 +#: dchroot.1.man:153 msgid "" "This version of dchroot has incompatible command-line options, and while " "some of those options are supported or have equivalent options by a " @@ -4673,7 +4673,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:164 +#: dchroot.1.man:164 msgid "" "dchroot will select an appropriate directory to use within the chroot based " "upon whether the I<--directory> or I<--preserve-environment> options are " @@ -4687,43 +4687,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/dchroot.1.man:164 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:145 +#: dchroot.1.man:164 dchroot-dsa.1.man:145 #, no-wrap msgid "Login shell or command" msgstr "" #. type: tbl table -#: man/dchroot.1.man:172 +#: dchroot.1.man:172 #, no-wrap msgid "Normal behaviour (if --directory and I<--preserve-environment> are not\n" msgstr "" #. type: tbl table -#: man/dchroot.1.man:173 +#: dchroot.1.man:173 #, no-wrap msgid "used)\n" msgstr "" #. type: tbl table -#: man/dchroot.1.man:176 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:156 +#: dchroot.1.man:176 dchroot-dsa.1.man:156 #, no-wrap msgid "If passwd pw_dir is nonexistent\n" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/dchroot.1.man:182 +#: dchroot.1.man:182 #, no-wrap msgid "--preserve-environment used" msgstr "" #. type: tbl table -#: man/dchroot.1.man:190 +#: dchroot.1.man:190 #, no-wrap msgid "Normal behaviour (if I<--preserve-environment> used)\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:219 +#: dchroot.1.man:219 #, no-wrap msgid "" "$ \\f[CB]dchroot -l\\fR\\[CR]\n" @@ -4731,7 +4731,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:222 +#: dchroot.1.man:222 #, no-wrap msgid "" "$ \\f[CB]dchroot -p sid\\fR\\[CR]\n" @@ -4739,7 +4739,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:227 +#: dchroot.1.man:227 #, no-wrap msgid "" "$ \\f[CB]dchroot -q -c sid -- uname -smr\\fR\\[CR]\n" @@ -4749,7 +4749,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:233 +#: dchroot.1.man:233 #, no-wrap msgid "" "$ \\f[CB]dchroot -q -c sid \"ls -1 / | tac | head -n 4\"\\fR\\[CR]\n" @@ -4760,7 +4760,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:237 +#: dchroot.1.man:237 #, no-wrap msgid "" "$ \\f[CB]dchroot -c sid\\fR\\[CR]\n" @@ -4769,7 +4769,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:246 +#: dchroot.1.man:246 msgid "" "Use I<--> to allow options beginning with \\[oq]-\\[cq] or \\[oq]--\\[cq] in " "the command to run in the chroot. This prevents them being interpreted as " @@ -4781,14 +4781,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:273 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:226 +#: dchroot.1.man:273 dchroot-dsa.1.man:226 msgid "" "The system-wide B<schroot> definition file. This file must be owned by the " "root user, and not be writable by other." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:278 +#: dchroot.1.man:278 msgid "" "This implementation of dchroot uses the same command-line options as the " "original B<dchroot> by David Kimdon \\f[CR]E<lt>dwhedon@debian.orgE<gt>\\fR, " @@ -4796,31 +4796,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot.1.man:284 man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:239 +#: dchroot.1.man:284 dchroot-dsa.1.man:239 msgid "" "B<schroot>(1), B<sbuild>(1), B<chroot>(2), B<schroot-setup>(5), " "B<schroot.conf>(5)." msgstr "" #. type: ds PROGRAM -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:19 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:19 #, no-wrap msgid "dchroot-dsa" msgstr "" #. type: TH -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:20 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:20 #, no-wrap msgid "DCHROOT-DSA" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:23 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:23 msgid "dchroot-dsa - enter a chroot environment" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:33 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:33 msgid "" "B<dchroot-dsa> [B<-h>\\[or]B<--help> \\[or] B<-V>\\[or]B<--version> \\[or] " "B<-l>\\[or]B<--list> \\[or] B<-i>\\[or]B<--info> \\[or] B<--config> \\[or] " @@ -4831,7 +4831,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:37 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:37 msgid "" "B<dchroot-dsa> allows the user to run a command or a login shell in a chroot " "environment. If no command is specified, a login shell will be started in " @@ -4839,19 +4839,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:39 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:39 msgid "The user's environment will be preserved inside the chroot." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:42 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:42 msgid "" "The command is a single argument which must be an absolute path to the " "program. Additional options are not permitted." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:52 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:52 msgid "" "This version of dchroot-dsa is a compatibility wrapper around the " "B<schroot>(1) program. It is provided for backward compatibility with the " @@ -4861,19 +4861,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:55 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:55 msgid "B<dchroot-dsa> accepts the following options:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:63 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:63 msgid "" "Select all chroots. Note that earlier versions of dchroot-dsa did not " "include this option." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:69 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:69 msgid "" "Specify a chroot to use. This option may be used multiple times to specify " "more than one chroot, in which case its effect is similar to I<--all>. If " @@ -4883,25 +4883,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:76 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:76 msgid "" "Print detailed information about the available chroots. Note that earlier " "versions of dchroot-dsa did not include this option." msgstr "" #. type: TP -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:76 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:76 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-p>, B<--listpaths>" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:79 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:79 msgid "Print absolute locations (paths) of the available chroots." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:85 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:85 msgid "" "Print configuration of the available chroots. This is useful for testing " "that the configuration in use is the same as the configuration file. Any " @@ -4910,7 +4910,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:90 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:90 msgid "" "Change to I<directory> inside the chroot before running the command or login " "shell. If I<directory> is not available, dchroot-dsa will exit with an " @@ -4918,7 +4918,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:95 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:95 msgid "" "The default behaviour (all directory paths are inside the chroot) is to run " "the login shell or command in the user's home directory, or I</> if the home " @@ -4927,21 +4927,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:99 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:99 msgid "" "Print only essential messages. Note that earlier versions of dchroot-dsa " "did not include this option." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:103 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:103 msgid "" "Print all messages. Note that earlier versions of dchroot-dsa did not " "include this option." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:115 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:115 msgid "" "This version of dchroot-dsa uses I<schroot.conf> to store the configuration " "for available chroots, rather than the I<dchroot.conf> file used " @@ -4952,7 +4952,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:124 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:124 msgid "" "dchroot-dsa provides a restricted subset of the functionality implemented by " "B<schroot>, but is still schroot underneath. Thus dchroot-dsa is still " @@ -4963,18 +4963,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: SS -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:124 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:124 #, no-wrap msgid "Debian dchroot" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:126 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:126 msgid "A B<dchroot> package provides an alternative dchroot implementation." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:134 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:134 msgid "" "This version of dchroot has incompatible command-line options, and while " "some of those options are supported or have equivalent options by a " @@ -4984,7 +4984,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:145 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:145 msgid "" "dchroot-dsa will select an appropriate directory to use within the chroot " "based upon whether the I<--directory> option is used. When explicitly " @@ -4998,13 +4998,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: tbl table -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:153 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:153 #, no-wrap msgid "Normal behaviour (if --directory is not used)\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:182 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:182 #, no-wrap msgid "" "$ \\f[CB]dchroot-dsa -l\\fR\\[CR]\n" @@ -5012,7 +5012,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:186 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:186 #, no-wrap msgid "" "$ \\f[CB]dchroot-dsa --listpaths\\fR\\[CR]\n" @@ -5021,7 +5021,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:189 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:189 #, no-wrap msgid "" "$ \\f[CB]dchroot-dsa -q sid -- /bin/uname\\fR\\[CR]\n" @@ -5029,7 +5029,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:193 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:193 #, no-wrap msgid "" "$ \\f[CB]dchroot-dsa sid\\fR\\[CR]\n" @@ -5038,7 +5038,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:199 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:199 msgid "" "Note that the top line was echoed to standard error, and the remaining lines " "to standard output. This is intentional, so that program output from " @@ -5047,7 +5047,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: man/dchroot-dsa.1.man:233 +#: dchroot-dsa.1.man:233 msgid "" "This implementation of dchroot-dsa uses the same command-line options as the " "B<dchroot> found on machines run by the Debian System Administrators for the " diff --git a/man/po4a.cfg b/man/po4a.cfg index 7ff534e9..b5a5aba4 100644 --- a/man/po4a.cfg +++ b/man/po4a.cfg @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -[po_directory] man/po/ +[po_directory] po/ [po4a_alias:man] man opt:"-M UTF-8 -L UTF-8" -[type: man] man/authors.man $lang:man/translated/$lang/authors.man -[type: man] man/copyright.man $lang:man/translated/$lang/copyright.man -[type: man] man/schroot.1.man $lang:man/translated/$lang/schroot.1.man \ +[type: man] authors.man $lang:translated/$lang/authors.man +[type: man] copyright.man $lang:translated/$lang/copyright.man +[type: man] schroot.1.man $lang:translated/$lang/schroot.1.man \ add_$lang:?add/$lang.add -[type: man] man/schroot-setup.5.man $lang:man/translated/$lang/schroot-setup.5.man \ +[type: man] schroot-setup.5.man $lang:translated/$lang/schroot-setup.5.man \ add_$lang:?add/$lang.add -[type: man] man/schroot.conf.5.man $lang:man/translated/$lang/schroot.conf.5.man \ +[type: man] schroot.conf.5.man $lang:translated/$lang/schroot.conf.5.man \ add_$lang:?add/$lang.add -[type: man] man/schroot-script-config.5.man $lang:man/translated/$lang/schroot-script-config.5.man \ +[type: man] schroot-script-config.5.man $lang:translated/$lang/schroot-script-config.5.man \ add_$lang:?add/$lang.add -[type: man] man/schroot-faq.7.man $lang:man/translated/$lang/schroot-faq.7.man \ +[type: man] schroot-faq.7.man $lang:translated/$lang/schroot-faq.7.man \ add_$lang:?add/$lang.add -[type: man] man/dchroot.1.man $lang:man/translated/$lang/dchroot.1.man \ - add_$lang:?add/$lang.add -[type: man] man/dchroot-dsa.1.man $lang:man/translated/$lang/dchroot-dsa.1.man \ - add_$lang:?add/$lang.add +[type: man] dchroot.1.man $lang:translated/$lang/dchroot.1.man \ + add_$lang:?add/$lang.add +[type: man] dchroot-dsa.1.man $lang:translated/$lang/dchroot-dsa.1.man \ + add_$lang:?add/$lang.add diff --git a/po/CMakeLists.txt b/po/CMakeLists.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fb42a9c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/CMakeLists.txt @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +# Copyright © 2004-2013 Roger Leigh <rleigh@debian.org> +# +# schroot is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# schroot is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see +# <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. +# +##################################################################### + +if(BUILD_NLS) + + set(domain schroot) + set(xgettext_options --keyword=_ --keyword=N_ --from-code=UTF-8 + --boost --no-location) + set(copyright_holder "Roger Leigh <rleigh@debian.org>") + set(bug_address "Roger Leigh <rleigh@debian.org>") + + file(READ LINGUAS languages) + STRING(REGEX REPLACE "\n" ";" languages "${languages}") + foreach(lang ${languages}) + set(po_files ${po_files} "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/${lang}.po") + set(gmo_files ${gmo_files} "${lang}.gmo") + install(FILES "${lang}.gmo" + DESTINATION "${SCHROOT_LOCALE_DIR}/${lang}/LC_MESSAGES" + RENAME "${domain}.mo") + endforeach(lang) + + file(READ ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/POTFILES.in potfiles) + STRING(REGEX REPLACE "\n" ";" potfiles "${potfiles}") + file(REMOVE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/POTFILES) + foreach(file ${potfiles}) + set(translated_files ${translated_files} "${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/${file}") + endforeach(file ${potfiles}) + + foreach(file ${translated_files}) + if(EXISTS ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/POTFILES) + file(APPEND ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/POTFILES "${file}\n") + else(EXISTS ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/POTFILES) + file(WRITE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/POTFILES "${file}\n") + endif(EXISTS ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/POTFILES) + endforeach(file ${translated_files}) + + # xgettext creates schroot.pot + add_custom_command(OUTPUT "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/${domain}.pot" + COMMAND xgettext --default-domain=${domain} --add-comments=TRANSLATORS: + ${xgettext_options} --files-from "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/POTFILES" + --copyright-holder=${copyright_holder} + --msgid-bugs-address=${bug_address} + -d "${domain}" -p "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}" + COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E rename "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/${domain}.po" "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/${domain}.pot" + DEPENDS ${translated_files} + VERBATIM) + + # msgmerge --update + foreach(pofile ${po_files}) + add_custom_command(OUTPUT "${pofile}" + COMMAND msgmerge --update "${pofile}" + "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/${domain}.pot" + DEPENDS "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/${domain}.pot" + VERBATIM) + endforeach(pofile) + + # msgfmt + foreach(lang ${languages}) + add_custom_command(OUTPUT "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/${lang}.gmo" + COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E remove "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/${lang}.gmo" + COMMAND msgfmt -c --statistics -o "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/${lang}.gmo" + "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/${lang}.po" + DEPENDS "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/${lang}.po" + VERBATIM) + endforeach(lang) + + add_custom_target(update-pot DEPENDS "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/${domain}.pot") + add_custom_target(update-po DEPENDS ${po_files}) +if(GIT_RELEASE_ENABLE) + add_dependencies(git-release update-pot update-po) +endif(GIT_RELEASE_ENABLE) + + add_custom_target(update-gmo DEPENDS ${gmo_files}) + + add_custom_target(po-notify + COMMAND podebconf-report-po --call --withtranslators --noforce --podir=${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}) + +endif(BUILD_NLS) diff --git a/po/schroot.pot b/po/schroot.pot index 2102d288..ed6640a6 100644 --- a/po/schroot.pot +++ b/po/schroot.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Roger Leigh <rleigh@debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-05 00:58+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-25 12:24+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" diff --git a/scripts/global.mk b/scripts/global.mk index 47c2d22f..8159ea6d 100644 --- a/scripts/global.mk +++ b/scripts/global.mk @@ -51,4 +51,5 @@ DEFS = -D_GNU_SOURCE -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D_LARGEFILE_SOURCE \ -DPACKAGE_LOCALE_DIR=\"$(localedir)\" \ -DSCHROOT_DATA_DIR=\"$(schroot_datadir)\" \ -DSCHROOT_MODULE_DIR=\"$(schroot_moduledir)\" \ --DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" +-DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" \ +-DSCHROOT_LOCALE_DIR=\"$(localedir)\" diff --git a/test/CMakeLists.txt b/test/CMakeLists.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9a1c324c --- /dev/null +++ b/test/CMakeLists.txt @@ -0,0 +1,144 @@ +# Copyright © 2004-2013 Roger Leigh <rleigh@debian.org> +# +# schroot is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# schroot is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see +# <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. +# +##################################################################### + +file(MAKE_DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/sbuild) +file(MAKE_DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/sbuild/chroot) +file(MAKE_DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/bin-common) + +set(srcdir ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}) +configure_file(${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/setup-test-data + ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/setup-test-data) +configure_file(${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/cleanup-test-data + ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/cleanup-test-data) + +if(BUILD_BLOCKDEV) + set(sbuild_chroot_blockdev_sources + sbuild/chroot/block-device.cc) +endif(BUILD_BLOCKDEV) + +if(BUILD_LOOPBACK) + set(sbuild_chroot_loopback_sources + sbuild/chroot/loopback.cc) +endif(BUILD_LOOPBACK) + +if(BUILD_LVMSNAP) + set(sbuild_chroot_lvmsnap_sources + sbuild/chroot/lvm-snapshot.cc) +endif(BUILD_LVMSNAP) + +if(BUILD_BTRFSSNAP) + set(sbuild_chroot_btrfssnap_sources + sbuild/chroot/btrfs-snapshot.cc) +endif(BUILD_BTRFSSNAP) + +if(BUILD_PERSONALITY) + set(sbuild_personality_sources + sbuild/personality.cc) +endif(BUILD_PERSONALITY) + +set(sbuild_chroot_chroot_sources + sbuild/chroot/chroot.h + sbuild/chroot/chroot.cc + sbuild/chroot/plain.cc + sbuild/chroot/custom.cc + sbuild/chroot/file.cc + sbuild/chroot/directory.cc + ${sbuild_chroot_blockdev_sources} + ${sbuild_chroot_lvmsnap_sources} + ${sbuild_chroot_btrfssnap_sources} + ${sbuild_chroot_loopback_sources} + sbuild/chroot/facet/userdata.cc) + +if (BUILD_TESTS) + add_test(NAME setup-test-data + WORKING_DIRECTORY ${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR} + COMMAND ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/setup-test-data) +endif (BUILD_TESTS) + +if (BUILD_TESTS) + add_executable(sbuild/chroot/chroot ${sbuild_chroot_chroot_sources}) + target_link_libraries(sbuild/chroot/chroot sbuild testmain) + add_test(sbuild/chroot/chroot sbuild/chroot/chroot) +endif (BUILD_TESTS) + +set(sbuild_chroot_config_sources + sbuild/chroot/config.cc) + +if (BUILD_TESTS) + add_executable(sbuild/chroot/config ${sbuild_chroot_config_sources}) + target_link_libraries(sbuild/chroot/config sbuild testmain) + add_test(sbuild/chroot/config sbuild/chroot/config) +endif (BUILD_TESTS) + +set(sbuild_standard_sources + sbuild/environment.cc + sbuild/log.cc + sbuild/nostream.cc + sbuild/parse-value.cc + ${sbuild_personality_sources} + sbuild/regex.cc + sbuild/util.cc) + +if (BUILD_TESTS) + add_executable(sbuild/standard ${sbuild_standard_sources}) + target_link_libraries(sbuild/standard sbuild testmain) + add_test(sbuild/standard sbuild/standard) +endif (BUILD_TESTS) + +set(sbuild_keyfile_sources + sbuild/keyfile.cc) + +if (BUILD_TESTS) + add_executable(sbuild/keyfile ${sbuild_keyfile_sources}) + target_link_libraries(sbuild/keyfile sbuild testmain) + add_test(sbuild/keyfile sbuild/keyfile) +endif (BUILD_TESTS) + +set(sbuild_lock_sources + sbuild/lock.cc) + +if (BUILD_TESTS) + add_executable(sbuild/lock ${sbuild_lock_sources}) + target_link_libraries(sbuild/lock sbuild testmain) + # lock is excluded, because it is timing dependent and can fail + # randomly on slow or heavily-loaded systems. +endif (BUILD_TESTS) + +set(sbuild_run_parts_sources + sbuild/run-parts.cc) + +if (BUILD_TESTS) + add_executable(sbuild/run-parts ${sbuild_run_parts_sources}) + target_link_libraries(sbuild/run-parts sbuild testmain) + add_test(sbuild/run-parts sbuild/run-parts) +endif (BUILD_TESTS) + +set(bin_common_option_action_sources + bin-common/option-action.cc) + +if (BUILD_TESTS) + add_executable(bin-common/option-action ${bin_common_option_action_sources}) + target_link_libraries(bin-common/option-action bin-common testmain) + add_test(bin-common/option-action bin-common/option-action) +endif (BUILD_TESTS) + +if (BUILD_TESTS) + add_test(NAME cleanup-test-data + WORKING_DIRECTORY ${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR} + COMMAND ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/cleanup-test-data) +endif (BUILD_TESTS) diff --git a/test/sbuild/chroot/config.cc b/test/sbuild/chroot/config.cc index b58bd323..68538d47 100644 --- a/test/sbuild/chroot/config.cc +++ b/test/sbuild/chroot/config.cc @@ -25,6 +25,8 @@ #include <sstream> #include <vector> +#include <config.h> + class ChrootConfig : public ::testing::Test { public: diff --git a/test/sbuild/keyfile.cc b/test/sbuild/keyfile.cc index e820e61f..757ae8b0 100644 --- a/test/sbuild/keyfile.cc +++ b/test/sbuild/keyfile.cc @@ -26,6 +26,8 @@ #include <sstream> #include <vector> +#include <config.h> + class Keyfile : public ::testing::Test { protected: diff --git a/test/sbuild/lock.cc b/test/sbuild/lock.cc index 3078796e..9e2644d2 100644 --- a/test/sbuild/lock.cc +++ b/test/sbuild/lock.cc @@ -26,6 +26,8 @@ #include <sys/wait.h> #include <unistd.h> +#include <config.h> + class FileLockParameters { public: diff --git a/test/sbuild/run-parts.cc b/test/sbuild/run-parts.cc index 397977bc..5ebb2618 100644 --- a/test/sbuild/run-parts.cc +++ b/test/sbuild/run-parts.cc @@ -27,6 +27,8 @@ #include <boost/filesystem/operations.hpp> +#include <config.h> + class RunParts : public ::testing::Test { public: |